INDIAN SPACE RESEARCH ORGANISATION

Scientist/Engineer
RAC
&

Mechanical Engineering
Solved Paper Chief Editor
A. K. Mahajan
Compiled and Edited by
Er. Ravi Prakash Vishwakarma (MNNIT), Er. Shiv Sunder Singh (MNNIT)
Er. Shubham Vishwakarma & Er. Siddharth Mishra

Computer Graphics by
Balkrishna, Charan Singh
Editorial Office
12, Church Lane Prayagraj-211002
Mob. : 9415650134
Email : yctap12@gmail.com
website : www.yctbooks.com / www.yctfastbooks.com
 All rights reserved with Publisher
Publisher's Declaration
Edited and Published by A.K. Mahajan
and printed by printing press Roop Printing Press, Prayagraj for YCT Publications Pvt. Ltd.
In order to Publish the book, full care has been taken by the Editor and the Publisher,
still your cooperation and suggestions are needed. ` 495/-
In the event of any dispute, the Judicial area will be Prayagraj.
 CONTENTS
ISRO Scientist/Engineer (Mechanical) Syllabus...................................................................... 3

ISRO Scientist/Engineer (Mechanical) Topic wise Trend Analysis Chart ......................... 4

ISRO-Scientist/Engineer (RAC)
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2020 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 12.01.2020) .......................... 5-21

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2019 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 10.03.2019) ........................ 22-37

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2018 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 22.04.2018) ........................ 38-50

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2017 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 07.05.2017) ........................ 51-60

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2015 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 29.11.2015) ........................ 61-70

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2014 Mechanical Solved Paper ..................................................................... 71-84

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC 2013 Mechanical Solved Paper ................................................................... 85-107

ISRO-Scientist/Engineer (Mechanical Engineering)

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2020 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 12.01.2020) .............................. 108-120

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2018 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 22.04.2018) .............................. 121-130

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2017 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 17.12.2017) .............................. 131-144

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2017 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 07.05.2017) .............................. 145-160

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2016 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 03.07.2016) .............................. 161-175

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2015 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 11.10.2015) .............................. 176-192

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2014 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 24.05.2014) .............................. 193-210

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2013 Mechanical Solved Paper (Exam Date : 12.05.2013) .............................. 211-227

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2012 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 228-243

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2011 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 244-259

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2010 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 260-273

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2009 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 274-287

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2008 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 288-300

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2007 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 301-317

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 2006 Mechanical Solved Paper ........................................................................... 318-336

2
 Government of India
Department of Space
Bangalore Karnataka. India.
ISRO CENTRALISED RECRUITMENT BOARD [ICRB]
Post : SCIENTIST/ENGINEER 'SC'
[LEVEL 10 (` 56,100 - ` 1,77,500/-)]
Name of the Post Discipline Essential qualification for Areas of Work / Job
the post Specification
Scientist/Engineer Mechanical BE/ B.Tech or equivalent in • Design and analysis of satellite
`SC’ Engineering Mechanical Engineering structures and related
with an aggregate minimum Mechanical components.
of 65% marks or CGPA • Design and analysis of spacecraft
6.84/10. mechanisms and study of
kinematics
• Structural dynamics (theory &
experimental) including smart
structures, Advanced
Composites
• Reliability and Quality Assurance
of mechanical designs and
systems
Scientist/Engineer Refrigeration & BE / B.Tech or equivalent in • Design and analysis of satellite
`SC’ Air Conditioning Mechanical Engineering with structures and related Refrigeration
Air Conditioning & & Air Conditioning components.
Refrigeration or allied
subjects as electives or as a
core subject in any of the
semesters, in First Class with
an aggregate minimum of
65% marks or CGPA 6.84/10
SELECTION PROCESS:
BE / B.Tech or equivalent qualification in first class with an aggregate minimum of 65% marks or CGPA 6.84/10
(average of all semesters for which results are available). Candidates who meet the eligibility criteria will be
short-listed to appear in the Written Test.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer 'SC' Exam Pattern 2023 - Mechanical Engineering and

Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Engineering
Single objective type paper consisting of two parts, viz. Part ‘A’ and Part ‘B’, with a duration of 120 minutes (with
compensation time as applicable for PwBD candidates).
Part ‘A’ – Area/Discipline Specific part - Consists of 80 Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) of 1 marks each (+1
and -1/3 pattern of marking).
Part ‘B’ - Aptitude/Ability Tests – Consists of maximum 15 Multiple Choice Questions (MCQs) totaling to 20
marks (No negative marks). Questions will be based on Numerical Reasoning, Logical Reasoning,
Diagrammatic Reasoning, Abstract Reasoning and Deductive Reasoning.

Note – The syllabus for written test and interview for the post of Scientist/Engineer ‘SC’ (Mechanical Engineering
& Refrigeration and Air Conditioning) purely based on the academic syllabus of the prescribed Educational
qualification.

Note - For generation of the final panel, 50% weightage will be given to Written Test marks and 50% weightage to
Interview marks
3
 Topic Wise Trend Analysis Chart
Topics ISRO Scientist/ Engineer (Mechanical Engineering) ISRO-RAC
May- Dec-
SECTIONS 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2018 2020 2013 2014 2015 2017 2018 2019 2020
2017 2017

Engineering Mathematics 11 10 5 9 5 8 11 10 4 5 7 9 8 12 7 9 6 9 10 5 10 10

Engineering Mechanics 3 5 7 6 2 4 5 6 8 6 8 6 4 0 2 7 2 5 0 1 0 4

Mechanics of Materials 8 20 9 18 14 19 7 15 16 10 11 12 9 20 9 3 3 16 12 10 9 11

Theory of Machine 5 2 5 7 4 8 5 1 8 3 3 5 8 1 9 1 3 0 1 0 6 1

Vibrations 5 4 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 3 3 1 1 1 1 0 1 2

Machine Design 2 1 5 5 4 2 9 6 0 2 2 5 10 0 2 0 2 1 4 4 4 2

4
Fluid Mechanics & Fluid 15 16 13 16 12 14 16 14 23 10 13 9 6 16 6 10 8 8 9 10 8 11
Machinery

Heat-Transfer 5 4 9 3 9 5 2 10 4 6 11 6 4 5 8 21 24 6 11 11 8 1

Thermodynamics 7 9 5 3 7 6 9 6 9 11 14 6 7 6 6 13 7 9 7 6 5 9

Power Plant Engineering 0 1 2 0 0 0 2 0 0 1 1 3 0 0 6 4 4 4 4 6 7 8

I.C. Engines 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 2 4 8 1

Refrigeration and Air- 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 2 0 0 1 1 3 13 5 10 11 11 12

Conditioning

Production Engineering 5 4 13 10 18 5 4 9 7 18 5 13 15 11 18 4 6 5 9 3 2 7
& Material Science

Metrology and 0 3 4 1 1 3 3 0 0 6 2 3 5 0 0 2 1 2 0 0 0 0
Inspection

Industrial Engineering 3 0 1 1 0 6 5 0 1 1 1 2 4 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1

General Engineering 9 0 1 0 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4 1 1 0 8 0 3 0 0

Aptitude 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 6 0 0
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [Exam Date : 12.01.2020

1. A furnace wall made of steel plate 10 mm thick 3. A hot fluid is flowing through a long pipe of 4
and thermal conductivity 15 kcal/m-hr-°C is cm outer diameter and covered with 2 cm thick
lined inside with silica brick of 150 mm thick of insulation. It is proposed to reduce the
thermal conductivity 1.75 kcal/m-hr-°C and on conduction heat loss to the surroundings to one
outside with magnesia bricks of 200 mm thick third of the present rate by increasing the same
with thermal conductivity of 4.5 kcal/m-hr-°C. insulation thickness. The additional thickness
The total resistance of the composite wall will of insulation required will be
be (a) 2 cm (b) 6 cm
(a) 0.13 °C-hr/kcal (b) 0.23 °C-hr/kcal (c) 9 cm (d) 12 cm
(c) 0.03 °C-hr/kcal (d) 0.33 °C-hr/kcal Ans. (d) : For cylindrical surface,
Ans. (a) :

L
Resistance ( R ) = ∆T 2πkℓ ⋅ ∆T
kA Q= =
R th ln ( r2 / r1 )
1
Q∝
R th
Assume, A = 1 m2 r1 = 2 cm, r2 = 2 + 2 = 4 cm
For series, total resistance, Assume, r3 radius after the additional thickness of
Rtotal = R1 + R2 + R3 insulation,
0.15 0.01 0.2 Q 2 ln ( r2 / r1 ) 2 πkℓ
Rtotal = + + = ⋅
1.75 × 1 15 × 1 4.5 × 1 Q1 2 πkℓ ln ( r3 / r1 )
Rtotal = 0.13° C-hr/kcal. Q2 1
2. A water turbine delivering 10 MW power is to =
Q1 3
be tested with the help of a geometrically
similar 1:10 model which runs at the same 1 ln ( r2 / r1 )
=
speed and efficiency. The power developed by 3 ln ( r3 / r1 )
the model will be 3
(a) 10 W (b) 100 W r3  r2 
=   = 23 = 8
(c) 1000 W (d) 10000 W r1  r1 
D 1 r3 = 8 × 2 = 16 cm
Ans. (b) : Given, Pp = 10 MW, m =
D p 10 Increment, r3 – r2 = 16 – 4 = 12 cm
Np = Nm, ηp = ηm, Pm = ? 4. A uniform beam of mass density 74 kg/m and
From model relationship, length 1.8 m is suspended symmetrically as
shown in Fig. Calculate the maximum force P
 P   P 
 3 5 =  3 5 that can be supported without tipping the
 N D m  N D p beam. Take the coefficient of static friction
5 between the cord and the cylinder to be 7/22
D 
Pm =  m  × Pp
D 
 p
1
Pm = 10 × 106 × 5 W
10
Pm = 100 W
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 5 YCT
 (a) 100.7 N (b) 200.9 N 7. 90 kilograms of ice at 0°C is completely melted.
(c) 150.8 N (d) 50.2 N Find the entropy change in kJ/K, if final
Ans. (a) : Assume beam as UDL beam, temperature is 0°C
(a) 0 (b) 85
7
µ= (c) 45 (d) 105
22 Ans. (d) : Latent heat of fusion of ice = 335 kJ/kg
Center Angle, θ = π δQ m ⋅ L
Change in entropy (dS) = =
T T
90 × 335kJ
∆S = = 110.44 kJ / K
0 + 273
Nearest value of the solution is option (d) i.e. 105 kg/K
8. For a heat engine operating on Carnot cycle, the
work output is 1/4th of the heat transferred to the
For obtaining maximum force, T1 > T2 cold system. The efficiency of the Engine is
T1
7
⋅π (a) 20% (b) 25%
So, = eµθ = e 22 = e1 = 2.718 (c) 75% (d) 50%
T2
1
∑Fv = 0 Ans. (a) : Given, W = Q R
4
T1 + T2 = P + W = P + 1306.692
P = 3.718T2 – 1306.692 .....(i)
∑MA = 0,
–T1 × 0.75 – T2 × 1.05 + 1306.692 × 0.9 = 0
⇒ 2.718T2 × 0.75 + T2 × 1.05 = 1176.0228
1176.0228
T2 = = 380.7747 N
3.0885 QS = W + QR
T1 = 2.718T2 = 1034.945 N 1
QS = Q R + Q R
From equation (i) 4
P = 109.028 N 5
QS = Q R
So, option (a) P ≈ 100.7 N 4
5. For which of the following situations, zeroth 1
law of thermodynamics will not be applicable? Q
W 4 R
η= = = 20%
(a) 50 cc of water at 25°C is mixed with 150 cc QS 5 Q
of water at 25°C 4
R

(b) 500 cc of milk at 15°C is mixed with 100 cc 9. Ideal Diesel cycle consists of
of water at 15°C (a) Two adiabatic and two constant volume
(c) 5 kg of wet steam at 100°C is mixed with 50 processes
kg of dry and saturated steam at 100°C (b) Two adiabatic and two constant pressure
(d) 10 cc of water at 20°C is mixed with 10 cc of processes
sulphuric acid at 20°C (c) Two adiabatic, one constant pressure and one
Ans. (*) : This question is excluded for evaluation by constant volume processes
ISRO. (d) Two isothermal, one constant pressure and
6. A system undergoes a change of state during one constant volume processes
which 100 kJ of heat is transferred to it and it
does 50 kJ of work. The system is brought back Ans. (c) : Diesel cycle
to its original state through a process during
which 120 kJ of heat is transferred to it. The
work done by the system in kJ is
(a) 50 (b) 70
(c) 170 (d) 200
Ans. (c) : From 1st law of thermodynamics, • Process 1-2 : Reversible adiabatic compression
• Process 2-3 : Constant 'pressure' heat addition
∫ δQ = ∫ δW • Process 3-4 : Reversible adiabatic expansion
100 + 120 = 50 + W2–1 • Process 4-1 : Constant volume heat rejection
W2–1 = 170 kJ So option (c) is correct.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 6 YCT
10. Determine the centroid (xc, yc) of the shaded 11. The operating temperatures of a single stage
area as shown in figure with respect to given Vapour Absorption Refrigeration System
coordinate axes (VARS) are : Generator 90 °C, condenser and
absorber 40°C, evaporator 0°C. If the pump
work is negligible, find the ideal COP of this
VARS
(a) 0.94 (b) 1.4
(c) 0.84 (d) 2.4
Ans. (a) :

 28 + 3π   b 12 + 2π 
(a)  b, b (b)  , b
 3(8 + π)   2 4(2 + π) 
 5   1 + 2π 
(c)  b, b (d)  b, b
 (8 + π )   2(8 + π) 
Ans. (*) :

Tg  Engine
To 

TE  Refrigerant

(1) → Rectangle (2b × b) COP = ηE × (COP)R
(2) → Semi-circle of radius (b)  T  TE 
=  1 − o  
b
(3) → Circle of radius    Tg   To − TE 
2 TE  Tg − To 
COP VARS =  
2b Tg  To − TE 
xc = = b (from symmetricity)
2 Tg = 90°C = 363 K
A y + A 2 y2 − A 3y 3 To = 40°C = 313 K
yc = 1 1
A1 + A 2 − A 3 TR = 0°C = 273 K
 b 4b  273 363 − 313
COP VARS = ×
 y1 = 2 , y2 = b + 3π , y3 = b  363 313 − 273
2 COP VARS = 0.94
b πb 2  4b  b
(2b × b) × + × b +  − π  × b
2 2  3π   2  −5 2 
= 12. One of the Eigen vectors of the matrix  
 −9 6 
2
πb 2
b
2b × b + − π 
2 2 is
π 4b  π  −1  −2 
b +  b +  − b b + πb + π × 4b − πb (a)   (b)  
2 3π  4 2 2 3π 4 1 9
= =
π π π 2 1
2+ − 2+ (c)   (d)  
2 4 4
 −1 1
πb 2b 20b + 3πb
b+ +  −5 2 
= 4 3 = 12 Ans. (d) : Given,  
π 8+ π  −9 6 
2+
4 4 To find eigen value of the matrix, find the determinant
(20 + 3π)b of |A–λI|=0
yc =
3(8 + π)  −5 2  1 0 
 −9 6  − λ 0 1 = 0
 (20 + 3π)b     
Centroid of shaded region,  b1 
 3(8 + π)  −5 − λ 2
⇒ =0
Note: This question excluded for evaluation by ISRO. −9 6−λ

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 7 YCT

⇒(–5–λ) (6– λ)-(–9×2) = 0 πµΩR 2
(a) (b) πµΩhR 3
λ 2 − λ − 12 = 0 h
λ 2 − 4λ + 3λ − 12 = 0 πµΩR 5 πµΩR 4
(c) (d)
⇒ ( λ − 4 )( λ + 3) = 0 h2 h
⇒ λ = 3, λ = –3 Ans. (d) :
λ = 4,−3 are the eigen values.
Eigen vector for λ = 4
a 
Let X =   be the eigen vector corresponding to
b 
λ=4
AX = λX
AX = 4X
 −5 2   a  a 
 −9 6   b  = 4  b 
    
–5a + 2b = 4a
2b = 9a
a 2
=
b 9
None of the above options matched
Eigen vector for λ = –3
From Newton law of viscosity,
m 
Let y =   be the eigen vector corresponding to du rΩ
n  γ = µ⋅ = µ⋅
dy h
λ = –3 Consider a strip of thickness dr at radius r,
Ay = λy Friction force on strip, dFf = τ.2πrdr
Ay = –3y Frictional torque on strip dTf = dFf × r
 −5 2   m  m  dTf = τ.2πrdr.r
 −9 6   n  = −3  n  rΩ
     dTf = µ ⋅ ⋅ 2πr 2dr
–5m + 2n = –3m h
2m = 2n 2πµΩ R 3
m 1
∫ dTf = h ∫0 r dr
=
n 1 πµΩR 4
One surface torque Tf =
Only option for matches 2h
1 So viscous torque on the both surface of the disc,
∴   is one of the eigen vectors of the given matrix πµΩR 4
1 Tf =
h
 −5 2  2
 −9 6  z  x 
  14. A dam has a parabolic shape =   as
z0  x0 
13. A disc of radius R rotates at an angular
velocity Ω inside a disc shaped container filled shown in figure, with x0 = 3 m and z0 = 7 m.
The fluid is water (specific weight = 9810 N/m3)
with oil of viscosity µ, as shown in figure.
and atmospheric pressure may be omitted.
Assuming a linear velocity profile and
Compute the horizontal force FH and its line of
neglecting shear stress on the outer disc edges, action from surface of water 'd'. Assume width
the formula for viscous torque on the disc is of dam is 15 m.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 8 YCT

 (a) FH = 3605 kN, d = 1.16 m 1
(b) FH = 3605 kN, d = 4.66 m So sin θ =
5
(c) FH = 4300 kN, d = 4.66 m
1
(d) FH = 4300 kN, d = 1.16 m In ∆AXC, AX = ACsinθ = 4 ×
Ans. (b) : 5

2×2
FCG =
AX
Hydrostatic force on horizontal plane surface is, 4
= = 5
FH = ρghA H = γhA H 4/ 5
= 9810 × 3.5 × 15 × 7 h = 3.5, A H = 15 × 7 FCF = FCGsinθ
1
FH = 3605.17 kN = 5× = 1kN = 1kN
Location of centre of pressure from top 5
2 16. Which of the following statement regarding
FH (h cp ) H = × 7− = 4.66 m centrifugal compressor is true?
3
(a) Conversion of dynamic pressure into static
15. Calculate the forces in the members CG and pressure takes place in the volute casing due
CF for the truss shown. to its convergent shape
(b) In multi stage centrifugal compressor, the
width of the blades reduces progressively in
the direction of flow
(c) In multi stage centrifugal compressor, the
width of the blades increases progressively in
the direction of flow
(d) Multi staging in centrifugal compressors is
commonly used for high refrigerant capacity
(a) FCG = 5 kN, FCF = 1kN applications
(b) FCG = 3 kN, FCF = 2 kN Ans. (b) : Multistage centrifugal compressor is used for
high compression ratio, the impeller diameter of all
(c) FCG = 2 kN, FCF = 3 kN stages remains same, but the width of the impeller or
blades progressively reduces in the direction of flow so
(d) FCG = 5 kN, FCF = 2 kN as to get constant mass flow rate.
Ans. (a) : 17. Which one of the following statements is true?
(a) Compared to reciprocating compressor, the
performance of centrifugal compressor is less
sensitive to speed
(b) Surging in centrifugal compressor takes place
as evaporator pressure increases and
condenser pressure decreases
(c) Surging in centrifugal compressor takes place
as evaporator presssure decreases and
condenser pressure increases
∑MA = 0 (d) For a given flow rate, frictional losses
decreases as the number of blades increases
2 × 2 = FCG × AX
Ans. (c) : Surging in Centrifugal Compressor–
1
In ∆BGC tan θ = Surging is a complete breakdown of steady flow
2 through the compressor due to periodic flow reversal.
This reversal of flow occurs during closing of valve in
the operating range having mass flow rate less than
corresponding to maximum pressure ratio. This reversal
of flow causes decrease in efficiency, abnormal sound
vibration and the intensity is more, it may lead to
mechanical damage.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 9 YCT
Surging is more likely to occur when the evaporator 2s 2
(c) 2 (d)
pressure is low and the condensing pressure is high.
Compared to reciprocating compressor, the
s +4 s s −4
2
( )
performance of centrifugal compressor is more Ans. (b) : Given that
sensitive to speed. f(t) = sin2t
For a given flow rate, frictional losses decreases as L (1 − cos 2t )
the number of blade decreases. =
2
18. Three cards were drawn from a pack of 52 1 cos 2t
cards. The probability that they are a king, a = −
queen and a jack is 2 2
1
(a) 16/5525 (b) 64/2197 = [1 − cos 2t ]
(c) 3/13 (d) 8/16575 2
Ans. (a) : Possibility of drawing A queen , A king and a 1 1 s 
=  − 2
2  s s + 4 
4 4 4
jack = C1 × C1 × C1
Possibility of drawing 3 cards out of 52 = 52C3 1  s2 + 4 − s2 
=  
∴ The required Probability =
number of event 2  s (s2 + 4) 
Total event
1 4 
=  2
C1 × C1 × C1 4 × 4 × 7 × 49!× 3! 2  s s + 4 
( )
4 4 4
= =
52C3 52 × 51× 50 × 49! 2
=
=
4 × 4 × 4 × 3× 2
=
4× 4
=
16 s (s + 4)
2

52 × 51× 50 13 × 17 × 25 5525 21. Find the particular solution for the initial value
19. General solution to the equation (x3 + 3xy2)dx + problem
(3x2y + y3)dy = 0 is (c is a constant) 2sin(y 2 )dx + xy cos(y 2 )dy = 0, if y(2) = ( π / 2)
(a)
1 4
4
( )
x + 6x 2 y 2 + y 4 = c (a) x4sin(y3) = 28
4
(c) x = 16
(b) x3sin(y2) = 8
(d) x4 sin(y2) = 16
Ans. (c) : 2 sin (y ) dx + xy cos (y2) dy = 0
2
(b)
1
( )
8x 4 + 6x 3y + y3 = c
5 2sin ( y 2 ) xycos ( y 2 )
dx = − dy
(c)
1 3
12
(
x + 6xy 2 + y 4 = c) M N
Differential of M with respect to y and N with respect to x
(d) (x2 + y2) = c My = 2 cos (y2) dy
Ans. (a) : General solution of the equation Mx = 4y cos ( y2)
⇒ (x3 + 3xy2) dx + (3x2y +y3)dy = 0 M y ≠ Nx

⇒
( x 3 + 3xy 2 )
dx = −
( 3x 2 y + y3 ) My does not equal to Nx so thies is not exact
dy M − N x 3y cos(y 2 )
M N differential y =
My = 6xy N xycos(y 2 )
Nx = 6xy 3
= = f (x)
M y = Nx x
My and Nx are equal so it is exact differential. 3
If = e ∫ x = x 3
dx
∴ General solution
∫ Mdx + ∫ ( terms of N not containing x ) dy = C General solution–
y=c
∫ 2x
3
sin ( y 2 ) dx + ∫ x 4 y cos ( y 2 ) dy = 0
∫ (x + 3xy 2 ) dx + ∫ ( y3 ) dy = C
3
2x 4 x4
( y =c ) sin ( y 2 ) + sin ( y 2 )
4 2
x 4 3x 2 y 2 y 4
+ + =C x 4 sin ( y 2 ) = c
4 2 4
π
4
( x + 6x 2 y2 + y4 ) = C
1 4 y(2) =
2
20. Let f(t) = sin2t, find the Laplace transform of π
2 4 sin   = c
f(t) 2
2 2 ⇒ c = 16
(a) 2 (b)
s +4 s s2 + 4 ( ) x 4 sin ( y 2 ) = 16

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 10 YCT

22. When the air is passed through an insulated So, Heat rejected by solid = Heat gain by liquid
chamber having sprays of water maintained at 10 × 0.8× (100 – T) = 40 × 4 × (T – 20)
a temperature higher than the dew point 4000
temperature of entering air but lower than the T= = 23.8°C
160
dry bulb temperature, then the air is said to be
(a) cooled and dehumidified 25. In a counter flow heat exchanger, cold fluid
enters at 30 °C and leaves at 50 °C, whereas the
(b) cooled and humidified
hot fluid enters at 150 °C and leaves at 130 °C.
(c) heated and humidified
The mean temperature difference for this case
(d) heated and dehumidified is
Ans. (b) : Because, insulated chamber is having sprays (a) 20 °C (b) 80 °C
of water, the process will humidification and the dry (c) 100 °C (d) 120 °C
bulb temperature of spray water is less than the air.
Then the process will also be cooling process. Ans. (c) :
So air is said to be cooled and humidified.

For counter flow heat exchanger,

23. In an ideal vapour compression refrigeration If ∆Ti = ∆Te
cycle, the specific enthalpy of refrigerant in
kJ/kg at the following states is given as (150 – 50)°C = (130 – 30)°C
Inlet of condenser : 283 100 = 100
Exit of condenser : 116 Then, ( LMTD )counter = ∆Ti = ∆Te
Exit of evaporator : 232 So, (LMTD)counter = 100°C
The COP of the cycle is 26. Find the change in height (h) in a circular tube
(a) 2.27 (b) 2.75 (of radius R = 1 mm) filled with liquid (water)
(c) 3.27 (d) 3.75 with surface tension T = 0.073 N/m. Contact
Ans. (a) : angle of water-air-glass interface is 0°
(a) 1.5 cm (b) 2.5 cm
(c) 0.5 cm (d) 0.15 cm
Ans. (a) : Capillary rise (h) = cos θ
4σ
ρgD
R = 1 m, D = 2 mm, θ= 0°, g = 9.81 m/sec2
σ = 0.073 N/m, ρ = 1000 kg/m3
Enthalpy at inlet of condenser (h2) = 283 kJ/kg 4 × 0.073 × cos θ
Enthalpy at exit of evaporator (h1)= 232kJ/kg h= = 0.0148m
1000 × 9.81× 2 ×10−3
Enthalpy as exit of condenser (h3) = enthalpy as inlet of
evaporator (h4) = 116 kJ/kg h = 1.5 cm
h3 = h4 = 116 kJ/kg 27. Oil at 20°C (density = 870 kg/m3 and viscosity =
0.104 kg/m-s) flows (laminar flow) at
h1 − h 4 232 − 116
COP = = = 2.274 1.1 m3/hr through a horizontal pipe with
h 2 − h1 283 − 232 diameter d = 2 cm and length L = 12 m. Find
24. A 10 kg solid at 100°C with a specific heat of the power required to cause the flow
0.8 kJ/kg °C is immersed in 40 kg of 20 °C (a) 29.7 W (b) 35.8 W
liquid with a specific heat of 4.0 kJ/kg °C. The (c) 15.7 W (d) 49.8 W
temperature of the solid after a long time if the Ans. (a) : Given, To = 20°C, ρ = 870 kg/m3
container is insulated will be
µ = 0.104 kg/m-s
(a) 30.8 °C (b) 27.8 °C
(c) 26.3 °C (d) 23.8 °C d = 2 cm = 2 × 10–2 m
1.1 3
Ans. (d) : m1 = 10 kg, m2 = 40 kg, T1 = 100°C, T2 = Q= m / sec, L = 12 m
3600
20°C
P=?
(Cp)1 = 0.8 kJ/kg°C, (Cp)2 = 4 kJ/kg°C
Minimum power required to maintain the flow (P) =
Assume final temperature is T°C
ρgQhf
As container is insulated Q = 0 hf = Friction head loss
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 11 YCT
 32µuL Ans. (a) : kAe = 240 W/mK
hf = (for laminar)
ρgD2 krubber = kinsulasion = 0.15 W/mK
hsurroudning = 6 W/m2K
Q = π d2 × u
4 k insulasion
Critical radius of insulation for wire =
2 2 h surroudning
P = 32µQ L = 32 × 0.104 ×1.1 ×12 = 29.7 W
 πd 2  π × (0.02)4 × (3600)2 0.15
  d 2 4 rc = = 0.025m
 4  6
28. A liquid of specific weight (ρg) = 9000 N/m3 Although this is critical radius of insulation,
flows by gravity from a tank of 0.3 m height Critical thickness = Critical radius – Radius of wire
through a 1.2 mm diameter capillary tube at a So, critical thickness will be less than 25 mm as no
rate of 0.004 m3/hr. as shown in figure. Sections option is less than 25 so, option (a) is correct.
1 and 2 are at atmospheric pressure. Neglecting 30. The power per tonne of refrigeration (in kW) is
entrance effects and friction in the large tank, (a) 3.5/COP (b) COP/3.5
compute the viscosity of the liquid. Assume (c) 3.5 × COP (d) None of these
kinetic energy correction factor α = 2.0.

Desired effect
Ans. (a) : COP =
Work input
Refrigeration effect RC
COP refrigeration = =
Work input Wm
Re = 1 tonne = 3.5 kW
RC 3.5
Win = =
(COP) R (COP) R
(a) 8.9 × 10–4 kg/m-s (b) 10 × 10–4 kg/m-s 31. A bag house is to be designed to handle 1000
(c) 6.9 × 10–4 kg/m-s (d) 3 × 10–3 kg/m-s m3/min of air. The filtration takes place at
constant pressure so that the air velocity
through each bag decreases during the time
Q 0.004
Ans. (c) : V = = = 0.98 m / sec between cleaning according to the relation
A 3600 × π × 1.22 × 10−6 1
4 u= where, u is in m/min of cloth
0.267 + 0.08t
Applying energy equation between (1) and (2) and t is the time in min. The bags are shaken in
Patm P αV22 sequence row by row on a 30 min cycle. Each
+ 0 + z1 = atm + + z 2 + hf
ρg ρg 2g bag is 20 cm in diameter and 3 m height. The
Assuming laminar flow in capillary tube, bag house is to be square in cross-section with
30 cm spacing between bags and 30 cm
clearance from the walls. Calculate the
minimum number of bags required
(a) 663 (b) 753
(c) 553 (d) 883
1 t 1 t dt
32µVL
= ( z1 − z 2 ) −
αV22 Ans. (c) : Vavg =
t ∫0
udt = ∫
t 0.267 + 0.08t
0
ρgd 2
2g
Qg
32 × µ × 0.98 × 0.3 2 × 0.982 At = , Ab = πdL
= 0.6 − Vavg
9000 × (0.0012)2 2 × 10
At
µ = 6.9 × 10–4 kg/m-s N = Number of bags =
Ab
29. An electric cable of Aluminum conductor of
thermal conductivity 240 W/mK is to be Given, ratio of flow rate air to cloth are (u)
insulated with rubber of thermal conductivity 1
0.15 W/mK. The cable is to be located in air of = ( m3 / min )
0.267 + 0.08t
heat transfer coefficient of 6 W/m2K. The
Time, t = 30 min,
critical thickness of insulation will be
(a) 25 mm (b) 40 mm Diameter of bag, d = 0.2, Length of bag, L = 3m
(c) 150 mm (d) 160 mm Flow rate, Qg = 1000 m3/min

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 12 YCT

Put the values in equation, we get the average velocity, Q
1 30 dt 28.78 Ans. (b) : Heat rejection ratio ( HRR ) = R
Vavg = ∫ = = 0.959 m / min QS
30 0.267 + 0.08t
0 30 QR > QS (QR = QS + W)
1000
At = = 1042.3990 m 2
0.959
Ab = π × 0.2 × 3 = 1.8849 m2
1042.3990
N= = 553.005 ≈ 553
1.8849
32. The thermostatic expansion valve operates
based on
(a) temperature of the evaporator So HRR in vapour compression refrigeration system
(b) pressure in the evaporator will be more than one.
(c) degree of superheat at exit of evaporator Alternate solution,
(d) degree of super heat at exit of the compressor 1
HRR = 1 +
Ans. (c) : Thermostatic Expansion Valve–It is used to COP
maintain constant degree of superheat in the evaporator
irrespective of load. COP of VCRS is always greater than one
33. A jib crane consists of a rigid beam BC So, HRR > 1
supported by an elastic rod AB and hinged at 35. The power consumption of Vapour
C. Determine the deflection of the point B when Compression Refrigeration System (VCRS)
a load of 16 kN is applied. Take E = 200 GPa. with air cooled condenser compared to VCRS
Area of cross section (Ac) of elastic rod AB is with water cooled system will be higher due to
300 mm2 (a) High discharge temperature
(b) High condensing temperature
(c) Low suction temperature
(d) High refrigeration load

Ans. (a) : The power consumption of vapour

Compression Refrigeration System (VCRS) with air
cooled condenser compared to VCRS with water cooled
system will be higher due to 'High discharge
(a) 1.23 mm (b) 4.56 mm temperature', VCRS with water is high efficient than
(c) 2.46 mm (d) 5.23 mm VCRS with air.
Ans. (a) : Note: This question is excluded for evaluation by
ISRO.
36. During turning a metallic rod at a given
condition, the tool life was found to increase
from 25 min to 50 min, when cutting velocity
Vc alone was reduced from 141.4 m/min to 100
m/min. How much will be the life of that tool if
machined at 353.5 m/min?
(a) 20 min (b) 15 min
2000 (c) 10 min (d) 4 min
ℓ AB = = 2309.40 mm
cos 30 Ans. (d) : T1 = 25 min, V1 = 141.4 m/min
Fy = 0 T2 = 50 min, V2 = 100 m/min
Tsin30° = W T3 = ?, V3 = 353.5 m/min
T = 16 × 2 = 32 kN From Taylor's tool life equation, n → exponent
Tℓ 32 × 103 × 2309.40 V1T1n = V2T2n
δL = AB =
AE 300 × 200 × 103 141.4 × 25n = 100 × 50n
δL = 1.23 mm 1.414 = 2n
34. The heat rejection factor in vapour
compression refrigeration system will be n = 0.5
(a) equal to 1 V2T2n = V3T3n
(b) more than 1
(c) less than 1 100 × 500.5 = 353.5 × T30.5
(d) depends on cooling medium of condenser T3 = 4 min
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 13 YCT
37. Reciprocating motion of the cutting tool in 41. The blade height of axial compressor decreases
shaping machines is accomplished by in axial direction to maintain
(a) rack pinion mechanism (a) Maximum mass flow rate
(b) crank and connecting rod mechanism (b) Lower mass flow rate
(c) cam and cam follower mechanism (c) Constant speed
(d) oscillating lever mechanism
(d) Constant mass flow rate
Ans. (*) :
Ans. (d) : Height of blade decreases from inlet to outlet
Note: This question is excluded for evaluation by
ISRO. as pressure increases to get a constant axial flow
velocity in order to neutralize axial thrust on the rotor.
38. The job reciprocates in which type of machine
(a) shaping machine (b) planing machine mɺ = ρAVf
(c) slotting machine (d) drilling machine A = πDmH
Ans. (b) : Shaper Machine–Feed motion is given to D + Dh
the workpiece/job and cutting motion given to the tool. Dm = t
2
Planer Machine–Feed motion is given to the tool and Dt → Tip diameter
cutting (reciprocating) motion given to the
workpiece/job. Dh → Hub diameter
39. Estimate the machining time that will be So the blade height of axial compressor decreases in
required to finish a vertical flat surface of axial direction to maintain constant mass flow rate.
length 100 mm and depth 20 mm by an 8 teeth 42. The T joint of steel plates which is subjected to
HSS (High speed steel) end mill cutter of 32 350 kN load is developed using intermitted 4
mm diameter and 60 mm length in a milling double fillet welds of length each of 40 mm at
machine. Assume cutting velocity (Vc) = 30 an interval of 100 mm. Allowable shear
m/min and feed (ft) = 0.12 mm/tooth. Take strength of the weld metal is 100 MPa.
approach and run over both 2 mm
Determine the leg length of the weld
(a) 0.4 minutes (b) 0.6 minutes
(a) 12.45 mm (b) 15.45 mm
(c) 0.8 minutes (d) 1.0 minute
(c) 17.25 mm (d) 20.25 mm
Ans. (a) :
Ans. (b) :

z = 8 teeth, D = 32 mm ∵ 4 double fillet welds

ft = 0.12 mm/teeth
t = leg length/leg size
vc = 30 m/min
vc = πDN p = 4 × 2 × 0.707 tℓτper
v 30 × 103 350 × 103 = 4 × 2 × 0.707 × t × 40 × 100
N= c = = 298.41 t = 15.45 mm
πD π × 32
N ≈ 300 rpm 43. Shaping grey cast iron will produce
Approach (A) = Over run (0) = 2 mm, L = 100 mm (a) Continuous chip with Built Up Edge (BUE)
L+A+0 100 + 2 + 2 (b) Continuous chip without Built Up Edge
Machining time (tm) = = (BUE)
f t × z × N 0.12 × 8 × 300
(c) Discontinuous chip of irregular size and
tm ≈ 0.4 min shape
40. Which of the following is not generally (d) Discontinuous chip of regular size and shape
machined by Ultra Sonic Machining (USM)? Ans. (c) : Condition for Forming Discontinuous
(a) Copper (b) Glass Chip–
(c) Silicon (d) Germanium (a) of irregular size and shape –
Ans. (a) : USM is generally used for brittle materials → Work material 'brittle' (such as grey cast iron).
i.e. glass, ceramics, refractory materials. (b) of regular size and shape –
USM is also used in dental operations to produce holes → Work material ductile but hard and work hardenable.
on human teeth.
USM is not used for ductile material i.e. copper, • Feed → Large
aluminium etc. • Depth of cut → Large
Tool in USM is generally made of steel. • Tool rake → Negative

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 14 YCT

44. For same tool-work materials and speed, feed 47. The area enclosed between the curves y2 = 4x
and depth of cut, the average cutting and x2 = 4y is
temperature will decrease (a) 16/3 (b) 8
(a) with the increase in principal cutting edge (c) 32/3 (d) 16
angle (φ) Ans. (a) : Given that,
(b) with the decrease in principal cutting edge y2 = 4x .....(i)
angle (φ)
x2 = 4y
(c) with the increase in auxiliary cutting edge
angle (φ1) x=2 y .....(ii)
(d) with the decrease in auxiliary cutting edge From equation (i) and (ii),
angle (φ1) y2 = 8 y
Ans. (b) : Principal cutting edge = 90° – side cutting
Squares on both side,
edge angle.
y4 = 64y
• At its increased value is will have more of its length
in which for a given depth of cut. y3 = 43
• At its increased value is produce thinner and wider y=4
chip that will distribute the cutting heat (increase tool ∴ x2 = 4y
life). x2 = 4⋅4
45. Extreme Pressure Additive (EPA) is mixed x=4
with cutting fluid for improving its power of So the point of intersection are (0, 0) and (4, 4)
(a) cooling
(b) lubrication
(c) cleaning of cutting zone
(d) protection of machined surface
Ans. (b) : Extreme Pressure Additive (EPA)–Where
high pressure and rubbing action are encountered,
hydrodynamic lubrication cannot be maintained, so
Extreme Pressure (EP) additive must be added to the Area bounded by the parabola will be,
chemical components such as boron, phosphorus, 4 x2 
sulphur, chlorine or combination of these. = ∫  2 x −  dx
0  4 
The components are activated by the higher temperature
4
resulting from extreme pressure and forms a solid  2 x3 
protective coating. =  2 ⋅ x 3/ 2 − 
 3 12  0
So, Extreme Pressure Additive (EPA) is mixed with
4
cutting fluid for improving its power of 'lubrication'. 4 x3 
46. Equation of the line normal to function f(x) = (x =  x 3/ 2 − 
3 12  0
– 8)2/3 + 1 at P(0, 5) is
(a) y = 3x – 5 (b) y = 3x + 5 4 43 
=  (22 )3/ 2 − 
(c) 3y = x + 15 (d) 3y = x – 15 3 12 
Ans. (b) : Given that,  32 64   64  16 
f(x) = (x – 8)2/3 + 1 = −  =  = 
 3 12   12   3 
df (x) 2
= (x − 8)−1/ 3 48. The Laplace transform of ei5t where i = −1, is
dx 3
2 s − 5i s + 5i
= (a) 2 (b) 2
3(x − 8)1/ 3 s − 25 s + 25
s + 5i s − 5i
At (0, 5) f′(x) is (c) 2 (d) 2
s − 25 s + 25
2 1 
f ′(0) =  s + i5
3  (−8)1/ 3  Ans. (b) : The Laplace transform of ei5t is 2
s + 25
2 1  1 As we know that e5it = (cos5t + isin5t)
= =−
3  −(23 )1/ 3  3 L(e5it) = L(cos5t + i(sin5t)
Slope of normal = 3 = L(cos5t) + iL(sin5t)
Equation of normal at (0,5) is s i5
(y – y1) = m(x – x1) = 2 + 2
s + 25 s + 25
(y – 5) = 3(x – 0)
y – 5 = 3x s + i5
= 2
3x – y – 5 = 0 s + 25

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 15 YCT

 d2y 51. Two cantilever beams, 'A' carrying pointed
49. If y = f(x) is the solution of 2
= 0, with the load of 'W' at free end and the other 'B'
dx carrying uniformly distributed load totaling to
dy 'W'. The rate of maximum deflection of beam
boundary conditions y = 5 at x = 0 and =2
dx A to that of beam B is
at x = 10, f(15) = (a) 3/8 (b) 8/3
(a) 15 (b) 25 (c) 6/15 (d) 15/6
(c) 35 (d) 5 Ans. (b) :
Ans. (c) : The solution for the second-order differential
equation with equal roots of the characteristic equation
is given by-
y = ( c1 + c 2 x ) e Dx
d2 y
= 0 = D2 y = 0
dx 2 WL3
D = 0 ⇒D = 0,0 δA =
3AE
y = (c1+c2x) e0x ⇒ y = c1+c2x … (i)
WL3
Applying boundary condition δB =
at x = 0, y = 5 8EI
5=c1+c2(0) ⇒c1 = 5 δA 8
=
dy δB 3
And at x = 10, =2 52. A force F is used to pull a 50 kg block, as
dx
shown in figure. Determine the magnitude and
dy direction of the friction force when F = 400 N
= c2
dx
Then from the equation (i) we get
y = 5+2
Then at x = 15, c = 5+2×15=35
50. Given two complex numbers z1 = 5 + 5 3 i ( )
2 (a) 45 N up the plane
and z 2 = + ( 2 ) i, the argument of z1/z2 in (b) 80 N up the plane
3 (c) 45 N down the plane
degree is (d) 80 N down the plane
(a) 0 (b) 30 Ans. (c) :
(c) 60 (d) 90
Ans. (a) : The argument of a complex number z = x+iy
y
arg z = tan −1  
x

(
Given, z1 = 5 + 5 3 i , ) z2 =
2
3
+ 2i ∑Fy = 0
Fsinθ + N = mgcosθ
Then, N = 50 × 10 × cos30° – 400 × sin30°
5 3 N = 233 N
arg z1 = tan −1  = 60
 5  If (a) Fcosθ > mgsinθ + fs
  Then the friction will be kinetic friction
 2  (b) Fcosθ ≤ mgsinθ + fs
 
( )
Then the friction will be static friction
And arg z 2 = tan −1  2  = tan −1 3 = 60
Static friction force, Fs = µsN = 0.25 × 233

3
 = 58.25 N
 
Kinetic friction force, Fx = µkN = 0.2 × 233 = 46.6 N
So, we know that,
Net force along the inclined plane
z 
 = arg ( z1 ) − arg ( z 2 )
arg  1 = Fcos30° – Wsin30°
 z2  3 1
400 − 500 × = 96.4 N
z  2 2
arg  1  = 60 − 60 = 0 Hence the friction will be kinetic friction and its value
 z2  will be 46.6 N down the plane.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 16 YCT
53. When a beam is subjected to bending moment Ans. (c) :
alone, the bending stress at any point from the
neutral axis
(a) equal
(b) varies directly proportional with respect to
distance from neutral axis
(c) varies inversely proportional with respect to
distance from neutral axis
(d) stress is independent of the distance ∑Fx = 0
Ans. (b) : For pure bending condition, 20 × 9.81 × cos45° = Tcosθ
Tcosθ = 138.73 N .....(i)
And ∑Fv = 0
Tsinθ = 20 × 9.81 – (20 × 9.81 × sin45°)
= 20 × 9.81 (1 – sin45°)
Tsinθ = 57.4656 .....(ii)
Squaring and adding equations (i) and (ii) we get,
T2 = 138.732 + 57.46562
T = 150.16 N
56. Liquid sub cooler in Vapour Compression
My Refrigeration System will
( σb )max = (a) Prevent the entry of liquid into compressor
I NA
(b) Increases Net Refrigeration Effect
( σb ) ∝ y (c) Reduce work of compression
• The bending stress at any point from the neutral axis (d) Increase work of compression
varies directly proportional with respect to distance Ans. (b) :
from neutral axis.
54. A fabric filter is to be constructed using bags
that are 0.1 m in diameter and 5.0 m long. The
bag house is to receive 5 m3/s of air. Filtering
velocity is 2.0 m/min. Determine the minimum
number of bags required for a continuous
removal of particulate matter. VCRS cycle without subcooling ⇒ 1–2–3–4
(a) 96 (b) 106 VCRS cycle with subcooling ⇒ 1–2–3′–4′
(c) 78 (d) 88 It is clear from the graph, liquid subcooler increases net
Ans. (a) : d = 0.1 m, ℓ = 5 m, Q = 5 m3/sec, v = 2 refrigeration effect and it does not affect the work of
compression.
1
m/min = m / sec 57. A pump having an efficiency of 68% delivers 3
30 L/s of water against a head of 22 m. Compute
Abag = πdh = π × 0.1 × 5 = 1.5708 m2 the power requirement of the pump in W
Q 5 (a) 952 (b) 850
Ac = = = 150 m 2
(c) 1050 (d) 752
V  1 
  Ans. (a) : ηoverall = 68%, Hm = 22 m
 30 
A 150 Water power
Number of bag required = c = = 95.4927 ≈ 96 ηoverall =
A b 1.5708 Shaft power
55. A load of 20 kg is supported as shown in fig. Shaft power = Water power
Assuming the pulley to be ideal and the ηoverall
equilibrium configuration as shown in figure, ρgQH m 1000 × 9.81 × 0.003 × 22
determine the tension in cable CD SP = =
η0 0.68
SP = 952 W
58. A heat engine supplied heat at the rate of 1700
kJ/min and gives an output of 9 kW. The
thermal efficiency will be around
(a) 250 N (b) 200.4 N (a) 31.76% (b) 35.76%
(c) 150.2 N (d) 100 N (c) 42.85% (d) 45.85%
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 17 YCT
Ans. (a) : Zsquare = Zcircular
b3 π 3
= d
6 32
3
b3 = πd 3
16
1/ 3
 3π 
b =   ⋅d
 16 
Qs = 1700 kJ/min 2 2/3
Wsquare As × ℓ b2 4b 4  3π 
1700 = = =   =  
= kW = 28.33kW Wcircular A circular × ℓ π d 2 π  d  π  16 
60
4
W = 9 kW
Wsquare 1
η=
9
= 0.3176 =
1700 Wcircular 1.12
60 62. A circular shaft subjected to torsion undergoes
η = 31.76% a twist of 1° in a length of 120 cm. If the
maximum shear stress induced is limited to
59. A Carnot cycle which operates between the
1000 kg/cm2 and if the modulus of rigidity, G =
temperatures of 400 K and 300 K. If 20000
kcal/hr of heat is supplied, the work output will 0.8 × 106 kg/cm2, then the radius of shaft in cm
be should be
(a) 3000 kcal/hr (b) 4000 kcal/hr π π
(a) (b)
(c) 5000 kcal/hr (d) 6000 kcal/hr 18 27
18 27
300 Woutput (c) (d)
Ans. (c) : η = 1 − = π π
400 20000
Woutput = 5000 kcal/hr. Ans. (d) : From torsion equation,
T τ Gθ
60. A solid shaft of diameter 'D' carries a twisting = =
moment that develop maximum shear stress τ. J r ℓ
If this shaft is replaced by a hollow one of τ Gθ τ ℓ
outside diameter D and inside diameter D/2, = r= ×
r ℓ θ G
then the maximum shear stress will be
π
(a) 1.067 τ (b) 1.145 τ θ = 1° = , L = 120cm, τ = 1000 kg / cm 2
(c) 1.335 τ (d) 2 τ 180
G = 0.8 × 106 kg/cm2
Di 1
Ans. (a) : k = = 1000 kg / cm 2 120 cm
Do 2 r= × kg / cm 2
π /180 0.8 ×106
16T
For solid shaft, τs = 27
πD 3 r = cm
π
16T
For hollow shaft, τ H = 63. Air flows isentropically through a duct. At a
πD3 [1 − k 4 ] section, the area is 0.05 m2, velocity v = 180 m/s
16T and temperature T = 470 K. Compute the
τH = stagnation temperature T0
 1  4

πD 1 −   
3 (a) 486 K (b) 286 K
 2  (c) 556 K (d) 508 K
16T 16 Ans. (a) : V = 180 m/sec, C = 1.005 kJ/kgK
τH = × 1 p
πD3 15 T1 = 470 K
τH = 1.066 τ V12
61. A square beam and a circular beam of same Stagnation enthalpy h 0 = h1 + 2000
material have the same length, same allowable
stress and the same bending moment. The ratio V2
CpT0 = CpT1 + 1
of weights of the square beam to that of 2000
circular beam is V12
(a) 1/2 (b) 1 Stagnation temperature, T0 = T1 +
2000C p
(c) 1/1.12 (d) 1/3
M 1802
Ans. (c) : Bending stress, σ = T0 = 470 +
Z 2000 × 1.005
For same stress and moment, T0 = 486.119 K
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 18 YCT
64. Which of the following element in the Ans. (a) : P1 = 24 atm = 24 × 1.01325 × 105
refrigerant is the main contributing factor for ρ = 680 kg/m3
ozone depletion of the stratosphere?
P2 = 1 atm = 1.01325 × 105
(a) Carbon (b) Chlorine
(c) Fluorine (d) Hydrogen
Ans. (b) : The chlorine element which is present in
commonly used refrigerant attacks the ozone layer
which is located in stratosphere, it filters out the
harmful ultravoilet (UV) radiations which were emitted
by the sun and the chlorine element reduces the
thickness of ozone layer. Therefore we have to use
those refrigerant which are having lower value of Ozone
Depletion Potential (ODP). The other alternatives are Applying Bernoulli's equation,
fluorocarbon, hydrocarbon etc. P1 V12 P V2
65. A fan running at 720 rpm develops static + + z1 = 2 + 2 + z 2 + h f
ρg 2g ρg 2g
pressure of 12 mm. If the speed of the fan is
doubled the static pressure developed will be Smooth pipe with pump,
(a) 24 mm (b) 12 mm V1 = V2 (A1V1 = A2V2)
P −P
(c) 48 mm (d) 96 mm h f = 1 2 + ( z1 − z 2 )
H ρg
Ans. (c) : Head coefficient CH = 2 m 2
N D (24 − 1) × 1.01325 × 105
= − 150
 Hm   Hm  680 × 9.81
 2 2 = 2 2
 N D 1  N D  2 = 198.23 = 199 m
D1 = D2, N1 = 720 rpm, H1 = 12 mm 68. Oil at 20°C (density = 870 kg/m3 and viscosity =
N2 = 2 N1 = 1440 rpm, H2 = ? 0.104 kg/m-s) flows at 1.1 m3/hr through a
H m2 horizontal pipe with diameter d = 2 cm and
12
= length L = 12 m. Find the Reynolds number for
720 14402
2
the flow.
H m2 = 48 mm (a) 104 (b) 163
66. The Apparatus Dew Point (ADP) for the (c) 208 (d) 78
cooling coil of an air conditioning system with Ans. (b) : ρ = 870 kg/m 3

high latent load compared to a system with µ= 0.104 kg/m-s

high sensible load will be Q = 1.1 m3/hr
(a) More
1.1
(b) Less = = 3.055 × 10−4 m3 / sec
(c) Remains same 3600
(d) Depends on air flow through the coil d = 2 cm, L = 12 m
Ans. (b) : π
Q = AV = d 2 × V
4
Q × 4 3.055 × 10−4 × 4
V= =
π × d2 π × (0.02)2
V = 0.9727 m/sec
ρVd 870 × 0.9727 × 0.02
Re = =
Process (1) → ADP with high latent load. µ 0.104
Process (2) → ADP with high sensible load. Re = 162.72
ADP of process (1) is lower than ADP of process (2). 69. A person rests her coffee mug on a horizontal
67. Gasoline at 20°C (density = 680 kg/m3) is 10
pumped through a smooth 12 cm diameter tray while she accelerates at m/s2. The mug
pipe, 10 km long, at a flow rate of 75 m3/hr. 3
The inlet is fed by a pump at an absolute is 10 cm deep and 6 cm in diameter and
pressure of 24 atm. The exit is at standard contains coffee 7 cm deep at rest. Assuming
atmospheric pressure and is 150 m higher. rigid body acceleration, calculate gauge
Estimate frictional head loss hf. pressure in the bottom corner point A as shown
(a) 199 m (b) 299 m in figure if density of coffee is 1010 kg/m3.
(c) 99 m (d) 399 m Assume acceleration due to gravity g = 10 m/s2.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 19 YCT
 Ans. (a) : Wtotal = (419.8 – 398.6) × 103 J/kg
= 21200 J/kg
W
Work per stage = total = u 22
2
(a) 965 Pa (b) 1005 Pa (Because two stage centrifugal compressor)
(c) 865 Pa (d) 765 Pa Wper stage = 10600 J/kg
Ans. (c) : πD 2 N
u2 = 102.95 m/sec =
60
D2 = 0.655 m
72. Water with specific heat (cp = 4 kJ/kgK) is fed
to a boiler at 30°C, the enthalpy of vaporization
at atmospheric pressure in the boiler is 2400
kJ/kg, the steam coming from the boiler is 0.9
having a acceleration dry. The net heat supplied (in kJ/kg) in the
boiler is
10
ρcoffee = 1010 kg / m3 ,a x = m / sec 2 (a) 2160 (b) 2400
3 (c) 2440 (d) 2280
Ans. (c) :

a
tan θ =
g
10 y h = Cp(Tsat – Tin) + xhfg
tan θ = =
3 × 10 x h = 4(100 – 30) + 0.9 × 2400
y h = 280 + 2160 = 2440 kJ/kg
θ = 30° = tan 30°
x 73. Subsonic and supersonic diffusers have the
y = 3 × tan30° following geometry
y = 1.732 cm (a) Divergent and convergent respectively
y < 3 cm, So No spillage, (b) Both divergent
For No spillage, Rise = Fall (c) Both convergent
Height (h) at A = 7 + 1.732 = 8.732 cm (d) Convergent and divergent respectively
pgauge at A = ρgh = 1010 × 10 × 0.08732 = 881.932 Pa Ans. (a) : • For subsonic compressible flow,
70. A process in which the working substance converging passage act as nozzle and diverging passage
neither receives nor gives out heat to its as a diffuser.
surroundings during its expansion or • For supersonic compressible flow, converging passage
contraction is called act as diffuser and diverging passage act as nozzle.
(a) Isothermal process (b) Isentropic process 74. The isentropic heat drop in the nozzle of an
(c) Polytropic process (d) Adiabatic process impulse steam turbine with nozzle efficiency
Ans. (d) : A process in which the working substance 0.9, blade velocity ratio 0.5 and mean blade
neither receives nor gives out heat to its surrounding velocity 150 m/s in kJ/kg is
during its expansion or contraction is called 'Adiabatic (a) 50 (b) 40
process'. (c) 60 (d) 70
71. A two stage centrifugal compressor operating Ans. (a) :
at 3000 rpm is to compress refrigerant R134a
from an evaporator temperature of 0°C (hi =
398.6 kJ/kg) to a condensing temperature of
32°C (hc = 419.8 kJ/kg). If the impeller
diameter of both the stages have to be same,
what is the diameter of the impeller?
Assume suction condition to be dry saturated,
compression process isentropic, impeller blades
radial and refrigerant enters impeller radially Actual enthalpy drop
(a) 0.65 m (b) 0.8 m ηN =
(c) 1.0 m (d) 1.5 m Isentropicenthalpy drop

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 20 YCT

 ∆h a h1 − h 2 ∑MP = 0
ηN = =
∆h s h1 − h 2s RQ × 1 – 1 = 0
RQ = 1 kN (↓)
V12
RP = 1 kN (↑)
ηnozzle = 2000 , Blade velocity, u = 150 m/sec 77. Two solid shafts 'A' and 'B' are made of the
∆h s same material. The shaft 'A' is 50 mm diameter
u 150 and shaft 'B' is 100 mm diameter. The ratio of
= = 0.5 V1 = 300 m/sec strength of shaft 'B' compared to shaft 'A' is
V1 V1
(a) 1/2 (b) 2
V12 (c) 4 (d) 8
3002
∆hs = 2000 = = 50 kJ / kg Ans. (d) : dA = 50 mm
ηN 2000 × 0.9 dB = 100 mm
75. Consider a simple gas turbine (Brayton cycle) Strength of shaft is proportional to the polar section
and a gas turbine with perfect regeneration. In modulus.
both the cycles, the pressure ratio is 8 and the Z PB  d B 3
ratio of specific heats of working medium is 1.5. = =8
The ratio of minimum to maximum Z PA  d A 
temperature is 0.2 (with temperature in K) in 78. Two simply supported beams 'A' and 'B' of
the regenerative cycle. The ratio of the thermal same breadth and depth and same material
efficiency of the simple cycle to that of carries constant central load W at the centre.
regenerative cycle is The span of beam B is double that of beam A.
(a) 0.63 (b) 0.73 The deflection of beam B compared to beam A
(c) 0.83 (d) 0.93 will be
Ans. (c) : (a) one-half (b) one-eighth
(c) four times (d) eight times
Ans. (d) :

wL3
rp = 8, r = 1.5 δ=
48EI
Tmin δ ∝ L3
= 0.2
Tmax 3
δB  L B 
= =8
ηcycle = 1 −
1
= 1−
1
= 0.5 δ A  L A 
γ−1
(8)1/ 3
( rp ) γ 79. In a beam where shear force changes its sign,
γ−1 the bending moment will be
Tmin γ (a) minimum (b) zero
ηideal regeneration = 1 − (rp ) = 0.6
Tmax (c) maximum (d) same as shear force
ηcycle 0.5 dM
= = 0.8333 Ans. (c) : SF = , SF changes its sign, the bending
ηideal regeneration 0.6 dx
moment will be maximum.
76. A simply supported beam PQ is loaded by a
80. The rectangular beam 'A' has length ℓ, width b
moment of 1 kN-m at the mid span of the beam
of length 1m. The reaction forces Rp and Rq at and depth d. Another beam 'B' of same
supports P and Q respectively are material has the same length and width but
depth is double that of 'A'. The elastic strength
(a) 1 kN downward, 1 kN upward of beam B compared to that of A will be
(b) 0.5 kN upward, 0.5 kN downward (a) same (b) double
(c) 0.5 kN downward, 1 kN upward (c) four times (d) six times
(d) 0.5 kN upward, 0.5 kN upward
Ans. (c) : For beam, moment carrying capacity depends
Ans. (a) : on section modulus,
bd 2
z=
6
2
zB  dB 
∑Fv = 0 = = 22 = 4
RP – RQ = 0 z A  d A 

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2020 21 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 10.03.2019

1. A diesel engine develops a Brake power of 4.5 Brayton cycle consists of two isobaric and two
kW. Its indicated thermal efficiency is 30% isentropic processes. It is an ideal cycle for aircraft
and the mechanical efficiency is 85%. application.
Considering calorific value of the fuel as 40000 Atkinson cycle known as modified otto cycle
kJ/kg, the fuel consumption will be : consists of two isentropic process one isochoric and
(a) 2.1 kg/hr (b) 3.9 kg/hr one isobaric process.
(c) 1.6 kg/hr (d) 4.6 kg/hr 3. A large clearance volume in a reciprocating
Ans. (c) : Given, B.P. = 4.5 kW compressor results in :
Indicated thermal efficiency, ηith= 30% (a) Reduced volume flow rate
Mechanical efficiency, ηmech= 85% (b) Increased volume flow rate
Calorific value = 40000 kJ/kg (c) Lower suction pressure
BP (d) Lower delivery pressure
ηmech = Ans. (a) : Clearance volume is minimum volume left
IP
between top dead centre and cylinder head.
4.5
0.85 = Clearance ratio is defined as ratio of clearance
IP volume and swept volume.
4.5 Volumetric efficiency is given by:
IP = = 5.294kW
0.85 ( V )entry  PH 
1/ n

kJ kJ η V = = 1 + C − C  
= 5.294 = 5.294 × 3600 TSV  PL 
sec hr
Where C is clearance ratio and TSV = total swept
KJ
= 19058.82 volume.
hr Now, as the clearance volume is increased and the
Indicated thermal efficiency, volume of cylinder remains constant that means
IP volume flow rate reduces.
ηith = Reduction in volume flow rate causes reduction in
m f .cv
volumetric efficiency.
IP 19058.82
mf = = = 1.58 ≃ 1.6kg / hr 4. Two beams have the same length, same
ηith × cv 0.30 × 40000 allowable stresses and the same bending
2. A cycle consisting of two reversible isothermal moment. The cross sections of the beams are a
processes and two reversible isobaric processes square and a rectangle with depth twice that of
is known as : width. The ratio of weight of square beam to
(a) Atkinson cycle (b) Strling cycle the weight of rectangular beam is:
(c) Brayton cycle (d) Ericsson cycle (a) 0.85 (b) 0.75
(c) 0.95 (d) 1.25
Ans. (d) : Ericsson cycle consist of two reversible
isothermal and two reversible isobaric processes. Ans. (d) : l1 = l2
σ1 = σ 2
M1 = M 2

1–2 → Constant Pressure Heat addition

2–3 → Isothermal Expansion
3–4 → Constant Pressure Heat rejection
From bending equation
4–1 → Isothermal compression.
M σ E
Stirling cycle consists of two reversible isothermal = =
and two reversible isochoric process. I y R

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 22 YCT

 M Ans. (c) :
σ= ×y
I
σ1 = σ 2
M1 M
× y1 = 2 × y2 ( M1 = M 2 )
I1 I2
 y1   y2 
  = 
 I1  rect  I 2  sq.
.

2b / 2 a/2
= 4
(2b)3 a
b×
12 12
2b a
=
8b 4 a 4
1 1
=
4b3 a 3
a 3 = 4b 3
a = 1.587b
weight of square Beam m g ρV g V
= 2 = 2 2 = 2
weight of rectangular Beam m1 g ρ1V1 g V1
a2 × l (1.587b)2
= = = 1.25
2b × l
2
2b 2
5. Two shafts A and B are made of same material.
The diameter of shaft B is twice that of shaft A.
The ratio of power which can be transmitted
by shaft A to that of shaft B is :
(a) 1/2 (b) 1/4
(c) 1/8 (d) 1/16 7. In a riveted joint, when the number of rivets
Ans. (c) : dB = 2dA decrease from the innermost row to outermost
row, the joint is said to be :
PA
=? (a) Chain riveted (b) Zig-zag riveted
PB
(c) Diamond riveted (d) None of these
PA 16T τπd 3 Ans. (c) : Diamond riveted joint is a joint in which the
=? τ= ⇒ T =
PB πd 3 16 number of rivets decreases as we proceed from
innermost row to outermost row. Diamond riveted
PA TAω TA
= = joint is adopted in butt joint only.
PB TB ω TB
τπd A3 /16
=
τπd B3 /16
d A3 d A3
= =
d B 3 (2d A )3
1 Chain riveted joint is a joint in which every rivet of
=
8 a row is opposite to other rivet.
6. The value of maximum deflection for a
cantilever beam of length l and carrying
uniformly varying load from zero at free end to
w per unit length at fixed end is :
(a) wl3/8 EI (b) wl3/16 EI
4
(c) wl /30 EI (d) wl3/48 EI
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 23 YCT
 Zig-zag riveted joint is a joint in which the spacing Ans. (c) : Steady, non uniform flow– Flow will be
of rivets is staggered in such a way that every rivet is steady because liquid flows at a constant rate.
in the middle of two rivets of the opposite row. It is non uniform because cross section is changing
from inlet to outlet.

8. The process of reheating the martensitic steel ∵ A2 < A1

to reduce its brittleness without any significant ∴ V2 > V1 (From continuity equation)
loss of hardness is called:
V2 ≠ V1 So, flow is non uniform
(a) normalizing (b) tempering
(c) annealing (d) quenching 12. The comparison between pumps operating in
Ans. (b) : Tempering – Tempering is the process in series and in parallel is :
which martensitic or quenched steel is reheat to (a) Pumps operating in series boost the head,
austenizing temperature to reduce its brittleness and whereas pumps in parallel boost the
enhance the ductility and toughness. discharge.
Normalising: In this process material is heated to (b) Pumps operating in series boost the
400-500 above upper critical temperature. It helps in discharge, whereas pumps in parallel boost
improving ductility and toughness. the head.
Annealing- It is a heat treatment process in which (c) In both the cases there would be a boost in
hardness of material is reduced, ductility is improved head only
and also internal stresses are eliminated. (d) In both the cases there would be a boost in
In normalizing air cooling is done while in anneling discharge only.
furnace colling is done. Ans. (a) : Pumps in series–
9. 18/8 stainless steel contains : 1. Q = Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = Q4 (Discharge is same)
(a) 18% steel, 8% chromium 2. h = h1 + h2 + h3 + h4 (Head is added)
(b) 18% chromium, 8% nickel Pumps in parallel
(c) 18% tungsten, 8% nickel 1. h = h1 = h2 = h3 = h4 (Head is same)
(d) 18% tungsten, 8% chromium 2 . Q = Q 1 + Q 2 + Q 3 + Q 4 (Discharge is added)
Ans. (b) : 18/8 steel contains 18% chromium and 8% Hence, pumps operating in series boost the head,
nickel. It is most widely used form of austenitic whereas pumps in parallel boost the discharge.
stainless steel. 13. A jet of water issuing from a nozzle strikes a
It provides high resistance to corrosion and flat plate normally (plane of plate makes an
oxidation. angle 90 ° with the axis of the jet). The plate
It is easy to fabricate and is durable. moves towards the nozzle with a velocity of 10
m/s while the jet issuing from the nozzle has a
10. Crowning of pulley is done to : velocity of 15 m/s. The absolute velocity
(a) Increase the tightness of the belt on the pulley components of the jet (in m/s) as it leaves the
(b) Prevent the belt running off the pulley vane, parallel (x component) and normal
(c) Increase the torque transmitted component (y component) to the undisturbed
(d) Improve shape and strength of pulley jet are. (Neglect friction on the surface).
Ans. (b) : The crowing of a pulley is a process in (a) Vx = 5, Vy = 5
which the rim of pulley is provided with a slightly (b) Vx = –5, Vy = 5
rounded shape. (c) Vx = 10, Vy = 10
The belt has a tendency to run off from the pulley (d) Vx = –10, Vy = 25
due to centrifugal effect. Ans. (d) :
To avoid belt running off the pulley crowning is 14. The overall heat transfer coefficient (U) for a
done. composite wall of thickness x1, x2, x3 and of
11. Flow of a liquid at a constant rate through a corresponding thermal conductivities k1, k2, k3
conical pipe is classified as : is given by equation.
(a) Unsteady, non uniform flow (a) 1/U = k1/x1 + k2/x2 + k3/x3
(b) Unsteady, uniform flow (b) U = k1x1 + k2x2 + k3x3
(c) Steady, non uniform flow (c) 1/U = x1/k1 + x2 /k2 + x3/k3
(d) Steady, uniform flow (d) 1/U = x1/k1 + x2 /k2 + k3/x3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 24 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Ans. (a) : Order of thermal conductivity (K) of given
substance– Ksolid > Kliquid > KIce
Values of thermal conductivity of given substance are-
Ksolid ice = 2.22W/mK
Ksteam = 0.016 W/mK
Kwater = 0.598 W/mK
Ksuperheated steam = 0.06 W/mK
A∆T 18. The number of teeth of a spur gear is 30 and it
Q = UA∆T =
x1 x2 x3 rotates at 200 rpm. What will be its pitch line
+ + velocity if it has a module of (6/π) mm?
k1 k2 k3
(a) 600 mm/s (b) 300 mm/s
1 x1 x2 x3 (c) 191 mm/s (d) 164 mm/s
= + + U = overall heat transfer coefficient
U k1 k 2 k3 Ans. (a) : Given, No of teeth (T) = 30
N = 200 rpm
15. Three metal walls of the same cross-sectional
area having thermal conductivities in the ratio 6
Module (m) = mm
1:2:4 transfers heat at the rate of 3000 kJ/hr. π
For the same wall thickness, the temperature D 6
drops will be in the ratio. We know, m = =
T π
(a) 1:2:4 (b) 1:1/2:1/4
6 6
(c) 1/4:1/2:1 (d) 1:1:1 D = × T = × 30 = 57.29mm
Ans. (b) : Q = 3000 kJ/hr π π
A1 = A2 = A3 = A (same cross-section) πDN π × 57.20 × 200
Pitch line velocity v = =
x1 = x2 = x3 = x (same thickness) 60 60
= 600 mm/sec.
19. A force of 271 N is applied to the break drum of
2m diameter in band brake system as shown in
figure, where the wrapping angle is 180°. If the
coefficient of friction between the drum and the
band is 7/22 the braking torque applied in Nm is :
t1 − t2 t2 − t3 t3 − t4
Q= = =
x x x
kA 2kA 4kA
(t1 – t2) = 2 (t2 – t3) = 4 (t3 – t4) = c (say)
(a) 271 (b) 100
1 1 (c) 171 (d) 371
So, ratio of temperature drop will be 1: :
2 4 Ans. (c) : Given, T1 = 271 N
16. A electric heater of exposed surface area 0.09 θ = π (180°)
m2 and output 600 watts is designed to operate D = 2m
fully submersed in water. When the water is at Cofficient of friction (µ) = 7/22
37°C and the surface coefficient of heat
transfer is 285.3 W/m2-deg C, surface
temperature of the heater will be:
(a) 30.5°C (b) 60.5°C
(c) 90.5°C (d) 120.5°C
T1
Ans. (b) : Given, = eµθ
T2
A = 0.09m2
7
Q = 600 watt 271   ×π
= e  22 
tw = 37°C T2
h = 285.3 w/m2°C
271
We know, Q = hA (ts – tw) T2 = 7
= 99.73
×π
600 = 285.3×0.09 × (ts – 37°C) e22

ts = 60.367°C Braking Torque = (T1 – T2) × R

17. The highest value of thermal conductivity is 2
expected for : ( M t ) = (271 − 99.73) ×
2
(a) Solid ice (b) Steam
(c) Water (d) Superheated steam M t = 171.26 N − m

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 25 YCT

20. Starting friction is low in which type of vp v
lubrication Ans. (c) : = 0
(a) Hydrostatic lubrication PQ OQ
(b) Hydrodynamic lubrication 4 v
(c) Mixed (semi fluid) lubrication = 0
PQ PQ
(d) Boundary lubrication
2
Ans. (a) : Starting friction and torque is low in 4 = 2v0
hydrostatic lubrication because metal to metal contact
is avoided at stationary condition itself by supplying v 0 = 2m / s
the lubricant at high pressure using pump.
In hydrodynamic lubrication lubricant is supplied at
atmospheric pressure and metal to metal contact is avoided
at high speed. Hence starting friction and torque are high in
this case as compared to hydrostatic lubrication.
21. A helical spring has N turns of coil diameter D
and a second spring, made of same wire diameter
and same material, has N/2 turns of coil of
diameter 2D. If the stiffness of the first spring is
k, then stiffness of the second springs will be 23. A concentrated mass m is attached at centre of
(a) k/4 (b) k/2 a rod of length 2 L as shown in figure. The rod
(c) 2k (d) 4k is kept in a horizontal equilibrium position by a
Ans. (a) : spring of stiffness 4 k. For very small
4 amplitude of vibration, neglecting the weight of
W W Gd
Spring stiffeness (k1) = = = the rod and spring, the undamped natural
δ 8WD N 8D N
3 3
frequency (wn) of the system is:
Gd 4
Gd 4
k1 =
8D3 N
Gd 4
k2 =
8 × (2 D)3 × N / 2
Gd 4
= (a) (2k / m) (b) (4k / m)
N
8 × 8D3 × (c) (8k / m) (d) (16k / m)
2
Gd 4 Ans. (d) :
=
8 × 4 D3 × N
1  Gd 4 
=  
4  8D3 N 
k2 = k1 / 4
22. A rigid rod PQ shown in Figure is connected to
two sliders at each end through pins. The Using torque method-
sliders can slide along PR and QR. If the I×α+4k×2L×2Lθ = 0
velocity of the slider at P is 4m/s, the velocity of ..
the midpoint of the rod PQ at this instant is : mL2 θ+ 16kL2 θ = 0
..
m θ + 16 kθ = 0
.. 16k
θ+ θ=0
m
..
θ+ ω2n θ = 0
16k
ω2n =
m
16k
(a) 4 m/s (b) 3 m/s ωn =
(c) 2 m/s (d) 1 m/s m

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 26 YCT

24. At the time of starting, idling and low speed Ans. (b) : For determining the ignition quality of a
operation, the carburetor supplies a mixture compression ignition engine the reference fuel used is
which can be termed as : normal cetane (C16H34) and α-methyl naphthalene (C11H10).
(a) lean For determining the ignition quality of a spark
(b) slightly leaner than stochiometric ignition engine the reference fuel used is iso-octance
(C8H18) and normal heptanes (C7H18)
(c) stochiometric
28. Air enters diesel engine with a density of 1
(d) rich kg/m3. The compression ratio is 21. At steady
Ans. (d) : At the time of starting idling and low speed state, the air intake is 21 × 10–3 kg/s and the
the carburetor supplies a rich mixture to increases the network output is 20 kW. The Mean effective
probability of combustion because at the starting or pressure (kPa) is :
idling the temperature is low which resists the proper (a) 500 (b) 1000
combustion and during the low speed the carburetor (c) 1500 (d) 2000
supplies rich mixture to maintain proper speed and Ans. (b) : Given, Compression ratio (r) = 21, ρ =
load. 1kg/m3,
25. The crank radius of a single cylinder IC engine m = 21 × 10 kg/sec.
–3

is (60/π) mm and diameter of the cylinder is 40 V + Vc

3 r= s = 21
mm. The swept volume of the cylinder in cm Vc
is: Vs = 20Vc …(i)
(a) 48 (b) 58
m 21× 10−3
(c) 68 (d) 78 Volume intake = = = 21× 10−3
ρ 1
60
Ans. (a) : Given, Crank radius (r) = mm Vs + Vc = 21 × 10 −3
π
V
Bore dia (D) = 40 mm Vs + s = 21×10−3
π 20
Swept volume (Vs) = D 2 L  1
4 Vs 1 +  = 21× 10−3
π  20 
= D 2 × (2r ) Vs = 0.02
4
π 60 Mean effective Pressure
= × 402 × 2 ×
4 π work done 20 × 103
Pmean = =
= 48000 mm3 swept volume(Vs ) 0.02
3
Vs = 48 cm = 1000000
26. For the same values of peak pressure peak Pmean = 1000 kPa
temperature and heat rejection, the correct 29. The purpose of providing supercharging for
order of efficiencies for Otto, Duel and Diesel engine is :
cycles. (a) to provide forced cooling air.
(a) Otto > Dual > Diesel (b) to inject excess pressurized fuel
(b) Duel > Diesel > Otto (c) to raise exhaust pressure
(d) to supply intake air at density higher than
(c) Diesel > Dual > Otto ambient air
(d) Diesel > Otto > Dual Ans. (d) : A Supercharger is a type of compressor that
Ans. (c) : For same peak pressure, peak temperature is used to supply air to engine at a density higher than
and heat rejected that of ambient.
ηDiesel > ηDual > ηOtto It is mainly used for compression ignition engine.
The supercharger is driven by the engine power itself.
For same compression ratio
ηOtto > ηDual > ηDiesel
27. For determining the ignition quality of
compression ignition engine fuels, the reference
fuels used are :
(a) Iso-octane and n-heptane
(b) Cetane and α-methyl naphthalene
(c) Hexadecane and n-heptanes A turbocharger is a similar device which is
(d) Cetane and iso-octane powered by flow of exhaust gases.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 27 YCT
30. While designing refrigeration system of an Ans. (d) : The centrifugal compressor in refrigerating
aircraft, the prime consideration is that : machine is generally used when we need to supply a
(a) System has high COP large volume of refrigerant at low condensing pressure.
(b) Power per TR is low For high condensing pressure and low volume
(c) Mass of refrigerant circulated in the system is reciprocating compressor is used.
low 1
(d) Mass of refrigeration system is low. 34. Equation of a line normal to f(x) = (x + 4) 2 + 1 at
Ans. (d) : While designing refrigeration system of an Q(0,3) is :
aircraft we always need low weight per ton of (a) y = 3 – 4x (b) y = 3 + 4x
refrigeration since we cannot carry higher mass at high (c) 4y = 12 + x (d) 4y = 12 – x
altitudes. So our primary consideration is to keep mass Ans. (a) : Given equation of normal line
of refrigeration system low. 1
31. A good refrigerant should have: f(x) = ( x + 4 ) 2 + 1 , at Q (0,3)
(a) High latent of vaporization and low freezing Let y = f (x)
point 1
(b) High operating pressures and low freezing y = ( x + 4) 2 + 1
point
Differentiating with respect to x-axis
(c) High specific volume and low latent heat of 1
dy 1 −1
vaporization = ( x + 4) 2 + 0
(d) Low COP and low freezing point dx 2
dy 1 −1
Ans. (a) : A good refrigerant should have high latent
= ( x + 4) 2
heat of vaporization. High latent heat of vaporization dx 2
results in less circulation of mass of refrigerant for −1
dy 1
same cooling. at Q (0,3), = ( 0 + 4) 2
•
dx ( 0,3) 2
R.E =↓ m× h fg ↑
1 1 1 1 1
The refrigerant should have low freezing point because = × = × =
2 4 2 2 4
at high freezing point refrigerant may ceases to flow if
that temperature is achieved during cooling. For −1
Slope of normal (m) = =− 4
example Water at 00C. dy
32. The bypass factor of cooling coil dx
(a) Decrease with increase in velocity of air Equation of normal -
passing through it y –y1 = m (x –x1)
(b) Increase with increase in velocity of air y – 3 = –4 (x – 0)
passing through it. y – 3 = –4x
(c) Remains unchanged with increase in velocity y = 3 – 4x
of air passing through it 35. A box contains 2 blue, 3 black and 4 red balls.
(d) May increase or decrease with increase in Balls are drawn from the box at random one at
velocity of air passing through it depending a time without replacement. The probability of
upon the condition of air entering drawing 2 blue balls first followed by 3 black
Ans. (b) : Bypass factor represents the amount of balls and subsequently 4 red balls is
uncontacted air passing through the coil. 2 1
(a) (b)
As the velocity of air increases the air passes 350 629
quickly through the coil and a large amount of air 1 1
remains uncontacted. (c) (d)
Hence, as the velocity of air increase bypass factor 1260 24
also increases. Ans. (c) : A box contains 2 blue, 3 black and 4 red
33. The centrifugal compressors are generally used balls.
for refrigerants that require. Balls are drawn from the box at random one at a time
without replacement
(a) Small displacement and low condensing
pressures The probability of drawing 2 blue balls first followed by
3 black balls and subsequently 4 red balls is
(b) Large displacements and high condensing
pressures 2C 1C 3C 2C 1C
= 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 × 1 ×1
(c) Small displacements and high condensing 9C1 8C1 7C1 6C1 5C1
pressures
2 1 3 2 1 1
(d) Large displacements and low condensing = × × × × ×1 =
pressures 9 8 7 6 5 1260
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 28 YCT
36. Using trapezoidal rule and dividing the interval 22
of integration into three equal sub intervals, the Circumference of circle 2πr = 2 × × 42
+1
7
definite integral ∫ x dx is Perimeter of rectangle = 2 ( l + w)
−1 22
2 × × 42 = 2 ( 6x + 5x )
(a) 1.11 (b) 2.22 7
(c) 3.33 (d) 4.44 22 × 6 = 11x
Ans. (a) : 12 = x
+1 Smaller side of rectangle = 5x
Give, ∫ x dx = 5 × 12 = 60 cm
−1
38. A tank is normally filled in 8 hours but takes 2
Let y = x hours longer to fill because of a leak in the
n = number of subintervals = 3 bottom. If the tank is full and due to leakage
x n − x 0 1 − ( −1) 2 alone, the tank will get empty in _______hours
h= = = (Assume no further filling happens)
n 3 3 (a) 20 (b) 40
Values of x are, (c) 30 (d) 50
2 2 2 Ans. (b) :
−1, − 1 + , – 1 + 2   , − 1 + 3  
3  3 3
x –1 1 1 1
−
3 3 so if tank is full then B take
y= x 1 1 1 1 total work 40
time = = = 40 hours
3 3 Efficiency 1
Using trapezoidal rule,
39. From a circular sheet of paper of radius 50 cm,
b 1
∫a f (x)dx = 2 h  y0 + yn + 2 ( y1 + y2 + .........yn −1 )
a sector of 40% area is removed in the shape of
an arc section. If the remaining part is used to
b−a make a conical surface, then the ratio of the
where h = radius to height of the cone is
n
4 5
1 − ( −1) 2 (a) (b)
then h = = 3 4
3 3
+1
3 7
1 2  1 1  (c) (d)
∫ x dx = 2 × 3 (1 + 1) + 2  3 + 3  
−1
4 8
Ans. (c) : Given,
1  2  Radius of circle = 50 cm = slant height of cone
= 2 + 2    According to the question,
3  
3
60% of the area of circular sheet =
1 4
= 2 +  surface area of the cone.
3 3 ⇒ 0.6 × πR2 = π.r. ℓ
1 6 + 4
= 
3  3 
1 10 10
= × = = 1.11
3 3 9
37. A circular ring of radius 42 cm is cut and bent
⇒ 0.6 × π × 502 = π × r × 50
into the form of a rectangle whose sides are in
the ratio of 6:5. The small side of the rectangle ⇒ r = 0.6 × 50
is ⇒ r = 30 cm
(a) 80 cm (b) 30 cm Now height of the cone h = ℓ 2 − r 2
(c) 120 cm (d) 60 cm
= ( 50 ) − ( 30 ) = 2500 − 900
2 2
Ans. (d) : Given Radius = 42 cm
= 1600 = 40cm
r 30 3
∴ = =
h 40 4

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 29 YCT

40. Triple point of a substance 43. A cycle consisting of one constant pressure, one
(a) Occurs in a mixture of two or more gases constant volume and two isentropic processes is
(b) Is the point where three phases exists together known as :
(c) Occurs in sublimation (a) Carnot cycle (b) Stirling cycle
(d) None of the above (c) Otto cycle (d) Diesel cycle
Ans. (a) : The triple point of a substance may be Ans. (d) :
defined as that value of temperature and pressure at 1-2 – Isentropic compression
which all the three phases i.e. solid. liquid and gas 2-3 – Isobaric heat addition (constant pressure)
coexist in thermodynamic equilibrium. 3-4 – Isentropic expansion
Triple point of water = 0.01°C = 273.16 K 4-1 – Isochoric heat rejection (constant volume)

44. The maximum theoretical work obtainable,

41. A liquid is boiling in a airtight vessel. Using an when a system interacts to equilibrium with a
exhaust tube the vapour is pumped out at a reference environment, is called
faster rate. What will happen to the liquid? (a) Entropy (b) Enthalpy
(a) Temperature will go down but boiling will (c) Exergy (d) Rothalpy
continue Ans. (c) : Exergy- Maximum theoretical useful work
(b) Temperature will rise and boiling will obtained when system interacts with surrounding is
continue known as exergy. It is also known as available form of
(c) Boiling will stop energy.
(d) Vapour starts condensing 45. If a circular shaft is subjected to a torque T
Ans. (a) :We know that Boiling occurs when the and a bending moment M, the ratio of the
vapour pressure falls below the liquid pressure. As the maximum shear stress to maximum bending
liquid is Boiling in an airtight vessel and simultaneously stress is :
the vapour in pumped out using exhaust tube, the low (a) 2 M/T (b) T/2M
vapour pressure in still maintained and boiling will (c) 2T/M (d) M/2T
continue and on the other hand temperature decreases Ans. (b) :From torsion equation,
since hot vapour in pumped out.
T Gθ τ
42. The equivalent evaporation rate (kg/hr) of a = =
boiler producing 2000 kg/hr of steam with J l R
enthalpy content of 2426 kJ/kg from feed water TR T × D / 2
at temperature 40 deg. C (liquid enthalpy = 168 τ= =
J π 4
kJ/kg and enthalpy of vaporization of water at D
100 deg. C = 2258 kJ/kg) is : 32
(a) 2000 (b) 2249
(c) 1658 (d) 1649
Ans. (a) : Given, 16T
mass of steam (m) = 2000 kg/hr. τmax = ... (i)
πD 3
h1 = 2426 kg/hr
t1 = 40°C 16T
τmax
= πD =
hfeed = 168 kJ/kg 3 T
(h ) |
fg water 100 ° C = 2258 kJ / kg σ max 32 M 2M
πD 3

Equivalent evaporation =
(h − h ) × m
1 feed From bending equation,
h fg 32M
σ max =
2000(2426 − 168) πd 3
= σ M E
2258 = =
= 2000 kg/hr. y I R

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 30 YCT

 Deflection at mid point
Wl 3
δB =
48 EI

σ=
M
×y 30 ×103 × (3000)3
=
I 48 × 200 × 103 ×15 ×10−6 × (103 ) 4
M
σ= ×D/2 δ B = 5.625mm
π 4
D
64 48. A copper rod 3mm in diameter when subjected
32 M to a pull of 495 N extends by 0.07 mm over a
σ max = ... (ii) gauge length of 100 mm. The young's modulus
πD 4
for copper will be :
From (i) and (ii) (a) 1 × 105 N/mm2 (b) 1 × 106 N/mm2
16T (c) 7 × 10 N/mm
5 2
(d) 1 × 107 N/mm2
τmax
= πD =
3 T Ans. (a) : Given,
σ max 32 M 2M l = 100 mm
πD 3 d = 3mm
46. A simply supported beam of length 3m carries P = 495 N
a concentrated load of 12 kN at a distance of
δ = 0.07 mm
1m from left support. The maximum bending
moment in the beam is : PL
Deflection, (δ) =
(a) 12 kNm (b) 24 kNm AE
(c) 8 kNm (d) 16 kNm 495 × 100
Ans. (c) : 0.07 =
π 2
×3 × E
4
495 × 100
E=
π
× 9 × 0.07
4
12 × 2 12 × 1 = 100040.2499
= =
3 3 E = 1× 105 N / mm 2
= 8 kN = 4 kN 49. When a body is subjected to three mutually
perpendicular stresses of equal intensity, the
ratio of direct stress to the expanding
volumetric strain is known as :
(a) Young's modulus
(b) Modulus of rigidity
(c) Bulk modulus
(d) Poisson's ratio
Ans. (c) : When a body is subjected to three mutually
47. A grider of uniform section and constant depth
perpendicular stresses of equal intensity, the ratio of
is freely supported over a span of 3 metres. The
point load at the midpoint is 30 kN and direct stress to the expanding volumetric strain is
Moment of inertia = 15 × 10–6 m4 and youngs known as Bulk modulus.
modulus = 200 GN/m2. The deflection at centre σD σD
Bulk modulus (K) = =
will be :  ∆V  Volumetric strain
(a) 6.6 cm (b) 8.6 cm  
 V 
(c) 5.6 mm (d) 6.6 m
• Its SI unit is N/mm2 and reciprocal of bulk modulus is
Ans. (c) :
called compressibility.
50. The bending moment in the centre of a simply
supported beam carrying a uniformly
distributed load of w per unit length is :
(a) zero (b) wl2/2
2
(c) wl /4 (d) wl2/8
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 31 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Bending Moment at center 52. In a siphon, the summit is 3 m above the water
wl l wl l level in the reservoir from which the flow is
MB = × − × being discharged. If the head loss from the inlet
2 2 2 4
of the siphon to the summit is 1.5 m and the
velocity head at the summit is 0.5 m, the
absolute pressure at the summit is :
(a) 5.3 m of water (b) 9.3 m of water
(c) 6.3 m of water (d) 5 m of water
wl 2
MB = Ans. (a) : Given,
8
V22
51. A uniform wooden cylinder has a specific Z2 = 3m, hL = 1.5 m, = 0.5m
2g
gravity of 0.5. Find the ratio of diameter to
length of the cylinder so that it will just float
upright in a state of neutral equilibrium in
water :
(a) 2 (b) 3
(c) 2 (d) 3
Ans. (a) : Given, SP. gravity of cylinder = 0.5 Applying Bernoulli's theorem between (i) and (2)
Density of cylinder (ρcyl.) = 500 P1 V 12 P V2
+ + Z1 = 2 + 2 + Z2 + h L
For floating body weight = Buoyancy force ρg 2g ρg 2g
P2 V 22
+ + Z2 + h L = 0
ρg 2g
P2
+ 0.5 + 3 + 1.5 = 0
ρg
mg = ρw V g P2
ρcyl. × V × g = ρw V g = –5m
ρg
π π
500 × d 2 × l × g = 1000 × d 2 × h × g Absolute pressure at summit
4 4 Pabs = Patm + Pgauge
l = 2h = 10.3 – 5
2h Pabs = 5.3 m
BG = l/2 – h/2 = −h/2 53. Two pipe lines of equal length and diameters of
2
BG = h/2 10cm and 40 cm are connected in parallel
For Neutral equilibrium GM = 0 between two reservoirs. If friction factor is
same for both the pipes, the ratio of the
I min
− BG = 0 discharges in the larger to the smaller pipe is :
V (a) 4 (b) 16
πd 4 h (c) 32 (d) 64
− =0
π
64 × d 2 × h 2 Ans. (c) : h f =
fLQ 2
4 12.1d 5
Put h = l/2
h f × 12.1 × d 5
πd 4 l/2 Q2 =
− =0 f ×L
π 2 l 2
64 × d ×
4 2
d2 l
− =0
8l 4
d2 l
=
8l 4
4d 2 = 8l 2 h f × 12.1× d 5
d 2 = 2l 2 Q=
f ×L
d = 2l Q∝d 5/ 2

d Q2 405 / 2
= 2 = = 32
l Q1 105 / 2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 32 YCT

54. The fluid property responsible for the problem Ans. (d) : Given,
of water hammer is 1080 cycles /min.
(a) viscosity (b) density
Q1 = 57 × 1080 J/min.
(c) elasticity (d) surface tension
= 61560 J/min.
Ans. (c) : Water hammer is a surge in pressure when
fluid flowing in a pipe is suddenly brought to rest by Q 1 = 1026 W
closing of a certain valve of the pipe. T
η =1– 2
The phenomenon of water hammer depends on elastic T1
interaction of fluid and container.
Hence fluid property responsible for water hammer is
elasticity that cause surge in pressure.
55. Within a boundary layer :
(a) The order of viscous force is much higher
than that of the inertia force
(b) The order of viscous force is equal to that of
the inertia force
(c) The order of viscous force is much less than  2 + 273 
that of the inertia force = 1−  
 12 + 273 
(d) Both the forces are zero.
η = 0.035
Ans. (b) :We know that viscous effects are confined in
a thin layer near the wall. The region close to the wall W
η=
in known as boundary layer. In this region viscous Q1
forces are of same order as the inertial forces. This
hypothesis is known as boundary layer hypothesis. W = η× Q1 = 0.035 × 1026
56. The values of enthalpy of steam at inlet and W = 36 Watt
outlet of a steam turbine in a Rankine cycle are
2800 kJ/kg and 1800 kJ/kg respectively. 59. The unit of Stefan Boltzmann constant is :
Neglecting pump work, the specific steam (a) Watt/cm2K (b) Watt/cm4K
consumption in kg/kW-hour is : (c) Watt/cmK4 (d) Watt/cm2K4
(a) 3.60 (b) 0.36
(c) 0.06 (d) 0.01 Ans. (d) :
Ans. (a) : Given, Radiation Heat Transfer Q = σ A (T14 − T24 ) watt.
h1 = 2800 kJ/kg & h2 = 1800 kJ/kg Q
wnet = h1 – h2 σ= watt/m 2 k 4 or watt/cm 2 k 4
A(T1 − T24 )
4

3600
specific steam consumption = kg / kW − hr σ = 5.67 × 10 −8 W / m 2 k 4
wnet
60. In a furnace, the wall thickness is 60 cm and is
3600
= = 3.6 kg/kWh 100 cm wide by 150 cm height made of material
2800 − 1800 with thermal conductivity 0.4 W/mK. The
57. A pump handling a liquid raises its pressure temperature inside and outside are 1000°C and
from 1 bar to 30 bar. Take the density of liquid 4°C respectively. The thermal resistance is :
as 990 kg/m3. The isentropic specific work done (a) 1 K/W (b) 2 K/W
by the pump in kJ/kg is :
(c) 18 K/W (d) 15 K/W
(a) 3.93 (b) 1.93
(c) 4.93 (d) 2.93 Ans. (a) : Wall thickness (x) = 60 cm
dP
Ans. (d) : work done by pump = ∫ VdP = ∫
ρ
P2 − P1 (30 − 1) × 100
= =
ρ 990
= 2.929 kJ/kg
58. A heat engine using lake water at 12 °C as (b) = 100 cm
source and the surrounding atmosphere at 2°C h = 150 cm
as sink executes 1080 cycles per min. If the Thermal conductivity (k) = 0.4 w/mk
amount of heat drawn per cycle is 57 J, then T1 = 1000°C & T2 = 4°C
the output of the engine will be :
(a) 66 W (b) 46 W x 0.60
Thermal resistance = = = 1K / W
(c) 56 W (d) 36 W kA 0.4 × 1× 1.5
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 33 YCT
61. The rate of heat flow through a composite wall 63. Operating pressure angle for involute gear
of three layers of thickness 0.3 m, 0.2 m, 0.15 m teeth is :
and of corresponding thermal conductivities (a) Maximum at engagement of teeth
(b) Minimum at engagement of teeth
1.2, 0.8 and 0.6 kJ/hr-m°C is 1280 kJ/hr. If the
(c) Same at all points of contact
surface area normal to the direction of heat
(d) Vary uniformaly at all points of contact
flow is 1 sq. mtr. and inner surface
Ans. (c) : In Involute profile for gear tooth the
temperature is 1000°C, then the interface pressure angle remains constant from start to end of
temperature at the end of first layer will be : engagement.
(a) 700°C (b) 680°C • In cycloidal profile of Gear tooth the pressure angle
(c) 500°C (d) 360°C varies from maximum at start of engagement to zero at
pitch point and then again maximum at end of
Ans. (b) : Given, engagement.
Area = 1m2 64. For the position of the mechanism shown in
Q = 1280 kJ/hr Figure, find the velocity of the slider B for the
given configuration if the velocity of the slider
A is 3m/s. Consider AB as a rigid link and is
parallel to CD at this instant.

T1 − t
Q=
0.15
0.6 × 1 (a) 3m/s (b) 3 2m / s
1000 − t (c) 3 / 2m / s (d) 1.5m / s
1280 = Ans. (a) : Velocity of rigid rod will remains same
0.15
0.6 VA cos 45° = VB sin 45°
320 = 1000 − t 1 1
3× = VB ×
t = 680°C 2 2
VB = 3m / sec.
62. For the four link mechanism with the
dimension of the links indicated in standard
units of length, choose the type of mechanism
from the given options.

65. The device used to heat feed water by utilizing

the heat of the exhaust flue gases before leaving
through the chimney is called:
(a) Super heater (b) Economizer
(a) crank rocker (b) double crank (c) Air preheater (d) Evaporator
(c) double rocker (d) rocker Ans. (b) : Economizer– Economiser is a boiler
Ans. (b) : accessories which is used to heat feed water by
utilizing the heat of flue gases.
• Super heater is a device which superheat the steam
coming out of boiler using flue gases.
•Air preheater is a device which is used to prcheat the
air entering into the boiler.

S+L < P+Q

3+7 < 5+6
10 < 11
(S + L < P + Q) means Grasshof's law is satisfied and
shortest link is fixed so it will be Double Crank
mechanism.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 34 YCT
66. The power consumed by a reciprocating air Ans. (d) : In PERT chart activity time follows Beta
compressor will be minimum, if the distribution and project time follows normal
compression follows the following distribution.
thermodynamic process : 71. Dew point temperature lines on the
(a) isothermal (b) isentropic psychometric chart are :
(c) adiabatic (d) polytropic (a) Horizontal
(b) Vertical
Ans. (a) : Compressor work will be least when it
(c) Curved
follows isothermal process.
(d) Straight inclined slopping downward to the
right.
Ans. (a) : Horizontal– Dew point temperature lines on
psychometric charts are horizontal lines but unequally
spaced and moving away from saturation curve.

67. In an impulse reaction turbine stage, the heat

drop in fixed and moving blades are 20 kJ/kg
and 30 kJ/kg respectively. The degree of
reaction for this stage will be :
(a) 3/5 (b) 5/3
(c) 2/5 (d) 5/2
Ans. (a) : 72. The lowest temperature during the cycle in a
(∆h) moving blade vapour compression system occurs after.
Degree of reaction = (a) Compression (b) Expansion
(∆h)moving blade + (∆h)fixed blade
(c) Condensation (d) Evaporation
30 30 3 Ans. (b) : Expansion– Lowest temperature during the
= = =
20 + 30 50 5 cycle in vapour compression system occurs after
(expansion).
68. Which among the following automobile
exhaust gas pollutants is a major cause of
photochemical smog?
(a) CO (b) CO2
(c) NO2 (d) SO2
Ans. (c) : NOx is a major pollutant which cause photo
chemical smog. 73. The principle of vapour compression system is
Photochemical smog is formed when NO2 decomposes that fluids absorb heat while changing from a :
into NO and oxygen in presence of sunlight. (a) Vapour phase to liquid phase and give up heat
NO2 + sunlight → NO + O in changing from liquid phase to vapour
Smog → O + O2 → O3 phase
(b) Liquid phase to vapour phase and give up
69. In a two stage reciprocating air compressor heat in changing from a vapour phase to
with a suction pressure of 4 bar and delivery liquid phase
pressure of 16 bar, the ideal intercooler (c) Vapour phase to liquid phase only
pressure will be: (d) Liquid phase to solid state phase and give up
(a) 10 bar (b) 8 bar heat in changing from a solid state to liquid
(c) 32 bar (d) 20 bar phase
Ans. (b) : PH = 16 bar, PL = 4bar Ans. (b) : VCRS system absorb heat during change of
liquid phase to vapour phase (In evaporator) and
Intercooler Pressure (P2) = PH × PL release heat in changing from vapour phase to liquid
phase in condenser.
= 16 × 4
= 64
= 8 bar.
70. In PERT, chart, the activity time distribution
is:
(a) Normal (b) Poisson
(c) Binomial (d) Beta
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 35 YCT
74. Sensible heat factor is defined as the ratio of : (a) 1/6 (b) 2/9
(a) Latent heat to sensible heat (c) 1/7 (d) 1
(b) Sensible to latent heat
Ans. (a) :
(c) Latent heat to total heat
(d) Sensible heat to total heat
Ans. (d) : Sensible heat factor
Sensible heat
(SHF)=
Sensible heat + Latent heat
Sensible heat
=
Total heat
The equation of line in intercept form in given by
75. In vapour compression refrigeration system,
x y
heat rejected as compared to heat absorbed is + =1
2 1
(a) More
(b) Less x 2−x
y =1 − =
(c) Equal 2 2
(d) Depends on the refrigerant used 2y = 2 – x
Ans. (a) : In VCRS system Heat rejected is more as ⇒ x = 2–2y
compared to heat absorbed. 1 2 −2y
QR = Qa + w Now, ∫0 ∫0 ( xydx ) dy = ?
QR > Qa
1  yx 2  2 − 2y 
= ∫   0  dy
 2  
0

1 y
( 2 − 2y ) dy
2
=∫
0 2

( )
1 1
= ∫ 2y (1 − y ) dy = ∫ 2y 1 + y 2 − 2y dy
2
0 0

( 2y − 4y2 + 2y3 ) dy
1
76. As warm air cools, it's relative humidity =∫
0
(a) Increases
1
(b) Decrease  y2 y3 y4 
(c) Remains same =  2. − 4 + 2 
 2 3 4 0
(d) Depends on wet bulb temperature
1
Ans. (a) :  4 y4 
=  y 2 − y3 + 
 3 2 0

4 1 6 −8+3 1
= 1− + = =
3 2 6 6
78. Distance between origin and the point nearest
to it on the surface z2 = 1+xy is:
φ2 < φ1 → Relative humidity increases
3
77. Consider the shaded triangle region P shown in (a) (b) 1
2
the figure ∫ ∫ xydxdy?
p (c) 3 (d) 2
2
Ans. (b) : surface z = 1+xy -----(i)
Let P (x, y, z) is nearest point to surface (i)
so, distance from origin

(x − 0) + ( y − 0) + ( z − 0)
2 2 2
d=

⇒ d2 = x2+y2+z2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 36 YCT

z2 = d2 – (x2+y2) ------(ii) So, From the graph , the function f(x) has minimum
From (i) and (ii) value of point 0
1+xy = d2 – x2–y2
⇒ f(x) = x at x = 0 is minimum
d2 = x2+y2+ xy+1 = f(x,y) ------(iii)
Applying maximum and minimum condition to z2 dy
80. General solution of differential equation =
df df dx
= 2x + y, = 2y + x
dx dy cos (x+y) is
then
x+y
df df (a) tan  =y+c
= 0 = 2x + y, = 0 = 2y + x  2 
dx dy
x+y
Put x = 0, y = 0 (stationary point) (b) sin  =y+c
 2 
Now,
d2f d2f x+y
P= = 2, q = =1 (c) cos  =x +c
dx 2 dxdy  2 

d 2f x+y
r= =2 (d) tan  =x +c
dy 2  2 

or pr – q2 = 4–1= 3>0 and r = + ve Ans. (d) : Given,

so f(x,y) is minimum at (0,0) dy
= cos (x+y)
Hence, minimum value of z2 at (0,0) dx
z2 = x2+y2+xy+1
Let x+y = t
= (0)2 + (0)2 +(0). (0) + 1 = 1
then the nearest point is dy dt
1+ =
z2 = 1+xy = 1+0×0 = 1 dx dx
or z = ± 1 dt
1+cos t =
The distance between the two points = 1 dx
79. At x = 0, the function f(x) = x has {∵ 1+cos 2x = 2cos2x}
(a) A maximum t dt
2 cos 2 =
(b) A point of inflection 2 dx
(c) A minimum
dt
(d) Neither maximum nor minimm 2dx =
cos 2 t / 2
Ans. (c) : Given
 − x, x < 0 Integrating both side
f (x) = x = 
+ x x ≥ 0 dt
we can give some values to x and plot a graph
∫ 2dx = ∫ cos2 t / 2
according to the values
2x = ∫ sec 2 t / 2 dt
f(2) = 2, f (1) =1, f(0) = 0, f(–1) = 1, f(–2)=2
Now from graph we get, tan t / 2
2x =
1
2
2x = 2 tan t/2
x = tan t/2

x+y x+y
⇒ tan   = x = tan  =x + c
 2   2 

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2019 37 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2018
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 22.04.2018

1. Carnot Cycle consists of 4. Reversed Joule cycle is known as

(a) Two constant pressure and two isentropic (a) Rankine cycle (b) Carnot cycle
processes (c) Bell-Coleman cycle (d) Otto cycle
(b) One constant isenthalpic, one constant Ans. (c) : Reversed Joule cycle is known as Bell-
volume and two constant pressure process Coleman cycle.
(c) Two isothermal and two isentropic processes
(d) One constant pressure, one constant volume
and two constant isothermal processes
Ans. (c) : Carnot Cycle consists of two isothermal and
two isentropic processes.

Process 1-2 → Isentropic compression

Process 2-3 → Constant Pressure heat rejection
Process 3-4 → Isentropic Expansion
Process 4-1 → Constant Pressure heat addition
Process 1-2 → Isothermal heat addition 5. The thermal efficiency of Gas turbine plant is
Process 2-3 → Isentropic Expansion (a) r γ −1
Process 3-4 → Isothermal heat rejection (b) 1 − r γ −1
Process 4-1 → Isentropic compression (c) 1 − (1/ r )γ (γ −1)
2. One reversible heat engine operates between (d) 1 − (1/ r )(γ −1) / γ
1600K and T2K and another reversible heat
engine operates between T2K and 400K. If both Ans. (d) : Thermal efficiency of gas turbine plant
the engines have the same heat input and 1
output, then temperature T2 is equal to η Bryton = 1 − (γ −1) / γ
r
(a) 800 K (b) 1600 K Where r is pressure ratio of given plant
(c) 1200 K (d) 6400 K γ = adiabatic index
Ans. (a) : Given
Note:- Gas turbine plant works on the principle of
η E1 = η E 2 Brayton cycle.
(Because both engine have same input and output) 6. A 100 W electric bulb was switched on in a
So, 2.5m × 3m× 3m size thermally insulated from
T2 = T1 × T2 having temperature of 20ºC. The room
temperature at the end of 24 hrs will be
T2 = 400 × 1600 (a) 100ºC (b) 470ºC
(c) 370ºC (d) 600ºC
T2 = 800 K
Consider density and specific heat of air as 1.2
3. Isentropic flow is kg/m3 and 0.718 kW/ºC/kg
(a) Reversible adiabatic flow Ans. (*) : Given,
(b) Irreversible adiabatic flow Power P = 100W
(c) Frictionless fluid flow Volume of room A = 2.5×3×3 = 22.5m3
(d) Reversible isothermal flow Temperature Ti = 200C = 293K
Ans. (a) : Isentropic flow is reversible adiabatic flow. Density of air = 1.2 kg/m3
We know that, Heat supplied to the room in 24 hrs = 100×24×60×60
δQ • = 8640 kJ
∆S = + δ S gen Mass of air in the room = 1.2×22.5 = 27 kg
T
δQ=0 (for adiabatic flow) Heat supplied to room = Rise of internal energy in the
• room
δ S gen = 0 (for reversible flow) 8640 = mCvdT = 27×0.718×(T–293)
So ∆S = 0 T = 738.68k = 465.680C
and we can say that flow will be isentropic. Note: This question is deleted by ISRO.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2018 38 YCT
7. A solar energy based heat engine which receives If, W=w×L
80 kJ of heat at 100ºC and rejects 70 kJ of heat to then
the ambient at 30ºC is to be designed. The
5 WL3 48
thermal efficiency of heat engine is δUDL = × ×
(a) 70% (b) 18.8 ºC 384 EI 48
(c) 12.5% (d) cannot be calculated δUDL 5 5
= × 48 =
Ans. (c) : The thermal efficiency of heat engine δP 384 8
Q 70 So the reduction is given by
η = 1− 2 = 1−
Q` 80 5 3
δ P − δUDL = δ P − δ P = δ P
η = 0.125 = 12.5% 8 8
8. A mixture of gases expand from 0.03 m3 to 0.06 11. If the Bending moment is increased three
m3at constant pressure of 1 MPa and absorb 84 times, then to keep the stress in the beam same,
kJ of heat during the process. The change in sectional modulus shall be
internal energy of the mixture is (a) decreased 3 times (b) increased 3 times
(a) 54 kJ (b) 30 kJ (c) unchanged (d) increased 6 times
(c) 84 kJ (d) 110 kJ Ans. (b) : Bending stress
Ans. (a) : V1 = 0.03 m3 M ( Maximum Bending Moment )
V2 = 0.06 m3 σ=
P1 = P2 = 1000 kPa Z ( Section Modulus )
Q = 84 kJ M
For σ = = constant
∆U = ? Z
Q = ∆U + PdV If M ↑→ 3M
84 = ∆U + 1000 × [0.06 - 0.03] then Z also increase 3 times to keep the stress in the
∆U = 84 - 30 beam same.
∆U = 54 kJ 12. A beam with rectangular section of 120 mm ×
9. If the concentrated load applied at the free end 40 mm is placed horizontally by mistake, (with
of a cantilever beam is doubled along with its width as 120 mm and depth as 40 mm) whereas
length and moment of inertia also, then the it was designed to be placed vertically, (with
deflection at free end will increase by width as 40 mm and depth as 120 mm). The
(a) 2 times (b) 4 times ratio of section modulus will be
(c) 8 times (d) 12 times (a) 1/3 (b) 1/2
Ans. (c) : Deflection at free end of cantilever beam (c) 1/6 (d) 1/8
Pl 3 Ans. (a) : Case-I
δ=
3EI
If, P' = 2P, I' = 2I, L' = 2L
then we get
2 P × L3 × 23  PL3 
δ'= = 8  = 8δ I NA
3× E × 2 × I  3EI  Z=
Ymax
δ ' = 8δ 120 × (40)3
10. In the case of a beam simply supported at both I NA =
12
ends, if the same load instead of being
40
concentrated at centre is distributed uniformly Y=
throughout the length, then deflection at centre 2
will get reduced by 120 × 40 × 40 × 40 × 2
(a) 1/2 times (b) 1/4 times Z1 =
12 × 40
(c) 5/8 times (d) 3/8 times Z1 = 32000 mm3
Ans. (d) : Case-I
Case-II
Center point load on SSB, we have deflection.
WL3
δP =
48EI
Case-II
Deflection for UDL
5wL4
δUDL =
384 EI
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 39 YCT
 40 × (120)3 Ans. (b) : Data given
IN −A = A = 40×40 mm2, Paxial = 200 kN (compressive)
12
We know that
 120 
ymax =   PL 200 × 103 × 2000
 2  δ=
=
A.E 40 × 40 × 200 × 103
40 × 120 × 120 × 120 × 2
Z2 = δ = 1.25 mm
120 × 12
16. The shear force diagram for a simply supported
Z2 = 96000 mm3
Z1 32000 1 beam carrying uniformly distributed load of w
= = per unit length, consists of
Z 2 96000 3 (a) One right angled triangle
13. If a shaft is required to transmit twice the (b) One equilateral triangle
power at twice the speed for which it is (c) Two right angled triangle
designed, its diameter must (d) Two rectangles
(a) increase two times Ans. (c) : RA + RB = wL
(b) reduce two times wL
(c) remain same RA = RB =
2
(d) increase three times
Ans. (c) : We know that power transmitted by shaft
P = T.ω
π D3
T= τ
16
π × D3 ×τ P
=
16 2π N
If P' = 2P, N' = 2N
then D' = ? wL2
BMmax = at mid point [L/2]
π × D ' ×τ
3
2P P π × D ×τ
3
8
= = =
16 2 × 2π × N 2π N 16 17. The power transmitted by a shaft 60 mm
D' = D diameter at 180 RPM, if the permissible stress
Diameter must be same. is 85 N/mm2
14. The strength of a hollow shaft in comparison to (a) 68 kW (b) 650 kW
solid shaft, both having outer diameter D and (c) 1200 kW (d) 7 kW
inner diameter of hollow shaft as D/2 is Ans. (a) : d = 60 mm,N = 180 RPM, τ = 85 MPa
(a) Half (b) 7/8th We know that
(c) 15/16 times (d) Remain same πd3 2×π × N
Ans. (c) : For solid shaft, P = T × ω = ×τ ×
16 60
I NA π D 4 2 π 3 π × 60 × 85 2 × π × 180
3
Z1 = = × = D P= ×
Ymax 64 D 32 16 60
 di D 1 1  P = 67952226.3 N-mm/sec
∵ K = = × =  ⇒ P = 67.9 ≃ 68 kW
 do 2 D 2 
18. A material has a young's modulus of 1.25 × 105
For Hollow Shaft N/mm2 and a poisson's ratio of 0.25. The bulk
π D 4 (1 − K 4 ) 2  1 modulus of the material will be
Z2 = × = Z1 ×  1 −  (a) 83 × 105 N/mm2 (b) 0.83× 105 N/mm2
64 D  16  3 2
(c) 8.3× 10 N/mm (d) 8.3× 105 N/mm2
15
Z2 = Z1 Ans. (b) : Given,
16 E = 1.25 × 105 N/mm2, µ = 0.25
15. Steel bar of 40 mm × 40 mm square section is Then K = ?
subjected to an axial compressive load of 200 E = 3K (1-2 µ)
kN. If the length of the bar is 2 m and E
(Youngs modulus) = 200 GPa. The elongation 1.25 × 105 = 3 × K × (1 - 0.5)
of bar will be 2.50
K= × 105
(a) 5.4 mm (b) 1.25 mm 3
(c) 2.7 mm (d) 3.4 mm K = 0.833 × 105 N/mm2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 40 YCT
19. Neutral solution is one which has pH value 23. A throttle governed steam engine develops 15
(a) Greater than 7 (b) Equal to 7 kW with 280 kg per hour of steam and 35 kW
(c) Less than 7 (d) None of the above with 520 kg per hour of steam. The steam
Ans. (b) : Neutral solution is one which has pH value consumption in kg per hour when developing
equal to 7. 20 kW of power will be nearly
If 0 ≤ pH < 7 → for Acidic solution (a) 340 kg/hr
pH = 7 → for Neutral solution (b) 150 kg/hr
7 < pH ≤ 14 → Basic solution (Alkaline) (c) cannot be calculated
(d) 280 kg/hr
20. Force feed lubrication system means that oil is
delivered to the engine by Ans. (a) : Using Willian’s line method of relationship
(a) Gravity between steam consumption per hour (m) and the
(b) Pressure created by oil pump power developed (P) is given by:
(c) Splashing of the crank shaft m = a+b×P
(d) None of the above Where a and b are constant
Ans. (b) : There are basically three common system of Given,
lubrication- m1 = 280 kg/hr, m2= 520 kg/hr
(i) Splash system P1= 15kW, P2 = 35 kW
(ii) Forced feed system 280 = a+b×15 …(i)
(iii) Combination of splash and force feed system 520 = a+b×35 …(ii)
In forced feed system the lubricating oil is supplied by a Solving equation (i) and (ii) we get
pump under pressure to all parts that requires lubrication. 240 = 20b ⇒ b = 12
This system provides sufficient lubrication to all parts and and a = 100
is favoured by most of the engine manufacturers. This is
used in most heavy duty and high-speed engines. Now,
21. The purpose of thermostat in an engine cooling when the engine develops 20 kW of power then –
system is to m = 100+12×20 = 340 kg/hr
(a) Indicate coolant temperature 24. A fluid which obeys Newton's law of viscosity is
(b) Prevent coolant from boiling termed as
(c) Allow the engine to warm up quickly (a) Real fluid
(d) Pressurize coolant for effective cooling (b) Newtonian fluid
Ans. (c) : Any liquid-cooled car engine has a small (c) Non-Newtonian fluid
device called thermostat that sits between the engine and (d) Ideal fluid
radiator. The thermostat in most cars is about 2 inches in Ans. (b) : A fluid which obeys Newton's law of
diameter. It is used to block the flow of coolant to the
viscosity is termed as Newtonian fluid.
radiator until the engine has warmed up. When the engine
is cold, no coolant flows through the engine. Once the Newton’s law of viscosity is given by
engine reaches its operating temperature (generally about du
95ºC), the thermostat opens. By letting the engine warm τ=µ
dy
up as quickly as possible, the thermostat reduces engine
wear, deposits and emissions. du
Where, τ= shear stress, µ = viscosity and = Rate
22. In a boiler, feed water supplied per hour is 205 dy
kg while coal fired per hour is 23 kg. The net of shear deformation.
enthalpy rise per kg of water is 145 kJ. If the
calorific value of coal is 2050 kJ/kg, then boiler 25. A water tank consists of 1.30 m deep water.
efficiency will be The pressure exerted by water per meter
(a) 56% (b) 75% length of tank is
(c) 48% (d) 63% (a) 8.29 kN (b) 18.29 kN
Ans. (d) : Heat generated by coal per hour is given by (c) 28.9 kN (d) 0.28 kN
Q = 2050 × 23 kJ/hr Ans. (a) : Pressure force is given by-
If total heat generated will be used completely to h
P = ρgAh = ρ× g × h × ℓ ×
increase the enthalpy of water. 2
Then per kg increase in enthalpy of water is Where h = total depth of tank
2050 × 23 For per unit length (ℓ = 1)-
∆h = = 230 kJ/kg
205 Pressure exerted by water-
Actual increase in enthalpy is given as 145 kJ/kg h
So efficiency of boiler is P = ρ × g × h × 1×
2
145
η= = 0.63 = 63% = 1000 × 9.81× 1.30 ×
1.30
= 8289.45N = 8.289kN
230 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 41 YCT
26. The gauge pressure at the surface of a liquid of Ans. (c) : We know that, for centrifugal pump
density 900 kg/m3 is 0.4 bar. If the atmospheric P
pressure is 1×105 pa, the absolute pressure at a 5
= constant
depth of 50 m is D N3
(a) 5.81 bar (b) 15.8 bar P ∝ N3
(c) 25.8 bar (d) 0.5 bar P ∝ D5
Ans. (a) : We know that absolute pressure is 31. The specific speed of a centrifugal pump
Pabs = Patm + Pgauge + Ph delivering 810 litres of water per sec. against
head of 16 mts. at 725 RPM is
= 1× 10 + 0.4 × 10 + 900 × 9.81× 50
5 5
(a) 81 RPM (b) 810 RPM
= 5.81 × 105 Pa (c) 40 RPM (d) 16 RPM
= 5.81 bar Ans. (a) :
27. In Hydro-Electric plants, power transmitted
N Q
through pipe is maximum when the head lost Ns = 3 / 4
due to friction is H
(a) One fourth of the total supply head 725 × 0.81
(b) One half of the total supply head =
(16 )
3/ 4

(c) One third of the total supply head

Ns = 81.56 ≃ 81 RPM
(d) Two third of the total supply head
Ans. (c) : In Hydro-Electric plants, power transmitted 32. A centrifugal pump delivers 1000 lts per
through pipe is maximum when the head lost due to minute at 2000 RPM against total head of 50
friction is one third of the total supply head. mts. and requires 32 BHP for its operation. If
speed is reduced to 1000 RPM, the discharge
and head developed will be
(a) 500 lts/min and 25 mtr
(b) 500 lts/min and 12.5 mtr
(c) 250 lts/min and 12.5 mtr
(d) 250 lts/min and 25 mtr
Ans. (b) : Q1 = 1000 lts/min., Q2 = ?
N1 = 2000 RPM, N2 = 1000 RPM
H
hloss = total H1 = 50 m, H2 = ?
3 P1 = 32 BHP
H' = Total available head We know that unit speed,
hloss = Head loss due to friction during flow of water N N
28. Reynolds number is ratio of Inertial forces to N u = 1/1 2 = 1/2 2 = constant
H1 H2
(a) Elastic force (b) Surface tension 2 2
(c) Critical velocity (d) Viscous force  N2   1000 
H2 =   × H1 =   × 50
Ans. (d) :  N1   2000 
Intertia Force ρVD H2 = 12.5 m
Re.No. = =
Viscous Force µ and unit discharge Qu
Q Q
29. A pelton wheel develops 1750 kW under a head Qu = 1/1 2 = 1/2 2
of 100 mts while running at 200 rpm and H1 H2
discharging 2500 litres of water per sec. The H 12.5
unit power of wheel will be Q22 = 2 × Q12 = × (1000) 2
(a) 3.75 kW (b) 0.75 kW H 1 50
(c) 1.75 kW (d) 0.25 kW Q2 = 500 lts/min
Ans. (c) : We know that unit power of wheel 33. A flow is said to be supersonic, if the
(a) If the velocity of flow is very high
P 1750
Pu = 3 / 2 = = 1.75 kW (b) Mach number is between 1 and 6
H 1003 / 2 (c) Mach number is more than 6
30. Power required to drive a centrifugal pump is (d) If the discharge is difficult to measure
(a) Directly proportional to speed of its impeller Ans. (b) :
(b) Directly proportional to square of speed of its Type of flow Mach. No. M (Range)
impeller Subsonic 0.4 - 0.8
(c) Directly proportional to cube of the speed of Transonic 08. - 1.2
its impeller Sonic 1
(d) Inversely proportional to cube of the speed of Supersonic 1-6
its impeller Hypersonic > 6
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 42 YCT
34. Fouling factor is used in heat exchangers due to r 
(a) Factor in case of Newtonian fluids 2.3log  2 
(b) Safety factor in design (b)  r1 
(c) Due to fluid leakage 2π lk (T1 − T2 )
(d) When liquid exchanges heat with vapour 2π (T1 − T2 )
Ans. (b) : Fouling factor represents the resistance to (c)
flow of heat due to building up of a layer of dirt over r 
2.3lK log  2 
the surface of heat exchanger.  r1 
Hence, to maintain the sufficient heat transfer and to 2π lk
remove the negative effects of fouling this factor is (d)
already taken into consideration for safety during design. r 
2.3(T1 − T2 ) log  2 
35. In a Counter flow heat exchanger design, fluid  r1 
rates and specific heats were chosen in such a Ans. (a) :
manner that heat capacities of both the fluids
are same. A hot fluid enters at 100ºC and
leaves at 60ºC. The cold fluid enters that
exchanger at 40ºC. The mean temperature
difference between the two fluids is
(a) 40ºC (b) 60ºC
(c) 20ºC (d) 36.6ºC
Ans. (c) :
Heat transfer through cylinder is given as
2π lk (T1 − T2 )
Q=
r 
2.3log  2 
 r1 
38. According to Stefan-Boltzmann law, the total
radiation from black body per second per unit
area is directly proportional to the
(a) Absolute temperature
From energy balance equation (b) Fourth power of absolute temperature
CH (100 - 60) (c) Cube of the absolute temperature
= CC (TCO - 40) (d) Square of the absolute temperature
Equal heat capacity, mh C ph = mc C pc Ans. (b) : We know that, according to Stefan-
Boltzmann law,
CH = CC
TCO = 80ºC Q = σ AT 4
So, mean temperature difference will be same Q
throughout the length for same heat capacity of fluid ∝T4
A
So, ∆T = 100 − 80 = 60 − 40 = 20º C
W
36. The unit of overall coefficient of heat transfer where, σ = 5.67 × 10
-8

is: m2 K 4
(a) W/m2K (b) W/m2 (Stefan-Boltzmann constant)
(c) W/mK (d) W/m 39. In a condenser of a power plant, the steam
condenses at temperature of 60ºC. The cooling
Ans. (a) : We know that
water enters at 30ºC and leaves at 45ºC. The
Q = UA∆T logarithmic mean temperature difference will
Q W be around
So, U= = 2 (a) 20ºC (b) 80ºC
A∆T m K
Where U is overall heat transfer coefficient. (c) 200ºC (d) 5ºC
37. The heat transfer by conduction through a Ans. (a) : θ1 = 60 - 30 = 30ºC
thick cylinder of inner radius r1, outer radius r2 θ2 = 60 - 45 = 15ºC
Higher temperature T1, lower temperature T2,
length of cylinder l and thermal conductivity k
is given by
2π lk (T1 − T2 )
(a)
r 
2.3log  2 
 r1 

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 43 YCT

 (θ1 − θ 2 ) 43. The ratio of heat flow Q1/Q2 from walls of same
So, LMTD = thickness having their thermal conductivities
ln(θ1 / θ 2 )
as K1 = 2K2 will be:
(30 − 15) 15
= = (a) 1 (b) 1/2
ln(30 / 2) 0.69
(c) 3/4 (d) 2
LMTD ≈ 20º C
Ans. (d) : Given
40. In shell and tube heat exchanger, baffles are
mainly used for K1 = 2K2
(a) Increase the mixing of fluid dT
Q = KA
(b) Direct the flow in desired direction dx
(c) Reduce fouling of the tube surface Q∝K
(d) Increase the heat transfer area
So,
Ans. (b) : The main roles of a baffles in a shell and
tube heat exchanger are to- Q1 K1 2 K 2
= =
Hold tubes in position (prevent sagging), both in Q2 K 2 K2
production and operation.
Prevent the effect of steam starvation, which is Q1
= 2 :1
increased with both fluid velocity and the length of Q2
heat exchanger.
Direct the shell side fluid flow in the desired 44. In case of saddle key, power is transmitted by
direction. means of
41. For a glass plate, transmissivity and reflectivity (a) Friction force
are specified as 0.86 and 0.08 respectively, the (b) Shear resistance of key
absorptivity of the glass plate is
(c) Torsional resistance of key
(a) 0.86 (b) 0.06
(c) 0.08 (d) 1.00 (d) Tensile force
Ans. (b) : We know that, Ans. (a) : In case of saddle key, power is transmitted
α +τ + ρ = 1 by means of frictional force.
α + 0.86 + 0.08 = 1
⇒ α = 0.06
42. A composite slab has two layers of different
materials with thermal conductivities K1 and
K2. If each layer has same thickness, then the
equivalent thermal conductivity will be:
(a) K1 K 2 (b) K1 + K 2
2 K1 K 2 ( K1 + K 2 )
(c) (d)
( K1 + K 2 ) K1 K 2
Ans. (c) :

In case of sunk key power is transmitted by means of

shear resistance only.
45. The angle of twist for a transmission that is
∆T A∆T
Q1 = = inversely proportional to
L
+
L  K + K2 
L 1  (a) Shaft diameter (b) (Shaft diameter)2
K1 A K 2 A  K1 K 2  3
(c) (Shaft diameter) (d) (Shaft diameter)4
∆T A∆T Ans. (d) : We know that
Q2 = =
2L  2  T Gθ
K eqv . A L  K  =
 eqv  J L
If, Q1 = Q2, then we get Gθ T
2 K + K2 =
= 1 L π  4
K eqv K1 K 2  d
 32 
2 K1 K 2 1
K eqv = θ∝
( K1 + K 2 ) d4

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 44 YCT

46. Two mating spur gears have 40 and 120 teeth and
respectively. The pinion runs at 1200 rpm and 3
 K  6
transmits a torque of 20 N-m. The torque 60× 2000× L h =   ×10 ...(ii)
transmitted by gear is:  4900 
(a) 60 N-m (b) 6.6 N-m Divide equation (ii) by (i)
(c) 40 N-m (d) 66 N-m 3
2000× L h  9800 
Ans. (a) : In this question, we assume that power will =  =8
be same for gears and pinion. So, 1000× 3000  4900 
PG = PP L h = 12000 hrs
TGωG = TPωP
48. Neutral axis of a beam is;
2π N G 2π N P (a) Layer subjected to tensile stress
TG × = TP ×
60 60 (b) Layer subjected to compressive stress
N P TG (c) Layer subjected to torsion stress
= ...(1) (d) Layer subjected to zero stress
N G TP
Given that Ans. (d) : Neutral axis of a beam is layer subjected to
zero stress.
NG Z P 40 1
= = = M
N P Z G 120 3 σb = × y (at neutral axis, y = 0)
I
1
N G = 1200 × = 400 RPM σb = 0
3
So, from equation (1) 49. A gas engine has a swept volume of 300 cm3
and its volumetric efficiency is 0.88 and
1200
TG = TP × = 20 × 3 mechanical efficiency is 0.90. The volume of
400 mixture taken in per stroke is
TG = 60 Nm (a) 248 cm3 (b) 252 cm3
3
(c) 264 cm (d) 286 cm3
47. The expected life of a ball bearing subjected to Ans. (c) : We know that volumetric efficiency is given
a load of 9800 N and operating at 1000 RPM is by
3000 hrs. What is the expected life of the same
bearing for similar load of 4900 N and speed of η = ActualVolume of mixturetaken per stroke (V )
vol
2000 RPM SweptVolume (VS )
(a) 12000 hrs. (b) Remain same V V
(c) 6000 hrs. (d) 1500 hrs. 0.88 = =
VS 300
Ans. (a) : We know that
K
n
V = 264 cm3
L90 =  
C 50. The ratio of the brake power to indicated
10 power is called
n = , for roller bearing (a) Overall efficiency
3
(b) Thermal efficiency
n = 3, for ball bearing
3
(c) Mechanical efficiency
K 6 (d) Volumetric efficiency
L90 =   ×10 rev
C Ans. (c) : The ratio of brake power to indicated power
L = 60NL h rev is called mechanical efficiency.
where, Brake Power ( BP)
η mechanical =
L = life in million revolutions Indicated Power ( IP)
Lh = life in hours Indicated thermal efficiency is defined as the ratio
N = RPM of indicated power to heat supplied by fuel.
K = dynamic load capacity indicated power
C = equivalent dynamic load ηi =
i
So, m f × CV
3
K Brake thermal efficiency is defined as the ratio of
60× N × L h =   ×106 brake power to heat supplied by fuel.
C
3 Brake power
 K  6 ηb =
60×1000×3000 =   ×10 ...(i) i
 9800  m f × CV

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 45 YCT

 Voltmetric efficiency is defined as actual volume of Ans. (c) : Capacity Factor—The capacity factor is
charge at entry to total swept volume of cylinder. defined as the ratio of the total actual energy produced or
v supplied over a definite period, to the energy that would
ηV = act have been produced if the plant has operated continuously
TSV at the maximum rating. The capacity factor mainly
Relative efficiency is defined as the ratio of depends on the type of the fuel used in the circuit.
indicated thermal efficiency to thermal efficiency So, actual annual output is given as
of a theoretically reversible cycle. QO = 150 × 106 × 3600kJ
Indicated thermal efficiency Ideal annual output is given as
Relative efficiency =
Thermal efficiency of reversible cycle Qi = 35 ×103 × 365 × 24 × 3600 kJ
51. A heat engine is supplied with 250 kJ/s of heat So capacity factor
at a constant fixed temperature of 227ºC. The Q
heat is rejected at 27ºC. If the cycle is CF = o = 0.489 ≈ 0.49 = 49%
Qi
reversible, the amount of heat rejected is:
(a) 150 kJ/s (b) 200 kJ/s 54. Diesel engine having brake thermal efficiency
of 30% and the calorific value of fuel used is
(c) 273 kJ/s (d) 185 kJ/s 10000 kcal/kg the brake specific fuel
Ans. (a) : We know that consumption will be
(a) 0.21 kg/HP.hr (b) 0.29 kg/HP.hr
(c) 0.39 kg/HP.hr (d) 0.49 kg/HP.hr
Ans. (a) : We know that
Brake thermal efficiency is given as
BP
ηb =
m f × CV
and Brake sp. fuel consumption is given as
mf
bsfc =
BP
So using above formulas we have,
1
bsfc =
ηb × CV
then
3
CV = 10000 × 10 × 4.184 J/kg
300 250 − Q2
η rev = 1 − = J J sec sec 
500 250  kg = sec × kg = W kg 
 
2 250 − Q2
= 1 hr
5 250 CV = 10000 ×103 × 4.184 × HP ×
746 3600kg
Q2 = 150kJ / s = 15.579 HP-hr/kg
52. A heat Engine gives an output of 3 kW when Now we have
the input is 10000 joules/sec. The thermal 1 1
bsfc = = = 0.214 kg / HP.hr
efficiency of the engine is ηb × CV 0.3 × CV
(a) 30% (b) 20% 55. The control rods in the control system of
(c) 40% (d) 76.7% nuclear reactors are used to
Ans. (a) : Qin = 10 kJ/s (a) Control fuel consumption
Woutput = 3 kW (b) Absorb excess neutrons
Woutput 3 (c) Control temperature
ηTherm = = = 0.3 (d) None of the above
Qin 10
Ans. (b) : The control rods in the control system of
ηTherm = 30% nuclear reactors are used to absorb excess neutrons.
They are made up of Cadmium and Boron.
53. A base load power station of capacity 35 MW
6 They maintain value of multiplication factor as 1.
has annual output of 150 ×10 kWh. The plant
Multiplication factor is defined as ratio of number
capacity factor of the power plant is of neutrons available for fission in the present
(a) 68% (b) 35% generation to number of neutrons causing fission in
(c) 49% (d) 25% the previous generation.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 46 YCT
56. Efficiency of Carnot engine is 80%. If the cycle 60. The operating temperature of a cold storage is
direction is reversed, what will be the value of -9ºC and load for the refrigeration plant is 20
COP of reversed Carnot cycle kW for ambient temperature of 24ºC. The
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 actual COP of the plant used is one forth that
(c) 1.25 (d) 1.5 of ideal plant working between the same
Ans. (a) : temperature. The power required to drive the
plant is:
1 1
( COP )H.P. = = = 1.25 (a) 2.5 kW (b) 5 kW
ηH.E 0.8
(c) 10 kW (d) 3 kW
COP of reversed Carnot refrigerator is given by- Ans. (c) : COP of ideal refrigeration
( COP )R = ( COP )H.P. − 1 = 1.25 − 1 = 0.25
57. If the evaporator temperatures of a
refrigeration plant is lowered, keeping
condensing temperature constant, the horse
power requirement of compressor will
(a) Remain same
(b) Increase
(c) Decrease
(d) More or less depending on capacity TL
Ans. (b) : (COP)ideal Ref. =
TH - TL
(-9 + 273)
(COP) Ideal Ref. =
(24 + 273) - (-9 + 273)
(COP)Ideal Ref. = 8
(COP)ideal Ref. 8 20
(COP)actual Ref. = = =2=
From above figure we can say that 4 4 Win
If the evaporator temperature of refrigeration plant is Win = 10kW
lowered then following effects are observed
1. COP ↓ 61. The formation of frost on cooling coils in a
refrigerator
2. Wcomp ↑
(a) Increases heat transfer
3. Refrigeration effect ↓ (b) Improves COP of the system
58. For Ammonia refrigeration system, the pipe (c) Reduces power consumption
for carrying refrigerant shall be made of (d) Increases power consumption
following material:
Ans. (d) : The frosting is a phenomenon of freezing of
(a) brass (b) copper
refrigerant on the surface of heat exchanger due to low
(c) steel or wrought iron (d) aluminium
temperature.
Ans. (c) : Ammonia react with copper pipes because of Frosting causes reduction in heat transfer through the
its corrosive nature. Aluminium is generally used in air heat exchanger, due to which to obtain same amount of
cooling coils and not for liquids. So steel is most heat transfer as earlier the power consumption of
commonly used for ammonia system.
refrigeration increases.
Where as the Halocarbon compounds favours Copper
and react with Aluminium. 62. The effect of Sub cooling in a refrigeration
cycle will result in
59. In Psychrometric chart, relative humidity lines
(a) More COP
are:
(a) curved (b) Less COP
(b) horizontal (c) No change in COP
(c) straight inclined from left to right (d) More power consumption
(d) vertical Ans. (a) : The effect of Sub cooling in a refrigeration
Ans. (a) : In Psychometric chart, relative humidity cycle will result in more COP.
lines are curve.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 47 YCT

 Cycle 1-2-3-4-1 without sub-cooling. 66. A grinding wheel of 150 mm diameter is
So refrigeration effect rotating at 3000 rpm. The grinding speed is:
= (h1 - h4) (a) 15 π m/s (b) 7.5 π m/s
Cycle 1-2-3-3'-4'-4-1 (c) 45 π m/s (d) 450 π m/s
Refrigeration effect = h1 - h4' Ans. (b) : Grinding speed of grinding wheel is given as
Ref.effect π DN π × 150 × 3000
COP= V= =
Work input 60 ×1000 60 ×1000
↑ COP ∝ Refrigeration effect ↑ V = 7.5π m / sec
where compression work will be same in both cases 67. The angle made by the face of the tool and the
So, COP will be more in sub-cooling cycle as plane parallel to the base of cutting tool is
compared to without sub-cooling cycle. called
63. In order to cool and dehumidify a stream of (a) Rake angle (b) Cutting angle
moist air, it must be passed over the coil at a (c) Lip angle (d) Clearance angle
temperature
Ans. (a) : The angle made by the face of the tool and
(a) Which lies between dry bulb and wet bulb the plane parallel to the base of cutting tool is called
temperature of incoming stream rake angle.
(b) Which lies between wet bulb and dew point
temperature of incoming stream
(c) Which is equal to wet bulb temperature of air
(d) Which is lower than dew point temperature of air
Ans. (d) : In order to cool and dehumidify a stream of
moist air, it must be passed over the coil at a
temperature which is lower than dew point temperature
of air.
64. In a chemical dehumidification process, the dry
bulb temperature of air
(a) Decreases
(b) Remains constant
68. When the metal is removed by erosion caused
(c) Increases
by rapidly recurring spark discharges between
(d) Depends on wet bulb temperature the tool and work, the process is known as
Ans. (c) : In a chemical dehumidification process, the (a) Electro chemical machining
dry bulb temperature of air increases. (b) Ultra-sonic machining
(c) Electro-discharge machining
(d) Electro-static machining
Ans. (c) : Electrical discharge machining (EDM) is a
metal fabrication process whereby a desired shape is
obtained by electrical sparks.
65. The atmospheric air at dry bulb temperature Material is removed from work piece when the
of 15ºC enters a heating coil maintained at current discharges between two electrodes separated
40ºC. The air leaves the heating coil at 25ºC. by a dielectric liquid and subject to an electric voltage.
The by-pass factor of the heating coil is
(a) 0.376 (b) 0.6
(c) 0.4 (d) 0.5
Ans. (b) : By-pass factor is
T −T 40 − 25
BPF = c o =
Tc − Ti 40 − 15
15
BPF = = 0.6
25
69. In order to double the period of a simple
pendulum, the length of the string should be:
(a) Halved (b) Doubled
(c) Tripled (d) Quadrupled
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 48 YCT
 Ans. (d) : We know that (a) Rs. 2000 and Rs. 4000
(b) Rs. 400 and Rs. 200
l
T = 2π (c) Rs. 200 and Rs. 400
g (d) Rs. 4000 and Rs. 2000
T∝ l Ans. (d) : Cost price of house = H
Cost price of Cart = C
T =C l
then
Then, T2 = 2T, l2 = ?
0.9 × H + 1.2 × C = H + C ...(i)
T2 l 2T l If
= 2 ⇒ = 2
T1 l1 T l1 0.95 H + 1.05 C = H + C - 100 ...(ii)
From eq. (1) and (2)
l2 = 4l1 0.9 ×H + 1.2 × C - 100 = 0.95 H + 1.05 C ...(iii)
70. In a multiple V-belt drive system, when a single Check from option (d)
belt is damaged, it is preferable to change the 0.9H+1.2×C-100= 0.95H+1.05C
complete set in order to 0.9×4000+1.2×2000-100=0.95×40000+1.05×2000
(a) reduce vibration 5400 = 5400
(b) reduce slip Option (d) satisfies the equation (iii) so (d) will the
(c) ensure proper alignment answer.
(d) ensure uniform loading 74. Average marks of 15 students in a class is 145,
Ans. (d) : When a single belt is damaged in a multiple maximum marks being 150. If two lowest
V-belt drive system, it is preferable to change the scores are removed, the average increases by 5.
complete set of V-belt to ensure uniform loading. Also two lowest scores are consecutive
multiples of 9. What is the lowest score in the
71. Mohan is five times older than his son. After 4 class?
years the sum of their ages will be 44 years. (a) 126 (b) 108
Find the present age of Mohan? (c) 117 (d) None of the above
(a) 42 years (b) 30 years
Ans. (b) : Given
(c) 25 years (d) 40 years
Sum of total marks ( S )
Ans. (b) : Present age of Mohan = M 145 = ...(1)
Present age of Son = S 15
Given as, M = 5S ...(i) Two consecutive multiples of 9 is
After 4 year sum ages of both will be 44 years = 9x, (9x + 9) [lowest score in class is 9x]
(M + 4) + (S + 4) = 44 then
5S + 4 + S + 4 = 44 S − (9 x + 9 x + 9)
= 145 + 5 ...(2)
6S + 8 = 44 (15 − 2)
S = 6 years From eq. 1 and 2 we get
2175 − (9 x + 9 x + 9)
M = 30 years = 150
13
72. For a sphere of radius 10 cm, the numerical after solving
value of surface area is what percent of x = 12; 9x = 108 [lowest score]
numerical value of its volume? 75. In a mixture of wheat and barley, wheat is 60%
(a) 40 (b) 25 of 400 kg of mixture. Further, some quantity of
(c) 12.5 (d) 30 barley is added and percentage of wheat
Ans. (d) : Surface area of sphere (A) = 4πr2 1
becomes 53 % . How many kg of barley is
4 3
Volume of sphere (V) = π r 3
3 added?
then (a) 25 (b) 50
 A 3 3 (c) 80 (d) 40
  = = = 0.3 = 30% Ans. (b) : 60% of wheat of 400 kg of mixture
 V  sphere r 10
60 3
73. A man brought a house and a cart. If he sells =
the house at 10% loss and cart at 20% gain, he 100 5
will not lose anything. But, if he sells the house 5U → 400
at 5% loss and cart at 5% gain he would lose 1U → 80
Rs. 100. The amount paid by him for the house Then 3U → 3 × 80 = 240 kg of wheat
and cart will be? 2U → 2 × 80 = 160 kg of barley
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 49 YCT
 If y kg barley is added into the mixture then percentage 78. The mean value of a function f (x) from point
1 'a' to point 'b' is given by
of wheat in mixture become 53 % then,
3 f ( a ) + f (b )
(a)
1 2
53 % of ( 400 + y ) = 240
3  a+b
f (a ) + 2 f   + f (b)
160 240 (b)  2 
⇒ = 4
3 ×100 (400 + y )
b

(400 + y ) =
240 × 3 × 100
= 450
(c) ∫ f ( x)dx
160 a
b
y = 50kg
∫ f ( x)dx
a
76. I see an object 3 kms to east and 4 kms to (d)
(b − a)
north. It appears to be moving at 1 km per
minute in south west direction. At what speed Ans. (d) : To find the mean value, we need to first
(km per minute) is it getting closer to me? integrate the function and then divide the result by
1 1 given length of interval. So, the average (or the mean)
(a) (b) value of f(x) on [a, b] is defined by-
5 2 5
b

(c)
7
(d)
7
g=
∫
a
f ( x).dx
5 2 5 (b − a )
Ans. (c) : 79. The area of a circle of radius 'a' can be found
by following integral
b 2π

∫ (a + x )dx ∫ (a 2 − x 2 ) dx
2 2
(a) (b)
a 0
a a
(c) 4 × ∫ (a 2 − x 2 ) dx (d) ∫ (a 2 − x 2 ) dx
0 0

Ans. (c) : we know that,

Equation of circle is written of x2+y2 = a2
⇒ y = a2 − x2
The speed along I is given as
a a
S = 1 × cos (α - 45º) Area of first quadrant = ∫0
ydx = ∫
0
a 2 − x 2 dx
4
= 1× cos(tan −1 + tan −1 1) Area of entire circle = 4 × ∫ ydx = 4 × ∫
a a
a 2 − x 2 dx
3 0 0

  4  80. In a box there are 5 red balls, 3 blue balls and 2

 −1  3 − 1    −1 1  green balls. If a ball is selected at random what
= 1× cos  tan    = 1× cos  tan  is the probability that it is blue or green?

 1 + 4 × 1    7
  3  (a) 2/5 (b) 1/3
(c) 9/10 (d) 1/2
 7  7
S = 1× cos  cos −1 = Ans. (d) : Probability of selecting green ball
 5 2 5 2
2
77. Eigen values of a 4×4 matrix [A] are given as 2, P=
10
-3, 13 and 7. Then, what is the value of |det[A]|?
Probability of selecting blue ball
(a) 25 (b) 19
3
(c) -546 (d) 546 P( B) =
10
Ans. (d) : Product of eigen values of a 4 × 4 matrix
(A) will be equal to determinant of matrix then Then probability of selecting green or blue ball is
|det[A]| = 2 × (-3) × 13 × 7 = |-546| = 546 given by
Sum of eigen values of a matrix will be equal to trace 3 2 1
P= + =
of a matrix. 10 10 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2018 50 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2017
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 07.05.2017

1. An insulated rigid vessel contains a mixture of Ans. (d) : We know that, internal energy U
fuel and air. The mixture is ignited by a minute U = mcv ∆T
spark. The contents of vessel experience
(a) increase in temperature, pressure and energy For unit mass
(b) decrease in temperature, pressure and energy ∆ u = cv ∆T
(c) increase in temperature and pressure but For a fluid, value of cv will remain constant
increase in energy ∆u ∝ ∆T
(d) increase in temperature and pressure but no For isothermal process ∆T = 0
change in energy So,
Ans. (d) : It is obvious that energy cannot be created ∆u = constant
its just transferred from one form to another.
So the mixture is ignited by a minute spark in an 5. For reversible adiabatic process, change in
insulated rigid vessel contains a mixture of fuel and entropy is
air, increase in temperature and pressure but not (a) positive (b) negative
change in energy. (c) zero (d) depends on pressure
2. The specific heat of ideal gas depend on Ans. (c) : For reversible adiabatic process, change in
(a) Temperature entropy is zero.
(b) Volume We know that
(c) Molecular weight and structure δQ •
∆S = + δ S gen
(d) Pressure T
Ans. (c) : The specific heat of ideal gas depend on For adiabatic process, δQ = 0
molecular weight and structure. •

3. Thermal power plant works on and for reversible process, δ S gen = 0

(a) Carnot cycle (b) Joule cycle So, for reversible adiabatic process
(c) Rankine cycle (d) Brayton cycle ∆S = 0
Ans. (c) : Thermal power plant works on Rankine 6. A cylinder contains 5 m3 of an ideal gas at a
cycle. pressure of 1. This gas is compressed in a
reversible isothermal process till its pressure
increases to 5 bar. The work in kJ required for
this process is
(a) 804.7 (b) 953.5
(c) 987.5 (d) 1012.3
Ans. (a) : Data given—
V1 = 5 m3, P1 = 1 bar, P2 = 5bar
Work done for isothermal process,
 P1  1
W = PV1 1 ln   , W = 100 × 5 × ln  
P
 2 5
W = -804.71 kJ
- sign indicates that work done on the system not by
the system.
Heat supply to Boiler — Qin = h1 - h4
7. A steel ball of mass 1 kg and specific heat 0.4
Heat rejected from condenser — Qout = h2 - h3 kJ/kg is at a temperature of 60 deg C. It is
Turbine Work — WT = h1 - h2 dropped into 1kg of water at 20 deg C. The
Pump Work — WP = h4 - h3 final steady temperature of water is
Net Work — Wnet = WT - WP (a) 23.48 deg C (b) 32.28 deg C
4. In an isothermal process, the internal energy of (c) 20 deg C (d) 30 deg C
molecules Ans. (a) : Using energy balance, we have
(a) Increases
(b) Decreases (mc∆T)steel ball = (mc∆T)water
(c) Depends on temperature 1 × 0.4 × (60 - T) = 1 × 4.18 × (T - 20)
(d) Remains constant T = 23.48 deg C.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2017 51 YCT
8. A Bell-Coleman cycle is a reversed Ans. (c) : Isotropic materials has same property in all
(a) Carnot cycle (b) Otto cycle direction at a point
(c) Joule cycle (d) Rankine cycle
Ans. (c) : Bell-Coleman Cycle—The Bell-Coleman
cycle (also called as the Joule or "reverse" Brayton
cycle) is a refrigeration cycle where the working fluid
is a gas that is compressed and expanded, but does not
change phase. Air is most often this working fluid. As
there is no condensation and evaporation intended in
this gas cycle, components corresponding to the Homogeneous material has same property in one
condenser and evaporator in a vapour compression direction at any point.
cycle are the hot and cold gas-to-gas heat exchangers.
11. A large cylindrical vessel was sealed in
This cycle may be thought of as a modification of summer. What is likely to happen to it in
reversed Carnot cycle, as the two isothermal processes winter?
of Carnot cycle are replaced by two isobaric heat (a) Nothing
transfer processes. (b) become lighter
(c) buckle and collapse
(d) seal getting loosened
Ans. (c) : In winter, a large cylinder vessel which was
sealed in summer get buckle and collapse because
cylindrical vessel contract in winter.
12. A concentrated load P acts on a simply
supported beam of span L at a distance of L/3
Process 1-2: Isentropic Compression from left support. The bending moment at the
The air drawn from the refrigerator to air compressor point of application of load is given by
cylinder where it compressed isentropically (constant (a) PL/3 (b) PL/9
entropy). No heat transfer by the air. During (c) 2PL/9 (d) PL/6
compression, the volume decreases while the pressure Ans. (c) : RA + RB = P
and temperature of air increases.
Process 2-3: Constant pressure cooling process
The warm compressed air is then passed through
cooler, where it cooled down at constant pressure. The
heat rejected per kg of air during this process is equal
to: Q(2 - 3) = Cp (T2 - T3)
Process 3-4: Isentropic expansion
No heat transfer takes place. The air expands
isentropically in expander cylinder. During expansion,
the volume increases, Pressure P3 reduces to P4.
Temperature also falls during expansion from T3 to T4. Taking moment about point A
Process 4-1: Constant pressure expansion L
RB × L = P ×
Heat transfer from the refrigerator to air. The 3
temperature increases from T4 to T1. Volume increases P 2P
to V1 due to heat transfer. Heat absorbed by air per kg RB = , RA =
3 3
during this process is equal to: Q(4-1) = Cp (T1-T4)
2P L 2
9. A free bar of length l is uniformly heated from Mc = × = PL
3 3 9
0ºC to a temperature tºC. α is the coefficient of
linear expansion and E is the modulus of 13. Moment of inertia (about its neutral axis) of
elasticity. The stress in the bar is hollow rectangular section with overall width
and depth as B and D and hollow rectangular
(a) α TE (b) E/ α T hole as b and d is
(c) Zero (d) None of the above (a) 1/16 (BD3 - bd3) (b) 1/32(BD3 - bd3)
3 3
Ans. (c) : The stress in the heated bar will be zero (c) (BD - bd ) (d) 1/12(BD3 - bd3)
because the bar is free to expand so therefore no stress Ans. (d) : IN-A = I1 - I2
produced in heated bar.
BD 3
10. The materials having same elastic properties in [ I N − A ]1 =
12
all directions are called
bd 3
(a) elastic materials (b) uniform materials [ I N − A ]2 =
(c) isotropic materials (d) plastic materials 12
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 52 YCT
 18. A hollow shaft of 20mm diameter and 16mm
inside diameter is subjected to a torque of 40
Nm. The shear stress at outside of the shaft will
be:
(a) 53.12 N/mm2 (b) 43.13 N/mm2
2
( BD 3 − bd 3 ) (c) 62.52 N/mm (d) 34.50 N/mm2
IN −A = Ans. (b) : D = 20 mm
12
d = 16 mm
14. Neutral plane of the beam Torque T = 40 N-m
(a) Is in the middle
(b) Is one whose length remains unchanged
during deformation
(c) Passes through centers of gravity
(d) Lies at the top most fiber
Ans. (b) : At neutral plane there are no bending stress Shear stress τ
(σb = zero) so length unchanged during deformation. 16T
15. Section modulus is defined as =
π D (1 − K 4 )
3

(a) Moment of inertia about the neutral where

axis/square of the distance of neutral axis
from farthest point d 16
K= =
(b) Moment of inertia about the neutral D 20
axis/distance of the most distant point from 16 × 40 × 1000
neutral axis τ=
(c) Bending moment/Moment of inertia   16 4 
π × (20)3 × 1 −   
(d) None of the above
 2  20  
Ans. (b) : Section modulus—It is defined as the ratio τ = 43.13 N/mm
of moment of inertia about the neutral axis to distance 19. If two shafts of same length, one of which is
of the most distant point from neutral axis. hollow, transmit equal torques and have equal
It is denoted by Z. maximum stress, then they should have equal
I N−A (a) polar moment of inertia
Z= (b) polar modulus of section
ymax
(c) diameter
16. Maximum deflection in a beam of span l (d) angle of twist
supported freely at both ends due to central
Ans. (b) : Solid shaft
load P at middle with Young's modulus E and
moment of inertia I is T τ T J
= ⇒ = S = ZP ...(1)
(a) Pl3 / 64 EI (b) Pl3 / 32 EI J S RS τ RS
3 3
(c) Pl / 48 EI (d) Pl / 96 EI For Hollow Shaft
Ans. (c) : Maximum deflection in S.S.B. due to central T τ T J
load P at middle is = ⇒ = H = ZP ...(2)
3
J H RH τ RH
PL So, from above equation we get polar modulus of
y=
48 EI N − A section are same.
PL 2 20. Carbon content of mild steel can be
Slop θ = (a) 0.51% (b) 0.85%
16 EI N − A (c) 0.15% (d) 1.5%
17. For a given material, Young's modulus = 200 Ans. (c) : Carbon content of low alloys are,
GN/m2 and modulus of rigidity = 80 GN/m2. Its
bulk modulus will be
(a) 100.22 GN/m2 (b) 120.33 GN/m2
2
(c) 133.33 GN/m (d) 250.44 GN/m2
Ans. (c) : E = 200 GN/m , G = 80 GN/m2, K = ?
2

We know that Medium carbon steel (0.25% to 0.75% of carbon)

9 KG High carbon steel (0.75% to 1.5% of carbon)
E=
3K + G 21. There are fourteen atoms in a unit cell of
GE 80 × 200 (a) body centered cubic space lattice
K= = (b) face centered cubic space lattice
9G − 3E 9 × 80 − 3 × 200
(c) close packed hexagonal space lattice
⇒ k = 133.3 GN/m2 (d) none of the above
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 53 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Face centered cubic space lattice have (P − P ) (80 − 40)
fourteen atoms in a unit cell, eight atoms at corner and =− 2 1 =−
(V2 − V1 )  1.96 − 2 
six atoms at faces so total come out to be 14.  
22. An alloy of copper, tin and zinc is known as V1  2 
(a) Brass (b) Bronze 40 × 2
=
(c) Gun metal (d) Babbitt metal .04
Ans. (c) : An alloy of copper, tin and zinc is known as K = 2000 MPa
Gun metal [Cu - 88%, Sn - 8-10%, Zn = 2-1%) 28. Pitot tube is used for measurement of
Composition of brass- 60% Cu and 40% Zn (a) pressure difference
Composition of Bronze- 85% Cu and 15% Sn
(b) discharge through pipe
Composition of Babbitt metal- 88% Sn, 8%Sb and 4% Cu
(c) velocity of flow at required point
23. Cast iron and steel pipes are produced by (d) viscosity of flowing liquid
(a) slush casting
(b) true centrifugal casting Ans. (c) : Pitot tube is used for measurement of
velocity of flow at required point.
(c) investment casting
(d) die casting Manometer is used for pressure difference.
Venturimeter is used for discharge through pipe.
Ans. (b) : Cast iron and steel pipes are produced by
true centrifugal casting. 29. For laminar flow through a long pipe, the
pressure drop per unit length is
24. Electron beam welding can be carried out in
(a) In direct proportion to the cross sectional area
(a) pressurized inert gas chamber
(b) vacuum (b) In proportion to diameter of pipe
(c) open air (c) In inverse proportion to the square of cross
(d) shielded gas environment sectional area
(d) In inverse proportion to cross sectional area
Ans. (b) : Electron beam welding can be carried out in
vacuum. Ans. (d) : Pressure drop (∆p) in laminar flow through
25. The welding process used to join ends of two pipe due to friction is given by,
pipes of uniform cross section is 32µVL
∆p =
(a) spot welding (b) flash butt welding D2
(c) upset butt welding (d) seam welding ∆p 32µV 32µV
Ans. (c) : Here option (b) and (c) are quite close, but = =
L D2 (4 / π) × A
option (c) will be more appropriate as the actual
welding/joining happens during upset. In flash state arc is ∆p 1
Since, ∝
generated while the actual joining happens during upset. L A
26. For a Newtonian fluid ∆p
So, increases when cross sectional area decreases
(a) Shear stress is proportional to shear strain L
(b) Rate of shear stress is proportional to shear i.e., inversely proportional.
strain Hence, the correct option is (d).
(c) Shear stress is proportional to rate of shear 30. Oil flows through 200 mm diameter horizontal
strain
cast iron pipe with friction factor of 0.0225 of
(d) Rate of shear stress is proportional to rate of length 500 mtr. The volumetric flow rate is 0.2
shear strain
m3/sec. The head loss in mtr. due to friction will
Ans. (c) : For a Newtonian fluid shear stress is be
proportional to rate of shear strain, (a) 232.36 (b) 0.116
dφ (c) 116.18 (d) 18.22
τ∝
dt Ans. (c) : D = 200 mm = 0.2m
27. Oil in a hydraulic cylinder is compressed from f = 0.0225
an initial volume 2 m3 to 1.96 m3 and the L = 500 m
pressure increase is from 40 MPa to 80 MPa. Q = 0.2 m3/sec
The bulk modulus of elasticity of oil is
(a) 1000 MPa (b) 2000 MPa f .LV. 2
h=
(c) 4000 MPa (d) 8000 MPa D × 2g
Ans. (b) : Given, 42. f .L.Q 2
V1 = 2m3, P1 = 40 MPa h= 2 5
V2 = 1.96 m3, P2 = 80 MPa
π .D .2.g
Bulk modulus of elasticity (K) 0.0225 × 500 × (0.2) 2 × 42
=
Change in pressure π 2 × (0.2)5 × 2 × 9.81
K =−
Volumetric strain h = 116.194 m

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 54 YCT

31. A hydraulic turbine develops 1000 kW power Ans. (c) : We know that from Fourier formula for heat
for a head of 40 m. If the head is reduced to conduction.
20m, power developed in kW is 1
(a) 177 (b) 354 ∆T ∝
k
(c) 500 (d) 607 So, temperature drop will be maximum for glass wool
Ans. (b) : We know that unit power because it have low thermal conductivity among steel
P1 P [K = 45 - 30 W/mK], Copper [380 W/mK] and Brick
3/ 2
= 32/ 2 [0.6 W/mK] and Glass wool [0.04 W/mK].
H1 H2
37. The rate of heat flow through a body is
1000 P2 kA(T1 - T2 ) x
3/ 2
= Q= , the term, is known as
(40) (20)3 / 2 x kA
P2 = 353.55 kW (a) thermal coefficient (b) thermal resistance
(c) thermal conductivity (d) thermal gradient
32. Impulse turbine is used for
(a) low head of water x
Ans. (b) : The term, is known as thermal
(b) high head of water kA
(c) medium head of water resistance.
(d) high discharge ∆T ∆T
Q= =
Ans. (b) : Impulse turbine is used for high head of Rth  x 
water and low discharge.  KA 
33. Laminar flow occurs in pipes, when Reynolds x
number is So, Rth =
KA
(a) Lies between 2000-3000 38. A furnace made of a red brick wall of thickness
(b) Lies between 3000-4000 0.5 mtr and conductivity 0.7 W/mK is replaced
(c) Less than 2000 by alternate material of conductivity 0.14 W/mK.
(d) Less than 1000 For the same heat loss and temperature drop,
Ans. (c) : If Re < 2000 → For Laimar flow required thickness of alternate material will be
(a) 0.2 mtr (b) 0.1 mtr
2000 ≤ Re ≤ 4000 → For Transition flow (c) 0.3 mtr (d) 0.4 mtr
Re > 4000 → Flow become Turbulent Ans. (b) : For Ist wall
34. Power in kW required to drive Centrifugal (T − T )
pump with discharge of Q m3/sec. Head in H Q = K . A. 1 2
mtr, specific weight of fluid as ω N/m3 and t1
overall efficiency of pump as η shall be ∆T
= 0.7 × A × ...(1)
(a) ω H/Qx η (b) ω QH/ η 0.5
(c) ω Q/H η (d) Q ω η/H
Ans. (b) : We know that overall efficiency of
centrifugal pump is
ω ×Q× H
η=
P
ω ×Q× H For IInd wall
So, P= (T1 − T2 )
η Q = K . A.
35. If the net positive section head (NPSH) for the t2
pump is not satisfied, then ∆T
Q = 0.14 × A × ...(2)
(a) no flow take place t2
(b) efficiency will be low
(c) cavitation will be formed
(d) pump will not start
Ans. (c) : If the net positive section head (NPSH) for
the pump is not satisfied, then cavitations take place at
inlet of the pump (eye) where fluid enters takes place.
36. For a given heat flow and for the same After solving equation we get,
thickness, the temperature drop across
0.14 × 0.5
material will be maximum for t2 =
(a) Copper (b) Steel 0.7
(c) Glass wool (d) Brick t2 = 0.1 m

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 55 YCT

39. The concept of overall coefficient of heat 44. Log mean temperature difference in case of
transfer is used in calculating heat transfer by counter flow heat exchanger compared to
(a) conduction parallel flow heat exchanger will be:
(b) convection (a) same (b) more
(c) conduction and radiation (c) less (d) depends on other factors
(d) conduction and convection Ans. (b) : Log mean temperature difference in case of
counter flow heat exchanger compared to parallel flow
Ans. (d) : The concept of overall coefficient of heat heat exchanger will be more.
transfer is used in calculating heat transfer by Counter flow heat exchanger is more effective than
conduction and convection. parallel flow heat exchanger.
40. With an increase in the thickness of insulation 45. The emissive power of a body depends on:
around a circular pipe, heat loss to (a) temperature (b) wavelength
surroundings due to (c) physical nature (d) all of these
(a) Convection and conduction increases
Ans. (d) : The emissive power of a body depends on
(b) Convection and conduction decreases temperature, wavelength and physical nature.
(c) Convection increases while due to conduction
46. The outside diameter of hollow shaft is twice
decreases that of its inside diameter. The ratio of its
(d) Convection decreases while due to torque carrying capacity to that of solid shaft
conduction increases of the same material and same outside
Ans. (c) : With an increase in the thickness of diameter is:
insulation around a circular pipe, heat loss to (a) 15/16 (b) 1/8
surroundings due to convection increases while due to (c) 3/4 (d) 1/16
conduction decreases. Ans. (a) : Given
41. A long glass cylinder of inner diameter 0.03m D = 2d
and outer diameter 0.05m carries hot fluid Dia. of solid shaft = D
inside. If the thermal conductivity of glass is
1.05 W/mK, the thermal resistance per unit
length of the cylinder is
(a) 0.031 (b) 0.077
(c) 0.017 (d) 0.77
Ans. (b) : Given, Inner dia = 0.03 m and outer dia =
0.05 m. Thermal conductivity k = 1.05 W/mK
Thermal resistance per unit length of the cylinder is
ln(d 2 / d1 )
Rth = , l =1 Torque transmitted by solid shaft
2π k .l
ln(0.05 / 0.03) π D3
Rth = TS = .τ
2 × 3.14 ×1.05 16
Rth = 0.077 Torque transmitted by hollow shaft
42. In heat exchangers, degree of approach is π D 3 (1 − K 4 )
TH = .τ
defined as the difference between temperatures 16
of where,
(a) cold water inlet and outlet
d
(b) hot medium inlet and outlet K=
(c) hot medium outlet and cold water inlet D
(d) hot medium outlet and cold water outlet π D3   1 4 
⇒ T= × τ × 1 −   
Ans. (d) : In heat exchanger, degree of approach is 16   2  
defined as the difference between temperature of hot
medium outlet and cold water outlet. 15 
TH = TS ×  
43. In counter flow heat exchangers between two 16 
fluids,
(a) Both the fluids at inlet are in their hottest state 47. The designation M 33×2 of a bolt means
(a) Metric thread of 33 nos in 2 cm
(b) Both the fluids at exit are in their hottest state
(b) Metric thread with cross section area of 33
(c) One fluid in hottest state and the other in mm2
coldest state (c) Metric thread of 33 mm outside diameter and
(d) Any combination possible depending heat 2mm pitch
exchanger design (d) Bolt of 33 mm nominal diameter having 2
Ans. (*) : No answer given by ISRO. threads per cm.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 56 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Ans. (c) : Indicated power (IP) is the actual power
developed by the engine cylinder of an I.C. engine and
power available on the crank shaft is known as break
power (BP).
So, IP > BP
Friction Power = IP - BP.
48. The power transmitted by means of belt drives 53. In a boiler, feed water is supplied per hour is
depends upon: 205kg while coal fixed per hour is 23kg. Net
(a) Velocity of the belt enthalpy rise per kg of water is 145 kJ for
(b) Tension under which the belt is placed on the conversion to steam. If the calorific value of
pulleys coal is 2050 kJ/kg, boiler efficiency will be
(c) Arc of contact between the belt and the (a) 78% (b) 74%
smaller pulley (c) 63% (d) 58%
(d) All of the above
Ans. (c) : Heat generated by coal per hour is given by
Ans. (d) : The power transmitted by means of belt = 2050 × 23 kJ/hr
drives depends upon velocity of belt, tension under
which the belt is placed on the pulley and also arc of 145 × 205
∵ ηB = × 100
contact between the belt and the smaller pulley. 23 × 2050
Power (P) = (T1 - T2) × V η B = 63%
T1 54. Which of the following power plant is least
= e µθ
T2 polluting and causing least environmental
θ = arc of contact between the belt and pulley. concern?
µ = coefficient of friction. (a) Hydro electric plant (b) solar power plant
(c) Nuclear plant (d) gas power plant
49. The usual proportion for the width of the key
used between shaft (of diameter d) and hub of Ans. (b) : Solar power plant is least polluting and
pulley for transmitting power is causing least environment concern.
(a) d/8 (b) d/6 55. A diesel power station has fuel consumption of
(c) d/2 (d) d/4 0.2 kg per kWh. If the calorific value of diesel
Ans. (d) : Generally width of the sunk key is 11000 kcal per kg, overall efficiency of power
station is
d
(rectangular) is taken as and thickness of key is (a) 43.3% (b) 65.5%
4 (c) 39.2% (d) 25.6%
d Ans. (c) : Power plant output is given as
taken as .
6 1 kWh
For square sunk key both width and thickness are Po =
0.2 kg
d
equal and equal to . 3600 kJ
4 =
50. The helix angle for single helical gears ranges 0.2 kg
from Power plant input is given as
(a) 10º to 15º (b) 15º to 20º kJ
(c) 20º to 35º (d) 35º to 45º Pi = 11000 × 4.18 ∵ 1 Cal = 4.18 J
kg
Ans. (c) : The helix angle for single helical gears
ranges from 20º to 35º. Then efficiency as
51. The air standard efficiency of a standard otto P
η = o ≈ 0.392 = 39.2%
cycle for compression ratio of 5.5 is Pi
(a) 25% (b) 50% 56. In aircraft, air refrigeration is used because of
(c) 70% (d) 90% (a) low weight per ton of refrigeration
Ans. (b) : We know that (b) high heat transfer rate
1 1 (c) low temperature at high altitudes
ηotto = 1 − (γ −1) = 1 − 1.4 −1 (d) higher coefficient of performance
r (5.5)
Ans. (a) : Due to low weight per ton of refrigerator air
ηotto ≈ 0.5 = 50% is used as a refrigerant in aircraft.
52. The power actually developed by the engine 57. A reversible engine has ideal thermal efficiency
cylinder of an I.C. engine is known as of 30%. When it is used as refrigerating
(a) Theoretical pressure machine with all other conditions unchanged,
(b) Actual power the coefficient of performance will be
(c) Indicated power (a) 1.33 (b) 2.33
(d) Break horse power (c) 3.33 (d) 4.33
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 57 YCT
 Ans. (b) : We know that for same temperature limt (c) The dew point temperature and wet bulb
temperature are equal
1 1
(COP ) HP = = (d) The dry bulb and dew point temperature are
ηC 0.3 equal
(COP ) HP = 3.33 Ans. (b) : RH (φ) = 80%
(COP )ref = (COP) HP − 1 So, air is unsaturated
DBT > WBT > DPT
(COP ) ref = 3.33 − 1 = 2.33
62. During evaporative cooling process, wet bulb
58. In vapour compression system, the condition of temperature
refrigerant before passing through the (a) Increases (b) decreases
condenser is (c) remains constant (d) unpredictable
(a) Saturated liquid
(b) wet vapour Ans. (C) : During evaporative cooling process, wet
bulb temperature remains constant.
(c) Dry saturated vapour
(d) superheated vapour
Ans. (d) : In vapour compression system, the condition
of refrigerant before passing through the condenser is
super heated vapour.

63. In a psychometric process, the sensible heat

added is 30kJ/sec and latent heat added is 20
kJ/sec. The sensible heat factor for the process
is
(a) 0.3 (b) 0.6
Process (1-2) - Adiabatic compression (c) 0.67 (d) 1.5
Process (2-3) - Condensation Ans. (b) : The sensible heat factor
Process (3-4) - Throttling
SH 30
Process (4-1) - Evaporation SHF = =
59. Lithium bromide in vapour absorption SH + LH 30 + 20
refrigeration system is used as SHF = 0.6
(a) refrigerant (b) lubricant 64. The bypass factor of cooling coil decreases with
(c) cooling medium (d) absorbent (a) Decrease in fin spacing and increase in
Ans. (d) : In vapour absorption refrigeration system number of rows
lithium bromide used as a absorbent where as water (b) Increase in fin spacing and increase in
used as a refrigerant. number of rows
60. In refrigeration cycle, sub cooling occurs when (c) Increase in fin spacing and decrease in
(a) Latent heat from refrigerant is removed number of rows
(b) Sensible heat from refrigerant is removed (d) Decrease in fin spacing and decrease in
(c) Refrigerant has low latent heat removed number of rows
(d) Refrigerant has high thermal conductivity Ans. (a) : The bypass factor of cooling coil decrease with
decrease in fin spacing and increase in number of rows
Ans. (b) : In refrigeration cycle, sub cooling occurs
when sensible heat from refrigerant is removed. because it has more time of air contact with the coil.
65. The wet bulb depression is zero when relative
humidity is
(a) 0% (b) 50%
(c) 75% (d) 100%
Ans. (d) : When RH (φ) = 100%
then
In above figure process 3-4, show sub-cooling which DBT = WBT = DPT
remove sensible heat from refrigerant. Depression = DBT - WBT = 0
Process 1-2 → compression 66. In the metal cutting process, the high cutting
Process 2-3 → condensation speed and large angle of the tool will result in
Process 3-4 → sub-cooling the formation of
Process 4-5 → throttling (a) continuous chips
Process 5-1 → evaporation (b) discontinuous chips
(c) continuous chips with built up edge
61. For air with a relative humidity of 80%
(a) The dry bulb temperature is less than wet (d) chips of irregular shapes
bulb temperature Ans. (a) : In the metal cutting process, the high cutting
(b) The dew point temperature is less than wet speed and large angle of the tool will result in the
bulb temperature formation of continuous chips.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 58 YCT

67. Gear hobbling produces more accurate gears 1

than milling, because in hobbling 72. The value of the quantity P where P = ∫ xex dx
(a) There is continuous indexing operation 0

(b) Both hob and work piece are rotating is equal to

(c) Pressure angle is larger than in milling (a) 0 (b) 1
(d) A special multi-tooth cutter is used (c) e (d) 1/e
Ans. (a) : Gear hobbling produces more accurate gears Ans. (b) :
1
than milling, because in hobbling there is continuous P = ∫ x.e x dx
indexing operation take place. 0
1
68. The type of tool used in milling machine and =  x.e x − ∫ 1.e x dx 
broaching machine is   0
(a) single point cutting tool x 1 x 1
=  x.e  −  e 
(b) two point cutting tool 0 0

(c) three point cutting tool = 1.e − 0  −  e − e0 

1 1

(d) multi-point cutting tool

=e-e+1 (e0 = 1)
Ans. (d) : In milling and broaching machine, multi-
point cutting tools are used. =1
In milling machine a multi point cutter is used where as 73. The solution of the differential equation
cutting tool of broaching machine called broach also have dy -x
number of teeth to remove material from work piece. = at x = 1 and y = 3 is
dx y
69. The Ackerman steering gear mechanism is
preferred to Davis steering mechanism because (a) x − y 2 = −2 (b) x + y 2 = −4
(a) Whole of the mechanism in the Ackerman (c) x 2 − y 2 = 2 (d) x 2 + y 2 = 4
steering gear is on the back of the front wheels
(b) The Ackerman steering gear consists of Ans. (d) : dy = -x at x = 1 and y = 3
sliding pairs dx y
(c) The Ackerman steering gear is most economical ydy = - xdx
(d) Davis steering gear consists of turning pairs
y2 x2
Ans. (a) : The Ackerman steering gear consists of = − + C ...(1)
turning pairs and Davis steering gear consist of sliding 2 2
and turning pairs. The whole of the mechanism in the Putting, x = 1, and y = 3 in equation (1)
Ackerman steering gear is on the back of the front We get,
wheels, where as in Davis steering mechanism, it is in
front of the front wheel. 3 1
= − +C
The Ackerman steering gear is most economical than 2 2
Davis because less wear and follow exact gearing in three C=2
stage, two extreme and one is mid where as Davis then
steering gear satisfy exact gearing at all stage but have
y2 x2
more wear. + =2
70. The natural frequency of free torsional 2 2
vibrations of a shaft with torsional stiffness q x2 + y2 = 4
and I is the mass amount of inertia of the disc z -1
attached to the end of the shaft is 74. The analytic function f(z) = 2 has
z +1
q singularities at
(a) 2π × (b) 2π × qI
I (a) 1 and -1 (b) 1 and 1
(c) 1 and -i (d) i and -i
1 q 1
(c) × (d) × qI Ans. (d) : Singularity are given at
2π I 2π
z2 +1 = 0
Ans. (c) : Natural frequency of free torsional vibration
is given as— z 2 = −1 = i 2
z = ±i
1 q
fn = So singularities are i and -i
2π I 75. X is a uniformly distributed random variable
71. A is a 3×4 real matrix and Ax = b is a that takes value between 0 and 1. The value of
consistent system of equations. The highest E(X3) will be
possible rank of A is 1
(a) 1 (b) 2 (a) 0 (b)
(c) 3 (d) 4 8
Ans. (c) : The highest possible rank of A is min of (3, 4). 1 1
(c) (d)
So rank will be 3. 4 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 59 YCT
 Ans. (c) : For uniformly distributed random variable, 1 3 1 3
(c) , 1 and − (d) , -1 and
1 2 2 2 2
F ( x) = for a < x < b
b−a Ans. (c) : At z = 0, we have
Here, b =1, a =0 ⇒ F ( x) = 1 1 − 2z 1 1
= = =
1
E ( X 3 ) = ∫ x 3 f ( x) dx ( z − 1)( z − 2) (−1)(−2) 2
0
At z = 1,
1
= ∫ x 3 .1 dx −1
0 = =1
1 1 × (−1)
 x4  1
=  = At z = 2,
 4 0 4
(1 − 2 z ) 1 − 4 3
x
76. The equation e - 1 = 0 is required to be solved = = =−
using Newton's method with an initial guess of z ( z − 1) 2 × 1 2
x0 = -1. Then after one step of Newton's 79. The solution of the differential equation
method, the estimate x1 of the solution will be dy
(a) 0.71828 (b) 0.36784 + y 2 = 0 is
dx
(c) 0.20587 (d) 0.0000
1
Ans. (a) : Using N-R's method (a) Y =
f ( x) x+c
xn +1 = xn − − x3
f '( x ) (b) Y = +c
Given, 3
x0 = 1 (c) Y = ce x
f (x) = ex - 1 (d) unsolvable as the equation is non-linear
f '(x) = ex Ans. (a) :
f (-1) = e-1
f '(-1) = e-1 dy
−1
+ y2 = 0
e −1 dx
x1 = −1 − −1
e dy
= − y2
= -1 -1 + e = e - 2 dx
x1 = 2.71828 - 2 = 0.71828 y −2 dy = −dx
2
77. Laplace transform of f (t) = t sin t is y −1
3s − 1
2
2(3s − 1)
2 = −x + C
(a) (b) (−1)
( s + 1)
2 3
( s + 1)
2 3
1
(3s + 1)
2
(3s 2 − 1) − = −x + C
(c) (d) y
( s 2 + 1)3 ( s 2 + 1)3
1
Ans. (b) : We know that = x−C
y
1
F ( s ) = L(sin t ) = 2 1
s +1 y=
(x + C)
dn
And, L(t n f (t )) = (−1) n n F ( s ) where C is constant -C take C.
ds
80. A box contains 10 screws, 3 of which are
d2  1  defective. Two screws are drawn at random
= (−1)2 2  2 
ds  s + 1  with replacement. The probability that none of
the two screws will be defective is:
(6 s − 2)
2
= 2 (a) 100% (b) 50%
( s + 1)3 (c) 49% (d) none of these
2(3s 2 − 1) Ans. (c) : Probability of non-defective screw is
= 2
( s + 1)3 7
P= = 0.7
78. The residue of a complex function 10
1 - 2z Probability of two non-defective screw with
x(z) = at its poles are
z(z - 1)(z - 2) replacement is
1 1 1 1 7 7
(a) , and 1 (b) , and -1 = × = 0.49 = 49%.
2 2 2 2 10 10
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC-2017 60 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 29.11.2015

1. A body is resting on a plane inclined at angle of Ans : (a) Escape velocity-Escape velocity is defined to be
300 to horizontal. What force would be the minimum velocity of an object must have in order to
required to slide it down, if the coefficient of escape the gravitational field of the earth, that is , escape
friction between body and plane is 0.3? the earth without ever falling back. It is 11.2 km/sec.
(a) 5kg (b) 1 kg 5. The heat to be supplied to a Carnot engine
(c) zero (d) 0.5 kg operating between 800 and 400 K and
Ans : (c) Force required to slide body down if producing 100 kJ of work, is-
(a) 100 kJ (b) 200 kJ
(c) 300 kJ (d) 400 kJ
TL W
Ans : (b) ηc = 1 − =
TH QS
400 100 1
= 1- = =
800 QS 2
QS= 200 kJ
R = mg⋅cos30 6. A piece of wood having weight of 10 kg floats in
mg⋅sin30 = mg × 0.5 .....(1) water with 60% of its volume under the liquid.
Determine the specific Gravity of wood.
3
f = µmg⋅cos30 = 0.3 × × mg (a) 0.6 (b) 0.83
2 (c) 0.4 (d) 0.3
= 0.259 mg .....(2) Ans : (a)
It means f > mg⋅sin30
So no force will be required to slide body downward.
2. Compression members tend to buckle in the
direction of
(a) least radius of gyration
(b) axis of load
(c) perpendicular to axis of load
(d) minimum cross-section m = 10 kg
Ans : (a) Compression members tend to buckle in the FB = mg
direction of least radius of gyration. ρwood × V × g = ρwater × 0.6V × g
3. A fluid jet discharging from 150 mm diameter ρwood
orifice has a diameter of 100 mm at its vena = 0.6
contracta. The coefficient of contraction is- ρwater
(a) 0.44 (b) 1.24 7. If all the dimension of a prismatic bar be
(c) 0.24 (d) 0.64 increased in the ratio of k:1, then maximum
Ac stress produced in the bar due to its own
Ans : (a) Coefficient of contraction (Cc) = weight will increase in the following ratio
A (a) 1:k (b) k2:1
3
cross - sectional area of vena contracta (c) k :1 (d) k:1
=
cross - sectional area of orifice Ans : (d) Max. stress is given as
σ = ρgx
π
× (100 )
2
for max x = ℓ
Cc= 4
π ( σmax )1 = ρgℓ
× (150 )
2

4
C = 0.44 max. stress ( σmax ) 2 when ℓ2 = kℓ
c
4. The escape velocity on the surface of the earth ( σmax )2 = ρgkℓ
is- (σ max )2
(a) 11.2 km/sec (b) 1 km/sec = k :1
(c) 3.6 km/sec (d) 8.8 km/sec (σ max )1

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 61 YCT

8. A house requires 60 M cal/hr in winter for 11. Two cars are 10 km apart and moving in the
heating. Heat pump absorbs heat from cold air same direction at speed of 40 km/hr. A car
outside and requires 8M cal/hr of work. the moving in opposite direction meets these cars
COP will be- at interval of 10 minutes. At what speed the
(a) 0.75 (b) 7.5 other car is moving?
(c) 6.5 (d) 10 (a) 40 km/hr (b) 25 km/hr
Ans : (b) (c) 30km/hr (d) 20km/hr
Ans : (d) Let us assume the two cars to be stationary,
then the opposite car move with velocity (V + 40)km/hr
where V is its original speed and we have added 40
since we considered two cars 10 km apart to be
stationary. Speed of car relative to stationary car will be
(40+V) km/hr.
10
50 (V + 40) =
 10 
 
 60 
V = 20 km / hr
12. Diagram factor is defined as the ratio of
(a) theoretical m.e.p. and actual m.e.p.
(b) actual m.e.p. and theoretical m.e.p.
QH = 60 M cal/hr
(c) theoretical m.e.p. and swept volume
W = 8 M cal/hr
(d) actual m.e.p. and swept volume
60
(COP)H.P.= = 7.5 Ans : (b) Diagram Factor- Diagram Factor is defined
8 as the ratio of actual m.e.p. and theoretical m.e.p.,
9. A body moves, from rest with a constant where m.e.p. is mean effective pressure.
acceleration of 5 m per sec2. The distance 13. A liquid compressed in a cylinder has a volume
covered in 10 sec is most nearly. of 0.04 m3 at 50 kg/cm2 and a volume of 0.039
(a) 200 m (b) 300 m m3 at 150 kg/cm2. The bulk modulus of
(c) 250 m (d) 500 m elasticity of liquid is-
Ans : (c) Using equation of motion, we have (a) 4000 kg/cm2 (b) 400 kg/cm3
5 2
1 (c) 400 × 10 kg/cm (d) 40 × 106 kg/cm2
S = ut + at 2
2 Ans : (a) P1 = 50, P2 = 150
u = 0, a = 5m/sec2,t =10sec V1 = 0.04, V2 = 0.039
1
S = × 5 × 10 ×10 –dP – ( 50 − 150 )
2 K= =
 dV   0.04 – 0.039 
S = 250 m    
 V   0.04 
10. A cold storage plant of 20 tonne of refrigerator
capacity operates between 200 and 300 K. The K = 4000 kg / cm 2
power required to run the plant if the plant has
half COP of a Carnot cycle (Tonne of  a
14. The equation p + 2  ( v - b ) = R is known as-
refrigerator= 3.5 kW) is  v 
(a) 50 kW (b) 60 kW (a) Real gas equation
(c) 70kW (d) 80kW
(b) Vander Waal's equation
Ans : (c) COP of Carnot refrigerator is given as (c) Maxwell's equation
TL 200 (d) Avogadro's equation
(COP)c = = =2
TH − TL ( 300 − 200 ) Ans : (b) This above equation is known as Vander
( COP )C 2 Waal's equation.
(COP)Actual ref. = = 15. Tumbling is the process of-
2 2
(COP)actual ref. = 1 (a) increasing fatigue limit
(b) imparting luster to surface
Re f . capacity
(COP)act. ref. = 1 = (c) cleaning the surface of small parts
work done ( W ) / sec. (d) improving the creep limit
Power = 20 × 3.5 Ans : (c) Tumbling Process—Tumbling is the process
Power = 70 kW of cleaning the surface of small parts.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 62 YCT
16. In Electrolux refrigerator- Ans : (c) Max. shear stress in Mohr's circle is equal to
(a) ammonia is absorbed in hydrogen radius of Mohr's circle
(b) ammonia is absorbed in water 1 σ −σ
( σ1 − σ 2 ) + 4τ2xy = 1 2
2
(c) ammonia evaporates in hydrogen τ max=
2 2
(d) hydrogen evaporates in ammonia
21. Froude number is the ratio of inertial force to
Ans : (c) In Electrolux refrigerator ammonia used as a (a) elasticity (b) surface tension
refrigerant and water as absorbent and hydrogen as an (c) gravitational force (d) viscosity
inert gas.
In Electrolux refrigerator ammonia evaporates in hydrogen Fi
by reducing partial pressure of refrigerant in evaporator. Ans : (c) Froude number =
Fg
17. According to theorem of perpendicular axes, if
Ixx and Iyy be the M.I. of a lamina about xx and 22. Proof resilience per unit volume of a material is
yy axis, then M.I. of the lamina about axis zz, known as-
which is perpendicular to xx and yy, equal to (a) modulus of resilience (b) resilience
(a) Ixx × Iyy (b) Ixx + Iyy (c) Proof resilience (d) toughness
I xx I yy Ans : (a) Proof resilience per unit volume of a material
(c) (d) is known as modulus of resilience.
I yy I xx 23. Cooling range in cooling tower is the-
Ans : (b) Theorem of perpendicular axis - (a) difference in temperature of hot water
IZZ = IXX + IYY entering and cold water leaving
18. A perfect gas at 270C is heated at constant (b) amount of heat removed by the cooling tower
pressure till its volume is double. The final in kcal/hr
temperature is- (c) difference in temperature of the cold water
(a) 540C (b) 6540C and atmospheric temperature
(c) 108 C 0
(d) 3270C (d) difference in temperature of the cold water
leaving the cooling tower and the wet bulb
Ans : (d) T1=300 K, T2 = ?, V1 = V, V2 = 2V
temperature of surrounding air
P1 = P2 = constant
Ans : (a) Cooling range in cooling tower is the
So V ∝ T
difference in temperature of hot water entering and cold
2V water leaving from the cooling tower.
T2 = × T1 = 2 × 300 = 600K
V 24. The vapour compression refrigerator employs
T2 = 3270C the following cycle-
19. The value of acceleration due to gravity at (a) Carnot (b) Reversed Carnot
moon is g/6; where g is the value of (c) Rankine (d) Reversed Rankine
acceleration due to gravity at earth. The value Ans : (d) The vapour compression refrigerator employs
of frequency of oscillation of simple pendulum reversed Rankine cycle.
on moon as compared to earth will be- Ideal refrigeration cycle employs reversed Carnot
(a) 1/ 6 time (b) 6 time cycle.
25. A certain high tensile strength steel has a
(c) 1/6 time (d) 6 time modulus of elasticity of 2×106 kg/cm2 and a
Ans : (a) Frequency is given by on earth yield point stress of 6,000 kg/cm2. Find the
1 g minimum limiting value of the slenderness
fE = (on earth) ratio for which Euler's equation is valid
2π ℓ (a) 99 (b) 80
frequency is given by on moon (c) 57 (d) 75
1  g/6 π2 EI
fm =   Ans : (c) Pcr. = I = AK 2
2π  ℓ  ℓ 2e
fm 1 π2 EA ℓe
= Pcr. = Slenderness Ratio ( SR ) =
fE 6
( SR )
2
K
1 So critical stress
fm = fE
6 π2 E
σcr. =
( SR )
2
20. Maximum shear stress in a Mohr's circle is
(a) less than the radius of Mohr's circle
π2 × 2 ×106
(SR )
2
(b) greater than radius of Mohr's circle =
(c) equal to radius of Mohr's circle 6000
(d) none of the above SR=57.357
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 63 YCT
26. The ratio of central deflection due to a central 29. Coining is the operation of-
load in the case of a beam freely supported at (a) cold forging (b) hot forging
both ends to the beam fixed at both ends will be– (c) cold extrusion (d) piercing
(a) 1/2 (b) 4
Ans : (a) Coining is the operation of cold forging.
(c) 1/4 (d) 2
Ans : (b) Central deflection for simply supported beam 30. Moment of inertia of a square of side d about
for central load W. the diagonal is-
(a) d4/18 (b) d4/24
WL3 4
(d) d4/8
δ1 = (c) d /12
48EI Ans : (c)
Central deflection for Fixed beam (at both ends) for
central load W.
WL3
δ2 =
192EI
Then, δ1 / δ 2 = 4
27. A framed structure is perfect if it contains
members equal to- Diagonal = 2d
(a) n-1 (b) 2n-3
AC
2d
(c) 2n-1 (d) n-2 Height (AC) of triangle = h= =
Ans : (b) A perfect frame is that which is made up of 2 2
member just sufficient to keep it in equilibrium when AC → just like a base of triangles of ABC & ADC
loaded, without any change in its shape. The simplest So moment of inertia of a square of side d about the
perfect frame is a triangle which contains three diagonal AC
members & three joints.
It is to be noted that if such a structure is loaded, its shape  ( AC ) h 3 
= 2×  
will not be distorted. Thus for three jointed frame, there  12 
should be three members to prevent any distortion. Then no.
of members, in perfect frame, is expressed by the relation.   2d  
3

F = (2n-3)

(
 2d .  )  
2   d4
where 
F = No. of members = 2×   =
n = No. of joints  12  12
 
28. Prandtl number is expressed by-  
Inside diameter of tube 31. If the velocity of projection is u m/sec and the
(a) angle of projection is α0, the maximum height
equivalent thickness of film
of the projectile on a horizontal plane is-
specific heat × vis cos ity
(b) u 2 sin 2 α u 2 cos 2 α
thermal conductivity (a) (b)
2g 2g
thermal conductivity
(c) u 2 tan 2 α u 2 sin 2 α
equivalent thickness of film (c) (d)
2g g
molecular diffusivity of momentum
(d) Ans : (a) The maximum height of the projectile on a
thermal diffusivity
horizontal plane is-
Ans : (b &d) Prandtl number is defined as the ratio of
kinematic viscosity (υ) to the thermal diffusivity (α). u 2 sin 2 α
h max =
υ 2g
Pr =
α 32. If air is heated without changing its moisture
k µ content, the dew point will-
∵ α= and υ =
ρC p ρ (a) increases (b) remain same
(c) decrease (d) unpredictable
µ
ρ Ans : (b) If air is heated without changing its moisture
µC p
Pr =   = content means specific humidity remains constant and
 k  k therefore its dew point temperature will be remain same
  after heating at constant moisture content.
 ρCp  33. In a tensile testing experiment on a specimen of
Vis cos ity × specific heat 1 cm2 area, the maximum load observed was 5
Pr = tones and neck area 0.25 cm2. The ultimate
thermal conductivity
tensile strength of specimen is-
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 64 YCT
 (a) 2.5 tones/cm2 (b) 10 tones/cm2 Ans : (d)
2
(c) 5 tones/cm (d) 20 tones/cm2
Ans : (c) The ultimate tensile strength of specimen
max .load
σ=
Initial Area
5
σ=
1
σ =5 tones/cm2
Always take initial area to calculate the value of stress
except value of true stress. MI of a Triangular section about base
34. For a given material assume, Young's modulus ah 3
I base =
E= 300 GN/m2 and modulus of rigidity G= 150 12
2 MI of a Triangular section about a parallel line, passing
GN/m . Its bulk modulus K will be-
(a) 120 GN/m2 (b) 100 GN/m2 through center of Gravity to base
(c) 200 GN/m 2
(d) 250 GN/m 2
ah 3
IC.G.=
9KG 36
Ans : (b) E = 38. To convert volumetric analysis to gravimetric
3K + G
analysis, the relative volume of each
or constituent of the flue gases is-
EG 300 ×109 × 150 × 109 (a) multiplied by its molecular weight
K= =
3 [3G − E ] 3 [3 ×150 − 300] ×109 (b) divided by its molecular weight
(c) multiplied by its density
K = 100 GN/m2
(d) multiplied by its specific weight
35. A steel wire hangs vertically under its own Ans : (a) To convert volumetric analysis to gravimetric
weight. If its density is 10000 kg/m3 and analysis, the relative volume of each constituent of the
allowable stress is 3000 kg/cm2 then how much flue gases is multiplied by its molecular weight
length it can sustain.
39. Film coefficient is defined as-
(a) 2500 m (b) 1250 m
(c) 3000 m (d) 5000 m Inside diameter of tube
(a)
Ans : (c) Given, density (ρ) = 10000 kg/m3 allowable equivalent thickness of film
stress = 3000 kg/cm2 specific heat × vis cos ity
(b)
We know that stress in a member hangs vertically under thermal conductivity
its own weight
σ = ρ× x thermal conductivity
(c)
equivalent thickness of film
3000 × 104
For length x = = 3000 m molecular diffusivity or momentum
10000 (d)
thermal diffusivity
36. Laser is produced by-
(a) graphite (b) ruby Ans : (c) Film coefficient or heat transfer coefficient
(c) diamond (d) emerald denoted by h [W/m2K]
Ans : (b) LASER stands for Light Amplification by Thermal Conductivity [ W / mK ]
h=
Stimulated Emission of Radiation. equivalent thickness of film [ m ]
LASER is device used to produce a very intense, highly
directional, coherent, and monochromatic beam of light. 40. The longitudinal stress induced in a thin walled
cylindrical vessel is-
A ruby laser is a solid-state laser that uses the synthetic
ruby crystal as its laser medium. pD pD
(a) (b)
37. M.I. of a triangular section of base a and height 2t t
h about an axis passing through its c.g. and pD pD
(c) (d)
parallel to base is- 4t 3t
3 3
ah ah PD
(a) (b) Ans : (c) σ L =
8 12 4t
ah3 ah3 PD
(c) (d) σ Hoop =
24 36 2t
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 65 YCT
41. Electron beam machining process is suitable 45. For best hydraulic rectangular cross-section of
for the following type of material- an open channel, its depth should be equal to-
(a) low melting point and high thermal (a) width/2 (b) 2 width
conductivity
(c) width (d) width
(b) low melting and low thermal conductivity
(c) high melting point and low thermal Ans : (a) Hydraulic efficient rectangular channel is half
conductivity of a square, there for depth should be equal to width/2.
(d) high melting point and high thermal 46. Campare the strengths of solid and hollow
conductivity shafts both having outside diameter D and
Ans : (c) Electron beam machining process- Electron hollow shaft having inside diameter of D/2 in
beam machining (EBM) is a thermal non-traditional torsion. The ratio of strength of solid to hollow
machining process that uses a beam of high-energy shafts in torsion will be-
electrons focused on the workpiece to melt and (a) 0.5 (b) 15/16
vapourise metal. This micro machining process is (c) 0.75 (d) 0.25
performed in a vacuum chamber [under vacuum
pressure of order 10-5] for (mm/Hg)] and suitable for Ans : (b) Shear strength for solid shaft
high melting point and low thermal conductive material. 16T
τS =
42. The length of a second's pendulum is- πD3
(a) 99.0 cm (b) 100 cm shear strength for Hollow shaft
(c) 101 cm (d) 99.4 cm 16T
Ans : (d) Second's Pendulum is the term used to define τH =
the pendulum with a time period of 2 seconds. Seconds πD (1 − K 4 )
3

pendulums were used in vintage clocks which would di D / 2 1

advance one second every time the pendulum reaches K= = =
an extreme position. Since the pendulum reaches its do D 2

τS 16T × πD (1 − K )
extreme position twice in one oscillation, the time 3 4 4
1
period of a second pendulum is 2 seconds. = = 1−  
τH πD3 × 16T 2
ℓ
T=2π
g τS 15
=
ℓ τH 16
2 = 2π
9.81 47. Following gases are used to Tungsten inert gas
ℓ = 0.9939m = 99.39cm welding-
(a) Hydrogen and Oxygen
43. The period of oscillation of a simple pendulum (b) Argon and Helium
depends on-
(c) Argon and Neon
(a) mass of bob (b) its effective length
(c) radium of bob (d) density of bob (d) Helium and Neon
Ans : (b) Shielding of inert gas (argon or helium) is
ℓ used to avoid atmospheric contamination of the molten
Ans : (b) T=2π
g weld pool.
T∝ ℓ 48. A heat engine is supplied heat at the rate of
30,000 J/s and gives an output of 9kW. The
ℓ
T∝ thermal efficiency of engine will be-
g (a) 40% (b) 33%
44. A spherical vessel with an inside diameter of 2 (c) 30% (d) 50%
m is made of material having an allowable Wnet
stress in tension of 500 kg/cm2. The thickness of Ans : (c) η =
a shell to withstand a pressure of 50 kg/cm 2 Heat supplied
should be- W 9
(a) 5 cm (b) 2.5 cm η = net =
QS 30
(c) 10 cm (d) 1.25 cm
Ans : (a) For spherical vessel η = 0.3 = 30%
PD
σ h = σℓ = 49. If a body is transmitting torque T kgm at
4t angular speed of θ radians/sec, then h.p.
50 × 200 transmitted will be-
500 =
4× t (a) Tθ/75 (b) T/θ
t = 5cm (c) Tθ/50 (d) Tθ
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 66 YCT
Ans : (a) We know that 52. If σ1 and σ 2 be the major and minor tensile
 N−m stresses, then maximum value of tangential
Power (P) = T × ω = T × ω × g   stress is equal to-
 sec 
1 h.p.= 746W (a) σ 2 (b) σ1 - σ 2
1 σ1 -σ2
1W = hp (c) σ1 + σ 2 (d)
746 2
9.81T × θ Ans : (d) Maximum value of tangential stress–
P= ω = θ radian / sec σ − σ2
746 τ max. = 1
2
T×θ
P= h.p. 53. The pressure in the air space above an oil (sp.
75 Gravity 0.7) surface in a tank is 0.1 kg/cm2.
50. The critical radius of insulation for a spherical The pressure at 5 m below the oil surface will
shell is- be-
(a) 5 meters of water column
thermal conductivity of insulating
(b) 4 meters of water column
material (c) 3.5 meters of water
(a)
heat transfer coefficient at (d) 4.5 meters of water column
outer surface Ans : (d) Total pressure can be written as
(b) inverse of (a) P = Patm+P
= 0.1×104×g+5×0.7×1000×g
2 × thermal conductivity of insulating
= 4500×g
material 1000×g×h=4500×g
(c)
heat transfer coefficient at outer h= 4.5 m of water column
surface 54. Thermal welding is a form of-
(d) inverse of (c) (a) resistance welding (b) gas welding
Ans : (c) Critical radius of insulation for spherical shell (c) fusion welding (d) forge welding
Ans : (c) Fusion welding is also known as liquid state
2K or homogeneous welding which requires only heat not
rc =
h pressure whereas resistance and forge welding requires
For cylinder heat and pressure both.
55. The ratio of heat flow Q1/Q2 from two walls of
K
rc = same thickness having their thermal
h conductivities as K1=2K2 will be
Where K = Thermal conductivity of insulating (a) 1 (b) 0.5
materials. (c) 0.25 (d) 2
h = Heat transfer coefficient at outer surface. ∆T
51. When a body slides down a surface inclined θ Ans : (d) Q = KA L
to horizontal, the acceleration (f) of the body is Q∝ K
given by-
Q1 = C×2K2
(a) f= g (b) f= g cosθ
Q2 = C×K2
(c) f= g tanθ (d) f= g sinθ
Q1 / Q 2 = 2 :1
Ans : (d)
56. A Carnot engine has an efficiency of 0.5. The
COP of refrigerant working with the same
temperature limit is-
(a) 0.5 (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 1.25
Ans : (b)
using second law of motion 1 1
F = (mg sinθ-µ mg cosθ) [COP]H.P.= = =2
ηC 0.5
mf = mg [sin θ - µ cosθ]
[COP]Ref .= [COP]H.P.-1
f = g [sin θ- µ cos θ]
But coefficient of friction µ not given and assume to be [ COP ]Re f . = 2 − 1 = 1
surface is smooth so, 57. Slack represent the difference between the-
µ=0 (a) latest allowable time and normal expected time
f = g sin θ (b) latest allowable time and earliest expected time
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 67 YCT
 (c) proposed allowable time and earliest 63. Suppose that a particle moves on a coordinate
expected time line so that its velocity at time t is v(t)=t2-2t m/s.
(d) normal allowable time and latest expected time The displacement of the particle during time
Ans : (b) Slack represent the difference between the interval 0 ≤ t ≤ 3 is-
latest allowable time and earliest expected time. (a) 4 m (b) 0m
58. A refrigerator operates on a reverse Carnot (c) 8/3m (d) 3/8 m
cycle between 900 and 300K. If heat at the rate Ans : (b) We know that
of 3 kJ/s is extracted from the low temperature dx
space, then the power required to drive the V=
dt
refrigerator-
dx = Vdt
(a) 3kW (b) 6kW
∫ dx = ∫ ( t − 2t )dt
L 3
2
(c) 9kW (d) 4kW
0 0
TL Refrigeration effect 3
Ans : (b) [COP]Ref = =  t3 t2 
TH − TL work done L =  − 2× 
300 3 3 2 0
= = L = 9-9=0
900 − 300 W
L = zero
W = 6 kW
64. Approach of cooling tower means-
59. If V is the mean velocity of flow, then (a) difference in temperature of hot water
according to Darcy-Weisbach equation for pipe entering the cold water leaving
flow energy loss over a length of pipeline is
proportional to (b) difference in temperature of the cold water
and atmospheric temperature
(a) V (b) 1/V
(c) difference in temperature of the cold water
(c) 1/V2 (d) V2 leaving the cooling tower and the wet bulb
Ans : (d) Head or Energy loss over a length of pipeline temperature of surrounding air
2
f .L.V (d) amount of heat thrown away by the cooling
h= tower in kcal/hr
d × 2g
Ans : (c) Approach of cooling tower means difference
h  in temperature of the cold water leaving the cooling
L ∝ V
2

  tower and the wet bulb temperature of surrounding air.

65. Which of the following is not the intensive
60. 40% is incident radiant energy on the surface property?
of a thermally transparent body is reflected (a) pressure (b) heat
back. If the transmissivity of the body be 0.15, (c) density (d) temperature
then the emissivity of surface is-
(a) 0.40 (b) 0.55 Ans : (b) Intensive property which not depends on the
mass.
(c) 0.45 (d) 0.75
Exp.- Pressure, Temperature, Density, viscosity,
Ans : (c) τ = 0.15 specific energy etc.
ρ = 0.40 Extensive property-Which depends on the mass.
α=? Exp.- Volume, Energy, entropy, enthalpy, heat etc.
α+ρ+τ=1 66. A Carnot cycle consists of-
0.15 + 0.40 + α =1 (a) two constant pressure and two adiabatic
α = ε = 0.45 processes
61. Study showed the percentage of occurrence of (b) two isothermal and two adiabatic processes
an activity as 50%. The number of (c) two constant volume and two adiabatic
observations for 95% confidence level and an processes
accuracy ± 2% is- (d) one constant pressure, one constant volume
(a) 1500 (b) 2000 and two adiabatic processes
(c) 2500 (d) 3000 Ans : (b) A Carnot cycle consists of two isothermal and
Ans : (*) Note: No any answer given by ISRO. two adiabatic processes.
62. 1 m3 of air at a pressure of 10 kg/cm2 is allowed 67. Two loads P act at right angles to one another
to expand freely to a volume of 10 m3. The at the free end of a cantilever beam having
work done will be square cross-section d × d and length l on the
(a) +ve (b) -ve vertical and horizontal faces. Maximum
(c) zero (d) 106 kg m bending stress in the beam will be equal to-
Ans : (c) Since air expand freely so there is no work (a) 6Pl/d3 (b) 24Pl/d3
done because of free expansion process. (c) 12 Pl/d 3
(d) 18Pl/d3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 68 YCT
Ans : (a) According to this figure bending stress due to Ans : (b) For steady state condition
only vertical force not due to horizontal force so

Q1 = Q2
t + t    t + t 
K.A.  1 2 − t1  2 K.A.  t 2 −  1 2  
 2  =   2 
ℓ1 ℓ2
M σ
=
I y max ℓ1 1
=
ℓ2 2
M σ
=
d 
4
d  71. 300 kJ/s of heat is supplied at constant
 12   2 
temperature of 500K to a heat engine. The heat
  rejection takes place at 300K. The following
results are obtained (a) 210kJ (b) 180 kJ (c)
6Pℓ
σ= 3 150kJ. Identify whether result is a reversible
d cycle, irreversible cycle or impossible cycle
68. The head loss due to sudden expansion respectively-
(a) reversible/irreversible/impossible
assuming incompressible flow is expressed by- respectively
V12 − V23 V22 − V13 (b) irreversible/reversible/impossible
(a) (b) respectively
2 2
(c) irreversible/impossible/reversible
( V1 − V2 ) ( V1 − V2 )
2 2
respectively.
(c) (d)
g 2g (d) none of the above
Ans : (b) According to Clausius inequality
Ans : (d) Head loss due to sudden expansion
δQ
=
( V1 − V2 )
2
∫ T
≤0
2g 300 210
(a) + − < 0 (Irreversible)
V 2
 A 
2 500 300
or = 1 1 − 1  300 180
2 g  A2  (b) − = 0 (Reversible)
500 300
69. PERT has the following time estimate- 300 150
(a) one time estimate (c) − > 0 (Impossible)
500 300
(b) two time estimate
72. If cube root of unity are 1, ω,ω2 then the roots
(c) three time estimate of equation (x - 1)3 + 8 = 0 are
(d) four time estimate (a) –1, –1 + 2ω ,– 1 – 2 ω2
Ans : (c) PERT has three time estimate (b) –1, –1, –1
1. Optimistic time 2. Pessimistic time (c) –1, 1–2ω, 1–2ω2
3. most likely time (d) –1, –1 + 2ω, 1 + 2ω2
70. Two plane slabs of equal areas and Ans : (c) ( x − 1) + 8 = 0
3

conductivities in the ratio 1:2 are held together (x–1)3 = (–2)3

and temperature in between surface ends are t1 1
x–1 = –2 (1) 3
and t2.If junction temperature in between two
t +t x − 1 = −2 or − 2ω2 or − 2ω
surfaces is desired to be 1 2 , then their
2 x = 1 − 2 or 1 − 2ω2 or 1 − 2ω
thicknesses should be in the ratio of-
= −1 or 1 − 2ω2 or 1 − 2ω
(a) 2:1 (b) 1:2
(c) 1:1 (d) 3:1 Roots = –1, 1–2ω, 1−2ω2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 69 YCT
73. If 1, ω, ω2 are cube roots of unity then the value 76. If 3ex tan y dx+(1-ex) sec2 y dy = 0, then y is-
1 ω ω2n (a) tan y= c (1+ex)3
of ∆ = ωn ω2n 1 is- (b) y=c (1-ex)
(c) log y=c (1+ex)3
ω2n 1 ωn
(d) tan y=c (1-ex)3
(a) 1 (b) 0
Ans : (d) Divide the whole eqn. by (1-ex) tan y, we have
(c) ω (d) ω2
ex sec 2 y
1 ω ω2n 3 dx + dy = 0
1− e x
tan y
Ans : (b) ∆ = ωn ω2n 1
-3 ln(1-ex) + ln(tan y)=c
ω2n 1 ωn
 
= 1(ω3n–1) – ω (ω2n– ω2n)+ ω2n(ωn– ω4n) ℓn 
tan y 
=c
 (1 − e x )3 
we know that ∵ω 3 = 1  
= 1(ω3)n–1) – 0+ ω3n − ω2n . ω4n tan y = c(1-ex)3
=0 - 0 + (ω3)n– (ω3)2n 77. Which of the following represents a wave
=0−0+1−1=0 equation?
74. Three houses are available in a locality. Three
(a) ∇ 2 V=0
persons apply for the houses. Each applies for
one house without consulting others. The (b) ∂ 2 V / ∂t 2 = c 2 ∇ 2 V
probability that all the three apply for the same
(c) ∂V / ∂t = k∇ 2 V
house is-
(a) 2/9 (b) 1/9 (d) none of the above
(c) 8/9 (d) 7/9 Ans : (b) ∂ 2 V / ∂t 2 = c 2 ∇ 2 V
Ans : (b) The probability of selecting first house by all This equation represents a wave equation.
three persons is,
78. 1+x2/2!+x4/4!+x6/6!+_______stands for.
1 1 1
P1 = × × (a) sin hx (b) cos hx
3 3 3
(c) cos x (d) sin x
The probability of selecting second house by all three
person is, Ans : (b) We know that,
1 1 1 cos hx = 1+x2/2!+x4/4!+x6/6!+……
P2 = × ×
3 3 3 79. ∫ sec x dx is
The probability of selecting third house by all three
person is, (a) log (sec x + tan x) + c
1 1 1 (b) tan x + c
P3 = × × (c) sec x + tan x + c
3 3 3
The probability that all the three apply for the same (d) sec x tan x + c
house is
1
Ans : (a) ∫ sec x dx = log (sec x + tan x) + c
P = P1 + P2 + P3 = 80. Inverse Laplace transform of S/S2+a2 is-
9
(a) cos at (b) sin at
 −2 4 2 
(c) cosh at (d) sinh at
75. The rank of the matrix A = 3 −4 −1 is-
Ans : (a) We know that,
 4 −3 1
S
(a) 0 (b) 1 L cos at =
S + a2
2
(c) 2 (d) 3
a
Ans : (c) L(sin at ) =
S 2 + a2
A = −2  (−4 × 1 − 3) − 4 ( 3 + 4 ) + 2 ( −9 + 16 ) 
S
= 14 − 28 + 14 = 0 L(cos h at ) =
S − a2
2

∴ A 3×3 = 0
a
L(sin hat =
∴ Rank of this matrix will be 2 S − a2
2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2015 70 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. The condition of stable equilibrium for a Ans. (a) : Given,
floating body is : d1 = 10 cm = 0.10m
(a) metacentre coincides with centre of gravity d2 = 15 cm = 0.15m
(b) metacentre is below centre of gravity v1 = 5m/s
(c) metacentre is above centre of gravity
v2 = ?
(d) centre of buoyancy is above centre of gravity
Q=?
Ans. (c) : The condition of stable equilibrium for a
floating body is metacentre is above centre of gravity.
condition of equilibrium of floating bodies.
1. Stable equilibrium– metacentre is above centre of
gravity.
2. Neutral equilibrium– metacentre coincides with
centre of gravity.
3. Unstable equilibrium– metacentre is below centre Applying continuity equation at section (1) & (2)
of gravity. A1v1 = A2v2
π 2 π
⇒ d1 v1 = d 22 v 2
4 4
⇒ d1 v1 = d 2 v 2
2 2

⇒ 0.10 2 × 5 = 0.152 v 2

Stable Meta centre lies above the centre of gravity (G) So, v 2 = 2.22 m / s.
2. The thickness of turbulent boundary layer at a π
distance x from the leading edge over a flat Discharge (Q) = × 0.10 × 5
2

plate varies as 4
(a) x0.8 (b) x0.5 = 0.03926 m3 / sec. = 0.03926 × 60
0.2 0.6
(c) x (d) x = 2.3556 ≃ 2.4 cmm (m3/min)
Ans. (a) : Thickness of boundary layer for turbulent 4. The velocity distribution for flow over a flat
flow is: 3
0.379 x plate is given u = y − y 2 in which u is the
δ= 4
(R ex )1/ 5 velocity in m/s at a distance y meter above the
Where Re is called Reynold number plate. Shear stress at y = 0.15m is (Take µ for
ρUx fluid = 8.5 poise)
And Re = , (a) 0.3825 Pa (b) 0.3815 Pa
µ
(c) 0.3835 Pa (d) 0.3845 Pa
x is the distance where boundary layers are found and
U is the velocity of the fluid, ρ is the density and µ is N −s
Ans. (a) : Given, µ = 8.5 poise = 0.85 2
the dynamic viscosity of the fluid. m
0.371x 3
δ= 1/ 5
Velocity distribution ( u ) = y − y 2 (m / s)
 ρUx  4
  Shear stress (τ) is given by,
 µ 
⇒δ ∝ x (1−1/ 5)
τ=µ
du
dy
So, δ ∝ x 4 / 5 or δ ∝ x 0.8
 d 3 
3. The diameters of a pipe at the sections 1 and 2 ⇒ τ y = 0.15 = 0.85 ×   y − y 2  
are 10 cm and 15 cm respectively. Velocity of  dy  4   y =0.15
water flowing through the pipe at section 1 is 5 3  3 
m/s. Velocity at section 2 in m/s and discharge = 0.85  − 2 y  = 0.85 ×  − 2 × 0.15
in cmm is: 4  y = 0.15 4 
(a) 2.2 & 2.4 (b) 2.7 & 2.8 τ | y = 0.15 = 0.3825 Pa
(c) 2.1 & 2.4 (d) 2.4 & 2.6
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 71 YCT
5. A gas weighs 16 N/m3 at 288 K and at an PA
adiabatic pressure of 25 N/cm2. Its gas constant ⇒ = 51.08149
is : ρg
(a) 532 J/kg K (b) 544 J/kg K ⇒ PA = 51.081× 1000 × 9.81
(c) 553 J/kg K (d) 523 J/kg K ⇒ PA = 501109.46
Ans. (a) : Given-
501109.46
Weight density (ρg) = 16 N/m3 ⇒ PA = kgf / cm 2
Temperature = 288 K 98066.5
N PA = 5.1098kgf / cm 2 or ksc
Pressure (P) = 25 2 = 25 × 104 N/m2
cm 7. A nozzle is fitted at the end of a pipe of length
Gas constant (R) = ? 300m and of diameter 10 cm for transmitting
ρg = 16 water. What is the diameter of the nozzle
16 considering maximum transmission of power
⇒ ρ= through the nozzle (f = 0.009).
g
(a) 2.6 cm (b) 2.5 cm
16
So ρ= = 1.63098 (c) 2.4 cm (d) 2.7 cm
9.81 Ans. (a) : Given,
From the ideal gas equation, L = 300 m
P v = RT(v = specific volume)
D = 10 cm = 0.10 m
1 f = 0.009
⇒ P × = RT
ρ Diameter of nozzle (d) = ?
P
⇒ R=
ρT
25 × 104
= = 532.23 ≈ 532 J/kgK For maximum power transmission
1.63098 × 288 1/ 4
R = 532.229 J / kg − K  D5 
d = 
6. A pipe line AB of diameter 30 cm and of length  8 fL 
400m carries water at the rate of 50 liters/sec. Where d- diameter of nozzle
The flow takes place from A to B where point B D - diameter of pipe
is 30 meters above A. Pressure at B is 2 ksc. f- Coefficient of friction
Pressure at A is (Take f = 0.008) and L- Length of pipe
(a) 5.2 ksc (b) 5.3 ksc 1/ 4
(c) 5.0 ksc (d) 5.1 ksc  0.15 
⇒ d= 
Ans. (d) : Given-  8 × 0.009 × 300 
Diameter of nozzle (d) = 30 cm d = 0.026084 m
Length (l) = 400 m.
So, d = 2.6 cm
Rate of flow (Q) = 50 lit/sec.
8. A turbine develops 500 kW under a head of
100 meters at 200 RPM. Its normal speed and
power under a head of 81 meters.
(a) 184 RPM and 375 kW
(b) 180 RPM and 365 kW
Q = 50 × 10–3 m3/sec.
(c) 184 RPM and 370 kW
PB = 2ksc (kilogram force per square cm)
(d) 180 RPM and 361 kW
PB = 2kgf/cm2 1 kgf/cm2 = 98066.5 Pa
Applying Bernoulli's equation at A & B Ans. (b) : Given-
P1 = 500 kW, H1 = 100 m
 4 fLV 2 
2 2  h fl =  N1 = 200 rpm, N2 & P2 at H2 = 81 m
PA V P V  2 gd  For the same turbine equate their unit speed & unit
+ + ZA = B +
A
+ Z B + h fl
B
 
ρg 2 g ρg 2 g  4 fLQ 2  power-
 = 12.1d 5  N1 N2  N 
= ;  Nu = 
(VA = VB )Because area issame; H1 H2  H
Z A = 0, Z B = 30m 200 N2
⇒ =
PA 2 × 98066.5 4 × 0.008 × 400 × (50 × 10−3 ) 2 100 81
⇒ = + 30 +
ρg 1000 × 9.81 12.1× (0.30)5 ⇒ N 2 = 180 RPM

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 72 YCT

 P1 P  P  Ans. (b) : Vanadium is used to improve endurance
and 3/ 2
= 32/ 2 ;  Pu = 3 / 2  strength of steel
H1 H2  H 
Nickel → Increase Toughness, Corrosion resistance
500 P2 and deep hardening.
⇒ =
(100) 3/ 2
(81) 3/ 2
Molybdenum → Increase Hardenability, tensile &
creep strength.
So, P2 = 364.5kW
Tungsten → Increases strength, wear resistance,
9. Number of degrees of freedom in a Ball and hardness & hot hardness.
socket joint: 13. The percentage improvement in power
(a) 1 (b) 2 capacity of a flat belt drive, when the wrap
(c) 3 (d) 0 angle at the driving pulley is increased from
Ans. (c) : A ball and socket joint has 3 degree of 150° to 210° by an idler arrangement for a
freedom and it is a higher kinematic pair. Ball and friction coefficient of 0.3 is :
socket joint is a example of spherical mechanism. In (a) 25.21 (b) 33.92
spherical joint, pair allows 3 independent rotational (c) 40.17 (d) 67.85
motions between the two links joint & no translational Ans. (d) : Given-
motions.
5π 7π
θ1 = 150º = rad θ2 = 210º = rad
6 6
µ = 0.3
Power transmission
P = (T1 − T2 )V Watt
T1 5π
Case I- = eµθ , when θ =
(DOF)BSJ = 6– No. of Restraints T2 6
= 6 – 3(T) T1
(DOF)BSJ = 3 (R) = e0.3(5 π / 6)
T2
10. Two inelastic spheres of masses 10 kg each T1 = 2.193T2
move with velocities of 15m/s and 5m/s
respectively in the same direction. The loss in P1 = (T1 − T2 )V
kinetic energy when they collide. = (2.193T2 − T2 )V
(a) 500 Nm (b) 0
(c) 250 N m (d) 1000 N m P1 = 1.1933 T2V
Ans. (c) : Given- T1 7π
m1 = m2 = 10kg , v1 = 15m / s , u1 = 5m / s Case II- = eµθ , when θ =
T2 6
After inelastic collision velocity-  7π 
T1 0.3 ×  
m v + m2 u1 10 ×15 + 10 × 5 =e 6
V= 1 1 = = 10m / s T2
m1 + m2 10 + 10
Loss of kinetic energy ( ∆ KE) T1 = 3.003T2
1 1 1  P1 = (3.003T2 − T2 )V
= m1 (v12 + u12 ) −  m1v 2 + m2 v 2 
2 2 2  P2 = 2.003T2V
1  1 1  Improvement in power-
= × 10 × (152 + 52 ) −  × 10 ×102 + × 10 × 102 
2 2 2  P −P 2.003 – 1.1933
= 2 1 × 100% = × 100
= 250 Joule or N - m P1 1.1933
11. In order to have maximum power from a = 67.85%
Pelton turbine, the bucket speed must be 14. In an interchangeable assembly, shaft of size
(a) equal to the jet speed 25.000 +−0.04 mm. mates with a hole of size
0.01
(b) equal to half of the jet speed +0.03
25.000 +0.02 mm. Maximum interference in
(c) equal to twice the jet speed
(d) independent of the jet speed microns in the assembly is :
(a) 40 (b) 30
Ans. (b) : For maximum power from turbine,
(c) 10 (d) 20
the blade velocity (u) = half of jet velocity (v)
⇒ u = v/2 Ans. (d) : Given,
12. The alloying element mainly used to improve Shaft size = 25.000 +−0.040
0.010

the endurance strength of steel materials is : Hole size = 25.000 ++0.030

0.020
(a) Nickel (b) Vanadium Maximum Interference = LL of hole – UL of shaft.
(c) Molybdenum (d) Tungsten
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 73 YCT
 = (25 + 0.02) – (25 + 0.04) Ans. (b) : Given-
= − 0.02mm r = 200mm, m = 20 kg, N = 600 rpm
= − 0.20 micron 1
Kinetic energy of flywheel (KE) = I ω2
maximum (I) = 20 micron 2
1 1 
15. A column has a rectangular cross section of 10 = ×  mr 2  ω2
× 20 mm and a length of 1m. The slenderness 2 2 
ratio of the column is closed to : 2
1  2π× 600 
(a) 200 (b) 346 = × 20 × 0.22 ×  
(c) 477 (d) 1000 4  60 
Ans. (b) : Given- KE = 789.56 ≈ 790 Joule
length = 1m = 1000mm 18. A vibration system consists of a mass of 175 kg,
Area = 10 × 20 mm2 a spring stiffness 700 N/cm and damper with a
bd 3 damping coefficient of 7N cm–1 sec. Damping
Movement of inertia (I) = factor of the system is :
12
(a) 0.15 (b) 0.25
20 ×103 (c) 0.2 (d) 0.1
I=
12 Ans. (d) : Given-
Mass (m) = 175 kg
We know that, N N
Spring stiffness (K) = 700 = 700 × 102
leff cm m
Slenderness ratio (λ) =
kleast Damping coefficient (C) = 7 N-s/cm
But, = 700 N-s/m
We know that,
I = Ak 2
Damping factor-
Imin C C 700
⇒ kleast = (ξ) = = =
A CC 2 km 2 700 × 102 × 175
10 × 20
3
ξ = 0.1
=
12 ×10 × 20
19. Two cutting tools are being compared for a
= 2.886 machining operation. The tool life equations
Slenderness ratio (λ) =
1000 are Carbide tool : VT1.6 = 3000; HSS Tool :
2.886 VT0.6 = 200, where V is the cutting speed in
m/min and T is tool life in min. The carbide
Slenderness ratio λ = 346.410 ≃ 346 tool will provide higher tool life if the cutting
16. A thin cylinder of inner radius 500mm and speed in m/min exceeds
thickness 10mm is subjected to an internal (a) 39.4 (b) 15
pressure of 5 MPa. The average hoop stress in (c) 60 (d) 49.3
MPa is : Ans. (a) : Given-
(a) 100 (b) 250
(c) 500 (d) 1000 For Carbide Tool : VT 1.6 = 3000 ….(i)
Ans. (b) : Given- For HSS Tool : VT0.6 = 200 ….(ii)
Thin cylinder Inner radius (ri) = 500 mm V→ cutting speed cm/min.
⇒ Inner diameter (di) = 1000 mm T → Tool life (min)
Thickness (t) = 10mm Divide equation (i) by equation (ii)
Internal pressure (P) = 5 MPa VT 1.6
3000
We know that, =
VT 0.6 200
Pd 5 ×1000 1.6 − 0.6
Hoop stress (σh) = = ⇒ T = 15
2t 2 × 10
T = 15
σ h = 250 MPa
Put value of T in equation (i)
17. A circular disk of uniform thickness 20mm, V × (15)1.6 = 3000
radius 200mm and mass 20 kg is used as
3000
flywheel. If it rotates at 600rpm, kinetic energy ⇒ V=
of flywheel in Joule is : (15)1.6
(a) 395 (b) 790 V = 39.38 m / min .
(c) 1580 (d) 3160
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 74 YCT
20. The diameter of suction side of a reciprocating Ans. (b) : Hardness of steel greatly improves with
compressor compared to its delivery side is cyaniding.
(a) smaller Cyaniding is a process carried out in which on iron
(b) equal base alloy is heated in contact with a cyanide salt so
(c) bigger that the surface absorb carbon and nitrogen.
(d) varies according to capacity 25.
Ans. (c) : Diameter of suction side of reciprocating Work Material Type of Joining
compressor compared to its delivery side is bigger P Aluminium 1 Submerged Arc Welding
because the intake pressure is much less and needs more
space for adequate air to enter the suction chamber. Die Steel 2 Soldering
So, the diameter of suction side of compressor is large R Copper Wire 3 Thermit Welding
as compare to delivery side. S Titanium 4 Atomic Hydrogen
21. Two crossed helical gears are used for speed Sheet Welding
reduction. Gear A has pitch circle diameter in 5 Gas Tungsten Arc
the plane of rotation 80mm and helix angle 30 Welding
deg; Gear B. Gear A has pitch circle diameter 6 Laser Beam Welding
in the plane of rotation 120mm and helix angle (a) P-2, Q-5, R-1, S-3 (b) P-6, Q-3, R-4, S-4
22.5 deg; If the input speed is 1440 RPM, then
output speed in RPM is : (c) P-4, Q-1, R-6, S-2 (d) P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-6
(a) 1200 (b) 875 Ans. (d) : P-5, Q-4, R-2, S-6 –
(c) 900 (d) 700 Aluminium – Tungsten arc welding
Ans. (c) : Given- Die steel – Atomic hydrogen welding
Copper wire – Soldering
Case A : DA = 80 mm φA = 30° NA =1440 rpm
Titanium sheet – Laser beam welding
Case B : DB = 120 mm φB = 22.5° NB =?
For helical gear- 26. For a perfect gas
List – A List-B
N B DA cos φ A
= P Isobaric thermal expansion 1 0
N A DB cos φB coefficient
NB 80 × cos 30° Q Isothermal compressibility 2 ∞
=
1440 120 × cos 22.5° R Isentropic compressibility 3 1/v
N B = 899.88 ≈ 900 RPM S Joule Thomson Coefficient 4 1/T
5 1/p
22. The moisture in a refrigerant is removed by:
(a) dehumidifiers (b) safety relief valve 6 1
(c) driers (d) expansion valve γp
Ans. (c) : The moisture in a refrigerant is removed by (a) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-6 (b) P-3, Q-5, R-4, S-1
drier. (c) P-2, Q-4, R-1, S-5 (d) P-4, Q-5, R-6, S-1
23. In an arc welding process, the voltage and Ans. (d) : P-4, Q-5, R-6, S-1 –
current are 25 V and 300A respectively. The
For a perfect gas–
arc heat transfer efficiency is 0.85 and welding
speed is 8mm/sec. the net heat input (in J/mm) (i) Isobaric thermal expansion coefficient (α) = 1
is: T
(a) 64 (b) 797 1
(c) 1103 (d) 79700 (ii) Isothermal compressibility (βT=C)=
P
Ans. (b) : Given-
1
Voltage (V) = 25V (iii) Isentropic compressibility (βPVγ=C) =
Current (I) = 300A γp
Arc heat transfer efficiency (η) = 0.85 (iv) Joule thomson coefficient (µ) = 0
Welding speed (v) = 8mm/sec. 27. If a mass of moist air in an airtight vessel is
We know that, heated to a higher temperature, then
VI (a) Specific humidity of air increases
Net heat input (Q) = ×η (b) Specific humidity of air decreases
v
(c) Relative humidity of air increases
25 × 300
= × 0.85 (d) Relative humidity of air decreases
8 Ans. (d) : Relative humidity of air decreases.
Q = 796.875 J / mm ≈ 797 J/mm
24. Hardness of steel greatly improves with :
(a) annealing (b) cyaniding
(c) normalizing (d) tempering
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 75 YCT
 mv Ans. (b) : Given-
Relative humidity ( φ ) =
m vs
Where, mv- mass of water vapour in moist air
mvs- mass of water vapour in the saturated air
Air can store more water molecules as temperature
rises. θ1 = 333 – 318 = 15
Process 1-2 is sensible heating θ2 = 333 – 303 = 30
∴ φ1 > φ2 θ −θ
LMTD(θm ) = 1 2
28. Threaded bolts of A and B of same material θ 
ln  1 
and length are subjected to identical tensile  θ2 
load. If the elastic strain energy stored in bolt
15 − 30 −15
A is 4 times that of bolt B and the mean = =
diameter of bolt A is 12mm, then mean  15  − ln 2
ln  
diameter of bolt B is :  30 
(a) 16 (b) 24 ⇒ θm = 21.64°C
(c) 36 (d) 48 30. The shear strength of a sheet metal is 300 MPa.
Ans. (b) : Given- The blanking force required to produce a
1 blank of 100mm diameter from a 1.5 mm thick
U = ×P×δ sheet is :
2 (a) 45 kN (b) 70 kN
1 PL (c) 141 kN (d) 350 kN
= × P×
2 AE Ans. (c) : Given-
P2 L Shear strength (τs) = 300MPa
U= Blanking Force (Fb) = ?
2 AE
Blank diameter (D) = 100mm
Thickness (t) = 1.5mm
Given, U A = 4U B
Fb = τs × As = τs × πDt
PA2 LA PB2 LB Where, As- Shear area = πDt
=4
2 AA E A 2 AB EB = 300 × π × 100 ×1.5
Where, = 141371.66
F b = 141.37 ≃ 141 kN
UA = Strain energy of bolt A
UB = Strain energy of bolt B 31. A heat engine is supplied heat at the rate of
LA = LB 1700 kJ/min and gives an output of 9 kW.
Thermal efficiency and heat rejection in kW of
EA = EB heat engine is :
PA = PB (a) 34.0%, 11.0 (b) 28.3%, 10.0
1 1 (c) 31.76%, 19.33 (d) 32.3, 9.83
⇒ =4
AA AB Ans. (c) : Given, W = 9 kW,
Qs = 1700 kJ/min = 28.33 kJ/sec.
AB
⇒ =4
AA
π 2
dB
⇒ 4 =4
π 2
dA
4 W + Q R = QS
⇒ d B2 = 4d A2 work output
Thermal efficiency, η =
⇒ d B2 = 4 × 122 heat supplied
So, d B = 24mm 9
= = 0.3171
29. In a condenser of a power plant, the steam 28.33
condenses at a temperature of 333 K. The η = 31.71%
cooling water enters at 303 K and leaves at 318 Heat rejected
K. The logarithmic mean temperature
QR = QS – W
difference (LMTD) of the condenser is :
= 28.33 – 9
(a) 16.2°C (b) 21.6°C
QR = 19.33 kW
(c) 30°C (d) 37.5°C
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 76 YCT
32. When we have combined free and forced
convection, Gr /Re2 is :
(a) greater than 1
(b) less than 1
(c) almost equal to 1
(d) equal to Peclet Number
So work done on compression is minimum for
Ans. (c) : almost equal to 1. isothermal compression.
Gr Work is minimum in case of isothermal compression
(1) 2 = 1 , Effect of both forced and free convection Process (PV = constant)
Re
should be considered. 36. Operating pressure of the refrigerants at the
Gr evaporator in the ascending order for any
(2) ≥ 1, Forced convection effect neglected i.e. application are :
R e2
(a) R11, R12, R717, R22
only free convection.
(b) R22, R717, R12, R11
Gr
(3) 2 ≤ 1, Free convection effect neglected i.e. only (c) R11, R12, R22, R717
Re (d) R717, R22, R11, R12
force convection. Ans. (a) : Operating pressure of refrigerants at the
33. A refrigerator and heat pump operate, between evaporator in the ascending order.
the same temperature limits. COP of
refrigerator is 4, COP of heat pump would be : R11, R12, R717, R22
(a) 3 (b) 5 37. For vapour compression system using R717 the
(c) 4 (d) data not adequate material of pipe is :
Ans. (b) : We know that, (a) steel (b) copper
(COP)HP = (COP)RE + 1 (c) Brass (d) Aluminium
=4+1 Ans. (a) : To increase durability of R717 (ammonia),
(COP)HP = 5 material should be non reactive. Hence steel should be
34. A carnot refrigerator requires 1.25 kW per ton use for R717.
of refrigeration to maintain a temperature of • Halocarbon reacts with aluminum so use copper
233 K. Its higher operating temperature of the instead of that.
cycle.
(a) 318 K (b) 313 K 38. Air at DBT of 308 K and DPT of 293 K passes
(c) 315 K (d) 316 K through a cooling coil which is maintained at
298 K. The process would be :
Ans. (d) : Given-
T1 = 233 (a) cooling and de humidification
Refrigeration effect (RE) = 1 TR = 3.5 kW (b) sensible cooling
Work input = 1.25 kW (c) cooling and humidification
(d) cannot predict
Ans. (b) : If exit temperature is less than DPT then
dehumidification occurs. Here exit temperature is
298K which is more than DPT 293K so
Carnot refrigerator is a reversible device so, dehumidification is not possible and because of
temperature drop cooling occurs.
RE TL
COP = = 39. Room sensible heat loss is 30000 kJ/min and
work input TH − TL
room latent heat loss is 20000 kJ/min. Sensible
3.5 233 heat factor is :
⇒ =
1.25 TH − 233 (a) –0.6 (b) 0.6
(c) 0.3 (d) 3
⇒ TH − 233 = 83.214
Ans. (b) : Given-
TH = 316.214 K Sensible heat factor (SHF)
35. The work input to air compressor is minimum SH
, SH = Sensible heat
if the compression law followed is : = SH + LH
(a) isentropic (b) PV = C LH = Latent heat
(c) PV1.2 = C (d) PV1.35 = C
Ans. (b) : According to P-V graph, area projected on 30, 000 30, 000
= =
Y and X-axis of different of processes shows the 30, 000 + 20, 000 50, 000
compression work or area under the P-V diagram
represents the amount of work done. SHF = 0.6
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 77 YCT
40. Domestic refrigerator working on vapour P
compression cycle uses the following type of Relative humidity (φ) = v
pvs
expansion device.
(a) Manually operated valve m Pv
Specific humidity (ω) = v = 0.622
(b) thermostatic valve ma pt − pv
(c) expansion valve pv
0.5
(d) capillary tube ⇒ = 0.622 ×
35 100 − pv
Ans. (d) : Capillary tube– Capillary tube is used as
expansion device in home refrigerator and window Pv
⇒ 0.022967 =
AC. It is one of the most commonly used throttling 100 − Pv
devices in the domestic refrigerator, AC etc.
⇒ 0.022967 × (100 − Pv ) = Pv
41. An incompressible fluid flows over a flat plate
and its boundary layer thickness at certain ⇒ 2.2967 − 0.022967 Pv = Pv
location is 1mm for Reynolds Number of 1000.
If the velocity is increased by a factor of 4, then ⇒ Pv = 2.245kPa
the boundary layer thickness at that location in So, Pv = 2.245kPa
mm will be :
(a) 4 (b) 0.25 Relative humidity
(c) 0.5 (d) 2 P 2.245
φ= v = = 0.7082
Ans. (c) : Boundary layer thickness Ps 3.17
5x φ = 70.82% ≈ 71%
δ=
Re 43. An ideal brayton cycle operating between the
1 1 pressure limits of 1 bar and 6 bar, has
δ∝ ∝ minimum and maximum temperature of 300
Re ρU x and 1500 K. Ratio of specific heat of working
µ fluid is 1.4. Approximate final temperature in
Where U- velocity, Kelvin at the end of compression and
expansion respectively are :
ρ- density of the incompressible fluid
(a) 500 and 900 (b) 900 and 500
1
⇒ δ∝ (c) 500 and 500 (d) 900 and 900
U Ans. (a) : Given-
1 P1 = 1 bar = P4
⇒ δ∝ P2 = 6 bar = P3
4U
T1 = 300 K
1
⇒ δ∝ T3 = 1500 K
2 U C
0.5 γ = P = 1.4
So, δ∝ Cv
U
Thus the boundary layer thickness becomes half (0.5)
as velocity is increased by factor 4.
42. A room contains 35 kg of dry air and 0.5 kg of
water vapour. Total pressure and temperature
in the room is 100 kPa and 298 K. Saturation
pressure of water at 298 K is 3.17 kPa. Relative Temperature at the end of compression, T2 = ?
humidity of air in that room is : γ−1
(a) 67% (b) 55% T2  P2  γ
= 
(c) 83% (d) 71% T1  P1 
Ans. (d) : Given- 1.4 −1
ma = 35 kg T2  6  1.4
⇒ =
mv = 0.5 kg 300  1 
Pt = 100 kPa
At T = 298K T2 = 500.55K
Ps = 3.17 kPa Temperature at end of expansion T4
And total pressure (Pt) = Pv + Pa ….(i) γ−1

m Pv T  P  γ

Specific humidity (ω) = v = 0.622

4
= 4 
ma pt − pv T3  P3 

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 78 YCT

 1.4 −1
Ans. (b) :
T4  1  1.4
⇒ =  Freon leak detection – Halide torch – colour of flame
1500  6  becomes bright green in presence of Freon.
T4 = 899 ≈ 900 K NH3 leak detection – Sulphur sticks – White smoke in
presence of NH3.
44. Condition of perfect Vacuum is attained at 48. Presence of moisture in the refrigerant affects
temperature of : the working of :
(a) –273°C (b) 0°C (a) condenser (b) evaporator
(c) 273 K (d) can't attained. (c) expansion valve (d) compressor
Ans. (a) : Condition of perfect vacuum is 0 K or – ISRO Scientist/Engineer (RAC) 2014
273°C. At perfect vacuum, P = 0 Pa and constant
Ans. (c) : Presence of moisture in the refrigerant
volume. affects the working of expansion valve.
45. Two identical ball bearing P and Q are • Presence of moisture tends to freeze on the exit of
operating at loads 15 kN and 45 kN thermostatic expansion valve cause increase in
respectively. The ratio of life of bearing P to Q pressure on the condenser side and decrease in
is : pressure on the evaporator side.
(a) 81 (b) 27
49. In SI unit, one ton of refrigeration is :
(c) 9 (d) 3
(a) 210 kJ/min. (b) 21 kJ/min.
Ans. (b) : Life of a Ball Bearing is given by, (c) 420 kJ/min. (d) 840 kJ/min.
3
C  Ans. (a) : One ton of refrigeration = 1 TR
L= 
P = 210 kJ/min.
= 3.5 kW
1
⇒ L∝ 3 50. On the pressure – enthalpy diagram,
P condensation and de-superheating is
3
LP PQ represented by a horizontal line because the
⇒ = 3 process.
LQ PP
(a) involves no change in volume
453 (b) takes place constant temperature
=
153 (c) takes place at constant pressure
(d) takes place at constant entropy
LP
So = 27 ISRO Scientist/Engineer (RAC) 2014
LQ Ans. (c) : Condensation and desuperheating occurs at
46. If a certain amount of dry ice is mixed with constant pressure.
same amount of water at 80°C, then the final
temperature of the mixture is :
(a) 0°C (b) 80°C
(c) 40°C (d) 60°C
Ans. (a) : Let ‘x’ gm of dry ice is mixed with ‘x’ gm
of water at 800C and equilibrium temperature achieved
is T(K). 51. Generation of heating at one junction and
(LH) latent heat in converting ‘x’ gm of ice into water cooling at other by passing direct current
= mL through a pair of dissimilar materials is :
= x×80 Cal (a) Seebeck effect (b) Joule effect
And the heat required to reach the equilibrium (c) Peltier effect (d) Thomson effect
temperature (T) = mc∆T
Ans. (c) : Peltier effect– It is the reverse phenomenon
= mc(T–0)
of see-beck effect; the electric current flowing through
= x×1×T the junction connecting two materials will emit or
0
Heat required by water to reach T from 80 C is, absorb heat per unit time at the junction to balance the
H = mc ∆ T difference in the chemical potential of the two
= x×1×(80–T) materials.
mL + mc (T–00C)= mc ∆ T
⇒ 80x + Tx = ( 80 − T ) x
⇒ 2Tx = 0
∵T = 0
47. The leaks in a refrigeration system using Freon
is detected using
(a) smell (b) halide torch
(c) sulphur sticks (d) using reagents
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 79 YCT
52. Power consumption of centrifugal fans varies 56. A composite slab has two layers of different
with speed (N) and diameter (D) as materials having thermal conductivities k and
3 4 5 3 2k. If each layer has the same thickness, the
(a) N D (b) N D
(c) N D 2 5 3 5
(d) N D equivalent thermal conductivity of the slab is :
(a) 3k (b) N5D3
Ans. (d) : In centrifugal fan, the relation between
(c) 3/2k (d) 4k/3
power (P), speed (N) and diameter (d) is given by-
Ans. (d) : Given-
P
= constant
N 3 D5
Also, Head (H) = N2D2
Discharge (Q) = ND3
53. Sol-air temperature for a wall of absorptivity q1 = q2
0.9, exposed to ambient temperature of 35°C, Equivalent thermal resistance,
solar radiation of 260 W/sqm, outside heat
Req = R1 + R2
transfer coefficient 23 W/sqm K is :
And thermal resistance given by
(a) 45.2°C (b) 48°C
L
(c) 41.2°C (d) 47.2°C Rthermal =
kA
Ans. (a) : Given- Absorptivity (α) = 0.9
Leq L L
Ambient temp (T∞) = 35°C ⇒ = 1 + 2
2 k1 A k2 A
Solar radiation (Q) = 260 W/m keq
heat transfer coefficient (h) = 23 W/m2K Given, L1 =L2 = L, so, Leq = 2L
Radiation absorbed at wall = heat convected 2 1 1
0.9 × Q = h (Tw – T∞) = +
k eq k 2k
⇒ 0.9 × 260 = 23 × (Tw – 35)
Tw = 45.1739 ≃ 45.2 °C 2 2 +1
⇒ =
54. The recovery factor in flow of gases is a keq 2k
function of : 4k
(a) Reynolds Number (b) Prandtl Number So, keq =
3
(c) Peclet Number (d) Rayleigh Number
Ans. (b) : Prandtl Number 57. When a liquid flows through a tube with
subcooled or saturated boiling the process is
Recovery factor relates the stagnation temperature (T0) known is :
and adiabatic wall temperature (Taw) (a) Pool boiling
Taw − T∞ (b) bulk boiling
i.e. r =
T0 − T∞ (c) Convection boiling
For practical purpose this recovery factor relates with (d) forced convection boiling
Prandtl number, Ans. (d) : When a liquid flows through a tube with
1/2
r = (Pr) for laminar flow of air subcooled or saturated boiling the process is known is
1/3
r = (Pr) for turbulent flow of air Forced convection boiling.
58. For filmwise condensation, the heat transfer
55. Adiabatic wall temperature is :
coefficient will be equal whether the tube is
(a) equal to stagnation temperature horizontal or vertical, when the ratio of length
(b) greater than stagnation temperature to diameter is :
(c) less than stagnation temperature (a) 1.3 (b) 2.87
(d) the temperature of adiabatic surface (c) 0.77 (d) >10
Ans. (c) : Adiabatic wall temperature is less than Ans. (b) : Given-
stagnation temperature. 0.25
hh 0.725  l 
• When a fluid flowing in laminar motion over a flat =  
plate having constant temperature and it is hv 0.943  D 
adiabatic, then the temperature profile will depend when, hh = hv
on the rate at which internal energy is produced by 1/ 4
0.725  l 
shear at the boundary wall and the rate at which the 1=  
energy conducted from the wall to free stream. 0.943  D 
• By this phenomena the plate temperature will l
adjust to some equilibrium temperature known as then, = 2.862 ≃ 2.87 , at this value the heat
adiabatic wall temperature which is higher than free D
stream static temperature and less than stagnation transfer coefficient will be equal whether the tube is
temperature. horizontal and vertical.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 80 YCT
59. Insulated tip temperature of a rectangular 64. Intensity of solar radiation in kW/sqm is
longitudinal fin will be equal to : about:
(a) θ0 tanh ml (b) θ0 /sinh ml (a) 1 (b) 3
(c) (θ0 tanh ml) ml (d) θ0 /cosh ml (c) 5 (d) 2
Ans. (d) : Fin with insulated tip, Ans. (a) : Intensity of solar radiation = 1 kW/m2
θ cos h (m(l − x )) 65. Match the following :
= A Stanton Number 1 Surface Tension
θ0 cos h ml
B Mach Number 2 Mass Transfer
At the tip x = l
C Weber Number 3 Forced Convection
θ 1
= D Schmidt Number 4 Compressibility
θ0 cos h ml (a) A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1 (b) A-3, B-4, C-1, D-2
θ0 (c) A-1, B-2, C-3, D-4 (d) A-2, B-3, C-4, D-1
θ= Ans. (b) :
cosh ml
60. The characteristic length computing Grashof  Nu 
Stanton number – Forced convection  St. = 
number in the case of a horizontal cylinder is :  R e × Pr 
(a) diameter of the cylinder
 V
(b) length of the cylinder Mach number – Compressibility.  m = 
(c) radius of the cylinder  C
(d) perimeter of the cylinder  V 
Weber number – Surface Tension.  W0 = 
gβ∆TL3  σ / ρL 
Ans. (a) : Grashof number (Gr) = 
V2
 µ 
g- Acceleration due to gravity Schmidt number – Mass transfer.  SC = 
β- coefficient of thermal expansion  ρ D
∆ T- Change in temperature. 66. In MLTθ system, the dimension of thermal
L-Characteristic length conductivity is :
For vertical plate and cylinder, L is height (a) ML–1T–1θ–3 (b) MLT–1θ–1
For horizontal cylinder and sphere, L (Characteristic (c) MLT θ
–3 –1
(d) MLT–2θ–1
length) is diameter. dT
61. In liquid metal heat transfer for a fluid flowing Ans. (c) : Heat transfer rate (Q ) = −kA dx
through a tube, Nusselt number is a function of
Qdx W m
: Thermal conductivity, k = = 2×
(a) Reynold number AdT m K
(b) Prandtl Number 2 − 3
ML T L
(c) Peclet Number Dimensions = ×
L 2
θ
(d) Reynolds and Peclet Number = [MLT–3θ–1]
Ans. (c) : From Reynold analogy 67. For infinite parallel planes with emissivities 0.4
Cf x Nu Nu and 0.2, the interchange view factor for a
St. = = = radiation from surface 1 to surface 2 is about :
2 Re× Pr Pe
(a) 0.4 (b) 0.6
Pe = Re× Pr (c) 0.2 (d) 0.15
Nu ∝ Pe Ans. (d) :
62. Absorptivity of the grey body
(a) varies with temperature
(b) varies with wavelength of the incident ray
(c) varies with wavelength and temperature of
the incident ray
Equivalent Emissivity or interchange view factor,
(d) does not vary with wavelength and
temperature of the incident ray 1 1 1
= + −1
Ans. (d) : Absorptivity of grey body does not vary ε ε1 ε 2
with wavelength and temperature of incident ray. As 1 1 1
grey body can absorb very high energetic rays. = + −1
ε 0.4 0.2
63. Gases have poor :
(a) transmissivity (b) absorptivity 1
= 6.5
(c) reflectivity (d) emissivity ε
Ans. (c) : Gases have poor reflectivity. ε = 0.153
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 81 YCT
68. A chromel – alumel thermocouple of diameter (a) 14.6 (b) 6.6
0.7mm is used to measure the temperature of a (c) 1.83 (d) 9.4
gas stream for which h = 600 W/sqm K. Ans. (b) : Coefficient of Radiant heat transfer (hr)
Acceptable reading of the temperature can be Q = hrA (T1 – T2) …(1)
taken after (specific heat = 400 J/kg K, Density
= 8600 kg/cum). Q = εσA (T14 – T24) …(2)
(a) 1 second (b) 4 second Comparing equation (1) & (2)
(c) 2 second (d) 3 second T 4 − T24
hr = εσ 1
Ans. (b) : Given as- T1 − T2
h = 600 W/m2K, d = 0.7mm, C = 400 J/kg K, = εσ(T1 + T2 ) (T12 + T2 2 )
ρ = 8600 kg/m3
= 0.5 × 5.67 ×10 −8 × (400 + 375) (400 2 + 3752 )
ρVC
Time, τ = hr = 6.605 W / m 2 k
hAs
π 71. Hot steel sphere of diameter 40mm is immersed
8600 ×   × (0.7 × 10−3 ) 2 × L × 400 in oil. If the heat transfer coefficient between
= 4 ≈ 1 sec the sphere and oil is 300 W/sqm K, then Biot
−3
600 × π× 0.7 × 10 × L Number is :
For getting true reading, it should be recorded after Take ksteel = 50 W/m K and koil = 0.2 W/mK
3τ, (a) 0.04 (b) 0.12
3 × 1 = 3 sec. (c) 10 (d) 0.24
69. On a hot summer day, surface of the concrete Ans. (a) :
highway may reach 328 K. Suppose a stream of hL R
water is directed on the highway so that the Biot Number (Bi) = c , LC = (sphere)
surface is suddenly lowered to 308 K. Time k 3
−3
taken in hours to cool the concrete to 318 K to 20 × 10
300 ×
a depth of 5 cm below the surface is : (Thermal 3 20 × 10−3
diffusivity = 1.77E-03m2/h) = =
50 3
(a) 1.2 (b) 1.4
= 0.04
(c) 1.8 (d) 1.6
72. A metallic surface is maintained at 1000 K, the
Ans. (b) : Initial temperature (Ti) = 308K
wavelength at which maximum spectral
Surface temperature (Ts) = 328 K intensity occurs :
Temperature at depth x and at time t = (Tx,t) = 318K (a) 298.8µm (b) 28.98µm
Thermal diffusivity (α) = 1.77 × 10 m /hr –3 2
(c) 0.2898µm (d) 0.002898mm
Surface depth (x) = 5cm = 0.05 m
Ans. (d) : Wein displacement Law –
Time = t in hr
We know that, λmax × T = constant = 2898 µmk
2898
Tx,t – Ts  x  ⇒ λ max =
= err f   1000
Ti – Ts  2 αt 
For error function upto 0.7, λ max = 2.898µm
Tx,t – Ts x 2.898
⇒ = λ max = mm
Ti – Ts 2 αt 1000
318 – 328 0.05 So, λ max = 0.002898mm
⇒ =
308 – 328 1.77 × 10−3 × t 73. Air at 293 K is flowing with velocity of 3m/s
over a heated flat square plate. Plate is 0.3 m
0.05
⇒ 0.5 = wide and is maintained at 330 K. Average heat
1.77 × 10−3 t loss from the plate due to convection is (Take v
= 16.768 × 10–6 m2/s, Pr = 0.7, k = 0.027 W/m
0.05
⇒ 1.77 × 10−3 t = = 0.05 K)
2 × 0.5 (a) 33 W (b) 37 W
⇒ 1.77 × 10–3 × t = (0.05)2 (c) 45 W (d) 41 W
( 0.05) = 1.41hr Ans. (d) : Given,
2

⇒ t= Air temp (T∞) = 293 K

1.77 × 10−3
Velocity (V) = 3m/s
So, t ≈ 1.4 hr
Plate temp (Ts) = 330 K
70. Hot surface at temperature 400 K having
emissivity of 0.5 dissipates heat by radiation v = 16.768 × 10–6m2/s
into a surrounding of 375 K. Its radiation heat Pr = 0.7
transfer coefficient (W/sqm K) is : k = 0.027
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 82 YCT
 ρVL VL 3 × 0.3 Ans. (b) : Given equations–
Reynold number (Re) = = =
µ v 16.768 × 10−6 4x – 3y + 1 = 0 .....(i)
x+y–5=0 .....(ii)
Re < 5 × 105
kx – 8y + 10 = 0 .....(iii)
So, flow is Laminar Multiplying by 4 in equation (ii) we get–
µc p 4x + 4y – 20 = 0 .....(iv)
Pr = = 0.7
k Now, subtracting equation (i) with equation (ii),
k (4x – 4x) + (4y – (–3y)) – 20 – 1 = 0
⇒ hx = 0.664 Re1/ 2 Pr1/ 3 × ⇒ 7y – 21 = 0
L
0.027 ⇒ 7(y – 3) = 0
= 0.664 × [53673.66]1/ 2 × 0.71/ 3 × So, y=3
0.3 Putting the value of y in equation (ii),
hx = 12.292 x+3–5=0
Since, Q = hA(∆T ) = hA(Ts − T∞ ) ⇒ x=2
=12.292 × 0.3 × 0.3 × (330 − 293) Putting the value of x and y in equation (iii),
k × 2 – 8 × 3 + 10 = 0
= 12.292 × 0.3 × 0.3 × (330 − 293)
⇒ 2k – 24 + 10 = 0
Q = 40.93 ≈ 41watt
⇒ 2k – 14 = 0
74. Two fluids A and B exchange heat in counter ⇒ 2(k – 7) = 0
flow heat exchanger. Fluid A enters at 700 K ⇒ k–7=0
and fluid B enters at 300 K. Mass flow rate of So, k=7
A & B is 1 kg/s. Specific heat of fluid A and B is
1000 J/kg K and 4000 J/kg K. Net Effectiveness 76. If ω and ω2 are cube roots of unity, then
of heat exchanger is 75%. Exit temperature of (2 – ω + 2 ω2) (2 + 2 ω – ω2) is :
Fluid B is: (a) 0 (b) –9
(a) 380 K (b) 385 K (c) 8 (d) 9
(c) 375 K (d) 370 K Ans. (d) : Let, y = (2 – ω + 2ω ) (2 + 2ω – ω2)
2

y = [2(1 + ω2) – ω] [2(1 + ω) – ω2] .....(i)

Ans. (c) : Given,
According to question, ω and ω2 are cube roots of
(TA )1 = 700 K , (TB )1 = 300 K unity.
So, 1 + ω + ω2 = 0, ω3 = 1
∴ 1 + ω = –ω2, 1 + ω2 = –ω
Putting these values in equation (i)–
y = [2(1 + ω2) – ω] [2(1 + ω) – ω2]
⇒ y = [2(– ω) – ω] [2(– ω2) – ω2]
mA = mB = 1kg / sec.
⇒ y = –3ω × –3ω2
C A = 1000 J / kg K ⇒ y = 9ω3 (∵ ω3 = 1)
CB = 4000 J / kg K ∴ y=9
Since, ε = 75% x2 y 2
(TB − TB1 )4000 77. Area of the ellipse + =1
⇒ ε= 2 a2 b2
(TA1 − TB1 )1000 a
(a) ab (b)
(TB2 − 300) × 4000 b
⇒ 0.75 = ab
(700 − 300) × 1000 (c) πab (d)
π
⇒ (TB2 − 300) × 4000 = 30, 0000 Ans. (c) :
So, TB2 = 375K

75. If the following equations are consistent, then

value of k is :
4x – 3y + 1 = 0
kx – 8y + 10 = 0
x+y–5=0
(a) –6 (b) 7 There are four symmetrical part divided by ellipse as
(c) 6 (d) –7 shown in figure.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 83 YCT
 So, area closed by curved as shown in the figure is 79. Equation of the plane parallel to the x axis and
given as– passes through the point (4, 6, 2) and (4, –5, 3)
a
A = 4∫ ydx .....(i) (a) y + 11z + 28 = 0 (b) y – 11z + 28 = 0
0 (c) y + 11z – 28 = 0 (d) y – 11z – 28 = 0
Equation of ellipse,
Ans. (c) : Given,
y2 x 2 Plane parallel to x axis and passing through points (4,
+ =1
b2 a 2 6,2) and (4, –5, 3)
 x2  So, equation of plane passing through point (4, 6, 2) is
y2 = b2 1 − 2  a(x – 4) + b(y – 6) + c(z – 2) = 0 ……(i)
 a 
Now, this plane is passing through point (4, –5, 3) is
b( 2
y= a − x2 ) So, a(4 – 4) + b(–5 –6) + c(3– 2) = 0
a
⇒ –11b + c = 0
From equation (i) and (ii)–
⇒ c = 11b …..(ii)
b a
A = 4 ∫ a 2 − x 2 dx ....(ii) If plane is parallel to x axis so direction ratio would be
a 0 (1, 0, 0)
Let, x = asinθ
dx = acosθdθ . . .
Then, a 1 + b 0 + c 0 = 0
When, x → 0, θ → 0 ⇒ a=0 ……(iii)
x → a, θ → π/2 From equation (i), (ii) and (iii) putting value of a and c
4b π / 2 2 in the equation of plane
a ∫0
A= a − a 2 sin 2 θ a cos θdθ
0 × (x – 4) + b(y – 6) + 11b (z – 2) = 0
4b π / 2 2 ⇒ (y – 6) + 11(z – 2) = 0
a ∫0
A= a cos θ ⋅ cos θdθ
⇒ y + 11z – 28 = 0, is the required equation of
π/ 2 plane.
A = 2ab ∫ 2cos 2 θ dθ (∵ 2cos2θ = cos2θ + 1)
0
π/ 2
80. a and b are unit vectors such that 2a − 4b and
A = 2ab ∫ (cos 2θ + 1)dθ 10a + 8b are perpendicular to each other.
0
π/ 2 Angle between the vectors a and b is:
 − sin 2θ 
A = 2ab  + θ (a) 90° (b) 120°
 2 0 (c) 110° (d) 100°
 − sin 2 × π / 2 π   − sin 2 × 0 
A = 2ab  + − − 0  Ans. (b) : Let, x = 2a − 4b and y = 10a + 8b
 2 2  2 
According to question–
 π x ⊥ y ⇒ x.y = 0
A = 2ab  −0 +  − 0
 2
∴ x ⋅ y = x y cos90° = 0
A = πab
1 − cos x (2a − 4b)(10a + 8b) = 0
78. Find lim x→0
x2 4(a − 2b)(5a + 4b) = 0
1 5a ⋅ a + 4a ⋅ b − 10a ⋅ b − 8b ⋅ b = 0
(a) 0 (b)
2 ∵ a ⋅a = b⋅b =1 [θ = 00]
1
(c) − (d) 1 ∴ 5 − 8 + 4a ⋅ b − 10a ⋅ b = 0
2
1 − cos x −6a ⋅ b = 3
Ans. (b) : lim 1
x →0 x2 ⇒ a⋅b = − .....(i)
x x 2
2 sin 2 2 sin 2 According to question a and b are unit vectors.
= lim 2 = lim 2
x →0 x2 x →0
 
x
2
∴ a ⋅ b = a ⋅ b cos θ
4× 
2 Where, a = b = 1
2
 x ∴ a ⋅ b = cos θ .....(ii)
sin 
2  2 From equation (i) and (ii)–
= lim ×  
x →0 4
 x  1
cos θ = −
 2  2
=
1
×1 =
1 ⇒ cosθ = cos120°
2 2 So, θ = 120°
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2014 84 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. The resultant of two equal forces P making an ∵ Weight = Mg
angle θ, is given by : 98N
(a) 2P sin(θ/2) (b) 2P tan (θ/2) ⇒ M= = 10kg.
9.8m / s 2
(c) 2P cot (θ/2) (d) 2P cos (θ/2) 2π 2 × 3.14
Ans. (d) : Given, there are two equal forces i.e. and ω = = = 7.272 ×10 –5 rad / sec
T 24 × 60 × 60
F1 = F2 = P . ∴ Weight on equator (Mg') = Mg – Mω2 R
From law of Parallelogram- = 98 – 10 × (7.272 × 10–5)2 × 6400 × 103
= 97.66N
3. A uniform heavy rod of weight W, cross-
sectional area A and length L and having
Young's Modulus E is hanging vertically from
a fixed support. Neglecting lateral contraction,
the elongation of the rod is given by:

R = F12 + F22 + 2F1F2 cos θ

= P 2 + P 2 + 2P.P.cos θ
= 2P 2 + 2P 2 cos θ
= 2P 2 (1 + cos θ) [∵ 1 + cosθ = 2cos2θ/2] (a) 5WL/3AE (b) 48WL/AE
θ (c) WL/2AE (d) WL/548AE
= 2P 2 × 2cos 2   Ans. (c) : Here,
2
Cross-sectional area = A
θ
∴ R = 2P cos   Length = L and Weight = W.
2
2. A body weighs 98N on a spring balance on the
north pole. The same body is shifted to the
equator, the weight of the body at the equator
on the same scale is: (Assume g = 9.8m/sec2)
and radius of the earth = 6400 km)
(a) 97.45N (b) 98.66N Let us consider an element length 'dx' at a distance 'x'
(c) 97.66N (d) 98.22N from the fixed support.
Ans. (c) : At poles, the apparent weight is equal to true Now the tension acting on the element 'dx' is due to the
weight. weight of the rod below it.
• At the equator, the apparent weight gets decreased due  F
to the effect of acceleration due to gravity, which ∴ ∵ T = 
happens due to the centrifugal force of earth's rotation.  L
The weight (mg') of the body at the equator is given by, W
∴ Weight of the rod below 'dx' is F = × (L − x)
⇒ Mg' = Mg – Mω2R ...(i) L
Where M = Mass of the body. Now, let there is 'dy' length of elongation for the length
2π 'dx'.
and ω = Angular Velocity =
T F
T → Time period of Earth's rotation. Then, young's Modulus, E = A
and g' = gravitational acceleration on equator. dy
Given, dx
Weight of the body, W = 98N, Fdx
⇒ dy =
g = 9.8 m/s2 AE
R = 6400 km W(L – x) dx
dy =
= 6400 × 103 m. L AE
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 85 YCT
Now, integrating the above equation for the elongation, g = acceleration due to gravity
W(L – x)dx h = height.
dy = ∵ Given h = 6 m
ALE
L g = 9.81m/s2
L
W L W  x2 
∫0 dy =
ALE ∫0
(L – x)dx = 
ALE 
Lx – 
2 0
and density of water (ρ) = 1000 kg/m3
∴ P = ρgh
W  x2 
L = 1000 × 9.81 × 6
⇒ y=  Lx –  = 58860 Pa
ALE  2 0
= 58.86 kPa
W  2 L2  Thus, the pressure at a point 6 m below the free surface
= L –  of the water is 58.86 kPa.
ALE  2
6. A uniform body of 4m long, 1m wide and 1m
WL deep floats in water. If the depth of immersion
∴ y=
2AE is 0.6m, then the weight of the body is:
4. Two bars B1 and B2 of different materials and (a) 20.54 kN (b) 23.54 kN
the same size are subjected to the same tensile (c) 35.54 kN (d) 45.54 kN
force. If the bars have unit elongation in the Ans. (b) : Given,
ratio of 3 : 7 respectively, then the ratio of (Length) l = 4 m
modulus of elasticity of the two bars B1 and B2 (Breadth) b = 1 m
will be: (Height) h = 1 m
(a) 3 : 7 (b) 7 : 3 Depth of immersion, h' = 0.6 m.
(c) 3 : 4 (d) 4 : 3 • For a body floating in fluid, weight of body must be
Ans. (b) : Given, balanced by buoyant force.
There are two bars B1 and B2. So, Weight (W) = buoyant force (FB) = ρ × g × volume
3 of immersion
Elongation ratio = = 1000 × 9.8 × 4 × 1 × 0.6
7
E1 = 23544 N
=? = 23.544 × 103 N
E2 = 23.54 kN
Where, 'E1 and E2' – Modulus of elasticity of first and Thus, the weight of body must be 23.54 kN.
second bar respectively.
7. A jet of water discharging from a 6 cm diameter
Also, l1 = l2 and same tensile force. orifice has a diameter of 40 mm at its vena
By young's Modulus, contracta. The coefficient of contraction is:
F / A  Fl  1 (a) 0.36 (b) 0.54
E= = 
∆l / l  A  ∆l (c) 0.21 (d) 0.44
Where, E – elasticity Ans. (d) : The coefficient of contraction is defined as
∆l – Elongation the ratio of the area of jet at vena contracta to the area
A – Area of cross-section of orifice.
l – original length It is denoted by Cc.
E ∆l a
∴ 1 = 2 Cc = c
E 2 ∆l1 a
Where ac – area of jet at vena-contracta
3 ∆l
⇒ = 2 a – area of orifice.
7 ∆l1 π
a = d 2 ,d → diameter of orifice
∆l1 7 4
⇒ =
∆l2 3 π
× 402
ac 4
Thus, the ratio of modulus of elasticity of two bars B1 ∴ Cc = = [6 cm = 6 × 10 mm = 60 mm]
and B2 will be 7 : 3 a π × (60) 2
5. The pressure at a point 6m below the free 4
surface of water is : 4
(a) 58.86 kPa (b) 58.86 Pa Cc =
9
(c) 58.86 bar (d) 58.86 MPa ∴ The coefficient of contraction is 0.44.
Ans. (a) : We know that, pressure at some height from a 8. A Pelton wheel develops 2000 kW under a head
point is given by of 100 meters while running at 200 r.p.m and
P = ρgh discharging 3000 liters of water per second.
Where, ρ = density of fluid The unit discharge of the wheel is :
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 86 YCT
 (a) 0.8m3/sec (b) 0.3m3/sec • To convert volumetric analysis to gravimetric
3
(c) 0.5m /sec (d) 0.6m3/sec analysis, the relative volume of each. Constituent of gas
Ans. (b) : Unit discharge– The discharge of the turbine needs to the multiplied by its molecular weight, because
working under a unit head is known as unit discharge. it is a measure of the weight of the molecule and
Q multiplying the relative volume by the molecular weight
Qu = gives the weight or mass of the constituent gas.
H
i.e. Weight of an element = Relative volume of that
Where Q – Discharge
element × Molecular weight of the same element
H – Head
Given, 11. A perfect gas at 270C is heated at constant
P = 2000 kW pressure till its volume is double. The final
H = 100 m temperature is :
N = 200 rpm (a) 2370C (b) 3270C
0
Q = 3000 liters/sec = 3m3/sec. (c) 208 C (d) 6540C
Q 3 3 Ans. (b) : Given,
Qu = = = P = constant.
H 100 10
= 0.3 m3/sec. V2 = 2V
The unit discharge of the wheel is 0.3 m3/sec. T1 = 270C = 273 + 27 = 300 K
9. What Drag force is exerted at sea level by a Now, by Charle's law, [PV = nRT]
3.5m braking Parachute when the speed is 20 V1 T1
⇒ =
m/s Cd = 1.20 and this remains constant, ρair V2 T2
(sea level) = 1.225 kg/m3
V 300
(a) 2828.6 N (b) 282.86 N ⇒ =
(c) 28.28 N (d) 2.828 N 2V T2
FD ⇒ T2 = 600 K
Ans. (a) : Drag force is given by, Cd = ∴ T2 = 600 – 273
1
ρAV 2 = 3270C
2
Where, ρ = density of flowing fluid. 12. 1m3 of air at a pressure of 10kg/cm2 is allowed
A = Area of body along flow. to expand freely to a volume of 10 m3. The
V = Free stream velocity of the fluid flow. work done will be :
Cd = coefficient of drag. (a) Zero (b) –ve
Given, (c) +ve (d) 105kgm
Cd = 1.20 Ans. (a) : Here air expands freely, so it is a free
d = 3.5m expansion process.
V = 20 m/s Free Expansion :
ρair (sea level) = 1.225 kg/m3. • It is an irreversible and non-equilibrium process.
π π • During the free expansion, the temperature remains
A = d 2 = × (3.5) 2 = 9.621 m2 constant i.e. drop in pressure.
4 4
1 • In this process, a gas expands into an insulated
⇒ FD = Cd × ρAV 2 evacuated chamber.
2
• Work done in a free expansion process in zero.
1
= 1.2 × × 1.225 × 9.621× 20 × 20
2
⇒ FD = 2828.6N
10. To convert volumetric analysis to gravimetric
analysis, the relative volume of each constituent For free expansion, dW = 0
of the flue gases is : No heat interaction takes place, dQ = 0
(a) divided by its molecular weight Now by first law of thermodynamics, dQ = du + dW
(b) multiplied by its density ⇒ du = 0
(c) multiplied by its specific weight
(d) multiplied by its molecular weight 13. One reversible heat engine operates between
Ans. (d) : To convert volumetric analysis to gravimetric 1400K and T2K and another reversible heat
analysis, the relative volume of each constituent of the engine operates between T2K and 600K. If both
flue gases is multiplied by its molecular weight. This is the engines have the same heat input and
because gravimetric analysis is based on the mass or output, then temperature T2 is equal to :
weight of the constituent whereas volumetric analysis is (a) 616.85 K (b) 1000.33 K
based on the volumetric of the constituent. (c) 916.52 K (d) 816.55 K
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 87 YCT
Ans. (c) : Given, there are two reversible engine. COP stands for coefficient of Performance. COP is ratio
For 1st, of heat supplied or removed from any system to the
Given, work done in one complete cycle.
T1 = 1400 K • In terms of refrigeration, COP is the ratio of cooling at
and T2 = T2 K the evaporator to the work done at compressor.
For 2nd, TC
Ideal (COP) refrigerator =
T 1 = T 2K TH – TC
and T2 = 600 K. Qleakage
Since, they have same heat input and output. So, η1 = η2 ∴ Actual (COP) refrigerator =
where, 'η1' and 'η2' are the efficiencies of 1st and 2nd Winput
engine respectively. Given,
 T1   T1  TH = 350C = 35 + 273 = 308K.
1 –  =  1 –  TC = –40C = – 4 + 273 = 269K.
 T2 1  T2  2 1
1400 T Actual COP = Ideal COP
⇒ 1– =1– 2 5
T2 600 Q leakage = 30 kW
T2 = 1400 × 600 = 916.52 K Ideal COP =
TC
=
269
=6.897
14. Carnot cycle consists of : TH – TC 308 – 269
(a) two constant volume and two isentropic 1
processes ∵ Actual COP = × Ideal COP[Given]
5
(b) two constant pressure and two isentropic
1
processes ∴ Actual COP = × 6.897 = 1.3794
(c) one constant volume, one constant pressure 5
ad two isentropic processes Q Leakage
(d) two isothermal and two isentropic process ∴ Winput =
Actual COP
Ans. (d) : Carnot cycle consists of two isothermal
processes (i.e. isothermal expansion and isothermal 130
= = 21.74
compression) and two isentropic processes (i.e. 1.3794
isentropic or adiabatic expansion and adiabatic Thus, the power required to drive the plant is 21.74 kW.
compression). The diagram of cannot cycle show the 16. The essential constituent of a hardened steel is :
variation in Pressure (P) versus volume (V) and (a) austenite (b) pearlite
entropy (S) versus Temperature (T) which are as follow:
(c) martensite (d) troostite
Ans. (c) :

1 → 2 – Isothermal expansion
2 → 3 – Adiabatic or Isentropic expansion As we know, steel is an alloy of Iron (Fe) and carbon
3 → 4 – Isothermal compression (C), depending upon the varied proportion of Fe and C,
4 → 1 – Adiabatic or Isentropic compression. there are different phase or types of steels being found
15. The operating temperature of a cold storage is in Iron – Carbon System.
–4OC. The heat leakage from the surrounding • In the Iron– Carbon system, the steel has basically two
is 30kW for the ambient temperature of 35OC. phases, which is the stable equilibrium phase and the
The actual C.O.P. of refrigeration plant used is other (the stable) one is metastable phases.
one-fifth that of ideal plant working between • Equilibrium phase includes Ferrite, Cementite and
the same temperatures. The power required to Austenite whereas the metastable phases are pearlite
drive the plant is : bainite and martensite.
(a) 22.86 kW (b) 19.45 kW Eutectoid: It is used to signify that the liquid phase in a
(c) 20.56 kW (d) 21.74 kW eutectic phase diagram has been replaced by a solid
Ans. (d) : phase.
Eutectoid Temperature– Temperature at which
eutectoid is formed. In the Fe-C phase diagram, it is
formed at 7230C for the metastable and 7380C for the
stable system.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 88 YCT

• Austenite: It is also known as gamma-phase (γ-Fe), is Ans. (b) : Given,
a non-magnetic F.C.C structure phase of Iron. Mass of block, M1 = 1.2kg = M2
Austenite in Fe-C alloys is generally present above the Speed u1 = 20 cm/s = 0.2m/s
Critical eutectoid temperature (7230C) and below [∵ Blocks are similar]
15000C, depends on the amount of Carbon. Austenite is
found mainly in stainless steel useful for their corrosion
resistance.
• Pearlite : It is layered metallic structure consist of 2
phases, composed of alternating layers of ferrite and
Cementite (Fe3C) found in some steels and cast irons. Let V1 and V2 be the velocities of the two blocks after
• Martensite: It is a very hard metastable structure. Its collision, then
shape is body centred tetragonal (BCT) crystal Using the law of conservation of momentum, of two
structure. bodies i.e.
• Martensite is directly formed by the rapid quenching Sum of initial momentum before Collision =
of austenite or simply it is formed in steels when Sum of the momentum gained by the same two bodies
cooling rate of austenite is so high such that even after collision
carbon atoms do not have time to diffuse out of the
crystal structure in large quantities to form Cementite ⇒m1u1 + m2u2 = m1v1 + m2v2
(Fe3C). ⇒1.2 × 0.2 + m2 × 0 = 1.2 v1 + 1.2 v2
• Troostite : ⇒ v1 + v2 = 0.2 ...(i)
• It is a structure obtained when martensite is lightly Here, Velocity of approach = u1 – u2
tempered. = 20 – 0
• It is named after the French chemist hours J Troost. = 20 cm/s = 0.2m/s
• It's structure is known to be cementite precipitated in v –v
ferrite. ∵ Coefficient of restitution, e = 2 1
u1 – u 2
• It is different from pearlite only in the degree of
fitness of structure and carbon content. 3 v 2 – v1
⇒ =
•It is weaker than martensite. 5 0.2
17. In a vibrating system, if the actual damping 3
⇒ v 2 – v1 = × .2 = 3 × .04
coefficient is 50 N/m/s and critical damping 5
coefficient is 500 N/m/s, then logarithmic ⇒v2 – v1 = .12 ... (ii)
decrement is equal to : From (i) and (ii) equation, we get
(a) 0.21 (b) 0.45 V2 = 0.16 m/s
(c) 0.63 (d) 0.87 and v1 = 0.04 m/s
Ans. (c) : Given, ∴ Loss of kinetic energy is
Actual damping coefficient, C = 50 N/m/s 1 1
and Critical damping Coefficient, CC = 500 N/m/s ∆KE = (m1u12 + m 2 u 22 ) – (m1v12 + m 2 v 22 )
2 2
logarithmic decrement (δ) = ? 1
2πξ = m[(0.2) 2 – (0.04) 2 – (0.16) 2 ]
We know that, δ = 2
1 – ξ2 [∵ m1 = m2 = m & u2=0 ]
C 1
and ξ = = ×1.2[0.4 – 0.0016 – 0.0256]
Cc 2
50 = 0.00768
∴ ξ= = 0.1
500 ∴∆KE = 7.68 × 10 –3 J ≈ 7.7 × 10–3 J
2π× 0.1 19. Stage efficiency of a turbine is equal to :
∴ Logarithmic decrement δ =
2
1 – (0.1) Work done on blades
(a)
2π × (0.1) Total energy supplied
=
1 – 0.01 Work done on blades
δ = 0.63 (b)
Energy supplied per stage
18. A block of mass 1.2 kg moving at a speed of 20
cm/s collides head on with a similar block kept Energy supplied per stage
(c)
at rest, the coefficient of restitution is 3/5, the Work done on blades
loss of kinetic energy during the collision is :
(a) 6.7×10–3 joule (b) 7.7 × 10–3 joule Total energy supplied
–3
(d)
(c) 8.7 × 10 joule (d) 17.7 × 10–3 joule Work done on blades
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 89 YCT
Ans. (b) : Stage Efficiency : A stage in turbine is 21. In a thin cylindrical shell subjected to an
defined as the combination of ring of nozzles i.e. fixed internal pressure p, the ratio of longitudinal
blades and ring of moving blades. stress to the hoop stress is :
• The energy supplied corresponds to the adiabatic heat (a) 1/2 (b) 4.0
drops ∆H in the nozzles. (c) 1/4 (d) 2.0
• The stage efficiency is denoted by ηs and 'ηs' is Ans. (a) : Thin cylindrical shell : A Cylinder whose
defined in terms of the ratio of the work done on the diameter is much larger with respect to its wall
blades per kg of steam to the total energy supplied or thickness. Also, it may be defined as a cylinder with a
heat drop per stage per kg of steam i.e. 1
wall thickness less than of its internal diameter.
Work done on blades 20
ηs = For Example– Boilers, LPG cylinders, Air receiver
Energy supplied per stage tank etc. When a thin walled cylinder is subjected to
20. A pendulum bob has a speed of 3m/s while internal pressure three mutually perpendicular principal
passing through its lowest position, the speed of stresses will be set up in the cylinder namely the
the bob when it makes an angle of 600 with the circumferential or hoop stress, the radial stress and the
vertical is : (Assume g = 10 m/sec2 and Length longitudinal stress.
of pendulum is 0.5m) : Hoop stress / circumferential stress : Stress which is
(a) 1 m/s (b) 1.5m/s set up in resisting the bursting effect of the applied pressure.
(c) 1.75m/s (d) 2.0m/s pd
Hoop stress is given by, σ H =
Ans. (d) : 2t
pd
Longitudinal stress, σ L =
4t
Where 'p' and 'd' and 't' are the pressure diameter and
thickness of the thin cylindrical shell.
Ratio of longitudinal stress to the Hoop stress is given-
σL 1
Given, Length of pendulum l = 0.5 m =
σH 2
Angle with vertical, θ = 600
and V = 3m/s 22. A hot plate transfers heat with a heat with a
Since its work done is zero as it is always perpendicular heat flux of 8000 W/m2 into the ambient air at
250C. if the surface of the hot plate is
to the direction of velocity of the bob i.e. W = Fd cosθ maintained at 1250C, calculate the heat
= Fd cos 900 = 0 transfer coefficient for the convection between
Thus, the net Mechanical Energy remains constant the plate and the air :
throughout the motion of Pendulum bob. (a) 75 W/m2 -K (b) 80 W/m2 -K
∴ Loss in kinetic energy= gain in Potential energy (PE) (c) 70 W/m -K 2
(d) 60 W/m2 -K
PE at 'l' height is given by PE = mgl Q
PE at 'l cos θ' height is given by PE = mgl cosθ Ans. (b) : Given, heat flux, q = = 8000W / m 2
A
= mgl (cos600) Tw = Hot plate temperature = 1250C
mgl T∞ = Temperature of air = 250C
=
2 Heat transfer coefficient = ?
Now, by Newton's law of cooling, Q = hA (Tw – T∞)
Which states that the rate of heat transfer by convection
between a solid body and the surrounding fluid is
directly proportional to the temperature difference
between them and is also directly proportional to the
area of contact between them.
mgl Where, h = convective heat transfer coefficient.
At point 'B' , PE = –
2 A = Area of contact
Negative sign is for upward motion T = Temperature of air
mgl 1 Tw = Hot plate temperature
⇒– = m(v – 3 )
2 2

2 2 Q
q = = h(Tw – T∞ )
10 × 0.5 1 2 2 A
⇒– = (v – 3 ) Where, q is Heat flux
2 2
⇒ –5 = v2 – 9 ∴ h=
q
⇒ 2
v =4 Tw – T∞
⇒ v=2 8000 8000
= = = 80W/m2k
∴ v = 2m / s 125 – 25 100
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 90 YCT
23. Water at 50OC flows over a hot plate 25. According to Lami's theorem :
maintained at temperature 150OC. The plate (a) the three forces must be equal.
has a width of 50 cm and length of 100 cm. If (b) the three forces must be at 120O to each other.
the heat transfer coefficient between the water (c) the three forces must be in equilibrium
and the plate is 2100 W/m2-K, the thermal (d) if the three forces acting at a point are in
resistance of convection is : equilibrium, then each force is proportional to
(a) 7.52 × 10–4 K/W (b) 10.52 × 10–4 K/W the 'sine' of the angle between the other two.
–4
(c) 8.52 × 10 K/W (d) 9.52 × 10–4 K/W Ans. (d) : Lami's Theorem : It is an equation relating
Ans. (d) : Given, the magnitudes of their coplanar, concurrent and non-
heat transfer coefficient, h = 2100 W/m2 – K collinear vectors, in a static equilibrium, with the angles
length, l = 100 cm directly opposite to the corresponding vectors.
breadth, b = 50 cm
∴ Area of plate = l × b
= 100 × 50 cm2
= 5000 cm2 = 0.5 m2
The rate of heat flow may be written as,
Q = hA (Tw – T∞)
T – T∞
⇒ Q= w
 1 
 
 hA  According to this theorem,
1
Here, is called the thermal resistance and is denoted A B C
hA = = =K
by Rth sin α sin β sin γ
1 Where A, B and C are the magnitudes of three coplanar,
i.e. Rth = concurrent and non-collinear vectors, which keeps the
hA object in static equilibrium.
1 • Lami's theorem is applied in the static analysis of
∴ Rth = = 9.52 × 10–4 K/W.
2100 × 0.5 mechanical and structural system.
Thus, the thermal resistance (Rth) of convection is 9.52 • Here, considering A, B and C as the three forces and
× 10–4 K/W. α, β and γ are the angles made by the forces FA, FB and
24. An Aluminium sphere dipped into water at 10 FC respectively.
degree centigrade, if temperature is increased, • The point at which the three forces act is in static
the force of buoyancy will : equilibrium.
(a) increase Thus, according to lami's theorem.
(b) decrease FA F F
(c) remain constant = B = C =K
sin α sin β sin γ
(d) increase or decrease depending on the radius
⇒ FA ∝ sin α
of the sphere
Thus it is clear that force is directly proportional to the
Ans. (b) : Force of buoyancy– The upward force sin of angle between other two forces if all the three
exerted by a fluid on an object. Buoyant force is based forces acting at an equilibrium point.
on the Archimedes principle which states that buoyant
force (FB) is equal to the weight of the fluid displaced 26. When a body of mass moment of inertia I
by body and is given by, FB = ρVg, (about a given axis) is rotated about that axis
with an angular velocity ω , then the kinetic
Where ρ is the density of the fluid in kg/m3, 'g' energy of rotation is :
is acceleration due to gravity and 'v' is the volume of
fluid displaced in m3. (a) I ω2 (b) 0.5 I ω
2
So, when an aluminium sphere is dropped into water if (c) 0.5I ω (d) I ω
the temperature of the water increased the aluminium
will start the expand which will lead to increase in the Ans. (c) : If Mass moment of Inertia = I
volume of sphere. Due to increased volume, it will lead to and angular velocity = ω
increase in the surface area which will exert less pressure 1
on the water such that the volume of the sphere submerged Since linear kinetic energy = mv 2
2
in water will decrease and it will starts the float. Here replacing m → I and v → ω
Since, FB ∝ V
1
i.e. force of buoyancy is directly proportional to the Rotational kinetic energy = Iω2 = 0.5Iω2
volume of fluid displaced or volume of body submerged 2
in the fluid. Since, overall submerged volume decreases 27. In a boiler, feed water supplied per hour is 225
on increasing temperatures. So, force of buoyancy will kg while coal fired per hour is 25 kg. The net
decrease. enthalpy rise per kg of water is 150 kJ. If the
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 91 YCT
 calorific value of the coal is 2050 kJ/kg, then 29. For an irrotational flow the equation

+
the boiler efficiency will be 2 2
∂ Φ ∂ Φ

x
(a) 75% (b) 45% is known as,
2 2 2
(c) 66% (d) 55% ∂ ∂ y
Ans. (c) : Given, (a) Bernoulli's equation
Feed water supplied per hour, mf = 225 kg (b) Cauchy Riemann's equation
Net enthalpy rise per kg of water, ∆h = 150 KJ/kg (c) Euler's equation
Coal fired per hour, mc = 25 kg/hr (d) Laplace equation
Calorific value of the coal, C.V. = 2050 KJ/kg Ans. (d) : Irrotational flow : It may be described as a
Net enthalpy rise in steam = mf × ∆h flow in which each element of the moving fluid suffers
= 225 × 150 KJ/hr no net rotation from one instant to the next with respect
and net heat input is given by burning coal = mc × C.V. to a given frame of reference.
= 25 × 2050 KJ/hr Here, the algebraic average rotation is zero.
Boiler efficiency: Boiler efficiency is the ratio of net
heat rise or net enthalpy rise of steam to the net heat
given to the boiler by burning coal.
Net enthalpy rise in steam
i.e. η=
Net enthalpy input by burning coal
m f × ∆h 225 × 150 2700
= = = = 65.85 ≈ 66
mc × C.V. 25 × 2050 41 • Stream function: It is defined as the scalar function
So, the boiler efficiency be 66% of space and time such that its potential derivative with
28. The metacentric height of a ship is 0.5 m and respect to any direction gives the velocity component at
the radius of gyration is 6 m. The time of right Angles to that direction.
rolling of a ship is : It is denoted by '(Ψ)' and defined only for 2-D flow.
(a) 30.01s (b) 17.01s •Velocity potential function: It is defined as a scalar
(c) 15.01s (d) 16.01s function of space and time such that its partial
Ans. (b) : derivative in any direction gives its fluid velocity in that
direction. It is denoted by φ.
• For a 2-dimensional, incompressible, irrortational
flow, the velocity field can be expressed in terms of Ψ
and φ.
∂ψ ∂ψ
i.e. u = ,v = –
∂y ∂x
∂φ ∂φ
and u = , v = –
∂x ∂y
According to the irrotational conditional of the fluid.
∂v ∂u
Metacentric height is a measurement of the initial static – =0 ... (i)
stability of a floating body. It is the gap created between ∂x ∂y
centre of gravity of a ship and its metacentre. ∂v ∂  ∂ψ  ∂ 2ψ
Time period of oscillation of the ship is From above =  –  = –
∂x ∂x  ∂x  ∂x 2
K G2
T = 2π ∂u ∂  ∂ψ  ∂ 2 ψ
g × GM and =  =
∂y ∂y  ∂y  ∂y 2
Where GM = Metacentric height Putting the above values in equation (1),
KG = Radius of gyration. ∂ 2ψ ∂ 2ψ
G = Acceleration due to gravity. ⇒ + =0 ... (ii)
∂x 2 ∂y 2
∵ Given GM = 0.5M According to the continuity equation,
KG = 6 M ∂u ∂v
+ =0
62 ∂x ∂y
∴ T = 2π
9.81× 0.5 ∂ 2φ ∂ 2 φ
⇒ + =0 ... (iii)
6× 6× 2 ∂x 2 ∂y 2
= 2 × 3.14
9.8 × 1 Here, equation (ii) and equation (iii) represents Laplace
= 17.01s equation in 2D for an incompressible and irrotational fluid.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 92 YCT

30. A Pelton Wheel develops 2500 kW under a  0.6 
head of 150 meters while running at 200 r.p.m. ⇒ lcu   = 10
and discharging 200 liters of water per second.  1.1 
The unit power of the wheel is : 10 × 11 110
⇒ lcu = =
(a) 0.63 kW (b) 0.36 kW 6 6
(c) 1.36 kW (d) 1.63 kW lcu = 18.33cm
Ans. (c) : Given, P = 2500 kW
H = 150m α
∴ lfe = cu × 18.33
Unit Power: The power developed by a turbine, α fe
working under a unit head is known as the unit power of
1.7 ×10 –5
the turbine. = × 18.33 = 1.54 × 18.33
3 1.1×10 –5
P = KH 2 . lFe = 28.3 cm
K = Pu, Where Pu is unit power Thus, the length of Iron and copper rod initially be 28.3
3 cm and 18.3 cm.
⇒ P = Pu H 2 . 32. The specific speed of a turbine is given by the
P 2500 equation :
⇒ Pu = 3 = 3
N P N P
H 2 (150) 2 (a) (b)
2 3/2
= 1.35 kW ≈ 1.36.kW H H
31. An Iron rod and a Copper rod lies side by side, N P N P
as, the temperature is changed, the difference (c) (d)
5/4 3
in the length of the rods remains constant value H H
of 10cm. The lengths of Iron and Copper rods Ans. (c) : Specific speed of turbine : The specific
at zero degree centigrade shall be ...... . speed of a turbine is the speed of an imaginary turbine
(coefficient of Linear expansion of Iron = 1.1 × identical with the given turbine which will develop a
10–5 per degree centigrade and coefficient of unit power under unit head.
Linear expansion of Cu = 1.7 × 10–5 per degree N P
centigrade) It is given by, Ns = 5
(a) 18.3 cm and 8.3 cm H4
(b) 28.3 cm and 18.3 cm Where N – Speed of runner in r.p.m.
(c) 38.3 cm and 28.3 cm H – Head of water
(d) 48.3 cm and 38.3 cm P – Power produced
Ans. (b) : Thermal expansion of a. rod is given by 33. A furnace is made of a red brick wall of
∆l = lα ∆ T thickness 0.6 m and conductivity 0.8 W/mK.
Where, l is the length of rod initially, For the same heat loss and temperature drop,
∆T : Change in temperature this can be replaced by diatomite earth of
conductivity 0.16 W/mk and thickness of ........ .
∆l : Change in length
(a) 0.55m (b) 0.12m
α = coefficient of thermal expansion
(c) 1.25m (d) 0.50m
Given, lf e = lcu
Ans. (b) : Given,
⇒ ∆lf e = ∆lcu Redbrick wall furnace: thickness, t1 = 0.6m and
∆lf e = lfe × α fe × ∆T conductivity, K1 = 0.8 W/mk.
and ∆lcu = lcu × α cu × ∆T Diatomite Earth: Conductivity, K2 = 0.16 w/mk
t2 = ?
⇒ lfe = α fe × ∆T = lcu × α cu × ∆T
dT
α cu From the fourier's law, Q = –KA
⇒ lfe = × lcu ... (i) dx
α fe Where K is thermal conductivity
Given A – Area perpendicular to the direction of heat
lfe – lcu = 10cm conduction
α cu dT – temperature difference
⇒ × lcu – lcu = 10 [From(i)]
α fe (t) dx – wall thickness.
Q = heat flow
 1.7 × 10 –5

⇒ lcu  – 1  = 10 For the same heat loss and temperature drop i.e. Q1 = Q2
 1.1× 10
–5
 and (dT)1 = (dT)2
 1.7 – 1.1  K1 K2
⇒ lcu   = 10 ⇒ =
 1.1  (dx)1 (dx)2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 93 YCT

 0.8 0.16 (a) 15OC (b) 35OC
⇒ = O
(c) 40 C (d) 20OC
0.6 (dx)2
Ans. (d) : Log mean temperature difference is given by-
0.6 × 0.16
⇒(dx)2 or t2 = ∆T – ∆Te
0.8 LMTD = i
 ∆T 
∴ t 2 = 0.12m ln  i 
 ∆Te 
34. An elevator weighing 500 kg is to be lifted up at
a constant velocity of 0.20 m/s. The minimum Where, ∆Ti = ( Th )i – ( Tc )i
horse power of the motor is : (assume g = 9.8
and ∆Te = ( Th )e – ( Tc )e
m/sec2)
(a) 2.2hp (b) 2 hp Where, (Th)i and (Tc)i are the temperature at which hot
(c) 1.5 hp (d) 1.3 hp or cold fluid enters respectively and (Th)e and (Tc)e are
the temperature at which hot or cold fluid exists
Ans. (d) : Given, Mass of an elevator = 500 kg. respectively.
V = 0.2 m/s
Power in terms of force and velocity is given by P =
F.V
Where F = mg
⇒ P = mg. V
= 500 × 9.81 × 0.2 = 981W
∵ 1 Horse Power (HP) = 746 W.
981
∴P= = 1.3 hp
746
35. An electric cable of aluminium conductor (k =
230 W/mk) is to be insulated with rubber (k =
0.18 W/mk). The cable is to be located in air (h
= 6 W/m2). The critical thickness of insulation Given, (Th)i = 1200C, (Th)e = 800C
will be : (Tc)i = 600C
(a) 40 mm (b) 10 mm Since, the heat capacities of the two fluids are equal.
(c) 30 mm (d) 50 mm ⇒ m h C h ∆Ti = mc Cc ∆Te
Ans. (b) : Given, ⇒ (Th)i – (Th)e = (Tc)e – (Tc)i
Thermal conductivity of Aluminium, KA1 = 230 W/mk
⇒ 120 –80 = (Tc)e – 60
and thermal conductivity of Rubber, KR = 0.18 W/mK
• Critical thickness: The Thickness up to which heat ⇒ (Tc)e = 1000C
flow increases and after which heat flow decreases in ∴ LMTD is given by,
termed as critical thickness. It is denoted by (rcr) LMTD = ∆Ti – ∆Te
thickness. ⇒ LMTD = 120–100 = 200C
(rcr) thickness = rcr – r 37. In a psychrometric process, the sensible heat
(rcr) Critical radius : It is also defined as the radius at added is 40 kJ/s and the latent heat added is
which resistance to heat flow is maximum and 30kJ/s. The sensible heat factor for the process
minimum is called critical radius. will be :
Critical radius (rcr) for a cylindrical body. (a) 0.3 (b) 0.2
K (c) 0.57 (d) 1.5
(rcr) = ins
h Ans. (c) : Sensible heat factor (SHF) is defined as a
Kins = 0.18 W/mk sensible heat load divided by the total heat load.
h = 0.6 W/m2 K S.H S.H.
SHF = =
K 0.18 T.H S.H. + L.H
∴ (rcr) = ins = = 0.03m = 30mm
h 6 Where, S.H →Sensible heat
From the definition of critical thickness L.H →Latent heat
∵ (rcr) thickness < rcr T.H →Total heat
∴ From the options given, (rcr) thickness = 10 mm Given,
36. A hot fluid enters the counter flow heat S.H = 40 KJ/s
exchanger at 120OC and leaves at 80OC. A cold L.H = 30 KJ/s
fluid enters the heat exchanger at 60OC. The
40 4
mean temperature difference between the two ∴ SHF = = = 0.57
fluids is (Assume the values of fluid flow rates 40 + 30 7
and specific heats in such a manner that the Thus, the sensible heat factor for the process will be
heat capacities of the two fluids are equal) 0.57.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 94 YCT
38. When two refrigerants are mixed in the proper Ans. (b) : Given, TB= 60 and TA = 300
proportions, the mixture forms a third
refrigerant called :
(a) synthetic refrigerant
(b) refrigerant mixture
(c) high pressure refrigerant
(d) an azeotrope
Since gear 'A' is fixed, so speed of A, NA = 0 and
Ans. (d) : (a) Synthetic refrigerant:- synthetic speed of arm, NC = 1revoution
refrigerants are human made substances that became Activities Arm Gear Gear A
common in 20th century. They can be colorless, C B (NA)
odourless, non-inflammable and non-toxic. (NC) (NB)
Examples: CFCs → Chlorofluorocarbon (R12) Fixed the arm 0 0 0
HCFCs → Hydrochloroflurocarbon. Give +1 revolution to gear 0 +1 T
(b) Refrigerant mixture : A refrigerant or refrigerant B – B
TA
mixture is a pure compound or a mixture (blend) of two
Give +x revolution to gear 0 +x T
or more refrigerants. –x B
B TA
Examples of refrigerant mixture are :-
R502, R404A, R407C. Give +y revolution to arm y y+x T
y–x B
A refrigerant mixture may be a pure refrigerant (azeotropic TA
mixtures) or differently non azeotropic mixtures.
(c) High pressure refrigerant: Systems which operates ∵ N = 0
A
using R410a at pressures approximately 1.6 times
higher than systems using R22. T
⇒ y–x B =0
It is better as it offers better performance, lower cost, at TA
leaks (depletes) ozone layer at a slower rate. e.g.R410a. 60
(d) Azeotrope: When two refrigerants are mixed in the ⇒ y – x× =0
300
fixed proportions, the mixture forms a third refrigerant
x
which is called as an Azeotrope. ⇒ y– =0
Therefore, they contains two or more refrigerants and at 5
a certain pressure an azeotropic mixture evaporates and ⇒ 5y = x
condenses at a constant temperature. Because of this, When, Nc = 1
azeotropic mixtures behave like pure refrigerants. Thus ⇒ y =1
the correct answer is option (d). Then x = 5 (1) = 5
39. Nusselt number is the ratio of Thus No. of revolution of gear B, NB = x+y
(a) Convective and Conductive resistances = 5+1 = 6
(b) Conductive and Convective resistances Thus, the no. of turns mode by the smaller gear for one
revolution of arms are 6.
(c) Wall heat transfer rate to mass heat flow rate
41. A composite slab has two layers of different
(d) Kinetic viscosity to thermal diffusivity materials with thermal conductivities K1 and
Ans. (b) : Nusselt number: It is the ratio of heat flow K2. If each layer has the same thickness, then
rate by convection process to the heat flow rate by the the equivalent thermal conductivity of the slab
conduction process or it is the ratio of conductive will be
thermal resistance to the convective resistance. 2K1 K 2 K + K2
Q conv R cond hA∆T Lh (a) (b) 1
i.e. Nu = = = = K1 + K 2 K1K 2
Qcond R cov KA∆T K
L (c) K1 K 2 (d) K1 + K 2
40. A fixed gear having 300 teeth is in mesh with Ans. (a) :
another gear having 60 teeth. The two gears
are connected by an arm. The numbers of
turns made by the smaller gear for one
revolution of arm about the centre of bigger
gear is
(a) 2 (b) 6
(c) 4 (d) 5
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 95 YCT
Thermal resistance :- It is defined as the ratio of ∴ lim Y
temperature difference between the two faces of a x →0

material to the rate heat flow per unit area. ∴ 2x – 1  0 

= lim  form 
∆T x →0 1
 0 
i.e. R = x2
Q
∴ Using L-Horpital rule;
For a solid plate, thermal resistance is given by
f (x)  0  f '( x )
R thermal =
ℓ lim   = lim
x →0 g ( x ) 0 x →0 g ' ( x )
KA  
i.e.
Here, thermal resistances given are in series as they are
2x – 1 2x log 2
attached side by side, ⇒ lim 1
= lim
x →0 x →0 1
Thus the equivalent thermal resistance to the flow of x
x2
heat is given by, 2
Req = R1 + R2 = lim 2 x 2 x log 2
x →0
L eqL L =0
⇒ = 1 + 2
K eq A K1A K 2 A ∴ lim Y = 0
x →0
∵ L1 = L 2 = L 44. Degree and order of the following differential
2L L L equation are :
⇒ = +
K eq K1 K 2 2 2
{[1+(dy/dx)2 ]3 } = [d y/dx ]
2 1 1 (a) 6, 2 (b) 2, 6
⇒ = +
K eq K1 K 2 (c) 2, 2 (d) 6, 3
Ans. (c) : Given,
2 K + K2
⇒ = 1 3
K er K1K 2   dy 2  d2 y
1 +    = 2
⇒
K eq
=
K1K 2   dx   dx
2 K1K 2 Now squaring on both sides,
3
2K1K 2   dy 2   d 2 y 
2
∴ K eq =
K1 + K 2 1 +    =  2 
42. The period of the function cos3x + sin 6x is :   dx    dx 
(a) π/3 (b) 2π/3 It is clear from the above the highest order
(c) π (d) 2π differentiation is 2 and raised to the power 2 also So,
degree and order of the given differential equation is
Ans. (b) : f(x) = cos3x + sin 6x
2,2.
Period of (cos 3x) = cos (3x + 2π)
45. The straight line perpendicular to the line –2x
 π π + 3y + 4 = 0 is :
= cos3  x + 2  = 2
 3 3 (a) 3x + 2y – 4 = 0 (b) 3x – 2y + 4 = 0
Period of (sin6x) = sin (6x + 2π) (c) –3x + 2y + 7 = 0 (d) 3x – 2y – 7 = 0
 π Ans. (a) : Given :
= sin 6  x + 2  L1= –2x + 3y +4=0
 6
π
So, Period of sin 6x = 2
6
 π π
Period of cos 3x + sin 6x = LCM of  2 ,2 
 3 6
LCM of (2π,2π) 2π Note :- When a line is perpendicular to other one and if
= =
HCF of (3,6) 3 one of the equation is ax+by+c then the equation of
other line is bx–ay+λ =0
43. If Y = (2x – 1)/x1/2 then lim x →0 Y is:
∴ Equation of 'L2' will be
(a) log 2 (b) 2 log 2
3x– (–2)y+λ =0
(c) Zero (d) None of these
⇒ 3x+ 2y+λ =0,
Ans. (c) :
where 'λ' is a constant
2x – 1 Thus, of all the given options, only 1st may be correct.
Given Y = 1
x2 ∴ 3x +2y –4 is the correct one.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 96 YCT

46. The maximum value of f(x) = (logx)/(x) is 1/e (a) 0.003W (b) 14.5W
at: (c) –52.0W (d) 42.0W
(a) x = 1 (b) x = e Ans. (c) :
(c) x = 1/e (d) None of these
Ans. (b) : Given,
log x
f (x) =
x
1
and (f(x))max =
e Radiosity :-It is defined as the total amount of energy
leaving the surface which includes the reflected
1
x. – log x.(1) 1 – log ( x ) radiation together with the emitted radiation.
f '(x) = x = For opaque body, τ = 0
x2 x2 α + ρ =1
For critical point, f'(x) = 0
⇒ ρ =1 – α
1 – log ( x ) ⇒ ρ =1 – ε
⇒ =0
x 2
J = εEb + ρG
⇒ x ≠ 0 and 1 – log x = 0 = εEb + (1– ε)G
log e x = 1 = E + (1–ε)G
Given,
x = el diameter of disc shaped satellite, d = 1m
∴ x=e emissivity, ε=0.3
–1 –1 Temperature of disc, T1=–18ºC = 273–18=255 K.
47. If y = sec [(x + 1)/(x – 1)] + sin [(x – 1)/(x +
1)] then (dy/dx) is equal to : View factor, F = 0.91
Temperature of earth, T2 =27ºC
(a) 0 (b) π/2
Net energy released by the satellite = Energy radiated
(c) 1 (d) None of these
by the satellite + the amount of energy radiated between
Ans. (a) : Given, earth and satellite reflected by satellite.
–1  x + 1  –1  x – 1  ⇒ J = εEb +(1– ε)G
y = sec   + sin  
 x –1  x +1 = E + (1– ε)G
1
∵ sec –1 (θ) = cos –1   = εσT14 + (1 – ε ) σ ( T14 – T24 ) × F × A
θ
= 0.3 × 5.67 ×10 –8 × ( 255 ) 
4

 1   
–1  x + 1 

–1 x + 1
 π 2
∴ sec   = cos   + (1 – 0.3) ( 5.67 × 10–8 )( 2554 – 3004 ) × 0.91× (1)
 x – 1   x – 1  4
  = –52W
 x –1 49. Consider the following two processes :
= cos –1   (I) A heat source at 1200K loses 2500KJ of heat
 x +1 to sink at 800K
 x –1 –1  x – 1  (II) A heat source at 800K loses 2000KJ of heat
⇒ y = cos –1   + sin   to sink at 500K
 x +1  x +1
Which of the following statements is TRUE?
 π
∵ cos ( θ ) + sin ( θ ) = 2 
–1 –1 (a) Process I is more irreversible than Process II
(b) Process II is more irreversible than Process I
π (c) Irreversibility associated in both the processes
⇒ y= is equal
2 (d) Both the processes are reversible
dy
⇒ =0 Ans. (b) : The above problem can be understand
dx through the Clausius inequality theorem.
48. A small disc shaped earth Satellite, 1 m in Clausius Inequality: It states that cyclic integral of i.e.
diameter circles the earth at a distance of 300 δQ
km, form the surface. The flat surface of the ∫ T for a natural or irreversible cycle is always less
disc with emissivity 0.3 and temperature –180C than zero or always less than the cyclic integral of
is oriented tangential to the earth's surface dQ
with view factor of 0.91 Average Earth for a reversible cycle with same end points.
temperature is ~270C while surrounding of T
δQ δQ
satellite is 0 K. Net rate at which energy is i.e. ∫ <∫
leaving satellite is irr T rev T

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 97 YCT

 δQ Putting the value of m and Lc in equation (i)
and ∫ T
<0
irr
π 
δQ ⇒ Q 40 × ( π× 0.005 ) × 400 ×  × 0.0052 
and ∫ =0 4 
rev T

For process I :- × (130 – 30 ) tanh ( 8.94 ×101.25 ×10 –3 )

δQ 2500 2500 = 5.05W
∫
=
T 1200 800
–
Thus, the heat loss from the fin is 5 W.
 2–3  51. A solar energy based heat engine which
= 2500   receives 80 kJ of heat at 100 deg C and rejects
 2400 
70 kJ of heat to the ambient at 30 deg C is to be
2500 25
=– =– = –1.04 designed. The thermal efficiency of the heat
2400 24 engine is
For process II :- (a) 70% (b) 1.88%
δQ 2000 2000 (c) 12.5% (d) indeterminate
T ∫
=
800
–
500 Ans. (c) :
 –8 
5
= 2000  
 4000 
3
= – = –1.5
2
Which is more negative.
Hence, process II is more irreversible than process 'I'.
50. A fin has 5mm diameter and 100mm length.
The thermal conductivity of fin material is 400
Wm–1K-1 . One end of the fin is maintained at
130OC and its remaining surface is exposed to We have, Q1 = 80kJ
ambient air at 30OC. If the convective heat Q2 = 70 kJ
transfer coefficient is 40Wm–2K–1, the heat loss
(in W) from the fin is ∴Wont = Q1–Q2 =80–70 =10kJ
(a) 0.08 (b) 5.0 and thermal efficiency of heat engine, η is given by
(c) 7.0 (d) 7.8 Wout 10
η= = = 0.125
Ans. (b) : Given, Q1 80
Fin's diameter, d = 5mm Thus, the thermal efficiency is 12.5%.
Fin length, L = 100 mm
Thermal conductivity of fin, K = 400 W/mK 52. The temperature variation under steady heat
T0 = 130ºC conduction heat conduction across a composite
slab of two materials with thermal
Temperature of air, T∞ = 30ºC
conductivities K1 and K2 is shown in figure.
Convective heat transfer coefficient,
Then, which one of the following statements
h= 40 Wm–2 K–1
holds?
Since, Heat loss from fin is given by
Q = KhAP ( T0 – T∞ ) tanh ( mLc ) .....(i)
hP
∵m =
KA
40 × πd
= 2 (a) K1 > K2 (b) K1 = K2
d
400 × π   (c) K1 = 0 (d) K1 < K2
2
Ans. (d) :
1 4
= × = 8.94
10 ( 0.005 )
A
and Lc = L +
P
πd 2 / 4
⇒ Lc = L +
πd
⇒ L c = L + πd / 4
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 98 YCT
Here, heat flow will be given by, 54. A 2 kW, 40 liter water heater is switched on for
20 minutes. The heat capacity CP for water is
Q=
T1 – T2 (T – T )
= KA 1 2 4.2 kJ/kg-K. Assuming all the electrical energy
h L has gone into heating the water, increase of the
KA water temperature in degree centigrade is
dT
Q = KA , Where
( dT ) is the temperature gradrent (a) 2.7 (b) 4.0
(c) 14.3 (d) 25.25
dx dx
Ans. (c) : Total electrical energy → Heating water.
Thus, for same heat transfer, thermal conductivity is
The energy required to raise the temperature of water by
inversely proportional to the temperature gradient. ∆T is given by, Q = m CP∆T
1 and electrical energy, W= P×t,
i.e. K ∝
dT Where P is power and t is time.
dx Q =W
We can see from the graph above, slope, ⇒ m CP∆T = P × t
here, P = 2 kW = 2×103 W
dT
M= , Where t = 20 min = 1200 sec
dx CP = 4.2 kJ /kg–K
 dT   dT  M = ρV=1000×40×10–3 = 40 kg
  > 
 dx 1  dx  2 ⇒ 40 ×4.2 ×∆T = 2× 1200
⇒ K1 < K2 ∆T =
60
= 14.3
53. What is the value of the view factor for two 4.2
inclined flats having common edge of equal 55. Heat is being transferred by convection from
width, and with an angle of 20 degrees? water at 48OC to a glass plate whose surface
that is exposed to the water is at 40OC. The
(a) 0.83 (b) 1.17 thermal conductivity of water is 0.6 w/m-k and
(c) 0.66 (d) 1.34 the thermal conductivity of glass is 1.2 W/m-K.
Ans. (a) : Given, The two inclined flats have common The spatial gradient of temperature in the
edge and common width, L1 = L2 = L, angle between water at the water-glass interface is dT/dy = 1 ×
104 k/m.
two, θ =20º

The value of the temperature gradient in the

glass at the water-glass interface in k/m is :
(a) –2 × 104 (b) 0.0
(c) 0.5 × 104 (d) 2 × 104
Ans. (c) : As we know,
heat flow rate over a conduction wall is given by
α Q = kA
dT
L3 = 2Lsin  
2 dx
and the water-glass interface,
A + A 2 – A 3 L1 + L 2 – L3
F12 = 1 =  dT   dT 
2A1 2L1 Q = kw   = kG  
α  dy  W  dy G
L + L – 2Lsin   Where, KW = Thermal conductivity of water.
⇒ F12 = 2 KG = Thermal Conductivity of Glass
2L
dT
α = Temperature gradient.
⇒ F12 = 1 – sin dy
2
(α = 20º )  dT 
 = 1× 10 K / m
4
Given, 
⇒ F12 = 1 – sin (10º )  dy W
From the above, it is clear that,
= 1 – 0.17
1
∴ F12 = 0.83 K∝
dt
∴ Value of the view factor, F12 = 0.83. dy

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 99 YCT

  dT   dT  Reciprocating Compressor
⇒ KW   = KG  
 dy W  dy G
Intermittent flow Continuous flow
 dT  K W  dT  • Positive • Centrifugal and
⇒   =  
 dy G K G  dy  W displacement Axial flow
 dT  0.6 • RC (reciprocating compressors) are used where high
∴   = (1× 104 ) compression ratios (ratio of discharge to suction
 dy G 1.2 pressures) are required per stage without high flow rates
= 0.5 × 104 and the process fluid is relatively dry.
56. A p-v diagram has been obtained from a test on They are called reciprocating because piston goes back
a reciprocating compressor. Which of the and forth in reciprocal motion.
following represents that diagram?

(a)

In the above diagram, showing all the processes

performed in the Reciprocating pump which are
(b) explained below:
Working :
Stroke 1 (a – b – c): When the piston moves downward
through the cylinder, air is sucked in the inlet valve. It
causes the air in the clearance volume to expand and
when the pressure reduced, then at the atmospheric
pressure (a + b), the inlet valve opens and the air is
(c) drawn into the cylinder for the next stroke.
Process (c – d – a): When the piston moves up through
the cylinder, the inlet valve closes and the discharge
won't open until a certain amount of force is applied or
inlet valve closes when the cylinder pressure reaches the
atmospheric pressure.
(d) • It causes the air to be trapped inside whole the volume
is reduced, increasing the pressure. When the pressure is
enough to open the discharge valve, then the air goes
Ans. (d) : out at a high pressure.
• Single acting reciprocating compressors only have
valves on the top of the cylinder, so these is only one
compression cycle for every turn of the crankshaft.
57. A small copper ball of 5 mm diameter at 500 K
is dropped into an oil bath whose temperature
is 300 K. The thermal conductivity of copper is
400 W/m-K, its density 9000 kg/m3 and its
specific heat 385 J/kg-K, if the heat transfer
coefficient is 250 W/m2-K and lumped analysis
is assumed to be valid, the rate of fall of the
temperature of the ball at the beginning of
cooling will be, in K/s,
(a) 8.7 (b) 13.9
(c) 17.3 (d) 27.7
Ans. (c) : Given,
diameter, d = 5mm ⇒ r = 2.5 × 10–3m
Initial temperature, T = 500 K
Surrounding temperature, and T∞ = 300 K
Reciprocating Compressor: It is a positive Thermal conductivity, Kcu = 400 W / m –3 K
displacement machine that uses a piston to compress a ρ = 9000 kg/m
gas and deliver it at high pressure and decreases the c = 385 J/kg.K
volume. h = 250 W/m2 – K
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 100 YCT
Rate of heat transfer by convection = rate of fall of the ∆T1 = (Th)i – (TC)i = 80 – 30
heat content of the ball. = 500C
dT ∆T2 = (Th)e – (TC)e = 50 – 40
⇒ – h.A (T – T∞) = ρCV
dt = 100C
dT hA(T – T ) Now, LMTD (log mean temperature difference)
∞
⇒– = ∆T – ∆T2
dt ρCV = 1
 ∆T 
dT 250 × 4πr 2 (500 – 300) ln  1 
⇒ =–
dt 4  ∆T2 
9000 × 385 × πr 3
5 50 – 10 40
= = = 24.850 C
dT 250 × 3 × 200  50  ln(5)
⇒ =– ln  
dt 9000 × 385 × 2.5 × 10 –3  10 
dT Solving when assuming Counter flow:
∴ = 17.3K / s
dt
Hence, the rate of fall of the temperature of the ball at
the beginning of cooling will be 17.3 K/s.
58. A Carnot cycle operates between the
temperatures limits of 300K and 2000 K, and
produces 600 kW of net power. The rate of
entropy change of the working fluid during the ∆T1 – ∆T2 (80 – 40) – (50 – 30)
LMTD = =
heat addition process is:  ∆T   40 
ln  1  ln  
(a) 0 (b) 0.300kW/K  20 
 ∆T2 
(c) 0.353 kW/K (d) 0.261 kW/K
40 – (20) 20
Ans. (c) : The rate of heat addition is expressed as, = = = 28.850 C
ln(2) ln(2)
W T WTH
= 1− L ⇒ Q = Since the given value of log mean temperature
Q Th TH – TL difference (LMTD) = 260C is in between the two
The rate of entropy generation during heat addition is, calculated values of LMTD in parallel and counter flow.
Q W So, it is either cross flow or multi pass type.
Sgen =
TH TH – TL 60. Two bodies A and B having equal surface areas
are maintained at 100 K and 200 K. The
Given,
thermal radiation emitted in a given time by A
TL = 300K
and B are in the ratio :
TH = 2000K
(a) 1 : 1.15 (b) 1 : 2
and W = 600 kW
(c) 1 : 4 (d) 1 : 16
600 600
Sgen = = = 0.353kW / K Ans. (d) : Given, AA = AB (Surface area are equal)
2000 – 300 1700 TA = 100 K, TB = 200K
59. Hot oil is cooled from 80 to 50OC in an oil According to Stefan Boltzmann's,
cooler which uses air as the coolant. The air
Thermal radiation over a surface is directly proportional
temperature rises from 30 to 40OC. The
to the fourth power of its absolute temperature and
designer uses a LMTD value of 26OC. The type
of heat exchanger is directly proportional to the area.
(a) Parallel flow (b) double pipe ∴ E = σAT4
4 4
(c) counter flow (d) cross flow E1  T1   100  1
Ans. (d) : Solving for Parallel flow: =  =  =
E 2  T2   200  16
61. Find the mass of the water vapour per cubic
meter of air at temperature 300K and relative
humidity 50%. The saturation vapour pressure
at 300K is 3.6 kPa and gas constant R = 8.3 JK–
1
mol–1
(a) 15g (b) 130g
(c) 31g (d) 13g
i → enters. Ans. (d) : The ideal gas equation,
e → exist PV = nRT, where n is the no. of moles
Th → Hot temperature m
⇒ P.V. = vs RT
TC → Cold temperature M
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 101 YCT
 MPV By the Newton's law of cooling, Q = h A (TS – T∞)
⇒ m vs = , and Q = qG × V
RT
Where mvs → mass of saturated vapor Where qG → Generated heat
M → Molecular weight of water. V → Volume of the object.
P → Saturated vapour pressure Given qG = 100 W/m3
R → Universal gas Constant ∴ Q = 100 × 4 W = 400 W
T → temperature of air ⇒ 400 = 10 × 2 × 2 (Ts – 30)
• Relative Humidity: It is the degree to which water ⇒ Ts – 30 = 10
absorbs and defined as the ratio of mass of water vapour
present in air which is unsaturated to the mass of water ∴ Ts = 40 C
0

vapour present in air when it is saturated.

Thus, the temperature of the surface PQRS is 400C.
Mv
i.e. φ = 63. Two walls of thicknesses d1 and d2 and thermal
m vs conductivities k1 and k2 are in contact. In the
1 steady state, if the temperatures at the outer
Given, φ = 50% = surfaces are T1 and T2, the temperature at the
2
T = 300 K common wall is
M = 18 g/mol/ (a) (k 1 1 d2 + k2T2d1)/(k1d2 + k2d1)
T
3
P = 3.6 kPa = 3.6 × 10 Pa (b) ](k1T1 + k2d2)/( d2 + d1)
V = 1m3 (c) [(k1d1 + k2d2)/(T1 + T2)*T1T2
0.18 × 3.6 ×103 ×1 (d) (k1d1T1 + k2d2T2)/(k1d1 + k2d2)
∴ m vs = = 26g.
8.3 × 3 × 102 Ans. (a) : Let the temperature of the common wall be T.
⇒ MV = φ × mvs
1
= × 26
2
= 13g.
So, the mass of water vapor per cubic meter of air is
13g.
62. For the three dimensional object shown in
figure below, five faces are insulated. The sixth
face (PQRS), which is not insulated, interacts
thermally with the ambient, with a convective
heat transfer coefficient of 10 W/m2-K. The K1A(T1 – T) K 2 A(T – T2 )
ambient temperature is 300C. Heat is uniformly then =
d1 d2
generated inside the object at the rate of
100W/m . Assuming the face PQRS to be at ⇒ K1A(T1 – T) = K 2 A(T – T2 )
3

uniform temperature, its steady state d1 d2

temperature is
K (T – T) K 2 (T – T2 )
⇒ 1 1 =
d1 d2
⇒d2 K1 (T1 – T) = d1 K2 (T1 – T2)
⇒ K1 T 1 d 2 – K1 d 2 T = K2 T 1 d 1 – K2 d 1 T 2
⇒ T(K1 d2 + K2 d1) = K1 T1 d2 + K2 d1 T2
K1T1d 2 + K 2T2d1
∴ T=
K1d 2 + K 2d 1
(a) 100C (b) 200C 64. A Carnot cycle refrigerator operates between
0
(c) 30 C (d) 400C 250 K and 300 K. Its coefficient of performance
Ans. (d) : Heat transfer. Coefficient, h = 10 W/m2 – K (C.O.P.) is :
ambient temperature, T∞ = 300C (a) 6.0 (b) 5.0
Length, l = 2 m (c) 1.2 (d) 0.8
Breadth, b = 1 m Ans. (b) : Refrigerator is a device works on the
Height, h = 2 m reversed Carnot cycle and release heat from a lower
So, its volume of 3D object (cuboids) temperature body to higher temperature body, so that its
= lbh temperature may always be less than the surrounding
= 2 × 1 × 2 = 4 m3 temperature.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 102 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Radiation Configuration factor : It is
defined as the fraction of thermal radiation that leaves a
surface and intercepted by another surface. They are
called as view factors or shape factures.
Given,
Diameter of sphere, d1 = 1 m
Diameter of cylinder, d2 = 0.5 m
(h) height of cylinder = 0.5 m
Surface area of sphere = 4π r12
b 2
(C.O.P) coefficient of performance is defined as the d   d
= 4π  1  ∵ r = 2 
ratio of heat absorbed through refrigerator to the net 2
work done on it.
= πd1
2

Q
i.e. COP = 2 = π (1)2
Wnet
=π m2
T2 T.S.A. (Total Surface Area) of Cylinder (Surface)
(COP) refrigerator =
T1 – T2 = 2πr2 (r2 + h)
Given, T2 = 250K
 d  d 
T1 = 300K = 2π  2  2 + h 
250 250  2  2 
∴ COP = = =5  0.5 
300 – 250 50 = π(0.5)  + 0.5 
∴ COP = 5  2 
3
65. A 3 m3 rigid tank contains nitrogen gas at 500 = 0.5π×
kPa and 300 K. Now heat is transferred to the 4
nitrogen in the tank and the pressure of = 0.375π m2
nitrogen rises to 800 kPa. The work done By the theorem of reciprocity,
during this process is A1 F12 = A2 F21
(a) 500 kJ (b) 1500 kJ Here, F21 = 1[as the 1st surface is spherical (convex), all
(c) 0 kJ (d) 900 kJ the radiation emitted by it will be absorbed by the
Ans. (c) : Given, Volume of rigid container = 3m3 cylindrical surface (2)]
P1 = 500 kPa Now,
P2 = 800kPa π × F12 = 0.375 π × 1
T1 = 300K ⇒ F12 = 0.375
As it is given that the container is rigid i.e. there is no
change in the volume of the container throughout the Also,
process. For the surface 1 (spherical) :
So, the given process is an isochoric process i.e. there is F11 + F12 = 1
no change in volume of the system as V = K (constant) ⇒ 0.375 + F11 = 1
i.e. ∆V = 0 ⇒ F11 = 1 – 0.375
From the 1st Law of thermodynamics, dQ = dU + dW
i.e. heat supplied or rejected through a system as the ∴ F11 = 0.625
sum of its change in internal energy and net work 67. One kilogram of water at room temperature is
performed over and by the system. brought into contact with a high temperature
∵ dW = pdv thermal reservoir. The entropy change of the
⇒ dW = 0 [∵ dv = 0] universe is
⇒W=0 (a) equal to entropy change of the reservoir
Thus the net work done, during the given process is (b) equal to entropy change of water
zero and net heat supplied to the system is equal to (c) equal to zero
change in its internal energy. (d) always positive
i.e. dQ = dU.
Ans. (d) : Entropy : It is defined as degree of
66. A solid cylinder (surface 2) is located at the randomness or the amount of energy unavailable to the
centre of a hollow sphere (surface 1). The work or the measure of disorder. It is denoted by S. It
diameter of the sphere is 1m, while the cylinder also defined as the net heat flowing per unit
has a diameter and length of 0.5 m each. The temperature.
radiation configuration factor F11 is
∆Q
(a) 0.375 (b) 0.625 i.e. ∆S =
(c) 0.75 (d) 1.0 T

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 103 YCT

 dQ (c) Ericsson :
or dS =
T
Where, ∆S = Change in entropy of the system.
dQ = heat transferred
T = Temperature
For an isolated system,
∆S > o, for irreversible process
∆S = o, for reversible process
∆S < o, for impossible process.
Considering the given process as an irreversible process Processes :
as it is not mentioned about the particular process. 1 – 2 → Isothermal Compression
When high temperature reservoir comes in contact with 2 – 3 → Constant pressure heat addition
1 kg water (250C) or vice - versa and there will
enormous increase in the heat flow. 3 – 4 → Isothermal Expansion
Thus, and irreversible process always increases the 4 – 1 → Constant pressure heat rejection.
disturbance or randomness of the Universe, so, entropy (d) Otto Cycle :
change of the Universe, is always positive, i.e. ∆s > o
68. For specified limits for the maximum and
minimum temperatures, the ideal cycle with
the lowest thermal efficiency is :
(a) Carnot (b) Stirling
(c) Ericsson (d) Otto
Ans. (d) : (a) Carnot Cycle :

Processes :
0 – 1 → A mass of air is drawn into piston at constant
pressure
1 – 2 → Piston moves from BDC to TDC, adiabatic
compression.
2 – 3 → Constant volume heat addition
3 – 4 → Piston moves from, TDC to BDC, adiabatic
Processes : expansion.
1 – 2 → Isothermal heat rejection 4 – 1 → Constant volume heat rejection.
2 – 3 → Adiabatic expansion 1 – 0 → mass of air released to atmosphere at constant
3 – 4 → Isothermal heat addition pressure process.
4 – 1 → Adiabatic Compression According to Carnot principle the reversible cycle have
It is a theoretical thermodynamic cycle tells about the the same efficiency while operating between the same
maximum possible efficiency that any heat engine can temperature limits.
generate on the applied temperature, pressure heat flow. Here Carnot cycle, Stirling cycle, and Ericsson cycle are
(b) Stirling Cycle : totally reversible, so they have the same efficiencies due
to same temperature limits.
• Otto cycle is not completely reversible, because there
is heat transfer during constant volume heat addition
process and constant volume heat rejection process,
which are irreversible of the kind.
Thus thermal efficiency, which is given by
Heat Supplied – Heat rejected
η=
Heat supplied
Processes : 'η' will be less than all the reversible cycles given i.e.
Carnot cycle, Stirling cycle and Ericsson cycle.
1 – 2 → Isometric heat addition
69. A refrigerator removes heat from a
2 – 3 → Isothermal expansion
refrigerated space at –50C at a rate of 0.35 kJ/s
3 – 4 → Isometric heat rejection and rejects it to an environment at 20OC. The
4 – 1 → Isothermal Compression minimum required power input is :
This cycle is mechanically reversible, and so can be (a) 30 W (b) 33 W
powered to operate heat pump for cooling. (c) 56 W (d) 124 W
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 104 YCT
Ans. (b) : k t1 – t 2 t –t
(a) (b) k A1A 2 1 2
A1A 2 r1 – r2 r2 – r1

t –t t1 – t 2
(c) 4 πk 1 2 (d) 4 πkr1r2
A1A 2 A1A 2
Ans. (b) :
COP of Refrigerator →
T1 Q
COP = =
T2 – T1 W
Where, T1 = desired temperature
T2 = Temperature of the rejected space.
Given, T1 = –50C = 273 – 5
= 268 K 't1' and 't2' are the temperature of the inner and outer
T2 = 200C = 273 + 20 = 293K walls respectively.
Q = 0.35 kJ/s. According to the Fourier's law,
Since, rate of heat flow is directly proportional to the
268 0.35
⇒ = temperature gradient
293 – 268 W q dt
25 i.e. = Q ∝ ... (1)
⇒ W = 0.35 × t dx
268 and also heat flow is directly proportional to the
W = 32.6 W circumference of A1 and A2
Thus, the required power unit is 33W. i.e. Q ∝ 2πr1 
 ...(2)
70. A heat pump is absorbing heat from the cold Q ∝ 2πr2 
outdoors at 50C and supplying heat to a house
On-combining (1) and (2)
at 220C at a rate 18,000 kJ/h. If the power
consumed by the heat pump is 2.5 kW, the  dT 
Q ∝ 4πr1r2   ...(3)
coefficient of performance (COP) of the heat  dx 
pump is : Where dT → change in temperature
(a) 0.5 (b) 1.0 dx → width or gap between A1 and A2.
(c) 2.0 (d) 5.0 Surface area of both the walls can be written as,
Ans. (c) : Heat Pump : It is a device works on the A1 = 4πr12
principle of reversed Carnot cycle and transfers heat
from a lower temperature body to a higher temperature A 2 = 4πr22
body. A1A 2 = 4πr12 × 4πr22
Heat rejected
COP = ⇒ A1A 2 = 4πr1r2 ...(4)
Win
Putting value of '4πr1r2' in equation (3) we get
t –t
⇒ Q = K A1A 2 1 2
r2 – r1
t –t 
∴ The rate of heat flow will be Q = K A1A 2  1 2  .
 r2 – r1 
72. Water is boiled at 1 atm pressure in a coffee
Q maker equipped with an immersion-type
⇒ COP = 2
Win electric heating element. The coffee maker
5 initially contains 1 kg of water. Once boiling
= =2 started, it is observed that half of the water in
2.5
the coffee maker evaporated in 18 minutes. If
71. If the inner and outer walls of a hollow sphere the heat loss from the coffee maker is
having surface areas of A1 and A2 and inner negligible, the power rating of the heating
and outer radii r1 and r2 are maintained at element is
temperature t1 and t2, then rate of heat flow (a) 0.9kW (b) 1.52kW
will be (c) 2.09kW (d) 1.05kW
ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 105 YCT
Ans. (d) : Power rating– It is defined as the ratio of The sine of angle of inclination of the wedge is a ratio
total of heat supplied under the total time. of the height of gauge blocks used and distance between
Given, the centres of the cylinders.
Mass of water evaporated = 0.5 kg. • When a Sine bar is placed on the inclined surface of
Total time, t = 18 min = 18 × 60 = 1080 sec. wedge the top surface of the sine bar is tilted like a
Total heat supplied = Latent heat of vapourisation of wedge it is made horizontal by using gauge blocks.
water × Mass of water evaporated H
sin θ =
= 2257 × 0.5 [∵ L.H.W. = 2257 kJ/kg] L
=1128.5 kJ
1128.5
∴ Power rating = = 1.05kW
1080
73. Ductility of steel is reduced by
(a) Hot rolling (b) Cold working
(c) Piercing (d) Annealing
Ans. (b) : Ductility : The property of a metal by which
it can be drawn like a wire under some tension without
rupturing.
Cold working: Cold farming or cold working is a metal
working process in which metal is shaped below its re-
crystallization temperature, usually at the ambient
temperature. In this strain hardening occurs and less
ductility found.
Types of cold working– Rolling, squeezing, bending
shearing and drawing.
74. Machining of cast iron material is mostly
performed
(a) with flood coolant
(b) with mist coolant B
(c) Dry
(d) with high pressure coolant Gaugeblocks
H
Ans. (c) : Cast Iron– It is a material used for mass
production of components. Due to its small chips θ
creating capacity at any cutting condition, it is attractive c A
to machine.
• Machinalbility is relatively high and depends mainly
on production, quality and hardness. It is a group of Iron
silicone materials with 1.8–4% carbon and 1.3% 'Si' 76. The process used to improve fatigue resistance
content. It forms a graphite flakes inside the material , of the metal by setting up compressive stresses
which contains several layer structures, and slide one in its surface, is known as
upon the other acting as a self lubricant. The cast iron (a) hot piercing (b) extrusion
has a lubricating capacity so dry machining can be (c) cold peening (d) cold heading
preferred. • No cutting fluids are used in the machining
of cast Iron as self lubricating property of graphite Ans. (c) : Cold peening or shot peening is a surface
present in cast Iron. Lubrication in cast iron is a dry or enhancement process used to impart compressive
compressed air. residual stresses into fatigue prone metals. This process
increases fatigue strength by delaying the initiation of
75. A sine bar is used for the accurate cracking
measurement of Metal fatigue :- It is a failure point of a material or it
(a) lengths (b) diameters becomes wear in machines, transportation vessels or
(c) angles (d) depths structures due to repeated stress.
Ans. (c) : Sine bar :- It is a device used to measure • When shot is accelerated toward the surface of a
angles in metals. It consist of hardened ground body metal part, it acts like a small hammer and create
with two precision ground cylinders (ground) attached indentations in the part. The practically formed
at the ends. The distance between the centers of indentations are the source for creating compressive
cylinders is controlled, the top of the bar is parallel to a residual stress.
line through the centre of the two rollers. The cold peening replaces tensile stress with the
The dimensions between the two rollers is selected and compressive stress. The compressive stress minimizes
forms the hypotenuse of a triangle, when in use. the cracking damage. Due to minimization of cracking
Working Principle :- the angles are measured with the the life time of the material increases fatigue failure is
help of a gauge block and dial gauge. reduced.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 106 YCT

77. The instrument which has all the features of 79. An unbiased dice is tossed twice. Find the
try-square, bevel protractor, rule and scriber is Probability of getting 4, 5 or 6 on the first toss
and a 1, 2, 3 or 4 on the second toss
(a) outside micrometer
(a) 7/3 (b) 18/23
(b) inside micrometer
(c) 1/9 (d) 1/3
(c) depth gauge micrometer Ans. (d) : Let 'A' be the event, coming out 4, 5 or 6
(d) combination set when a dice is tossed first and B be the event when 1,
Ans. (d) : Combination set :- A Combination square 2,3, 4 occurs on the second toss.
Then, A = {4, 5, 6}
set is a multipurpose measuring and marking tool used
B = {1, 2, 3, 4}
in metal working, and woodworking. Other names
Total No. of possible outcomes when dice is tossed
include adjustable (for the tool) Square, combo square
twice = 36
and sliding square. 3 1
P(A) = =
• It is used for ensuring the integrity of a 90º angle, 6 2
measuring a 45º angle, measuring the centre of a 4 2
P(B) = =
circular objects to find depth and simple distance 6 3
Required probability = P(A) ×P (B)
measurements
1 2 1
• The combination consists of a blade square head, = × =
2 3 3
protractor head and centre head.
80. For the given characteristic matrix [A],
78. Vector C is perpendicular to vectors A and B determine the Eigen values :–
both, then : 4 1 
[A] =  
(a) A×B=C (b) A.B=C 1 4
(c) A.[A×C]=B (d) B×C=A (a) (5, 3) (b) (–5, –3)
(c) (–3, 5) (d) (3, –5)
Ans. (a) : If a vector is perpendicular to other two
Ans. (a) : Given,
vectors, then cross product of two perpendicular vectors
4 1 
is equal to the vector perpendicular to both. A= 
1 4
( )
If vector C is perpendicular to A and B, then
Let 'I' be '2×2' unit matrix,
C = A×B 1 0 
Then I= 
Let A = a1ˆi + a 2ˆj + a 3kˆ  0 1

B = b ˆi + b ˆj + b kˆ and 'λ' be a constant,

1 2 3
A – λI = 0
ˆi ˆj kˆ
4 1  1 0 
Then A × B = a1 a 2 a3 ⇒  – λ =0
1 4  0 1 
b1 b 2 b3
4 – λ 1 
⇒ =0
 1 4 – λ 

⇒ (4 – λ) –1 = 0
2

16 + λ 2 – 8λ – 1 = 0
⇒ ⇒ λ 2 – 8λ + 15 = 0
⇒ ( λ – 3)( λ – 5 ) = 0
⇒ λ = 3 or λ = 5
( ) ( ) (
C = ˆi a 2 b3 – b 2 a 3 – ˆj a1b3 – b1a 3 + kˆ a1b 2 – b1a 2 ) Thus the Eigen values are 3,5.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer-RAC Exam-2013 107 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 12.01.2020

1. A centrifugal pump having an impeller diameter 4. For a non-dimensional specific speed value of 1,
of 127 mm, delivers a power of 12 hp. If the for maximum efficiency, which of the following
impeller diameter is changed to 254 mm, what is turbines is preferred?
the power, if other parameters are kept constant? (a) Pelton wheel (b) Francis turbine
(a) 48 hp (b) 192 hp (c) Kaplan turbine (d) Tyson wheel
(c) 24 hp (d) 96 hp Ans. (b) :
Ans. (d) : As per the affinity laws, the relationship
between power and diameter of impeller is given by-
P ∝ D3
Where, P is shaft power
D is diameter of impeller
Given, D1 = 127 mm D2 = 254mm
P1 = 12hp P2=? So for a non-dimensional specific speed value of 1, for
3
maximum efficiency, Francis turbine is preferred.
P1  D1  Non-dimensional specific speed is given by –
= 
P2  D 2 
N P
KS =
ρ ( gH )
3 3 5/ 4
12  127   1  1
=   = =
P2  254   2  8 5. An experiment is conducted with a fluid of
⇒ P2 = 12 × 8 = 96 hp density 1 kg/m3 at 10 m/s velocity. The free
stream static pressure is 100 kPa and the local
2. In a circular tube of diameter 100 mm and static pressure is 101 kPa. What is the pressure
length 13 m with laminar flow, the friction coefficient at the location?
factor is estimated to be 0.05. Calculate the (a) 70 (b) 80
Reynolds number? (c) 20 (d) 50
(a) 950 (b) 2300 Ans. (c) : Pressure coefficient
(c) 1280 (d) None of the above
∆P Plocal – Pfreestream
Ans. (c) : Given, D = 100 mm, L = 13 m, f = 0.05 CP = =
1 1
Re = ? ρu ∞ 2 ρu ∞ 2
2 2
64
For laminar flow, f =
CP =
(101 – 100 ) ×103 = 20
Re
1
64 64 ×1×102
⇒ Re = = = 1280 2
f 0.05 CP = 20
3. An open tank is filled with water to a height of 6. In a P-V diagram of a steady flow compressor,
20 m. What is the velocity of the water flow at the intercooling can be represented as
the outlet, if the outlet is at the base of the (a) Vertical line (b) Horizontal line
tank? (c) Parabolic line (d) None of the above
(a) 40 m/s (approx.) (b) 20 m/s (approx.) Ans. (b) :
(c) 10 m/s (approx.) (d) 5 m/s (approx.)
Ans. (b) :

In a PV diagram of a steady flow compressor the

v = 2gh = 2 ×10 × 20 intercooling can be represented by horizontal line since
v = 20 m/sec. it is done at constant pressure.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 108 YCT
7. Which of the following is a non-Newtonian 11. Air at 27ºC and 100 kPa enters in a steady flow
fluid? nozzle at a velocity of 100 m/s. If the inlet area
(a) Air (b) Water of the nozzle is 0.5 m2, what is the mass flow
(c) Gasoline (d) None of the above rate through the system
Ans. (d) : Examples of various types of fluids. (a) 116 kg/s (b) 232 kg/s
(1) Newtonian fluid- Water, Air, kerosene, gasoline, (c) 58 kg/s (d) 143 kg/s
diesel, petrol, methyl alcohol, ethyl, alcohol, etc.
Ans. (c) : Given, P1 = 100 kPa, T1 = 300 K
(2) Non Newtonian fluid
v1 = 100 m/sec, A1 = 0.5 m2
(a) Time dependent fluid
(i) Thixotropic : Printer ink
(ii) Rheopectic : Gypsum paste
(b) Time independent fluid:
(i) Pseudo plastic : Blood, tomato ketchup, paint etc.
(ii) Dilatant : Sugar solution, Butter solution, starch P1 100
ρ1 = =
solution etc. RT1 0.287 × 300
(iii) Ideal plastic or Bingham plastic : Tooth paste.
ρ1 = 1.1614 kg/m3
8. A hot body at 1000 K transfers 2000 kJ of heat
ɺ = ρ1 × A1 × v1
Mass flow rate, m
to a body at 500 K. Determine the net entropy
change? ɺ = 1.1614 × 0.5 × 100
m
(a) +4 kJ/kg (b) –2 kJ/kg ɺ = 58.07 kg/sec.
m
(c) +2 kJ/kg (d) –4 kJ/kg 12. Critical point of water is
Ans. (c) : (a) 22.06 kPa (b) 22.06 MPa
(c) 22.06 atm (d) 22.06 mbar
Ans. (b) : ⇒ Critical pressure of water = 220.6 bar
= 22.06 MPa
⇒ Critical temperature of water = 374ºC
–2000 2000 13. In a shower mixer, cold water at 27 deg C,
∆Snet = ∆Ssource + ∆ Ssink = + = –2 + 4
1000 500 flowing at 5 kg/min is mixed with hot water at
∆Snet = +2 kJ/kg 77 deg C flowing at 15 kg/min. The exit
9. Highest ratio of specific heat is possible for? temperature of the mixture is
(a) Argon (b) Helium (a) 45.4 deg C (b) 64.5 deg C
(c) Hydrogen (d) Air (c) 34.5 deg C (d) 68.4 deg C
Ans. (a,b) : Ans. (b) : For steady state,
Gas Ratio of specific Examples The rate of enthalpy entering the mixture
heat = The rate of enthalpy leaving mixture
Monatomic γ = 1.667 He, Ar, Neon (5 × (Cp)w × 27) + (15 × (Cp)w × 77) = (5+15) × (Cp)w ×
Diatomic γ = 1.4 O2, N2, H2, Air (Texit)mixture
Tri-atomic γ = 1.33 O3 (Texit)mixture = 64.5ºC
10. Which of the following can be used to 14. Which of the following uses a regenerator?
determine the variation of saturation pressure (a) Brayton cycle
with temperature along phase boundaries? (b) Ericsson cycle
(a) Joule-Thomson relation (c) Stirling cycle
(b) Carnot equation (d) Both (b) and (c)
(c) Rankine- Hougoniot's relation
Ans. (d) : Regenerator are generally used for exhaust
(d) Clausius- Clapeyron relation
gas heat exchange or for inter-cooling in gas turbine
Ans. (d) : Clausius Clapeyron Equation- systems.
dP
=
hg – hf
=
( Latent heat ) × Psat = ( h g – h f ) Psat Stirling cycle consists of two isothermal and two
dT Tsat (vg − vf ) RTsat2 RTsat2 constant volume process.
Ericsson cycle consists of two isothermal and two
⇒ Clausius Clapeyron equation is used to determine
constant pressure process.
enthalpy change associated with phase change (Latent
heat) using pressure temperature and volume. It may Both the cycles uses regenerator and are sometimes
also be used to predict the boiling temperature. called regenerative cycles.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 109 YCT

15. Ratio of convective mass transfer to the mass Ans. (*) : Assuming the refrigerator is working on
diffusion rate is called? reversed carnot cycle (Ideal Refrigerator)
(a) Sherwood number
(b) Schmidt number
(c) Rayleigh number
(d) Strouhal number
Ans. (a) : Sherwood number
Convective mass transfer h m .L TL TL
= = COP = 5 = =
mass diffusion rate D TH – TL 300 – TL
D = mass diffusivity TL = 250 K
Sherwood number is similar to Nusselt number.
Schmidt number is defined as the ratio of
momentum diffusivity (Kinematic viscosity) and
mass diffusivity.
Kinematic viscosity ν KA∆T 100 × (1× 1)( 300 – 250 )
Sc = = Q= = watt
Mass diffusion rate D ∆x 0.1
Rayleigh number is defined s ratio of buoyancy and Q = 50,000 watt
thermal diffusivity. It is also defined as product of So no option is matching.
Grasshoff’s and Prandtl number. Note-This question is deleted by ISRO.
Strouhal number represents the ratio of inertial
18. A mass of 1 kg of air at 27ºC and 0.98 atm is
forces due to local acceleration of flow to inertial
taken through a diesel cycle. If the compression
forces due to convective acceleration.
ratio of the engine is 16, calculate the
16. A gas is contained in a cylinder with a temperature of the air after compression? (for
moveable piston of 100 kg mass. When 2500 J calculation, take the ratio of specific heats of
of heat flow into the gas, the internal energy of air as 1.5)
the gas increases by 1500 J. What is the (a) 1200 deg C (b) 1473 deg C
distance through which the piston rises? (c) 927 deg C (d) 768 deg C
(a) 2 m (b) 1 m
Ans. (c) : Given, m = 1kg of air
(c) 2.5 m (d) 0.5 m
T1 = 27ºC = 300 K
Ans. (b) : P = 0.98 atm = 0.98 × 101.325 kPa
rc = 16 T2 = ?
n = 1.5
Q = 2500 J Compression is isentropic process,
( n –1)
(∆U) = 1500 J T2  V1 
= ( rc )
n –1
= 
Applying first law of thermodynamics, T1  V2 
Q = (∆U)gas + Wgas
T2
2500 = 1500 + Wgas = 160.5 = 4
T1
Wgas = 1000 J
Wgas = (Fatm + Fpiston) × ∆xpiston rise T2 = 4 × 300 = 1200 K
As area of piston is not given, assuming W.D. on T2 = 1200 – 273 = 927ºC
atmosphere to be zero. 19. An aircraft is in its take off roll at sea level with
Wgas = Fpiston × ∆x = mg. ∆x ambient temperature of 18ºC. What is the
1000 J = 100 × 9.81 × ∆x approximate speed of the aircraft if the
∆x = 1.01 m ≃ 1 m temperature measured by a probe at the exit of
the engine diffuser is 36ºC? (Assuming air
17. A refrigerator with COP of 5 is used in a room
stagnation at diffuser outlet and CP of air as 1.0
at 300 K. What will be the heat intake through
kJ/kg.K)
a section of refrigerator wall of area 100 cm ×
(a) 12 m/s (b) 3 m/s
100 cm with a thickness of 10 cm, assuming
only conduction? Value of thermal conductivity (c) 6 m/s (d) 18 m/s
of the wall can be taken as 1 W/cm. K Ans. (*) : Given, T1 = 18ºC = 291K, CP = 1.0 kJ/kgK
(a) 5000 W (b) 1000 W Temperature measured by a probe at the exit of the
(c) 7500 W (d) 3000 W engine diffuser = stagnation temperature = 36ºC = 309K
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 110 YCT
 v2 Ans. (b) : As the entropy increase the heat gain
T0 = T1 + increases and thus we proceed to right on Rayleigh line.
2C P
When the Mach number on Rayleigh line becomes one
v2 then at that point entropy is maximum.
36 = 18 +
2 × 1×103
v = 2 × 103 × 18 = 60 10 m/sec.
v = 189.7 m/sec
Note-This question is deleted by ISRO.
20. The external surface of a wall of 3 m height, 5
m width and 0.5 m thickness is at a
temperature of 2ºC. If a heat loss of 150 W
from the room is measured across the wall, find
the inner wall temperature? The thermal
conductivity of wall material can be taken as 1 24. A fluid passes through a well insulated tube of
W/m.K 4.7 cm2 cross section area and 5 m length. If the
(a) 280 K (b) 285 K pipe friction coefficient is 0.07 and the flow
(c) 268 K (d) 282 K velocity is 3 m/s, then the flow can be
represented using?
Ans. (a) :
(a) Rayleigh flow model
(b) Isentropic flow model
(c) Gino flow model
(d) Fanno flow model
KA∆T 1× ( 3 × 5 )( T1 – 2 ) Ans. (d) : (i) Fanno flow-
Q= ⇒ 150 =
∆x 0.5 (a) Process is adiabatic
T1 = 7ºC = 280 K (b) Friction exist (µ ≠ 0)
21. The typical range of Prandtl number for water (c) (h0)1 = (h0)2 ⇒ (T0)1 = (T0)2
is (d) (P0)1 ≠ (P0)2
(a) 0.004-0.300 (b) 1.7-13.7 Fanno flow is the adiabatic flow through a constant area
(c) 50-500 (d) 2000-1000 duct where the effect of friction is considered.
Ans. (b) : ● Typical range of prandtl no. for water : 1.7 (ii) Rayleigh flow:
to 13.7 (a) Heat transfer takes place
● Typical range of prandtl no. for air : 0.65 to 0.71 (b) Frictionless (µ = 0)
22. Analogy between momentum and heat transfer (c) (h0)1 ≠ (h0)2
is known as (d) (P0)1 = (P0)2
(a) Stanton-Prandtl analogy Flow in a constant area duct with heat transfer and
without friction is called Rayleigh flow.
(b) Crassoff-Meyer analogy
(c) Chilton-Colburn analogy 25. A fluid having a density of 1 g/cc is in a state
with Grashof number 2 × 106 and prandtl
(d) None of the above number 0.7. Assuming acceleration due to
Ans. (c) : Chilton-Colburn analogy: This is a gravity as 10 m/s2, calculate the Rayleigh
successful and widely used analogy between heat, number?
momentum and mass transfer. (a) 1.4×106 (b) 2.86×106
5
Cf (c) 3.7×10 (d) 8.4×106
= St.Pr 2 / 3 = jH 0.6 < Pr < 60
2 Ans. (a) : Rayleigh number (Ra) = Gr × Pr
Cf = 2 × 106 × 0.7
= St m Sc 2 / 3 = jm 0.6 < Sc < 3000 = 1.4 × 106
2
Where jH and jm are called Colburn j factor. 26. A cold liquid enters a counter flow heat
exchanger at 15 deg C at a rate of 8 kg/s. A hot
23. Which of the following statement is true for a stream of the same liquid enters the heat
Rayleigh flow at M = 1? exchanger at 75 deg C at 2 kg/s. Assuming the
(a) Enthalpy is maximum specific heat of the fluid as 4 kJ/kg. ºC,
(b) Entropy is maximum determine the maximum heat transfer rate.
(c) Enthalpy is minimum (a) 960 kW (b) 240 kW
(d) Both (b) and (c) (c) 1920 kW (d) 480 kW
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 111 YCT
 ɺ c = 8kg / sec, m
Ans. (d) : Given, m ɺ h = 2kg / sec Ans. (b) : Vanadium is added to high speed tool steels
(Tc)i = 15ºC, (Th)i = 75ºC as a scavenger to remove slag impurities during melting
and also for increasing cutting efficiency of tools.
Vanadium also improves wear resistance of the tool.
Chromium is used to improve corrosion resistance
of steel.
Maximum heat transfer rate in heat exchanger Molybednum is used to promote hardenebility in steel.
= ( mC
ɺ ) min × ( Th )i – (Tc )i )  Manganese in steel also promotes hardenebility in steel.
= (2×4)(75–15) = 480 kW 30. Region of disorder created by movement of
dislocations in super lattice is called:
27. The temperature of a surface with 0.2 m2 area
(a) Twin (b) Stacking fault
is 17 deg C. Calculate the wavelength
(c) Anti-phase boundary (d) Orowon loop
corresponding to maximum monochromatic
emissive power Ans. (c) : Anti-phase boundary- An antiphase
(a) 20 micrometers (b) 30 micrometers boundary (APB) separates two domains of the same
(c) 10 micrometers (d) 40 micrometers ordered phase. It results from symmetry breaking that
occurs during ordering processes, which can start at
Ans. (c) : Wein's displacement law: different locations in a disordered lattice.
λmax × T=2898 µm–K (assuming body as black body ) Region of disorder created by movement of dislocations
2898 2898 in super lattice is called anti-phase boundary.
λ max = = = 9.993µm
T 17 + 273 Twin boundaries: The atomic arrangement on one
side of a twin boundary is a mirror reflection of the
λmax ≃ 10 µm arrangement on the other side.
28. For a surface, the direct and diffuse Stacking fault: Stacking faults are irregularities in
components of the solar radiation are 400 and the sequence of crystalline planes.
300 W/m2 and the direct radiation makes 60
deg angle with the normal. If the surface 31. The state of stress during deep drawing
temperature is 300 K and effective sky forming operation of a cup is
temperature is 200 K, calculate net rate of (a) In the flange of blank, uni-axial compression
radiation heat transfer. (Assume solar and in wall of cup, bi-axial tension and
absorptivity and emissivity as 0.1 each; For compression
calculation take Stefan Boltzmanns constant as (b) In the flange of the blank, uni-axial tension and
6×10–8 W/m2.K4) in wall of cup, bi-axial tension and compression
(a) 11 W/m2 (b) 45 W/m2 (c) In the flange of the blank, bi-axial tension and
(c) 33 W/m 2
(d) 64 W/m2 compression and in the wall of cup, simple
uni-axial tension
Ans. (a) :
(d) Both flange and wall of the cup will have bi-
axial compression and tension
Ans. (c) : Deep Drawing–When cup height is more
than half the diameter is termed as deep drawing.
During deep drawing, in the flange of blank, there is
The total solar energy incident on the surface, biaxial tension and compression stresses and in the wall
Gsolar = (GDirect ×cosθ) + Gdiffuse of cup uniaxial tensile stress occurs.
= (400 × cos 60) + 300 = 500 W/m2 32. During turning of a metallic rod at a given
Net rate of radiation heat transfer condition, the tool life was found to decrease
(
= (αsolar × Gsolar) + εσ Tsky
4 4
– Tsurface ) from 100 min to 25 min. When cutting speed
was increased from 50 m/min. to 100 m/min.
= ( 0.1 × 500 ) + 0.1× 6 ×10 –8 ( 200 4 – 300 4 ) How much will be life of tool if machined at 80
m/min.?
= 50 – 39
(a) 38.06 min. (b) 39.06 min.
= 11 W/m2 (∵ σ = 6 ×10 –8
W / m2 – K 4 )
(c) 40.06 min. (d) 41.06 min.
29. Which of the following element is added to high Ans. (b) : T1 = 100 min V1 = 50m/min
speed tool steels as a scavenger to remove slag T2 = 25 min V 2 = 100 m/min
impurities during melting and also for T3 = ? V 3 = 80 m/min
increasing cutting efficiency of tools.
Taylor's tool life equation,
(a) Chromium (b) Vanadium
(c) Molybdenum (d) Manganese V1T1n = V2 T2 n
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 112 YCT
 50×100n = 100×25n 35. In small castings, which of the following
n allowances can be ignored.
 100  100
  = (a) Shrinkage Allowance
 25  50 (b) Rapping Allowance
4 = 2 ⇒ n = 0.5
n
(c) Draft Allowance
V1T1n = V3T3n (d) Machining Allowance
50×1000.5 = 80 × T30.5 Ans. (b) : Rapping or Shaking Allowance–When the
50 ×10 = 80×T30.5 pattern is shaken for easy withdrawal, the casting is
slightly increased in size. In order to compensate for
25
T30.5 = this increase, the pattern should be initially made
4 slightly smaller.
1/ 0.5 2
 25   25  625 For small and medium castings, this allowance can be
T3 =   =  = ignored. It is mainly considered in large casting.
 4   4  16
There are a total of five pattern allowances. Some of
T3 = 39.0625 min. them are-
33. In a single pass rolling operation, the thickness Shrinkage allowance: During solidification the size of
of a 100 mm wide plate is reduced from 20 mm casting reduces. To avoid this size of patterns slightly
to 15 mm. The roller radius is 125 mm and increased.
rotational speed is 8 rpm. The average flow Draft allowance: The surface parallel to the removal
stress for the plate material is 400 MPa. The direction is slightly damaged when the pattern is
power required for rolling operation in kW is? removed from the mould. So, a tapered surface is
(a) 12.5 π/3 (b) 10 π generated on vertical side to facilitate easy removal.
Machining allowance: The surface of casting just after
(c) 40 π/3 (d) 20 π/3
production is rough and needs to be manually polished
Ans. (d) : w = 100 mm, h1 = 20 mm, h2 = 15 mm or ground. Hence machining allowance is provided for
R = 125 mm, N = 8 rpm, σ0 = 400 MPa surface finish of casting.
Projected length, L p = R.∆h = 125 × 5 = 25mm 36. In an arc welding process, two weld coupons were
made using two different welding processes. For
Force, Favg = σ0 ×Lp × w the first coupon, the voltage, current and welding
= 400 × 25 × 100 = 1000 kN speed used are 15V, 300 A and 30 mm/min
respectively. Whereas the second coupon is
Arm length, x = 0.5 ∆h.R = 0.5L p welded with 60 kV, 200 mA and 25 mm/s. If the
= 0.5×25 = 12.5 mm heat transfer efficiency for welding the first
Torque = Favg × x = 1000×12.5 = 12500 N-m coupon is half of that of second coupon, the ratio
of heat input per unit length is?
Power required for rolling operation by both roller
(a) 50:2 (b) 75:8
2πN
P = 2Tω ⇒ P = 2 × T × (c) 5:8 (d) 5:2
60 Ans. (b) : V1 = 15V, I1 = 300A
2 × 12500 × 2 × π × 8 20π V2 = 60 kV = 60×103V, I2 = 200mA = 200×10–3A
= = ×103 W
60 3 1
20π v1 = 30 mm/min = mm/sec.
P= kW 2
3 v2 = 25 mm/sec ηt ⇒ Heat transfer efficiency.
34. A dummy activity is used in PERT network to ηt
describe ηt1 = 2
2
(a) Precedence relationship Heat supplied per unit length,
(b) Necessary time delay VI
(c) Resource restriction H s = ηt × J/sec
v
(d) Resource idleness
V1I1
ηt1 15 × 300 ηt 2
Ans. (a) : Dummy activity- This activity does not H s1 ×
v 1/ 2 2
consume any time or resources but depicts dependency = 1 =
H s2 V2 I 2 η 60 × 103 × 200 × 10 –3
or relationship with other activity. It is used to maintain t ηt 2
v2 2 25
the logical sequence. It is indicated by dotted line. So
dummy activity is used in PERT network to describe ⇒ 75
H s1 : H s2 = = 75 : 8
precedence relationship. 8

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 113 YCT

37. In Gas tungsten arc welding (GTAW) which of Stroke = 2m = 2 × crank radius (r)
the following polarity is generally used for Crank radius (r) = 1m

( )
getting higher penetration
(a) Direct current straight polarity (DCSP) x = r (1 – cos θ ) + n – n 2 – sin 2 θ 
 
(b) Direct current reverse polarity (DCRP)
L
(c) Alternating current high frequency (ACHF) n= = large
(d) All of the above r
Ans. (a) : In GTAW process, non-consumable electrode So, n2 >>> sin2θ
is used, depth of penetration is more if heat generation x = r[1–cosθ]...............(i) (SHM)
is more on the workpiece. 4 3
In direct current straight polarity (DCSP) heat 0.2 = 1[1–cosθ] ⇒ cos θ = , ⇒ sin θ =
5 5
generation is more on the workpiece hence high
penetration 2/3rd of heat is transferred to workpiece and Differentiating equation (i) w.r.t. time
1/3rd heat is transferred to electrode. dx r × 2πN
= v = rω sin θ = × sin θ
38. The laws of adhesive wear, commonly referred dt 60
to as Archard's law can be expressed as_____ 120 3
v = 1× 2π × ×
(If 'Q' is the total volume of wear debris 60 5
produced, 'W' is the normal load, 'L' is the 12π
sliding distance, 'H' is the hardness of the v= = 2.4π m/sec.
softest contacting surfaces being worn away, 5
and 'k' is a non-dimensional wear coefficient 41. If a block slides outward on a link at a uniform
dependent on the materials in contact and their rate of 30 m/s, while the link is rotating at a
exact degree of cleanliness) constant angular velocity of 50 rad/s counter
(a) Q = kWL/H (b) Q = kW/LH clockwise, the Coriolis component of
(c) Q = kHW/L (d) Q = k/LWH acceleration is______m/s2.
Ans. (a) : The Archard wear equation is a simply model (a) 1000 (b) 1500
used to describe sliding wear and is based on the theory (c) 3000 (d) 4500
of 'asperity contact' Q = kWL/H
Ans. (c) :
39. In a four-bar linkage if 'S' is the length of the
shortest link, 'L' is the length of longest link
and 'P' & 'Q' are length of other links, then the
criteria for getting a triple rocker mechanism
in which no links will fully rotate is Coriolis component of acceleration,
(a) S + Q > P + L (b) S + L < P + Q ac = 2ωV = 2×30×50
(c) S + L = P + Q (d) S + L > P + Q ac = 3000 m/sec2
Ans. (d) : All three links i.e. input, output and coupler 42. In a screw jack of lead angle α, the effort
will be rocker, when Grashoff's law will not be
required to lift the load W is given by______ (φ
satisfied, i.e, we will not be getting continuous relative
motion in 4-bar mechanism if S + L > P + Q. = Friction Angle)
For Grasshoff’s law to be satisfied the sum of length (a) P = W tan (α – φ) (b) P = W tan (α + φ)
of shortest and longest link must not be greater than (c) P = W cos (α – φ) (d) P = W cos (α + φ)
the sum of other two links. Ans. (b) : ● Effort required to lift the load,
40. The piston of an engine moves with simple P = W tan (α + φ)
harmonic motion. The crank rotates at 120
r.p.m. with a stroke of 2 meters. The velocity of ● Effort required to lower the load,
the piston, when it is at a distance of 0.8 metre P = W tan (α – φ)
from the center is φ = Friction angle
(a) 4.8π (b) 2.4π α = Helix angle or load angle
(c) 1.2π (d) 0.6π
43. When the axis of first and last gear are co-
Ans. (b) : axial, then gear train is known as
(a) simple gear train
(b) compound gear train
(c) reverted gear train
(d) epicyclic gear train
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 114 YCT
Ans. (c) : Reverted gear train- If the axis of the first π

and last wheel of a compound gear coincide it is called Ans. (*) : I = ∫ sin (mx) cos (nx)dx
0
reverted gear train, such arrangement is used in clock
we know that
and in simple lathe where 'back gear' is used to give
1
slow speed to the chuck. sin A cos B = sin ( A + B ) + sin (A − B) 
Reverted gear train is used to connect co-axial shafts. 2
π
1
44. A disc spinning on its axis at 20 rad/s will =∫ sin ( m + n ) x + sin (m − n)x  dx
undergo precession when a torque 100 N-m is 02
applied about an axis normal to it. If the mass π
−1  cos (m + n)x cos ( m − n ) x 
moment of inertia is 1 kg-m2, then the angular =  + 
velocity of precession is? 2  m+n m−n 0
(a) 0.2 rad/s (b) 5 rad/s −1  cos (m + n)π cos ( m − n ) π cos ( 0 ) cos ( 0 ) 
(c) 10 rad/s (d) 200 rad/s =  + − − 
2  m+n m−n m+n m−n 
Ans. (b) : ω = 20 rad/sec. m+n m−n
Gyroscopic couple, C = 100 N-m −1  ( −1) ( −1) 1 1 
=  + − − 
I = 1 kg-m2 2  m + n m−n m + n m − n 
ωp = ? = m + n = odd, m – n = odd
C = I.ω.ωp −1  −1 1 1 1 
= − − −
100 = 1 × 20 × ωp 2  m + n m − n m + n m − n 
ωp = 5 rad/sec. 1 2 2  1 1 2m
45. Which of the following is an absorption type = 2  m + n + m − n  = m + n + m − n = 2
m − n2
dynamometer?
x 2 x 4 x5
(a) Prony brake dynamometer 48. 1 + x + − − + ........ =
(b) Epicyclic- train dynamometer 2 8 15
tan x
(c) Torsion dynamometer (a) e (b) ecos x
sin x
(c) e (d) exsin x
(d) Belt transmission dynamometer
Ans. (c) : Let us check option (c)
Ans. (a) : Absorption dynamometers
f(x) = esinx
(1) Prony brake dynamometer
f(0) = 1
(2) Rope brake dynamometer
f' (x) = esinx cosx
(3) Hydraulic dynamometer
f' (0) = 1
Transmission dynamometers f" (x) = esinx cos2x – esinx sinx
(1) Belt transmission dynamometer f" (0) = 1
(2) Epi-cyclic dynamometer Similarly f'" (0) = 0
(3) Torsion dynamometer f'(iv) (0) = –3
46. Which of the following mechanism provides from Maclaurin's series of expansion
intermittent rotary motion? f(x) =
(a) Chebyschev linkage (b) Geneva Mechanism 2 3 4
esinx = f (0) + x f ' ( 0 ) + x f " ( 0 ) + x f "' ( 0 ) + x f ' (iv) ( 0 )
(c) Peaucellier Mechanism (d)Roberts Mechanism 1! 2! 3! 4!
Ans. (b) : There are two intermittent motion mechanism x2 x3 x4
(1) Geneva mechanism esinx = 1 + x.1 + (1) + ( 0 ) + ( −3)
2! 3! 4!
(2) Ratchet mechanism
x2 x4
Geneva mechanism is used for indexing. esinx = 1 + x + −
2 8
Ratchet mechanism is used in shaper machine.
49. The Laplace transform of eat cos ɷt
47. If m,n are integers and m+n is odd then value
π (s − a) ω
(a) (b)
of ∫ sinmx × cos× nx ⋅ dx is
0
(s − a)2 + ω2 (s − a)2 + ω2
a s
(a) 0 (b) π/2 (c) (d)
(c) π (d) 1 (s − a)2 + ω2 (s − a)2 + ω2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 115 YCT
Ans. (a) : Property 53. If a continuously differentiable vector function is
L{ eat f(t)} = f (s – a) the gradient of a scalar function, then its curl is
eat cosɷt, f(t) = cosɷt (a) infinite (b) indeterminate
(c) unity (d) zero
s
Laplace transformation of cosɷt = Ans. (d) : Let φ be a function of (x, y, z)
s + ω2
2
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
Laplace transformation of Then grad (φ) = i + j + k
∂x ∂y ∂z
s−a
eat cosɷt =
(s − a )
2
+ ω2
i j k
50. if u = yzi + 3zxj + zk, then curl u is ∂ ∂ ∂
(a) -3xi + yj + 2zk (b) 3xi – yj +2zk Curl ( grad ( φ ) ) =
∂x ∂y ∂z
(c) -3xi – yj – 2zk (d) 3xi + yj - 2zk
∂φ ∂φ ∂φ
Ans. (a) : u = yzi + 3zxj + zk
∂x ∂y ∂z
i j k ^ ^ ^
∂ ∂ ∂ Curl (grad (φ)) = 0 i + 0 j + 0 k
Curl u =
∂x ∂y ∂z Curl (grad (φ)) = 0
yz 3zx z 54. What does 'a' and 'e' indicate in the surface
texture symbol shown below
∂ ∂  ∂ ∂   ∂ ∂ 
=  ( z ) − ( 3zx ) − j  ( z ) − ( yz )  + k  ( 3zx ) − ( yz )  (a) Roughness value, machining allowance
 ∂y ∂z  ∂x ∂z   ∂x ∂y  (b) Production method, roughness value
= i (0 – 3x) –j (0 – y) + k (3z –z) (c) Machining allowance, sampling length
= –3xi +yj + 2zk (d) Heat treatment method, sample length
51. cos(z) can be expressed as Ans. (a) : The surface roughness on a drawing is
1 1 represented by triangles.
(a) (eiz + e− iz ) (b) (eiz − eiz )
2 2
1 1 'a' represents roughness value
(c) (eiz + e − iz ) (d) (eiz − e − iz ) 'e' represents machining allowance
2i 2i
55. Two steel trusses, XY and YZ of identical size
iθ
Ans. (a) : From formula e = cosθ + isinθ supports a load of 200 N as shown in fig. The
eiz = cos z + i sinz length of the truss in 1m. The force in the truss
e–iz = cosz – i sinz xy in N is
eiz + e–iz = 2 cosz
1 iz
⇒ cosz = (e + e–iz)
2
eiz + e−iz (a) 100 N (b) 200 N
cos z = (c) 150 N (d) 50 N
2
Ans. (b) : According to Lami's theorem
52. In a vector field, Divergence of the gradient is
(a) curl (b) unity
(c) zero (d) Laplacian
Ans. (d) : Div (grad φ)
( ) (
= ∇. ∇ φ = ∇ .∇ φ = ∇ 2 φ)
Let φ be a function of (x, y, z) Txy Tyz 200
= =
∂φ  ∂φ  ∂φ sin120º sin120º sin120º
Then grad (φ) = i + j  + k Txy = Tyz = 200 N
∂x  ∂y  ∂z
56. A block weighing 100 N is resting on a plane
∂2φ ∂2φ ∂2φ inclined with horizontal as shown in Fig. What
div (grad φ) = + +
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2 horizontal force P is necessary to hold the body
from sliding down the plane? (Coefficient of
Which is Laplacian friction can be taken as 0.25)
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 116 YCT
 59. Steel machine element at the critical section is
in biaxial stress state with two principal stress
being 300 N/mm2 and 300 N/mm2 (equal
magnitude). Find the von Mises stress (in
N/mm2) in the member
(a) 212.1 (b) 600
(a) 30 N (b) 120 N
(c) 60 N (d) 15 N (c) 424.2 (d) 300
Ans. (c) : Ans. (d) :

Given,
σ1 = σ2 = 300
ΣFy = 0 By using maximum distortion energy theory, von-mises
N = w cosθ + Psinθ theory-
ΣFx = 0 For plane stress condition,
w sinθ = Pcosθ + µN
σ per = σ12 + σ 22 – σ1σ2
w sinθ = Pcosθ +µ(w cosθ + P sinθ)
w sinθ – µwcosθ = Pcosθ + µPsinθ σper = σ = 300 MPa
w ( sin θ – µ cos θ ) 60. A machine component of 90 kg mass needs to
P=
cos θ + µ sin θ be held in position using three springs as shown
100 × ( sin 45º –0.25 × cos 45º ) below. The spring constants K1, K2 and K3 are
P= = 60N 4, 4 and 8 N/m respectively. Find the natural
cos 45º +0.25 × sin 45º
frequency of the system in rad/sec.
57. The ratio of maximum shear stress to average
shear stress in a beam of rectangular section is
(a) 5.1 (b) 2/3
(c) 3/2 (d) 1.0
Ans. (c) :
Cross section τmax τ NA τmax
τavg τavg τ NA
(a) 0.33 (b) 0.42
Rectangle/square 3/2 3/2 1
(c) 0.13 (d) 3.0
Circle 4/3 4/3 1
Triangle 3/2 4/3 9/8 Ans. (a) : Here K1 and K2 are in series where as K3 is in
parallel.
Diamond 9/8 1 9/8
1 1 1 1 1 1
58. A mass less beam has a loading pattern shown in = + = + =
figure. Find the bending moment at mid span? K K1 K 2 4 4 2
K = 2 N/m
Now, Total Keq = (K + K3) = 2 + 8 = 10 N/m
So, Natural frequency,
(a) 1 kN-m (b) 3 kN-m
(c) 2 kN-m (d) 0.0 kN-m K eq 10 1
ωn = = = rad / sec
Ans. (a) : M 90 3
ωn = 0.33 rad/sec.
61. A cylindrical pressure vessel has diameter 200
mm and thickness 2 mm. Find the hoop and
axial stress (N/mm2) in the cylindrical vessel,
when it is subjected to an internal pressure of 5
4 × 1.5 MPa.
RA = = 3kN
2 (a) 125, 125 (b) 125, 250
(B.M)B = RA × 1 – w × 0.5 = 3 ×1– 4 × 0.5 = 1 kN-m (c) 250, 250 (d) 250, 125
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 117 YCT
Ans. (d) : Given, 65. A solid circular shaft needs to be designed to
Diameter (d) = 200mm transmit a torque of 55 N m. If the allowable
Thickness (t) = 2mm shear stress of the material is 280 N/mm2, find
Internal pressure (P) = 5MPa the diameter (in mm) of the shaft required to
pd 5 × 200 transmit torque. (Assume, π = 22/7)
σ hoop = = = 250 MPa (a) 5.62 (b) 10
2t 2× 2
1 (c) 31.62 (d) 25.0
σlong or σaxial = σ hoop = 125MPa Ans. (b) : For circular solid shaft,
2
16T
62. For a long slender column of uniform cross τ=
section, the ratio of critical buckling load for πD3
the case with both ends hinged to the case with 16T 16 × 55 × 103
both ends clamped is D3 = =
πτper 22
× 280
(a) 0.25 (b) 4.0
7
(c) 0.125 (d) 0.5
D3 = 1000
Ans. (a) : For both ends hinged,
D = 10 mm
π2 EI
( Pcr )1 = 2 .....(i) 66. If S is the applied stress, c is the width of the
L crack and r the radius of curvature at the tip of
For both ends clamped, the crack, Griffith's crack theory gives the
4π2 EI
( Pcr )2 = 2 .....(ii) concentrated stress Sc as
L (a) 2S (c/r)1/2 (b) 2S (c/r)1/3
( Pcr )1 1 (c) S (c/r) 1/2
(d) 2S (2c/r)1/2
So, = = 0.25
( Pcr )2 4 Ans. (a) : Griffith crack theory- The Griffith theory
states that a crack will propagates when the reduction in
63. If the length of a column subjected to potential energy that occurs due to crack growth is
compressive load is increase by three times its greater than or equal to the increase in surface energy
original length, the critical buckling load
due to the creation of new free surface. This theory is
becomes
applicable to elastic materials that fracture in brittle
(a) 1/3 of the original value
fashion.
(b) 3 times the original value
Griffith crack theory gives,
(c) 1/9 of the original value 1/ 2
(d) 1/27 of the original value c
Sc = 2S  
1 r
Ans. (c) : Critical buckling load Pe ∝ 2
L 67. A metal alloy machine component is subjected
(Le)2 = 3(Le)1 to fluctuating tensile stress from 100 N/mm2 to
2 2 200 N/mm2. The material has yield and
(Pe ) 2  L1   1 
=  =  endurance strength of 450 and 200 N/mm2
(Pe )1  L 2   3  respectively. Find the factor of safety of the
(P ) machine component.
(Pe ) 2 = e 1 (a) 5/6 (b) 12/7
9
(c) 1/3 (d) 6/5
64. A square bar of size 10 mm × 10 mm and
length 1000 mm is subjected to 200 N axial Ans. (b) : σmax = 200 N/mm , σmin = 100 N/mm
2 2

tensile force. The bar is made of mild steel σy = 450 N/mm , σe = 200 N/mm
2 2

having modulus of elasticity of 200 GPa. Find σ max + σ min

the strain energy density stored in the bar σ m = = 150MPa
2
under this state of loading?
(a) 10 J/m3 (b) 20 J/m3 σ – σ min
3 3
σ v = max = 50MPa
(c) 2 J/m (d) 5 J/m 2
Ans. (a) : Strain energy per unit volume = modulus of By assuming Soderberg's equation,
resilience σm σ v 1
+ =
 200 
2
σ y σe N
σ2 ( P / A )
2  
10 × 10 
= 
150 50 1
= a = + =
2E 2E 2 × 200 × 103 450 200 N
1 12
= 5 N − mm / mm3 = 10N − m / m3 = 10 J/m3 ⇒ N=
10 7
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 118 YCT
68. A driver of mass 100 kg is standing at the tip of Ans. (d) :
a spring board of negligible mass. The natural Hardness test Type of Indenter
frequency of the spring board with the driver is Brinell's Hardness test Steel ball indenter
1.6 Hz. What is the static deflection at the tip of Vicker hardness test Square base diamond
the spring board when the driver is standing at pyramid indenter.
the tip? Rockwell hardness test "Brale" indenter (Conical
(a) 0.1 mm (b) 981 mm black diamond)
(c) 98.1 mm (d) 9.81 mm 72. In a two component system, if the non-
Ans. (c) : fn = 1.6 Hz compositional variable is only temperature, the
number of degrees of freedom in the case of a
By Rayleigh's method, if ∆ = static deflection, then,
single phase field as per Gibbs Phase Rule is?
1 g (a) 0 (b) 1
fn =
2π ∆ (c) 2 (d) 3
Ans. (c) : From Gibb's phase rule with only temperature
1 9.81
1.6 = as variable,
2π ∆ P+F=C+1
∆ = 97.06 mm 1+F=2+1
Closest answer is 98.1 mm. F=2
69. Which of the following is classified as a 73. In an iron-carbon diagram, the percentage by
weight of carbon at eutectoid composition is
secondary bond in materials?
(a) 1.12 (b) 0.76
(a) Ionic bonding (b) Covalent bonding (c) 0.24 (d) 0.03
(c) Metallic bonding (d) Hydrogen bonding Ans. (b) : A steel containing 0.8% carbon are known as
Ans. (d) : There are two types of bonding- eutectoid steel. It consist of wholly pearlite.
1. Primary bonds The percentage of carbon by weight at eutectoid
2. Secondary bonds composition is 0.76%.
727ºC
Primary bonds are formed due to transfer or sharing γ ↽ 0.76%C ⇀ α + Fe3 C
of electrons. Eutectic reaction-
Secondary bonds are formed due to attraction L  4.3%
→ Fe3 C + γ (Ledeburite)
11470 C
between positive and negative charge.
There are three types of secondary bonds- 74. Of the various microstructures that may be
produced for a given steel alloy, which among
(i) Vanderwaals bond. the following is the hardest form
(ii) Dipole-dipole forces (a) Martensite (b) Pearlite
(iii) Hydrogen bonding (c) Bainite (d) Spheroidite
Hydrogen bonding is the stronger form of secondary Ans. (a) : ● Martensite microstructure is the hardest
bonding and is formed from polar molecular bonding. form among various microstructure that produced for
Hydrogen bonding is classified as two types- given steel alloy.
(a) The intramolecular hydrogen bonding Reason- The strength and hardness is due to elastic
strain within the martensite, which is a result of too
(b) The intermolecular hydrogen bonding many carbon atoms being in the spaces between the iron
70. The number of atoms per unit cell for an FCC atoms in the martensite.
crystal structure is 75. Which spring steel is widely used for aircraft
(a) 2 (b) 4 engine valves
(c) 6 (d) 8 (a) Oil tempered wire (0.6 C to 0.7 C)
(b) Chrome vanadium
Ans. (b) :
(c) Hard drawn wire (0.6 C to 0.7 C)
Crystal Structure No. of atoms per unit cell (d) Phosphor bronze wire
Simple cubic 1 Ans. (b) : Chrome vanadium spring steel is widely used
BCC 2 for aircraft engine valves.
It provides good resistance to fatigue as it has high
FCC 4 endurance strength.
HCP 6 76. If, Kf is the fatigue stress concentration factor
71. Which of the following hardness test uses and Kt is the theoretical stress concentration
diamond cone type indenter? factor then, the notch sensitivity q is?
(a) Brinell (b) Vickers (a) (Kf + 1)/(Kt + 1) (b) (Kf – 1)/(Kt – 1)
(c) Knoop (d) Rockwell (c) (Kt – 1)/(Kt – 1) (d) (Kf – 1)/(Kt + 1)
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 119 YCT
Ans. (b) : Notch sensitivity (q) Ans. (a) : Simply supported beam
Increasein actualstress over nominal
=
Increase in static stress over nominal
k f σ0 – σ0
q= Here static deflection
k t σ 0 – σ0
wℓ 3 Mgℓ3
kf – 1 ∆= =
q= 48EI 48EI
kt –1 Circular natural frequency
0≤q≤1 g g
ωn = =
If q = 0 ⇒ kf = 1 ⇒ Notch is not sensitive ∆ Mgℓ 3
If q = 1 ⇒ kf = kt ⇒ Notch is fully sensitive 48EI
77. Beach or clamshell marks on a failed metallic 48EI
surface are typical of ωn =
Mℓ 3
(a) Ductile fracture (b) Brittle fracture Linear natural frequency
(c) Creep failure (d) Fatigue failure
ω 1 48EI
Ans. (d) : fn = n =
2π 2π Mℓ3
80.
A machine component of natural frequency 20
rad/s is subjected to a base motion from the
machine which is harmonic in natural with
amplitude 3 m/s2 at 10 rad/s. What is the peak
amplitude of relative displacement of the
Beach or clamshell marks are formed when the member components if the damping is negligible?
is subjected to fluctuating loading that permits time for (a) 0.1 mm (b) 1.0 mm
oxidation inside the crack. So beach or clamshell marks (c) 10.0 mm (d) 100.0 mm
on a failed metallic surface are typical type of fatigue Ans. (c) : ωn = 20 rad/sec
failure. F
a = 3 m/sec2 = 0
78. In vibration isolation if ω/ωn is less than max m
2 then the transmissibility will be (F0 = me ω2 = mamax)
(a) Less than one (b) Equal to one ω = 10 rad/sec.
(c) Greater than one (d) Zero ω 10 1
= =
Ans. (c) : ωn 20 2
Amplitude

A=
( F0 / s ) (ξ = 0)
2
  ω 2   ω
2

 1 –    +  2ξ 
  ωn    ωn 
The above figure shows curve between transmissibility  
 ω  ( F0 / s ) ( F0 / m ) / ( s / m )
ratio and  r = . A= =
 ω  2 2
n  ω  ω
1–   1–  
ω  ωn   ωn 
By this curve it can be inferred, when < 2
ωn F0 / m
T.R. > 1 ωn 2
A= 2
79. The natural frequency of a simply supported  ω
beam of length l with mass M at its centre, 1–  
 ωn 
flexural rigidity EI and negligible beam mass is
3/ ( 20 )
2
1 48EI 1 3EI a max / ωn 2 3 / 400 4
(a) (b) A= 2
= 2
= = = 0.01 meter
2π Ml 3 2π Ml 3  ω 1 3/ 4 400
1–   1–  
 ωn  2
1 EI
(c) (d) None of the above
2π Ml 3 A = 10 mm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2020 120 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper Exam Date : 22.04.2018

1. The pressure P of a gas in terms of its mean Ans. (c) : For diesel engine rc = 15 - 22
kinetic energy per unit volume E is equal to For Otto engine rc = 7 - 12
(a) E/3 (b) E/2
For Dual cycle engine rc = 13 - 17
(c) 3E/4 (d) 2E/3
Where rc is compression ratio.
Ans. (d) : Kinetic energy for gas
6. One kg of carbon monoxide requires how much
3
KE = RT (PV = RT) quantity of oxygen to produce 11/7 kg of
2 carbon dioxide gas?
3 (a) 4/7 kg (b) 11/4 kg
= PV
2 (c) 9/7 kg (d) None of the above
KE 3 Ans. (a) :
= P=E
V 2 1
CO + O2 → CO2
2 2
P= E
3 So,
2. Work done in a free expansion process is 1
mole of O2 would make 1 mole CO2
(a) +ve (b) -ve 2
(c) zero (d) none of the above So, 16 kg O2 would make 44 kg CO2
Ans. (c) : The work done in a free expansion process is 16
zero because free expansion is an irreversible adiabatic Then kg O2 would make 1 kg CO2
and isentropic process. In free expansion, there is no 44
external resistance upon which system can apply force. Therefore,
3. If the value of n is infinitely large in a 11 11 16 4
kg CO2 make by × kg O2 = kg O2
polytropic process PVn = C, then the process is 7 7 44 7
known as constant
(a) volume (b) pressure 7. The entropy of water at 0 K is assumed to be
(c) temperature (d) entropy (a) 1 JK-1 (b) -1 JK-1
-1
(c) 10 JK (d) 0
Ans. (a) : PV n = C
P1/n V = C1/n Ans. (d) : The entropy of water at 0 K is assumed to be
If n= ∞ zero.
So V = Constant (C) 8. An expression process as per law PV = constant
This is constant volume process. is known as
4. During the charging of a storage battery, the (a) parabolic expansion (b) hyperbolic expansion
current I is 20A and the voltage E in 12.8V. (c) isentropic expansion (d) free expansion
The ratio of heat transfer from the battery is Ans. (b) : We know that
16W. At what rate is the internal energy
increasing? PV = nRT = constant
(a) 256 Js-1 (b) 272 Js-1 nRT = constant
(c) 0 (d) 240 Js-1 For constant number of moles, temperature is constant.
Ans. (d) : I = 20A 9. Speed of an aeroplane is measured by
E = 12.8V (a) pitot tube (b) hot wire anemometer
Q = 16W
(c) venturimeter (d) rotameter
U=?
Energy store in battery during charging = VI - Q Ans. (a) : Pitot tube—It is used to measure velocity of
= 12.8 × 20 - 16 airplanes and boats.
= 256 - 16 Hot Wire Anemometer—It is used for measuring the
= 240W (Js-1) velocity of the fluid.
5. The compression ratio for diesel engines is Venturi meter—It is used for measuring the rate of
close to flow of fluid flowing through pipe.
(a) 3 to 6 (b) 5 to 8 Rotameter—It is used to measures the volumetric flow
(c) 15 to 20 (d) 20 to 30 rate of fluid in a closed tube.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 121 YCT
10. Euler's dimensionless number relates the ρ K
following (c) (d)
(a) inertial force and gravity K ρ
(b) viscous force and inertial force K
(c) pressure force and inertial force Ans. (a) : Speed of sound in water C =
(d) viscous force and pressure force ρ
Ans. (c) : Where, ρ = Density
K = Bulk modulus
Inertial Force ( FI ) FI
EU = = ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
Pressure Force ( FP ) FP 15. For an irrotational flow, + = 0 is the
∂x 2 ∂y 2
11. A simple compressible substance inside a
cylinder undergoes a change of state equation given by
quasistatically, isothermally and at constant (a) Cauchy-Riemann (b) Reynolds
pressure of 1.5 MPa. If the enthalpy change for (c) Laplace (d) Bernoulli
the system is 4000 kJ at 150ºC, what is the Ans. (c) :
corresponding change in its entropy?
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
(a) 9.45 kJ K-1 (b) 26.67 kJ K-1 + = 0 is Laplace equation.
(c) 14.17 kJ K-1 (d) 0 ∂x 2 ∂y 2
Ans. (a) : Firstly the substance is not ideal gas, so don't 16. In a centrifugal pump casing, the flow of water
try to use formula for change in entropy for ideal gas. leaving the impeller is
The situation is basically phase change as temperature is (a) rectilinear flow (b) free vortex motion
constant. (c) radial flow (d) forced vortex
We know that dH = TdS + VdP Ans. (b) : Flow inside the impeller of centrifugal pump
At constant pressure dH = TdS (dP = 0) is forced vortex motion and the flow of water leaving
dH the impeller is free vortex motion.
dS =
T 17. For a two stage reciprocating compressor,
The entropy change is given as— compression from P1 to P3 is with perfect inter
4000 cooling and no pressure losses. If compression
dS = in both the cylinders follows the same
150 + 273 polytropic process and the atmospheric
dS = 9.45 kJ/K
pressure is Pa, then the intermediate pressure
12. The velocity of sound in a gaseous medium at a P2 is given by
-1
temperature of 400K in 400ms . If the
(P + P )
temperature of the medium is increased to 600 (a) P2 = 1 3 (b) P2 = P1 .P3
K, the velocity of sound will be nearly P2
(a) 400 ms-1 (b) 490 ms-1
-1 P P
(c) 600 ms (d) None of there (c) P2 = Pa . 3 (d) P2 = Pa . 1
Ans. (b) : We know that velocity of sound in a gaseous P1 P 3
medium. Ans. (b) : For perfect inter-cooling, intermediate
C = γ RT pressure P2 is
C∝ T ∴ γ R = Constant P2 = P1 × P3

C2 T 18. The degree of reaction in an axial flow

= 2 compressor is defined as the ratio of static
C1 T1 enthalpy rise in the
600 (a) rotor to static enthalpy rise in the stator
C2 = 400 × (b) stator to static enthalpy rise in the rotor
400 (c) rotor to static enthalpy rise in the stage
C2 = 400 × 1.2247 (d) stator to static enthalpy rise in the stage
C2 = 489.89 ≈ 490 m / s
Ans. (c) : The degree of reaction in an axial flow
13. Stress strain relation of the Newtonian fluid is compressor is defined as the ratio of static enthalpy rise
(a) parabolic (b) linear in the rotor to static enthalpy rise in the stage.
(c) hyperbolic (d) inverse type Static enthalpy risein the rotor
Ans. (b) : Stress strain relation of the Newtonian fluid DOR( axial flow compressor ) =
Static enthalpy rise in the stage
is linear.
14. Speed of sound in water is equal to (K-bulk 19. The frequency of ultrasonic waves is
modulus, ρ-density) (a) less than 20 Hz
(b) between 20 to 10000 Hz
K
(a) (b) Kρ (c) between 20 to 20000 Hz
ρ (d) above 20000 Hz
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 122 YCT
Ans. (d) : Range of frequency of waves Ans. (d) : We know that unit speed of turbine—
Infrasonic ≤ 20 Hz N1 N2
= = NU
20 Hz < sonic ≤ 20 kHz H1 H2
Ultrasonic > 20 kHz
N1 N2
20. Loudness of the sound does not change with the =
change in 25 100
(a) frequency N2 = 2Nl
(b) amplitude So, speed should be increased by 100%.
(c) distance from the source of sound 24. The specific speed of a centrifugal pump,
(d) none of these delivering 1000 litres of water per second
against a head of 16 metre at 800 rpm
Ans. (a) : Loudness refers to how loud or soft a sound (a) 50 rpm (b) 100 rpm
feels to a listener. The loudness of sound is determined (c) 150 rpm (d) 200 rpm
by the intensity of the sound waves.
Ans. (b) : Specific speed of centrifugal pump
• Loudness of the sound does not change with the
change in frequency N Q 800 × 1000 × 10−3
NS = =
21. If the stream function of two dimensional flow H 3/ 4 163 / 4
is ψ = 5xy , then the velocity at a point (3, 4) is NS = 100 rpm
(a) 25 ms -1
(b) 20 ms -1 25. A pipe of 0.1 m2 suddenly changes to 0.5 m2
(c) 7 ms-1 (d) 5 ms-1 area. The quantity of water flowing in the pipe
is 0.5 ms-1. Head loss due to sudden
Ans. (a) : Given, ψ = 5xy, at point (3, 4) velocity in x- enlargement is nearly
direction. (a) 0.025 m (b) 0.05 m
∂ψ (c) 0.8 m (d) 1.2 m
U= = 5x
∂y Ans. (c) : We know that head loss due to sudden
enlargement
U (3,4) = 15m / s
Velocity in y-direction
∂ψ
V =− = −5 y
∂x
V(3,4) = −20m / s

′ = U 2 + V 2 = (15)2 + (−20) 2
V(3,4) (V1 − V2 )2
h= (Q1 = Q2 = Q)
V′(3, 4) = 25 m/s. 2g
22. A glass tube of 8 mm diameter is immersed in Q 0.5
-1 V2 = = =1 m/ s
water. Surface tension of water is 0.0075 kg m A2 0.5
and rise of water in the tube due to capillary
Q 0.5
effect is V1 = = = 5 m/s
(a) 7.5 mm (b) 3.75 mm A1 0.1
(c) 11.25 mm (d) None of these (5 − 1) 2 16
h= =
Ans. (b) : Rise of water in the tube due to capillary 2g 2 × 10
effect h = 0.8 m
4σ cos θ 26. Efficiency of a centrifugal pump is maximum
h= For water in glass tube θ = 0º,
ρ gd when the blades are
Cos 0º = 1 (a) straight
(b) forward curved
4 × 0.0075 × 1
h= (σ = 0.0075 × g N / m) (c) backward curved
1000 × 0.008 (d) forward and backward curved
h = 0.00375 m Ans. (c) : When the blades of centrifugal pump are
h = 3.75 mm backward curved, then efficiency is maximum.
27. The hydraulic diameter, Dh of a rectangular
23. An impulse turbine produces 125 hp under a channel with sides 'a' and 'b' is,
head of 25 meters. By what percentage should
the speed be increased for a head of 100 metres
(a) 25% (b) 50%
(c) 75% (d) 100%
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 123 YCT
 4ab 2ab 31. The critical radius of insulation for a spherical
(a) Dh = (b) Dh = shell is
2a + b a+b
2ab 4ab thermal conductivity of insulating material
(c) Dh = (d) Dh = (a)
2a + b a+b heat transfer coefficient at the outer surface
Ans. (a) : We know that hydraulic diameter in 2 × thermal conductivity of insulating material
(b)
rectangular channel is given by heat transfer coefficient at the outer surface
4A
Dh = c thermal conductivity of insulating material
P (c)
where, 2 × heat transfer coefficient at the outer surface
Ac = cross-sectional area heat transfer coefficient at the outer surface
=a×b (d)
thermal conductivity of insulating material
P = wetted perimeter
= (2a + b) Ans. (b) : Critical radius of insulation-
2K
4(a × b) rc = (For spherical shell)
Dh = h
(2a + b)
K
28. Which of the following has maximum value of rc = (For cylindrical shell)
thermal conductivity? h
(a) steel (b) copper 32. If the temperature of a solid surface changes
(c) brass (d) aluminium from 27ºC to 81ºC, then its emissive power
Ans. (b) : changes in the ratio of nearly
Diamond (non-metal) → 2300 W/mK (a) 81 (b) 9
Silver → 400 W/mK (c) 1.49 (d) 1.94
Copper → 385 W/mK Ans. (d) : T 2 = 81ºC, T 1 = 27ºC
Aluminium → 210 W/mK We know that Emissive Power (E)
Brass → 110 W/mK E = σT 4 ⇒ E ∝ T 4
Steel → 55-35 W/mK 4 4
E2  T2   81 + 273 
29. The value of Biot number is very small (< 0.01) =  =  = 1.938 ≃ 1.94
when E1  T1   27 + 273 
(a) conductive resistance of the fluid is negligible 33. The heat removal rate from a refrigerated
(b) conductive resistance within the body is space is 7.2 kW and the power input to the
negligible compressor is 1.8 kW. The coefficient of
(c) conductive resistance of the fluid surface of performance (COP) of the refrigerator is
the body is negligible (a) 4 (b) 5
(d) None of these (c) 1.25 (d) 0.25
Ans. (b) : The value of Biot number is very small when Ans. (a) :
conductive resistance within the body is negligible its
mean conductivity of material becomes infinity. Heat removed from space
[COP]ref =
30. A steam pipe is to be insulated by 2 insulating Work done
materials put over each other. For best results 7.2
(a) better insulation should be put over pipe and =
inferior one over it 1.8
(b) inferior insulation should be put over pipe and [COP ]ref = 4
better one over it
(c) both may put in any order 34. For a fluid having Prandtl number equal to
(d) unpredictable unity, the relation between hydrodynamic
boundary layer thickness (δ1) and thermal
Ans. (d) : In case of same thickness of insulation–
boundary layer thickness (δ2).
(a) δ1 > δ 2 (b) δ1 < δ 2
δ1
(c) δ1 = δ 2 (d) δ 2 =
3
For better insulation K1<K2.
For best results in order to insulate steam by better δ1
Ans. (c) : Pr1/ 3 =
insulation material should be put over pipe and inferior δ2
one over it.
In the question thickness of insulation is not given. So it if, Pr = 1 (given)
is unpredictable. So, δ1 = δ 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 124 YCT
35. Life of a ball bearing at a load of 10 kN is 40. A material that exhibits the same elastic
24000 hours. If the load is increased to 20 kN properties in all directions at a point is called
(all other conditions are same), its life in hour is (a) homogenous (b) heterogenous
(a) 1000 h (b) 3000 h (c) isotropic (d) orthotropic
(c) 6000 h (d) 12000 h Ans. (c) : A material that exhibits the same elastic
Ans. (b) : We know that properties in all directions at a given point is called
n isotropic.
K 
L=  41. Number of atoms per unit cell of a face
C  centered cubic (FCC) lattice is
where, n = 3 for ball bearing (a) 14 (b) 7
10 (c) 4 (d) 10
n= or 3.33 for roller bearing
3 Ans. (c) : Crystal system No. of atom per unit cell
K = Dynamic load capacity, C1 → equivalent SC 1
dynamic load BCC 2
1 FCC 4
L ∝ 3 for ball bearing 42. The impact strength of a material is an index of
C
its
3 3
L2  C1   10  1 (a) fatigue strength (b) tensile strength
=   =   ⇒ L2 = 24000 × (c) hardness (d) toughness
L1  C2   20  8
Ans. (d) : The impact strength is resistance of a
L2 = 3000 hr material to fracture under a sudden impact or shock
36. The main objective of 'shot peening' is to load, it is a measure of toughness of the material.
improve which property of metal parts 43. Which of the following order of crystal
(a) fatigue strength (b) ductility structure will match with metals Iron - Nickel -
(c) surface finish (d) none of these Titanium in that order at room temperature?
(a) BCC - HCP - FCC (b) FCC - BCC - BCP
Ans. (a) : Shot peening is a cold working process used
to finish metal parts to prevent failure by improving (c) HCP - FCC- BCC (d) BCC -FCC - HCP
fatigue strength. Ans. (d) : Iron → BCC
37. A hole is of dimension φ60 (+0.015/+0.000)
and the Nickel → FCC
corresponding shaft is of dimension Titanium → HCP
φ60(+0.011/+0.001). When they are assembled they 44. In a machining operation cutting speed is
will form a reduced by 50%. Assuming n = 0.5, C = 300 in
(a) interference fit (b) clearance fit Taylor's equation the increase in tool life is
(c) transition fit (d) none of these (a) 2 (b) 4
Ans. (c) : Upper size of hole (c) 8 (d) 16
φ60 (+0.015/+0.000)
= 60 + 0.015 = 60.015 mm V
Upper size of shaft Ans. (b) : V1 = V ,V2 = , n = 0.5, C = 300
2
φ60(+0.011/+0.001) = 60 + 0.011 = 60.011 mm Taylor's equation
Upper size of shaft is more than lower size of hole VTn = C
(60mm) but less than upper size of hole.
So the assembled parts make transition fit. V
V (T1 )0.5 = (T2 )0.5
38. Which of the following carbon steels is most 2
1
weldable
(a) 1.0% carbon steel (b) 0.3% carbon steel  T2  2
  =2
(c) 0.5% carbon steel (d) 0.15% carbon steel  T1 
Ans. (d) : Low carbon steel (0.15% carbon) is most T2 = 4T1
weldable among them because they can welded with 45. In a linear arc welding process, the heat input
low preheat and no post-treatment is required. per unit length is inversely proportional to
39. A small percentage of boron is added to steel in (a) welding current
order to (b) welding speed
(a) increase endurance strength (c) welding voltage
(b) reduce machinability (d) duty cycle of power source
(c) increase water resistance
Ans. (b) : In a linear arc welding process, the heat input
(d) increase hardenability per unit length is inversely proportional to welding
Ans. (d) : Boron gives hardness to steel. So, a small speed, as we increase welding speed heat input per unit
percentage of boron is added to steel in order to increase length would decrease due to less time available for
hardenability. heat transfer.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 125 YCT
46. The welding process which uses a blanket of Ans. (b) : Total number of handshakes of n people is
fusible granular flux is n ( n − 1)
(a) submerged arc welding given by nC2 =
(b) tungsten inert gas welding 2
n(n − 1)
(c) electroslag welding 45 =
(d) thermit welding 2
Ans. (a) : In submerged arc welding, blanket of fusible n(n − 1) = 90
granular flux is used. n 2 − n − 90 = 0
47. In a metal sheet of 3 mm thickness, a hole of n 2 − 10n + 9n − 90 = 0
7mm diameter needs to be punched. The yield (n − 10)(n + 9) = 0
strength in tension of the sheet material is 120
So, n = 10
MPa and its ultimate shear strength is 100
MPa. The force required to punch the hole is 53. Two non-zero vectors are parallel if their
(a) 7.92 kN (b) 11.6 kN vector product is
(c) 6.6 kN (d) 13.9 kN (a) 1 (b) 0
(c) -1 (d) ∞
Ans. (c) : t = 3mm, d = 7mm, τ = 100 MPa σy = 120
Ans. (b) : We know that Vector product is given by
MPa
Punching force, F = π Dt ×τ s a × b = a b sin θ nˆ
= 3.14 × 7 × 3 × 100 If θ = 0º
F = 6.594 kN ≃ 6.6kN a×b = 0
Two non-zero vectors are parallel if their vector product
48. Profile of a gear tooth can be checked by is zero because angle between them is zero degree.
(a) sine bar (b) bench micrometer 54. If Eigen value a matrix a is λ, then the Eigen
(c) optical pyrometer (d) optical projector value of A2 is
Ans. (d) : Profile of a gear tooth can be checked by (a) 1 (b) 1/ λ
optical projector. (c) 1/ λ2 (d) λ2
49. The reflector combined with auto collimator Ans. (d) : If Eigen value of a matrix A is λ, then the
can be used for checking Eigen value of A 2 is λ 2

x
s
i
nx
(a) parallelism (b) circularity l
(c) surface finish (d) alignment mx
i
55. The value of is equal to
→
∞

Ans. (d) : Auto-Collimator is an instrument used to

measure small angular inclinations. It is also used to (a) 1 (b) -1
check straightness, flatness and alignment. (c) Infinity (d) zero
• Autocollimator is a tube for projecting parallel rays of sin x
light. It consists simply of a light source and a Ans. (d) : lim =0
x →∞ x
collimating lens (converging lens).
1- x 1
50. PERT has following time estimate 56. If f(x) = then f   is equal to
(a) one time estimate 1+ x x
(b) two time estimate (a) f (x) (b) -f (x)
(c) three time estimate (c) f (-x) (d) ± f (x)
(d) nil time estimate Ans. (b) : Given
Ans. (c) : PERT has following three time estimate 1− x
f ( x) =
1. Optimistic time estimate 1+ x
2. Pessimistic time estimate 1
3. Most likely time estimate Put
x
51. Which of the following is an amorphous material 1
(a) mica (b) lead on replacing x with , then
x
(c) rubber (d) glass
1
Ans. (d): Amorphous solid are any non-crystalline solid 1−
in which the atoms and molecules are not organized in a
1
f  = x = x −1
definite lattice pattern. Such solid include glass, gel etc.   1+
x 1 x +1
x
52. In a party, each person shake hands with every
other person present. The total number of f  1  = − x − 1 = − f ( x)
 
handshakes was 45. The number of people in x x +1
the party is
1
(a) 12 (b) 10 f   = − f ( x)
(c) 8 (d) 6 x
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 126 YCT
 s  ∂ 2u ∂ 2u 
57. Inverse Laplace transform of is Poisson  2 + 2 = f ( x, y )  equations.
s + a2
2
 ∂x ∂y 
eat + e− at eat − e − at 62. The solution of the equation y’’ + y = 0 satisfy
(a) (b)
2 2 π
at − at the condition y (0) = 1, y   = 2, is
(c)
e
(d)
e 2
2 2 (a) cos x + 2 sin x (b) cos x + sin x
Ans. (*) : Note ⇒No answer given by ISRO (c) 2 cos x + sin x (d) 2(cos x + 2 sin x)
58. One dimensional wave equation is Ans. (a): y’’ +y = 0
∂2 y 2 ∂ y
2
∂y 2 ∂ y
2
π
(a) = α (b) = α y(0) = 1, y   = 2
∂t 2 ∂x 2 ∂t ∂x 2 2
∂2 y ∂2 y general solution of the given differential equation is
(c) + =0 (d) none of these
∂t 2 ∂x 2 y = e0x × C1 sin x + C 2 cos x
Ans. (a) : Wave equation- y = C1 sin x + C2 cos x
∂2 y 2 ∂ y
2
Now, y(0) = 1
= α
∂t 2 ∂x 2 1 = C1 sin 0 + C2 cos 0
Heat equation- C2 = 1
∂y ∂2 y Equation become-
= α2 2
∂t ∂x y = C1 sin x + C2 cos x
Laplace equation
π
∂2 y ∂2 y Now y   = 2
+ =0 2
∂t 2 ∂x 2
π π
59. Which of the following method is said to be a 2 = C1 sin + C 2 cos
direct method in numerical methods? 2 2
(a) Regula-Falsi method C1 = 2
(b) Gauss-Siedel method Therefore equation become y=2sinx+cosx
(c) Newton-Raphson method 63. A composite bar made of aluminum and steel is
(d) Gauss elimination method fixed rigidly at supports P and Q as shown in
Ans. (d): Gauss elimination method is a direct method figure. When the temperature of the bar is
for solving a linear system of equation whereas all increased by 10ºC, the reactions at the supports
option are iterative method. are (given Eal = 70 GPa, Es = 210 GPa, αal =
60. If X is a normal variable with mean µ and 11E-6 mm/mmºC and αs = 12 E-6 mm/mmºC)
standard deviation σ, then the mean and
X-µ
standard deviation of the variable Z = is
σ
(a) 1 and 0 respectively (a) 4060 N (b) 6780 N
(b) µ and σ respectively (c) 12240 N (d) 2412 N
(c) 0 and 1 respectively Ans. (a): After Increasing the temperature of composite
(d) None of these bar. Total deflection due to temperature rise is given by
Ans. (c): Mean = 0 δTotal = (αtl ) s + (αtl ) Al
Standard deviation =1
61. Example for an elliptic partial differential = 12 × 10−6 × 10 × 3000 + 11 × 10 −6 × 10 × 2000
equation is δTotal = 0.58mm.......(1)
(a) U xx + U yy = 0 (b) U t = c 2U xx Another way to finding total elongation
(c) U tt = c U yy
2
(d) yU xx + U yy = 0 PLs PLA
δTotal = +
( AE ) s ( AE ) Al
∂ 2u
Ans. (a): Firstly, here U xx mean is U xx = and P × 3000 P × 2000
∂x 2 δTotal = +
similarly other terms. 200 × 210 × 103 400 × 70 ×103
These equations are second order linear partial differential P
elliptical partial differential equation is Laplace δTotal = .......(2)
7000
 ∂ 2u ∂ 2u  Then we get
 2 + 2 = 0  and
 ∂x ∂y  P = 4060N
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 127 YCT
64. Torque, T is applied at the free end of a 67. A round uniformly tapered bar of length L and
stepped rod of circular cross section as shown Young's modulus E has diameter of 'd' at one
in figure. If the shear modulus of the material end and '2d' at the other end. If the bar is
is G, the angular twist, θ at free end will be pulled by an axial force F, the extension
produced will be
2FL 4FL
(a) (b)
π Ed 2
π Ed 2
8FL 16FL
12TL 24TL (c) (d)
(a) (b) π Ed 2
π Ed 2
Gπ d 4 Gπ d 4
Ans. (a): Extension produced in tapered bar
36TL 48TL
(c) (d)
Gπ d 4 Gπ d 4 4 FL
Ans. (c): We know that, When Shafts are connected in δ=
πd × 2d × E
series
2FL
θ = θ1 + θ2 δ=
πEd 2
 TL   TL 
=  +  68. Two blocks A and B of 1 kg each are kept on a
 GJ 1  GJ  2 flat surface, one above other. The coefficient of
T × L × 32 T × 2 L × 32 friction between each contacting pair is 0.2. If
= + the lower block is pulled with a horizontal force
G × π× d 4 Gπ× 24 × d 4 F, the minimum value of F for which the slip
T × L × 32  2 occurs between the blocks is nearly
= + 1 + 4 
Gπ× d 4
 2 
36TL
θ=
Gπd 4
(a) 5.9 N (b) 4.9 N
65. In most brittle materials, the ultimate strength
(c) 18.4 N (d) 0
in compression is larger than the ultimate
strength in tension due to Ans. (a):
(a) Necking in tension
(b) Presence of flaws and microscopic cracks or
cavities
(c) Non-linearity of stress-strain diagram FBD of both blocks are
(d) Severity of tensile stress as compared to
compressive stress
Ans. (b): In brittle materials, the ultimate strength in
compression is larger than the ultimate strength in tension
due to presence of flaws and microscopic cracks or cavities.
66. For the spring system given in figure, the
equivalent stiffness is

So, F = µRA + µRB

slip occurs between the blocks if applied force F should
be equal to or greater than the friction force.
F ≥ 0.2 × 3 ×1× 9.81
F ≥ 5.886 ≈ 5.9 N
69. If the natural frequency of a spring mass
(a) 5K/2 (b) 2 K/5 system on earth is f, its natural frequency on
(c) K (d) 3K moon where acceleration due to gravity is one-
Ans. (c): In this system upper two springs are in parallel sixth of that on earth will be
then equivalent spring stiffness is (a) f /6 (b) 6 f
K1 = K +K = 2K (c) f / 6 (d) f
Then K1 and 2K are in series then equivalent spring
Ans. (d): We know that natural frequency is given by
stiffness is K2
1 1 1 1 1 1 k
= + = + f =
K 2 K1 2 K 2 K 2 K 2π m
Natural frequency is not depend on gravity so it will be
K2 = K remain same on earth and moon.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 128 YCT
70. A solid shaft can resist a bending moment of 6 F 2F
kN m and a torque of 8 kN m applied together. RB = , RA =
3 3
The maximum torque that the shaft can resist Moment at point
when applied alone is
(a) 7 kN m (b) 48 kN m 2 F L 2 FL
Mc = × =
(c) 10 kN m (d) 14 kN m 3 3 9
Ans. (c): T = 8kN-m MA = MB = 0
M = 6kN-m So, Max, moment will be at Point C
Maximum torque means equivalent torque Teq. 73. A solid metal bar of uniform diameter D and
Teq = M + T 2 2 length L is hung vertically. If ρ is density and E
is the Young's Modulus, then the total
= 82 + 6 2 elongation due to self weight is
= 100 (a) ρLg/2E (b) ρL2g/2E
Teq = 10 kN-m (c) ρEg/2L 2
(d) ρL2g/E
71. Two shafts of the same length and material are Ans. (b): Elongation due to self weight
connected in series, if the ratio of their ρgL2
diameters is 2, then the ratio of their angles of δ self =
2E
twist will be
74. A circular solid disc of uniform thickness
(a) 4 (b) 8 20mm, radius 400 mm and mass 10 kg, is used
(c) 16 (d) 32 as a flywheel. If it rotates at 300 rpm, the
Ans. (c) : We know that kinetic energy of the flywheel, in Joules is
T×L (a) 395 (b) 790
θ= (c) 1580 (d) 3160
 π 4
 × d ×G Ans. (a) : We know that kinetic energy in Flywheel
 32 
So 1
KE = I ω2
1 2
θ∝ 4 2
d 1 mr 2  2 × π× N 
KE = × ×  
4
θ1  d 2   2d 
4 2 2  60 
=  =  2
θ2  d1   d  1 10 × (0.4) 2  2 × π× 300 
= × × 
θ1 : θ2 = 16 :1 2 2  60 
KE = 394.784 ≃ 395 J
72. A concentrated load of F acts on a simply
supported beam of span L at a distance of L/3 75. If the length of the cantilever beam is reduced
th
from left support, the bending moment at this to 1/4 , the natural frequency of the mass M at
location C is the end of this cantilever beam of negligible
mass will be increased by a factor of
(a) 2 (b) 8 (c) 4 (d) 8
Ans. (d): We know that
1 g
f =
2π δ
(a) 2FL/3 (b) 4FL/9 Deflection of cantilever beam with mass M at its end is
(c) 2FL/9 (d) 4FL/3 given by
Ans. (c): RA + RB = F Mg × L3
δ=
3EI
1 g × 3EI
f =
2π Mg × L3
1
f ∝
L3 / 2
Then
3/ 2 3/ 2
f 2  L1   L 
Taking Moment about Point A =  = 
f1  L2   L/4
L
RB × L = F × f 2 = 8 f1
3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 129 YCT
76. The relationship between the linear elastic 50
properties Young's Modulus (E), rigidity P = F × V = 600 ×
3
modulus (G) and Bulk modulus (K) is given by P = 10,000 W
9 3 1 P = 10 kW
(a) = +
E K G Note:- Power is work done per unit time so it does not
1 9 3 matter for how long your hauls it.
(b) = +
E K G 79. A perfectly balanced rotor shaft supported
3 9 1 between short bearings at both ends shows a
(c) = + deflection of 2 mm at middle. Then the critical
E K G
speed of the shaft in rpm will be nearly,
9 1 3
(d) = + (a) 335 (b) 670
E K G
(c) 2010 (d) 1340
Ans. (d) : We know that
Ans. (b) : We know that
9 KG
E= g
3K + G ωn =
δ
9 3K + G
= 9.81
E KG ωn =
0.002
9 3 1
= + ωn = 70.035 rad/sec.
E G K
Critical speed of the shaft in rpm is given by
77. Euler's critical buckling load for a column
60 × ωn
fixed at both ends is Nc =
2π
2π 2 EI
(a) 60 × 70.035
L2 Nc =
2 × 3.14
π 2 EI
(b) Nc = 669.12 rpm
2 L2
N c ≃ 670 rpm
4π 2 EI
(c) 80. If an element is loaded as shown in figure
L2
below, the Von Mises stress will be close to
4π 2 EI
(d)
4 L2
Ans. (c) : When both ends are fixed, then effective
length of column.
L
Le =
2
π 2 EI
Euler's load Pe = (a) 180 MPa (b) 350 MPa
L2e
(c) 255 MPa (d) 495 MPa
4π 2 EI Ans. (b) : Data given
Pe =
L2 σ 1 = −100MPa, σ 2 = 300MPa, σ 3 = 150MPa
78. A truck hauls a trailer at 60 km/hour when We know that (according to Von Mises theory)
exerting a steady pull of 600N. If the work is
(σ 1 − σ 2 ) 2 + (σ 2 − σ 3 ) 2 + (σ 3 − σ 1 ) 2 = 2σ y2
done for 40 minutes, the power required is
(a) 6 kW (b) 4 kW (−100 − 300) 2 + (300 − 150)2 + (150 − (−100))2 = 2σ y2
(c) 2.4 kW (d) 10 kW
160000 + 22500 + 62500 = 2 × σ y2
Ans. (d) : Velocity is given as
1
5 50 σ y2 = × 245000 = 122500
V = 60 × = m/sec 2
18 3
σ y = 350 MPa
We know that Power
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2018 130 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017
MECHANICAL
SOLVED PAPER [ Exam Date : 17.12.2017

1. The most applicable failure theory for metals 3. A statistical process control chart which shows
like aluminium is the number of defects found in a subgroup of
(a) Maximum principal stress theory fixed size is
(b) Maximum principal strain theory (a) C-chart (b) R-chart
(c) Total strain energy theory (c) Control chart (d) Gantt chart
(d) Maximum distortion energy theory Ans. (a) : Control Chart–A statistical chart used for
Ans. (d) : The most applicable failure theory for metals controlling manufacturing processes is known as control
chart.
(1) Ductile material
(a) Maximum shear stress theory
(b) Maximum distortion energy theory
(2) Brittle material
(a) Maximum principal stress theory
(b) Maximum principal strain theory
(c) Total strain energy theory (1) X -chart–This chart is constructed for controlling
the variations in the average quality standards of the
2. Which one of the following is FALSE?
products in a production process.
(a) Number of Taps generally used for hand
taping is 3 (2) R-chart–The range chart is constructed for
controlling the variation in the dispersion or
(b) Piispanen's model in machining is used to
variability of the quality standard of the products in
estimate shear strain a production process.
(c) Chip hammering during machining is due to (3) P-chart– This chart is constructed for controlling
improper chip control the quality standard in the average fraction defective
(d) Cemented carbide tools are generally poor in of the products in a process. Here sample size is
compression varying.
Ans. (d) : Three types of taps are generally used in (4) C-chart– This chart is used for the control of
sequence while doing hand taping number of defects per unit say a price of
(i) Taper tap paper/glass/cloth which may contain more than one
(ii) Plug tap defect. Here sample size is fixed.
(iii) Bottoming tap 4. Complex irregular three dimensional surfaces
Figure shows the shear strain Piispanen model where can be located using the following method
the workpiece material shears a deck of cards (a) Sighting (b) Nesting
inclined to the free surface at an angle corresponding (c) Integral locators (d) Buttons
to the shear angle. Ans. (b) : Nesting locators position a part by enclosing
it in a depression or recess of the same shape as the part.
Complex irregular 3-D surfaces can be located using
nesting locators. It is the most accurate locating device
for profile locator.
5. The force in member BC of steel truss
structure shown in figure below is (Cross
section of each member is A, Length of each
Chip hammering occurs when cutting materials form member is 'ℓ')
a tough or abrasive chip. It occurs when the chip
curls back and strikes the tool face away from the
cutting edge.
Chip hammering results from improper chip control
and can often be eliminated by changing the lead
angle, depth of cut, feed rate or tool nose radius to
alter the chip flow direction.
Cemented carbide tools are generally poor in shear
and cutting tools made out of it can machine much (a) P1 + 2P2 (b) 2P1 + P2
faster than HSS tools. (c) 2 × ( P1 + P2 ) (d) ( P1 + P2 ) / 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 131 YCT
Ans. (c) : Ans. (b) : Weight of the rod
= 10 kg/m
= 10 × 10 N/m
= 100 × 2 N
= 200 N

Consider the right hand side part of the section.

Taking moment about point G
FBC × ℓ = 2P1 × ℓ + P2 × 2ℓ
FBC = 2P1 + 2P2
6. Buckling loads (Pi) of 4 columns of equal
length and cross section, but with different and
conditions are shown below. Which of the Taking moment about point B
following is TRUE? Tsin30 × 2 – 200 × 1 = 0
T = 200 N
∑V = 0
Tsin30° + RBV – 200 = 0
1
200 × + R BV − 200 = 0
2
RBV = 100 N
∑H = 0
Tcos30 – RBH = 0
(a) P1 < P2 < P3 < P4 (b) P3 < P1 < P4 < P2 3
RBH = 200 × = 173.2 N
(c) P1 < P4 < P2 < P3 (d) P3 < P4 < P1 < P2 2
Resultant reaction at B
Ans. (b) :
Diagram End Effective Buckling Load
Condition Length
p Both ends ℓe = ℓ π2 EI
hinged P1 =
ℓ2
q Both ends ℓ 4π2 EI
fixed ℓe = P2 = RB = R 2BV + R 2BH
2 ℓ2
r One end fixed ℓe = 2ℓ π2 EI RB = (100) 2 + (173.2)2 = 200 N
and other end P3 = 2
4ℓ R   100 
free θ = tan −1  BV  = tan −1  
s One end fixed R
 BH   173.2 
ℓ 2π2 EI
and other end ℓe = 2 P4 = 2 = 30°
ℓ
hinged 8. Arrange the metals Aluminium, Copper, Iron
Hence P3 < P1 < P4 < P2 & Silver in increasing order of thermal
7. The bar AB weighs 10 kg per meter and is conductivity
supported by cable AC and a pin at B. (a) Iron, Aluminium, Copper, Silver
Reaction a B is (take g = 10 m/s2) (b) Aluminium, Iron, Copper, Silver
(c) Copper, Iron, Silver, Aluminium
(d) Iron, Copper, Aluminium, Silver
Ans. (a) : Increasing order of thermal conductivity
Iron < Aluminium < Copper < Silver

Metal Thermal Conductivity

(a) 200 N, vertical Silver 410
(b) 200 N, at 300 to horizontal Copper 385
(c) 100 N vertical Aluminium 210
(d) 100 N at 600 to horizontal Iron 55-35
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 132 YCT
9. Modulus of resilience for the below material is Pℓ
Ans. (d) : Deflection (∆) =
AE
1
∆∝
E
as E1 > E2
∆1 < ∆2
Hence AB tilts and B moves downward
P
Stress = (Independent of E)
(a) 200 kN/m2 (b) 100 kN/m2 A
2
(c) 606.25 kN/m (d) 12.29 MN/m2 As two blocks are dimensionally equal have stress will
Ans. (b) : Modulus of resilience be equal.
= Area under stress–strain diagram upto elastic limit 12. In tolerancing of a part, unless otherwise
(EL) specified, individual features of size must
(a) not violate size limits of MMC at any cross
1
= σEL × ∈EL section
2 (b) not violate an envelope of perfect form at LMC
1 (c) not violate an envelope of perfect form at MMC
= × 200 × 0.001 N/mm2
2 (d) None of these
= 0.1 × 1000 kN/m2 Ans. (c) : Maximum material condition (MMC) ensure
= 100 kN/m2 further machining for correction if nothing is specified.
13. A horizontal bar AB assumed to be rigid, is
10. Which of the following is FALSE? supported by two wires CE & DF, having
(a) Heat flow by conduction is directly lengths L and 2L respectively and pinned at A.
proportional to the area and temperature If each wire has cross sectional area A, the
gradient tensile stress σ1 and σ2 in wires CE and DF are
(b) Heat flow by convection is directly respectively.
proportional to the area and temperature
difference
(c) Heat flow by radiation is directly
proportional to the cube of absolute
temperature of the radiating body
(d) Emissivity of perfect black body is unity
Ans. (c) : Heat flow by radiation is directly proportional 3P 6P 2P 4P
to the fourth power of absolute temperature of radiating (a) and (b) and
body. 5A 5A 5A 5A
3P 6P P
11. Two dimensionally equal blocks made of (c) and (d) each
material M1 and M2 are placed on a flat A A A
horizontal surface as shown in figure below. Ans. (d) :
Young's modulus of the materials are E1 & E2
resp. A uniform pressure 'p' is applied over the
blocks through a thick plate (AB)
symmetrically placed over the blocks. For E1 >
E2, consider the statements below.
Taking moment about point A
P × 3b – P2 × 2b – P1 × b = 0
3P = P1 + 2P2 .....(1)
∆2 = 2∆1
P2 × 2L P ×L
=2 1
AE AE
P2 = P1 .....(2)
(p) Stress in both blocks are same From equation (1) and (2)
(q) Strain in both blocks are same P = P1 = P2
(r) Plate AB tilts and point B moves downward Tensile stresses in CE and DF
(s) Plate AB tilts and point A moves downward P
σ1 =
Which of the above statements are correct? A
(a) p, q and r (b) q and r P
σ2 =
(c) p and s (d) p and r A
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 133 YCT
14. A 3 m long steel shaft has to transmit 7.5 kW at where 'm' is the friction shear factor and ' σ ' is
3600 rpm. Required shaft diameter is given by the flow stress
(Take allowable shear stress = 100 N/mm2, π2 = Ans. (a) : The relationship between the flow stress in
10)? uniaxial tension and shear flow stress.
(a) 10 mm (b) 7.5 mm The Tresca friction model then yields the following
(c) 25 mm (d) 12.5 mm expression.
Ans. (a) : Given, m
τ= σ
L = 3 m, P = 7.5 kW = 7500 W 3
N = 3600 rpm τ = 100 N/mm2 17. Governing differential equation for small
π2 = 10 deflections of elastic beams is given by
We know that d2 y M d3y
2πNT (a) = (b) EI = V (x )
P= dx 2 EI dx 3
60 d4 y
2π × 3600 × T (c) EI 4 = q ( x ) (d) All the above
7500 = dx
60 Ans. (d) : Differential equation of the elastic line is
375 375 × 103 d2 y
T= N−m = N − mm EI = M(x)
6π 6π dx 2
From torsion equation,
d 2 y M(x)
16T =
=τ dx 2 EI
πd 3
For shear force
16 375 × 103
× = 100 d3 y
πd 3 6π EI 3 = V(x)
dx
16 × 375 ×103 16 × 375 ×103 For load intensity (distributed load)
d3 = 2 = = 1000
π × 6 ×100 10 × 6 × 100 d4 y
d = 10 mm EI = q(x)
dx 4
15. For thin cylindrical shell structures loaded in 18. A point moves according to the relation x = 8t2
compression, the design is based on cos (ωt), y = –4t3 sin (ωt), where x and y are in
(a) Yield strength of material meters, and t in seconds. If angular velocity
(b) Ultimate strength of material ω = 8π rad/sec, velocity vector of the point at
(c) Buckling strength of the sturcture t = 0.5 sec is given by
(d) Shear strength of the structure (a) 8 + j4π (b) 6 + j20π
Ans. (c) : (1) Yield strength is the point where the (c) 8 – j4π (d) –20π – j6
material tends to deform. For the structures that should
Ans. (c) : x = 8t2 cos(ωt)
not deform on usage, the design is based on yield
y = –4t3 sin(ωt)
strength of material.
(2) Brittle materials generally fail at the ultimate ω = 8π
strength of material. t = 0.5
(3) Buckling under axial compression is normally the dx
u= = 16t cos(ωt) – 8t2 ⋅ ω ⋅ sin(ωt)
controlling design consideration for thin cylindrical dt
structures. dy
Thin and long cylindrical structures fail before the yield v= = –12t2 sin(ωt) – 4t3 ⋅ ω ⋅ cos(ωt)
dt
strength of the member is reached. Velocity vector at t = 0.5 sec
(4) Shear strength of a component is important for V = ui + vj
designing the dimensions and materials to be used for
= [16 × 0.5 cos(8π × 0.5) – 8(0.5)2 × 8π sin(8π
the manufacture or construction of the component e.g.
× 0.5)]i +[–12(0.5)2 sin(8π × 0.5)
beams, plates or bolts.
–4(0.5)3 × 8π × cos (8π × 0.5)]j
16. The frictional shear stress (τ) in metal forming
= [8 cos(4π) – 16π sin (4π)]i + [–3sin(4π) – 4π
is expressed as
cos(4π)]j
mσ σ
(a) (b) as sin(nπ) = 0
3 3m = 8i cos(4π) – 4πj cos(4π)
σ 3 cos(nπ) = 1 if n is even
(c) (d) σ
m 3 m = 8i – 4πj
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 134 YCT
19. A 10 mm thick plate-1 is welded to another 3EIg
plate-2 (10 mm thick) using fillet weld of ω=
thickness 10 mm, on two sides of plate-1 as Wℓ3
shown in figure. Plate-1 projects outside plate- 1
ω ∝ 3/ 2
2 by 85 mm. An end load of 1 kN acts on plate- ℓ
1. The primary shear stress produced in the as ω↑→ L↓
throat is ω2 > ω1
22. In CAD, the geometric transformation is
expressed as P* = [T]P where T is the
transformation matrix. If the matrix T is
diagonal, then the transformation is called
(a) translation (b) reflection
(c) rotation (d) scaling
Ans. (d) : Translation–Moving an object is called a
translation.
Scaling–Changing the size of an object is called a scale.
(a) 173 N/mm2 (b) 2.4 N/mm2
23. A water tank is located 3 m above ground and
(c) 85 N/mm2 (d) None of these depth of water in tank is 2 m. Exit pipe is 50
P 2 mm in dia and 50 m long. Velocity of water at
Ans. (b) : Primary shear stress = the exit at the ground level is
2b × s
(a) 1.5 m/s (b) 2 m/s
1000 × 2 (c) 0.7 m/s (d) ¼ m/s
=
2 × 30 ×10 Ans. (*) : Note : This question is excluded for
= 2.35 N/mm2 evaluation by the ISRO.
≃ 2.4 N/mm2 24. The work ratio of a gas turbine is a function of
20. Isochoric changes in ideal gas are (a) temperature ratio and pressure ratio
characterized by (b) pressure ratio
V (c) temperature ratio
(a) = Const (b) PV = Const (d) none of these
T
P Ans. (a) : Work ratio is defined as the ratio of the net
(c) = Const (d) None of these work (WT – WC) to the turbine work developed (W). It
T is denoted by WR.
Ans. (c) : For isochoric process Net work
Volume (V) = Constant WR =
Turbine work
From ideal gas equation
PV = nRT W − WC
= T
PV WT
= Constant
T W
=1 − C
as V = Constant WT
P
So = Constant
T
21. A cantilever beam of cross section area 'A',
moment of Inertia 'I' and length 'L' is having
natural frequency ω1. If the beam is accidently
broken into halves, the natural frequency of
the remaining cantilever beam ω2 will be such Gas turbine work on Brayton cycle
that
(a) ω2 < ω1 T 
T1  2 − 1
C (T − T ) T
(b) ω2 > ω1 W.R. = 1 − P 2 1 = 1 −  1 
CP (T3 − T4 )  T 
(c) ω2 = ω1 T3 1 − 4 
(d) Cannot be obtained from the given data  T3 
For Brayton cycle,
g T1 × T3 = T2 × T4
Ans. (b) : ω =
∆ then
Wℓ 3 P P
∆= (assumed) rP = 2 = 3
3EI P 1 P4

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 135 YCT

 T1 T2 Form
W .R. = 1 − × Orientation
T3 T1
Location
 γ −1 
T   Consequently, there are four types of tolerances that are
W .R. = 1 − 1 × rP γ  possible for each feature. These are
T3
Size tolerances
So, work ratio of gas turbine depends on both presure
ratio and temperature. Form tolerances
Orientation tolerances
25. The distribution of temperature T, at a
particular instant, across a large concrete wall, Location tolerances
1 m thick, which is heated from one side is 28. Isothermal compressibility of an ideal gas in
given by the equation T = 150 – 80x + 16x2, nR nRT
where the distance x is in meters and T is in (a) (b)
VP VP 2
degree Celsius. Thermal conductivity of wall is
nR nRT
0.6 W/mK, area of cross section is 10 m2. The (c) 2
(d)
heat accumulated in unit time at this instant in VP VP
the concrete wall is Ans. (b) : Isothermal compressibility
(a) 768 J/sec (b) 384 J/sec 1 ∂V 1 ∂  nRT 
(c) 96 J/sec (d) 192 J/sec =− =−  
V ∂P T =C V ∂P  P 
Ans. (d) : ∆x = 1 m
A = 10 m2 1  nRT  nRT
=− −  =
k = 0.6 W/mK V  P2  VP 2
T = 150 – 80x + 16x2 29. Datum features on the part are
dT (a) permanent
= –80 + 32x (b) temporary
dx
(c) either permanent or temporary
(d) none of these
Ans. (c) : Datum features are either permanent on the
part or temporary (to be removed or altered during the
manufacturing process). Temporary datums are often
Heat accumulated used as in-process datums to establish more permanent
= Heat transfer at inlet – Heat transfer at outlet datums to be used in the final inspection process.
 dT   dT  2 2 4
=  − kA  −  − kA
 dx x =0   dx x =1  30. The eigen values of A =  2 −1 2  are.
= [–0.6 × 10 (–80)] – [–0.6 × 10 (–80 + 32)] 4 2 2 
= 480 – 288 (a) 2, 7, 2 (b) –7, –2, –2
= 192 J/sec (c) –2, –2, 7 (d) 2, –1, 2
26. Which one of the following is the permanent 2 2 4
mould casting process? Ans. (c) : A =  2 −1 2 
(a) Investment casting process  4 2 2 
(b) Full mould process Characteristic equation of A is
(c) Vacuum casting process |A – I λ| = 0
(d) Die casting process
  2 2 4  1 0 0 
Ans. (d) : Permanent mould casting—Permanent det   2 −1 2  − λ  0 1 0  = 0
mould casting is a process for producing a large number
of castings using a single reversible mould. The casting   4 2 2   0 0 1  
process simply involves pouring molten metal into a 2 − λ 2 4 
mould where it cools and solidifies. The mould is then  2 −1 − λ 2 =0
opened the casting removed and the mould is reused.  4 2 2 − λ 
27. Identify the geometric characteristic that ⇒ (2 – λ) [(λ – 2) (1 + λ) – 4] – 2[4 – 2λ – 8]
describe the feature geometry and the inter- + 4[4 + 4(1 + λ)] = 0
relationship of part features ⇒ (2 – λ) [λ + λ2 – 2 – 2λ – 4] – 2[–2λ – 4]
(a) form tolerance (b) form + 4[4 + 4 + 4λ] = 0
(c) orientation tolerance (d) dimension
⇒ –λ3 + 3λ2 + 24λ + 28 = 0
Ans. (b) : There are four geometric characteristics that
⇒ (λ + 2) (–λ2 + 5λ + 14) = 0
describe feature geometry and the inter-relationship of
part features. These are ⇒ (λ + 2) (λ2 – 5λ – 14) = 0
Size λ = –2, –2, 7
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 136 YCT
31. In process charts, the symbol used for Ans. (b) : B-spline curves are powerful generalization
inspection is of Bezier curves. They provide local control of the
(a) (b) curve shape as opposed to global control by using a
special set of blending functions that provide local
(c) (d) ∇
influence. They also provide the ability to add control
Ans. (b) : Operation–A large circle indicates points without increasing the degree of curve.
operation. An operation takes place when there is A cubic B-spline curve requires minimum 4 control
change in physical or chemical characteristic of an points while quadratic spline curve requires minimum 3
object. control points.
Inspection–A square indicates inspection. Inspection is 37. Transportation method is concerned with
checking an object for its quality, quantity or
(a) Value analysis
identification.
(b) Linear programming
Transport–An arrow indicates transport. This refers to
the movement of an object or operator or equipment (c) Queing theory
from one place to another. (d) Break-even analysis
Permanent Storage–An equilateral triangle standing Ans. (b) : Transportation method of linear
on its vertex represents storage. Storage takes place programming is applied to the problems related to the
when an object is stored and protected against an study of the efficient transportation routes i.e. how
authorized removal. efficient the product from different sources of
production is transported to the different destinations,
32. Efficiency of gas turbines lies between
such as the total transportation cost is minimum.
(a) 85 to 95% (b) 50 to 60%
(c) 30 to 50% (d) 15 to 18% 38. The reaction in which a liquid phase transform
into two different solid phases is called
Ans. (d) : Practical steam turbine has an efficiency of (a) Eutectoid reaction (b) Peritectic reaction
around 45% to 60%. Whereas, a practical gas turbine
(c) Eutectic reaction (d) Peritectoid reaction
has a very low efficiency of 15% of 20%.
Ans. (c) : (1) Eutectoid Reaction–
33. Which one of the following is impulse turbine?
Solid 1 → Solid 2 + Solid 3
(a) Francis turbine (b) Kaplan turbine
(c) Pelton turbine (d) none of these (2) Peritectic Reaction–
Liquid + Solid 1 → Solid 2
Ans. (c) : Pelton turbine is an impulse turbine while
Francis and Kaplan turbines are reaction turbine. (3) Eutectic Reaction–
Liquid → Solid 1 + Solid 2
34. Which of the following is FALSE for bolted
(4) Peritectoid Reaction–
joints?
(a) Bolted joints are preloaded to abode vibration Solid 1 + Solid 2 → Solid 3
loosening 39. Margin wear in drill is due to
(b) Threads made by thread rolling process are (a) abrasion (b) vibration
preferred over machined threads in bolts (c) thermal softening (d) diffusion
(c) When external load is applied to a preloaded Ans. (c) : Margin and crater wear is due to excessive
bolt joint, a bigger percentage of that load heat leads to thermal softening and flank wear is due to
relieves compression of flanges and remaining abrasion.
percentage increases tension in bolts 40. The specific speed of the Kaplan turbine is
(d) Bolted joints are designed such that bolt (a) 2.0–5.0 (b) < 0.3
stiffness is higher than flange stiffness (c) 0.3–2.0 (d) none of these
Ans. (d) : Bolts are made of mild steel having lower Ans. (d) : Dimensionless specific speed range
stiffness while flanges are made of cast iron having Pelton wheel : 10-35
higher stiffness. Francis turbine : 60-300
35. Root opening of a Single Vee groove weld joint Propeller turbine : 300-600
of plate thickness "t" is Kaplan turbine : 600-1000
t t 41. If f(t) = eat, its Laplace Transform (for s > a) is
(a) (b)
3 4 given by
t t
(c) (d) a π
5 6 (a) + (s − a ) (b)
s2 2 (s − a )
Ans. (b) : As per welding codal provision the root
1
opening of single Vee groove weld joint is t/4. (c) (d) Does not exist
(s − a )
36. A cubic B-spline curve requires minimum
.............control points. Ans. (c) : f(t) = eat
(a) 3 (b) 4 1
L{eat} =
(c) 5 (d) 6 s−a
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 137 YCT
42. Smallest thickness which can be measured by a (1) Engineering stress-strain curve can have negative
slip gauge is slope hence statement (a) is wrong.
(a) 1.001 mm (b) 0.01 mm (2) Most applicable failure theory is maximum principal
(c) 0.001 mm (d) none of these stress theory for brittle materials not for ductile
Ans. (a) : Smallest thickness which can be measured by material hence statement (b) is also wrong.
a slip gauge is 1.001 mm. (3) From the above figure it is clear that ultimate strain
43. The deflection of an elastic member at the is the strain at ultimate stress (U).
point of application of a force in the direction (4) Strain hardening is represented by a constant slope
of that force is given by the derivative of is engineering stress-strain curve.
member's total strain energy taken with Hence statement (d) is also wrong.
respect to applied force. This is known as 47. The specific metal cutting energy is expressed
(a) Principle of conservation of strain energy as
(b) Castigliano's theorem
τ cos (β − α ) τ sin (β − α )
(c) Conservation of momentum (a) (b)
(d) Saint-Venant's Principle sin φ cos ( φ + β − α ) sin φ cos ( φ − β + α )
Ans. (b) : Castigliano's Theorem–If the strain energy τ cos ( α − β ) τ sin ( α − β )
(c) (d)
of a linearly elastic structure is expressed in terms of the sin φ cos ( φ − β + α ) sin φ cos ( φ + β − α )
system of external loads the partial derivative of strain
energy with respect to a concentrated external load is where 'α' is rake angle, 'β' is friction angle, 'φ' is
the deflection of the structure at the point of application shear angle and 'τ' shear stress
and in the direction of the load. Ans. (a) : Cutting force
44. Thumb rule between feed and nose radius in τ bt cos(β − α )
rough turning is FC = s 1
sin φ cos(φ + β − α)
(a) f = 0.3r (b) f = 0.5r
(c) f = 0.7r (d) f = 0.9r Where τs = Ultimate shear strength of workpiece
material
Ans. (b) : A simple thumb rule of connecting feed and
b = width of workpiece
nose radius is for rough turning
t1 = Uncut chip thickness
f(mm/rev) = 0.5 × Nose radius
Specific cutting energy (UC)
45. Which of the following is FALSE?
Cutting Energy
(a) A reverted gear train is one in which the first =
and last gears are on the same axis. MRR
(b) Train value for a gear is the ratio of product FC ⋅ VC FC τs cos(β − α)
= = =
of driven tooth numbers to product of driving bt1VC bt1 sin φ cos(φ + β − α)
tooth numbers.
(c) A planetary gear train is one in which the 48. For isotropic materials, the modulus of
axes of some of the gears may have a motion. Elasticity in tension and shear (E and G) are
(d) A compound gear train is one which has two relate to the Poisson's ratio (v) as follows
or more gears on each axis. G E
(a) E = (b) G =
Product of driving tooth 2 (1 + v ) 2 (1 + v )
Ans. (b) : Train value =
Product of driven tooth E G
(c) G = (d) E =
46. Which of the following is true for ductile 2 (1 − v ) 2 (1 − v )
materials? Ans. (b) : Relation between E, G and v
(a) Engineering stress-strain curve cannot have E = 2G(1 + v)
negative slope
(b) Most applicable failure theory is maximum 49. Which of the following is NOT true?
principal stress theory (a) For direct impact of two bodies, coefficient
(c) Ultimate strain is the strain at ultimate stress of restitution is the ratio of relative velocity
of approach of the two bodies to their relative
(d) Strain hardening is represented by a negative
slope in engineering stress strain curve velocity of separation
(b) Conservation of angular momentum implies
Ans. (c) :
that total angular momentum of system
remains constant unless acted on by an
external torque
(c) Conservation of linear momentum in a given
direction implies that the sum of external
forces in that direction is zero
(d) The coefficient of friction is independent of
area of contact
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 138 YCT
Ans. (a) : Co-efficient of restitution Ans. (a) : Given,
Relative velocity of separation y = x2 – 4
=
Relative velocity of approach At x1 = 1 x2 = 3
50. A block (of cross section 4 × 3 m size) of 20 kg y 1 = –3 y2 = 5
mass rests on a flat horizontal surface as shown
Displacement = ( x 2 − x1 ) + ( y 2 − y1 )
2 2
in figure below. If the coefficient of friction
between the block and the surface is ¼, the
= ( 3 − 1) + ( 5 + 3)
2 2
force 'F' which will cause block to move is
approximately given by = 4 + 64
= 8.24
 y − y1  −1  5 + 3 
and θ = tan −1  2  = tan  3 − 1 
x
 2 − x 1 
–1
= tan (4)
52. The pulley system shown in figure has a mass
of 1.5 kg and a radius of gyration of 0.2 m. The
(a) 20 kgf (b) 10 kgf angular acceleration of the pulleys, when the
(c) 5 kgf (d) 8.7 kgf suspended masses are released is
Ans. (c) :

Given, (a) 5 rad/sec2 (b) 10/1.3 rad/sec2

1 (c) 15/1.3 rad/sec2 (d) 10 rad/ sec2
m = 20 kg µ=
4 Ans. (b) : Given,
N = mg – F sin30 m1 = 1.5 kg k = 0.2 m
1 m2 = 1 kg m3 = 3kg
= 20 × 10 − F
2 r2 = 0.2 m r3 = 0.1 m
F
= 200 −
2
1 F F
Friction force (f) = µN =  200 −  = 50 –
4 2 8
Condition for block to move
F cos30 > friction force
F 3 F
> 50 −
2 8
I1 = m1k2 I2 = m 2 r22
 3 1
F +  > 50 = 1.5 × 0.22 = 1 × 0.22
 2 8
= 0.06 = 0.04
F = 50.45 N 2
F > 5.04 kgf I3 = m3r3
51. 2
A point P moves along the path y = x – 4. = 3 × 0.12
What is the displacement when the point moves = 0.03
from x = 1 to x = 3 (I1 + I2 + I3) α = m3gr3 – m2gr2
(a) 8.24, @ tan–1 (4)0
(0.06 + 0.04 + 0.03) α = 3 × 10 × 0.1 – 1 × 10 × 0.2
(b) 2, @ tan–1 (1)0
1 10
(c) 11.3, @ tan–1 (4)0 α= = rad/s
–1
(d) 11.3, @ tan (1) 0 0.13 1.3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 139 YCT
53. A U tube manometer shown in figure is used to Money he gets for drawing 3 black balls
measure the gauge pressure of water density P3 = 10 × 3 = Rs. 30
ρ1 = 1000 kg/m3. If the density of manometer Expectation = Sum of the product of probability and the
liquid ρ2 is 12000 kg/m3, h1 = 0.5 & h2 = 1.0 m, money he gets for each combination.
gauge pressure at 'A', the centre of tube is  1   7   21   7 
(take g = 10 m/s2) =  × 60  +  × 50  +  × 40  +  × 30 
 22   22   44   44 
120 + 700 + 840 + 210 1870
= = = Rs. 42.5
44 44
55. The missing dimension in the following simple
part is

(a) 125 kPa (b) 115 kPa

(c) 60 kPa (d) 5 kPa
Ans. (b) : Px = Px′
PA + ρ1gh1 = P0 + ρ2gh2
Neglecting atmospheric pressure
PA + 1000 × 10 × 0.5 = 0 + 12000 × 10 × 1
PA = 120000 – 5000 (a) 11.5 ± 1.5 (b) 11.5 ± 2.5
= 115000 Pa (c) 11.5 ± 3.5 (d) 11.5 ± 4.5
= 115 kPa Ans. (c) :
54. A man draws 3 balls from a jug containing 5
white balls and 7 black balls. He gets Rs. 20.6
each white ball and Rs. 10 for each black ball.
What is his expectation?
(a) Rs. 21.25 (b) Rs. 42.50 CDmax = 57 + 1 = 58 EAmax = 17
(c) Rs. 31.25 (d) Rs. 45.21
CDmin = 57 – 2 = 55 EAmin = 17 – 1 = 16
Ans. (b) : 3 balls can be drawn in the following ways GFmax = 18 BGmax = 11 + 1 = 12
Case (i) : Probability of drawing 3 white balls out of 12
GFmin = 17 BGmin = 11 – 1 = 10
balls
5
AB max = CD max – [Sum of other part minimum]
C3 1 = CD – [EA + GF + BG
x1 = 12 = max min min min]
C3 22 = 58 – [16 + 17 + 10] = 15
Money he gets for drawing 3 white balls ABmin = CDmin – [sum of other part maximum]
P1 = 3 × 20 = Rs. 60 = 55 – [EAmax + GFmax + BGmax]
Case (ii) : Probability of drawing 2 white balls and 1 = 55 – [17 + 18 + 12] = 8
black ball out of 12 balls 15 + 8
5
C 2 ⋅ 7 C1 7 Lavg = = 11.5
x2 = 12 = 2
C3 22 Therefore, AB = 11.5 ± 3.5
Money he gets for drawing 2 white balls and 1 black 56. Which one of the following is FALSE about
ball Boronizing process?
P2 = (20 × 2) + (10 × 1) = Rs. 50 (a) it is pack cementation process
Case (iii) : Probability of drawing 1 white ball and 2 (b) it can be done only on high carbon steels
black balls out of 12 balls (c) it is used to obtain extremely high wear
5
C1 ⋅ 7 C 2 21 resistant surfaces on steels
x3 = 12 = (d) it leads to high distortion
C3 44
Ans. (b) : Boronizing (Boriding) is a chemical vapour
Money he gets fro drawing 1 white ball and 2 black deposition (CVD) pack cementite process whereby
balls. boron atoms are diffused into steel and other substrates
P3 = (20 × 1) + (10 × 2) = Rs. 40 of iron, nickel and cobalt base alloys.
Case (iv) : Probability of drawing 3 black balls out of Boronizing provides maximum resistance to abrasion,
12 balls. erosion and wear with negligible growth to the original
7
C 7 part. It increases component wear life. Ensuring a very
x3 = 12 3 = hard, wear-resistant surface, our erosion protection system
C3 44 uses a boron gas diffusion coating or boronized process.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 140 YCT
57. In dynamic balancing of machines, which of Ans. (d) : Critical pressure ratio for maximum
the following is NOT a method of measuring discharge
the magnitude and location of correction γ

weight for a two plane correction? P2  2  γ−1

=
(a) Pivoted cradle method P1  γ + 1 
(b) Mechanical compensation method 60. The type of locator used to prevent jamming
(c) Pivoted compensation method during locating of a work piece is
(d) Nodal point method (a) concentric locator (b) integral locator
Ans. (c) : In dynamic balancing of machines, pivoted (c) equilateral locator (d) spherical locator
compensation method is NOT a method of measuring Ans. (d) : Length of the locator should be short as much
the magnitude and location of correction weight for a as possible to prevent how a work piece is positioned on
two plane correction. a spherical locator, the diameter (d) of the locator is
58. The stress produced in a wire of diameter 6 always the same.
mm, when it is bend around a large cylinder of This feature makes the spherical locator impossible to
diameter 2 m can be obtained as (Young's jam or blind in the locating hole.
modulus of both wire and cylinder = 200 GPa, Concentric locators, for the most part, locate a work
the stress strain curve of the material is given piece from a central axis. This axis may or may not be
below) in the centre of the work piece.
61. A carton carrying vessel of mass 10 tons (width
= length = 5 m, height = 6 m), floats on water.
The mass of contents of the vessel are
symmetrically placed. If the vessel tilts by 0.01
radians by moving a 50 kg carton from the
centre by a distance of 2 m towards side in
horizontal direction, the metacentric height of
(a) 600 MPa (b) 300 MPa the vessel is (g = 10 m/s2)
(c) 100 MPa (d) 200 MPa (a) 1 m (b) 3 m
Ans. (b) : Given, (c) 1.5 m (d) 2 m
σ = 300 N/mm2 Ans. (a) : Mass of vessel (W) = 10 tonn
E = 200 × 103 N/mm2 = 10 × 103 kg
2 Mass of carton (w) = 50 kg
R = = 1 m = 1000 mm b=ℓ=5m
2
6 h=6m
ymax = = 3 mm
2 θ = 0.01 rad ≃ tanθ
From bending equation w × x × cosθ = W × GM × sinθ
M σ E w×x
= = GM =
I y R W × tan θ
E 50 × g × 2
σ = ymax = =1
R 10 × 103 × g × 0.01
200 × 103 62. The maximum value of reduction in rolling
= 3× process is
1000
D  cos α  D
= 600 MPa (a) 1− (b) [1 − cos α]
But σcritical = 300 MPa 2  2   2
∴ σ = 300 MPa D
(c) D (1 − sin α ) (d) [1 − sin α]
59. The critical pressure ratio for maximum 2
discharge in steam nozzle is Where 'D' is roll diameter and 'α' is the angle of
γ bite
2  2  Ans. (*) : Total reduction or draft taken in rolling
(a) (b)  γ +1
γ +1   ∆h = h0 – hf = 2 (R – R cosα)
γ −1
γ
∆h = 2R(1 – cosα)
 2   2  γ−1
(c)   (d)   ∆h = D (1 – cosα)
 γ +1  γ +1 Note: This question is excluded for evaluation by the
where 'γ' is the isentropic index ISRO.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 141 YCT
63. Which of the following is TRUE for vibration
of a mechanical system
(a) Damping ratio (ξ) is the ratio of the critical
damping to the actual damping
(b) The damping can be obtained from the
response of the system under forced vibration
using logarithmic decrement method
(c) For damped mechanical systems, the
amplitude of vibration tends to become
Heating Effect
infinity when excitation frequency (ω) (COP)HP =
reaches the system's natural frequency (ωn) Work Input
(d) Amplitude ratio and transmissibility of a Q1 Q1 T1
= = =
vibration isolator is unity when the frequency W Q1 − Q 2 T1 − T2
of exciting force is 2 times the natural
300
frequency =
300 − 285
Ans. (d) : Amplitude ratio and transmissibility of a
vibration isolator is unity when the frequency of (COP)HP = 20
exciting force is 2 times the natural frequency. Q1
= 20
For any damped system, the damping ratio (ξ) is W
defined as the ratio of the damping constant to the Q1 = 20 × W = 20 × 1 = 20 kJ/s
critical damping constant. 1 1
1
Logarithmic decrement is used to obtain damping in 65. Evaluate ∫∫ (1 − x 2 ) ( 1 − y 2 )
dxdy
free vibration. 0 0

Dampers absorb the energy and do not allow the π π

vibration amplitude to reach the infinity in resonance (a) (b)
phase, while in conservative systems without any 2 4
damper; the amplitude reaches infinity when π2 π2
resonance happen. (c) (d)
2 4
i.e. at ω = ωn 1 1 1
Resonance occurs
Amplitude → ∞
Ans. (d) : I = ∫∫
0 0 (1 − x ) (1 − y 2 )
2
dx dy

Transmissibility of vibration 1
1  dy
dx

1 +  2ξ
ω 
2 = ∫ ∫ 
y =0 
 x =0 1 − x
2

 1 − y2

 ωn 
Tr = 1
dy
∫ [sin x ]0
−1 1
2 2
 ω  2
ω =
1 − 2  +  2ξ  y =0 1 − y2
 ω n   ωn  1

ω = sin −1 (1) sin −1 y  0

Put = 2
ωn = sin–1 (1) ⋅ sin–1 (1)
π π π
2
1 + 4ξ 2 .2 1 + 8ξ 2 =  ⋅  =
Tr = = =1 2 2 4
(1 − 2)2 + 4ξ 2 .2 1 + 8ξ 2
66. White iron structure consists of
64. What is the maximum rate that a heat pump (a) Pearlite
which uses 1 kW of electric power can supply
(b) Cementite
heat to a house at 270C when the outside
temperature is 120C (c) Ferrite
(a) 50 J/s (b) 25 kJ/s (d) Pearlite and Cementite
(c) 20 kJ/s (d) 30 J/s Ans. (d) : White iron structure consists of Pearlite and
Ans. (c) : Given, Cementite.
W = 1 kW = 1 kJ/s The structure of white cast iron consist of pearlite and
T1 = 27 + 273 = 300 K ledeburite, a eutectic mixture of pearlite (converted
T2 = 12 + 273 = 285 K from austenite) and cementite.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 142 YCT

67. A cantilever beam of rectangular cross section without change in entropy
(depth 'd', width 'b' & length 'L') is subjected (b) In Rankine cycle, transformation of liquid
to a shear force 'F' at its free end as shown in water in steam generator occurs at constant
figure. The beam is made of material which temperature
follows maximum shear stress theory. Which of (c) In Carnot cycle heating of vapor occurs at
the following is TRUE? constant volume
(d) In Rankine cycle, entropy of vapor increases
during its expansion in steam turbine
Ans. (a) : In Carnot cycle, compression and expansion
takes place isentropically.
(a) The beam section has a uniform shear stress, In Rankine cycle, transformation of liquid water in
F steam generator occurs at constant pressure.
In Carnot cycle heating of vapor occurs at constant
bd
temperature and in Rankine cycle entropy of vapor
(b) Maximum shear stress in section and
remain constant during its expansion in steam turbine.
maximum bending stress in beam is equal
when L = d/2 70. Load Vs Displacement curve shown in the
(c) For L > d/2, bending stress decides the following figure pertains to
failure stress
(d) Bending stress developed in the beam is
independent of 'b'
Ans. (c) : (a) Shear stress varies parabolically in a
rectangular cross-section.
1.5F
(b) Maximum shear stress = ≠ maximum bending
bd (a) Extrusion (b) Bending
stress.
(c) Blanking (d) Coining
(d) Bending stress depends on b from the relation,
Ans. (c) : This given curve is for blanking operation as
M σ E bd 3 it is done by shearing.
= = Where, I =
I Y R 12 71. The reheat factor Rf for a steam turbine is
68. A jet engine consumes 1 kg of fuel for each 40 usually in the range of
kg of air intake. Fuel consumption is 1 kg/sec. (a) 0 to 1 (b) 1 to 1.065
When aircraft travels in still air at 200 m/sec, (c) 2 to 2.065 (d) 5 to 10
velocity of discharge gases with respect to
Ans. (b) :
engine is 700 m/sec. The power developed by
engine is
(a) 7200 kW (b) 5600 kW
(c) 2070 kW (d) 4140 kW
Ans. (d) : Given,
mɺ f = 1 kg
ɺ a = 40 kg
m
Velocity of aircraft Va = 200 m/s Reheat factor (RF)
Velocity of discharge Vd = 700 m/s Cumulative enthalpy drop (Isentropic)
=
• • • Isentropic enthalpy drop (overall)
Fnet = (m a + m f ) × Vexhaust ( d ) − m a × V jet ( a )
∆h1A + ∆h xB + ∆h yC + ∆h zD
Power = ( m ɺ f ) Vd − m
ɺ a +m ɺ a Va  Va RF =
∆h12
= [(40 + 1) 700 – 40 × 200] × 200 It lies between 1 to 1.04
= 4140000 W 72. Adaptive response rate forecasting is related to
= 4140 kW (a) Production Planning
69. Which of the following is most appropriate for (b) Production Scheduling
vapour power cycles? (c) Value analysis
(a) In Carnot cycle, expansion of vapour occur (d) Inventory control
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 143 YCT
Ans. (d) : Adaptive response rate forecasting is a 77. Tolerances generally followed for tooling
technique which is suitable for estimating mean demand design are
in large scale inventory control system. It deals (a) 5 – 10% of work piece tolerance
satisfactorily with fast moving items, slow moving (b) 11 – 30% of work piece tolerance
items, erratic demand, abnormal demand and step (c) 31 – 50% of work piece tolerance
change in demand. (d) none of these
Ans. (c) : Tolerances generally followed for tooling
73. Process in which lowest tolerances in cast
design are 31 – 50% of work piece tolerance.
products of ferrous and non ferrous metals can
be achieved is 78. Which of the following is FALSE about
Normal distribution?
(a) Die casting (b) Shell casting (a) Normal Distribution is applied for discrete
(c) Investment casting (d) Sand casting Random Distribution
Ans. (c) : Investment casting uses a piece of ceramic (b) The shape of the Normal Curve is Bell
mould. The mould is prepared by surrounding the Shaped
ceramic material over the wax or plastic pattern. Once (c) The area under a standard normal curve is 1
the ceramic material solidifies, the wax replica is melted (d) The standard normal curve is symmetric
and drained out from the mould and the metal is poured about the value 0
into the mould cavity. Ans. (a) : Characteristics of normal distribution.
A wide variety of materials such as both ferrous and (1) It is 'Bell shaped' and has a single peak at the centre
non-ferrous can be used in investment casting. Any of the distribution.
metal that can be melted in standard induction furnace (2) The arithmetic mean, median and mode are equal.
or vacuum furnace can be considered for this case. (3) Normal distribution is applied for continuous
random variable.
74. Pickling treatment is cleaning the casting with (4) It is symmetrical about the value 0 i.e. mean.
(a) Soda ash (5) The area under a standard normal curve is 1.
(b) Dilute acid
(c) Compressed air and sand particles
(d) Iron shots
Ans. (b) : Pickling is a metal surface treatment used to
remove impurities, such as stains, inorganic
contaminants, rust or scale from ferrous metals.
A solution called pickle liquor, which usually contains 79. The temperature of the products of combustion
acid is used to remove the surface impurities. when the maximum amount of chemical energy
is converted to thermal energy is
75. Element which makes steel stainless
(a) Higher than adiabatic flame temperature
(a) Mg (b) Ni (b) Lower than adiabatic flame temperature
(c) C (d) Cr (c) Equal to adiabatic flame temperature
Ans. (d) : Stainless steel remains stainless or does not (d) Independent of adiabatic flame temperature
rust because of the interaction between its alloying Ans. (c) : Maximum amount of chemical energy is
elements and the environment. Stainless steel contains converted to thermal energy when the air fuel ratio is
iron (Fe), chromium (Cr), manganese (Mn), Silicon stoichiometric. At that ratio, the adiabatic flame
(Si), Carbon (C) and in many cases, significant amounts temperature is equal to the temperature of the product of
of nickel (Ni) and molybdenum (Mo). combustion. When the air fuel ratio is less or more the
These elements react with oxygen from water and air to temperature of products of combustion is always less
than the adiabatic flame temperature.
form a very thin, stable film that consists of such
corrosion products as metal oxides and hydroxides. 80. Fredric W Taylor introduced a system of
working known as
Chromium plays a dominant role in reacting with
(a) line organization
oxygen to form this corrosion product film.
(b) effective organization
In fact, all stainless steels by definition contain at least (c) functional organization
10 percent chromium. (d) none of the above
76. Isentropic process is related to Ans. (c) : The concept of functional organization was
(a) Adiabatic Expansion suggested by F.W. Taylor who recommended the
(b) Reversible Adiabatic Expansion appointment of specialists at important positions. For
(c) Isothermal Expansion example, the functional head and marketing head directs
(d) Reversible Isothermal Expansion the subordinates throughout the organization in his
particular area. This means that the subordinates
Ans. (b) : Isentropic process is known as reversible receives orders from several specialists, managing
adiabatic process in which entropy remains constant. working above them.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 144 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [Exam Date : 07.05.2017

1. A beam is fixed at one end and is vertically 3. The resultant of two forces acting at 60° is 7 N
supported at the other end. What is the degree and when acting at right angles is 34 N. The
of statical indeterminacy? forces are
(a) 1 (b) 2
(c) 3 (d) 4 (a) 25 N and 9 N (b) 3 N and 5 N
Ans. (a) : (c) 3 N and 5 N (d) 3 N and 5 N
Ans. (c) : By Parallelogram Method–

R = P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQcos θ
• A beam is to be statically indeterminate, if the
number of reaction is greater than static equilibrium 7 = P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQ cos 60
condition equation. 1
• A beam is said to be statically determinate, if the = P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQ ×
number of reaction is equal to static equilibrium 2
condition equation. 7 = P 2 + Q 2 + PQ
For propped cantilever beam—
49 = P2 + Q2 + PQ .....(1)
Four reaction RH, RA, RB and MA.
When two forces acting at right angles with resultant if
And three equation of static i.e. ∑ H = 0 , ∑ V = 0 and
34N.
∑M = 0
So, total No. of Reaction = 4
Hence beam is statically indeterminate to one degree.
No. of independent equilibrium equation = 3
So, degree of static indeterminacy will be = 4 - 3 = 1.
2. In a gas turbine power plant, reheating of gases
between high pressure and low pressure R = P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQcos θ
turbine stages will
(a) Improve turbine output = P 2 + Q 2 + 2PQ cos90°
(b) Decrease turbine output
(c) Increase compressor work 34 = P 2 + Q 2
(d) Decrease compressor work 34 = P2 + Q2 .....(2) ['Squaring both side']
Ans. (a) : For gas Turbine– From equation (1),
49 = P2 + Q2 + PQ
Work output η 49 = 34 + PQ
Regeneration No effect ↑ PQ = 49 – 34 = 15
Intercooling ↑ ↓ PQ = 15
Reaheating ↑ ↓ P = 3N, Q = 5N.
So, product of two forces is 15. Hence correct
Following are the effect of reheating in a gas turbine
option is (c).
power plant.
• No change in compressor work 4. The metal removal rate in abrasive jet
• Turbine work output increases machining process is
• Net work output increases (a) high (b) very high
• Both mean temperature of heat addition and heat (c) low (d) very low
rejection increases Ans. (c) : AJM (Abrasive Jet Machining)–
• Both heat supplied and heat rejected increases The metal removal rate is low.
• Efficiency decreases Stray cutting could not be avoided (low accuracy of
• Scope of regeneration increases ± 0.1 mm)
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 145 YCT
 The tapering effect may occur especially when 1 PA2 L A 1 PB2 L B
drilling in metals. ⇒ = × 16
The abrasive may jet impeded in the work surface. 2 AA EA 2 A BEB
Suitable dust-collecting systems should be provided. 1 1
= × 16
Soft materials can't be machined by the process. AA AB
Silica dust may be a health hazard. AB = 16AA
Ordinary shop air should be filtered to remove
π 2 π
moisture and oil. d B = × 16 × d 2A
Machining 3
Metal removal rate (cm /sec) 4 4
Plasma Jet 1.5 d B = 16d 2A
2

ECM 1
EDM 0.1 dB = 16 × (13)2
USM 0.005 dB = 4 × 13
EBM 0.001 = 52
AJM 0.0001 7. The source of energy in ultrasonic machining
LBM 0.0001 process is
5. The air inside a space capsule is maintained at (a) Mechanical (b) Electrical
the required condition by passing it through a (c) Electric spark (d) None of these
set of heat exchangers. The heat exchangers are
Ans. (a) :
designed such that the humid air passing
through them is cooled and partial
condensation of the water vapour occurs. On a
psychrometric chart, this process appears as a
line which is
(a) Horizontal to the left
(b) Vertical downwards
(c) Diagonal downwards to the left
(d) Diagonal upwards to the right
Ans. (c) : On a psychrometric chart, this process
appears as a line which is diagonal to the left and this 8. A turbine develops 500 kW power under a
process is called cooling and dehumidification. head of 100 m at 200 rpm. What would be its
normal speed under a head of 81 m?
(a) 100 rpm (b) 180 rpm
(c) 1800 rpm (d) 162 rpm
Ans. (b) : P1 = 500 kW H1 = 100 m N1 = 200 rpm
H2 = 81 m N2 = ?
H ∝ N2
H1 H 2
=
N12 N 22
H2 81
N 22 = N12 × = (200) 2 ×
6. Two bolts A and B of same material and length H1 100
are subjected to identical tensile load. If the 81
elastic strain energy stored in bolt A is 16 times = 200 × 200 ×
100
that of the bolt B and the mean diameter of
bolt A is 13 mm, the mean diameter of bolt B (n N 22 = 400 × 81
mm) is N2 = 400 × 81
(a) 52 (b) 36
N2 = 20 × 9 = 180 rpm
(c) 24 (d) 16
9. A solid rod of 12 mm diameter was tested for
Ans. (a) : tensile strength with the gauge length of 50
⇒ (Strain energy)A = 16 (Strain energy)B mm. Final length = 80 mm; Final diameter = 4
1  PL  mm; Yield load = 1130 N. What is the nearest
SE = Pδ ∵ δ = AE  yield stress and % reduction in area
2
respectively?
1 PL P 2 L  π 
= ×P× = ∵ A = d2  (a) 10 MPa and 10% (b) 90 MPa and 90%
2 AE 2AE  4  (c) 10 MPa and 90% (d) 90 MPa and 10%
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 146 YCT
 Ans. (c) : di = 12 mm, Li = 50 mm, Lf = 80 mm 12.
Isometric projection of a sphere is
df = 4 mm, P = 1130 N, σy = (a) Circle (b) Ellipse
P (c) Hyperbola (d) Parabola
σyield stress = Ans. (a) : Isometric projection ⇒ 3D of a solid shown
A
in one view projection.
1130 1130
= = = 10 MPa 13. ABC inventory control focuses on those
π
×12 × 12 π× 3 × 12 (a) Items not readily available
4 (b) Items which consume less money
Percentage reduction– (c) Items which have more demand
A − Af (d) Items which consume more money
% reduction area = i × 100
Ai Ans. (d) : ABC inventory control focuses on those
π 2 π 2 items which consume more money.
di − d f
144 − 16 128 14. How does the viscosity of fluids vary with
=4 4 = × 100 = × 100 increase in temperature?
π 2 144 144
di (a) Increases for both liquids and gases
4 (b) Increases for liquids, decreases for gases
= 88.88 ≈ 90%
(c) Increases for gases, decreases for liquids
10. When water at 0°C is heated, its specific (d) Decreases for both liquids and gases
volume under standard atmosphere
(a) First increases then decreases Ans. (c) :
(b) First decreases then increases Temperature↑= µgas ↑ (viscosity of gas increases)
(c) Increases steadily and Temperature↑= µliquid ↓ (Viscosity of liquid
(d) Decreases steadily decreases)
Ans. (b) : Specific volume first decrease ↓ and then 15. It is required to connect two parallel shafts, the
distance between whose axes is small and
increase ↑. variable. They can be coupled by
(a) Universal joint (b) Knuckle joint
(c) Sleeve coupling (d) Oldham coupling
Ans. (d) : Oldham Coupling is required to connect two
parallel shafts, in which the distance between axes is
small and variable.
Density of water first increases till 4ºC and then Universal joint is required to connect two inclined
decreases. shaft having at some angle.
• Knuckle joint is required to connect two shafts whose
1 axes either coincide or interact and lie in one plane
↑ρ∝
V↓ which is under tensile or compressive loading.
Therefore, before 4ºC volume will decrease and • Sleeve coupling is required to connect two shafts in
increase on further heating. perfect aliment.
11. A spherical joint has ______ degree (s) of 16. Under what condition does flow separation
freedom. take place?
(a) One (b) Two (a) When dp/dx > 0
(c) Three (d) Four (b) When dp/dx < 0
(c) When dp/dx = 0
Ans. (c) :
(d) Not a function of dp/dx
Ans. (a) :
∂p
< 0 → favourable condition attached flow
∂x
 ∂p
 ∂x > 0 → flow is separated,

Linear moment x-axis or ∆x not possible  (Adverse pressure gradient)
 ∂v
Linear moment y-axis ∆y, not possible   < 0 → flow is separated,
Linear moment z-axis ∆z, not possible  ∂x 
Only three rotational motion is possible  (Adverse velocity gradient)
DOF [Degree of freedom] 17. The variety of cast iron which has maximum
= 6 - Restraints hardness is
Restraints - No. of the motion which are not possible (a) Gray iron (b) Malleable iron
DOF = 6 – 3 = 3 (c) Ductile iron (d) White iron
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 147 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Ans. (c) : Reverted Gear Train–
If the axes of the first and the last wheels of a
compound gear coincide, its called a reverted gear
train.

White cast iron has maximum hardness among various

varieties of cast iron. The white cast iron structure is
very hard, wear-resistant and brittle because of the
presence of large amount of iron carbide instead of
graphite. It is obtained either by cooling gray cost iron
rapidly or by a adjusting the composition by keeping
the carbon and silicon content low. This type of cast
iron is called white cast iron because of the white
crystalline appearance of the fracture surface.
18. The Kutzback criterion for determining the 22. For heat transfer across a composite slab with
number of degrees of freedom (n) of a materials having different thermal
mechanism with L as number of links, J as conductivity, study the following statements.
number of lower pairs and H as number of I. Temperature is continuous always.
higher pairs is II. Temperature gradient is not continuous.
(a) 3 (J-1) − 2L − H (b) 2 (L-1) − 2J − H III. Heat flow is not continuous.
(c) 3 (L-1) − 2J − H (d) 2 (L-1) − 3J − H (a) Statement I alone is correct
Ans. (c) : Kutzback criterion (b) Statement I and II are correct
n = 3(L – 1) – 2J – H (c) Statement II alone is correct
n = Degree of freedom (d) All the statements are correct
L = No. of link Ans. (b) : For heat transfer across a composite slab
J = No. of joint (Binary) with materials having different thermal conductivity—
H = No. of higher pair. • Temperature is continuous always
Note: Kutzback criterion is valid only for '2 – D'. • Temperature gradient is not continuous
19. The crystal structure of cementite is I. Temperature is continuous always-
(a) FCC (b) BCC In a single slab temperature has linear profile.
(c) Tetragonal (d) Orthorhombic dT
Ans. (d) : Cementite is a very hard and brittle inter- Q = −kA
dx
metallic compound and has a significant influence on
the properties of steels. The crystal structure of Qdx = −kA dT
cementite (Fe3C) is orthorhombic. Q
FCC → Austenite dT = − dx
kA
BCC → Ferrite Q
20. Hardness will be highest after which of the T =− x + C1
following heat treatment process? kA
(a) Furnace cooling (b) Air cooling So, we can say that temperature profile in any single
slab is linear and continuous.
(c) Oil quenching (d) Water quenching
II. Temperature gradient is not continuous—
Ans. (d) : Hardness will be highest after water Temperature gradient in single slab is
quenching. The rate of cooling decides the hardness of
the alloy and this is different for different fluids used dT
Q = −kA
because of the difference in the thermal conductivities dx
the specific heats and the heats of vaporization of these dT Q
medium. =−
dx kA
Quenching medium − Cooling rate compared
If Q and A both are constant for both slab then
to water
dT 1
Water −1 ∝
dx k
Circulated Air − 0.032
Therefore, temperature gradient is constant in a single
Still Air − 0.0152 slab having constant thermal conductivity which is the
21. In which of the following type of gear train, the usual case. If there are 2 slabs having different thermal
first gear and last gear are co-axial. conductivity they will have different temperature
(a) Compound gear train (b) Simple gear train gradient and hence at the interface gradient will be
(c) Reverted gear train (d) None of these non-continuous.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 148 YCT
23. Which of the following treatment does not 9 6
27. If A =  then det (A99 − A98) is
improve hardness?
 8 7 
(a) Quenching (b) Cyaniding
(c) Normalizing (d) Annealing (a) 1 (b) 48
(c) 0 (d) 299
Ans. (d) : Quenching–It is hardening process. It is
also increases surface hardening. Ans. (c) : We know that
Cyaniding– It increases the hardness by depositing |AB| = |A||B|
nitrogen and carbon atom at the surface. then,
Normalizing– Hardness increases compare to |A99 - A98| = |A98||A-I|
annealing process. = |A98| |A-I| ...(1)
Annealing– It is relieving stress process. Annealing 9 6   1 0 
process does not improve hardness, instead it is used to |A-I| = 
8 7  − 0 1 
increase ductility and reduce hardness and strength.    
24. The ratio of the height of a porter governor 8 6 
(when the length of arms and links are equal) =  
to the height of watt governor is: (m: mass of 8 6 
the ball; M : mass of the sleeve) |A-I| = 48 - 48 = 0
m M Then, we get
(a) (b) |A99 - A98| = |A98| × 0
m+M m+M
=0
m+M m+M
(c) (d) log(θ − π/2)
m M 28. Lim is
θ → π/2 tanθ
895  m + M  (a) 1 (b) π/2
h porter 2  
Ans. (c) : = N  m  (c) π/4 (d) 0
h watt 895
log(θ - π/2) 0
N2 Ans. (d) : Lim =
θ → π/2 tanθ 0
h porter m+M using 'L' hospital rule,
=
h watt m
1 cos 2 θ
25. For a specified inlet and outlet temperatures, Lim = Lim
θ → π/2  π 2 θ → π/2  π
for which kind of heat exchanger will the log  θ -  sec θ θ− 
mean temperature difference, ∆Tℓm will be  2   2
Again using L-hospital rule, we get
highest?
(a) Double pipe parallel flow heat exchanger 2 cos θ (-sinθ)
Lim = − sin 2θ
(b) Double pipe counter flow heat exchanger θ → π/2 1
(c) Cross flow heat exchanger = − sin π = 0
(d) Multi pass shell and tube heat exchanger 29. The solution of ODE y dx + x dy = 0 is
Ans. (b) : Double pipe counter flow heat exchanger k k
have large LMTD. (a) y = (b) y =
x y−x
26. Fatigue strength for non-ferrous materials is
x
usually defined at ________ stress cycles. (c) y = (d) y = ek x
(a) 10 4
(b) 10 7 y
(c) 109 (d) 1012 Ans. (a) : ydx + xdy = 0
Ans. (b) : dx dy
=–
x y
lnx = –lny + lnk
⇒ lnx + lny = lnk
ln (xy) = lnk
k
y=
x
Method II :
For non-ferrous materials, there is no particular ODE– ydx + xdy = 0
limiting stress i.e. as stress reduce, number of cycle to Its form of Mdx + Ndy = 0
failure keep increasing. Hence corresponding to 107 M = y, N = x
cycle is considered as characteristic of material and
∂M ∂N
known as fatigue strength. Number of cycle is called = 1, =1
fatigue life. ∂y ∂x

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 149 YCT

 ∂M ∂N 33. Laplace transform of t cos(at) is
= Exact differentiation s2 + a 2 s
∂y ∂x (a) (b)
The solution is– (s − a )
2 2 2 ( s − a 2 )2
2

s2 − a 2
∫ Mdx + ∫ (Terms in N free from x)dy = C (c)
( s 2 + a 2 )2
(d)
s
( s 2 + a 2 )2
Ans. (c) : L[d(t)] = F(s)
L–1 [d(s)] = d(t)
∫ydx = k dn
yx = k L[t n d(t)] = (−1) n [ F(s) ]
ds n
k
y= d
x L[t cos (at)] = (−1) [ F(s)]
ds
30. If ϕ is a scalar point function, the value of curl s
Grad ϕ is L(cos at) = 2 = F(s)
s + a2
(a) 0 (b) 1 d
(c) 2 (d) 3 L[t cos(at)] = ( −1) [ F(s) ]
ds
Ans. (a) : Curl(gradφ) = 0 d  s 
= ( −1)  2
31. The point where the plane x + 3y + 2z − 6 = 0 ds  s + a 2 
meets the line joining P (2, 1, 1) and Q (1, 3, −2) du dv
v⋅ −u
is, d u dv du
(a) (2, 1, 1) (b) (1, 1, 1)  =
dx  v  v2
(c) (1, 3, −2) (d) (−1, 3, 2) d s→u
L[t cos (at)] = ( −1)
x − 2 y −1 z −1 ds ( s + a 2 ) → v
2
Ans. (c) : = =
2 − 1 1 − 3 1 − (−2)
( s 2 + a 2 ) d − s d ( s2 + a 2 )
x − 2 y −1 2 −1 = ( −1) ds ds
= = =k
1 −2 3 ( s 2 + a 2 )2
x = 2 + k, y = 1 - 2k, Z = 1 + 3k ( s 2 + a 2 ) − s ( 2s + 0 )
This point lie on the plane = ( −1)
x + 3y + 2z - 6 = 0
( s 2 + a 2 )2
s 2 + a 2 − 2s 2 a 2 − s2
= ( −1) = ( −1)
2 + k + 3 (1-2k) + 2 (1+3k) - 6 = 0 ( s 2 + a 2 )2 ( s 2 + a 2 )2
2 + k + 3 - 6k + 2 + 6k - 6 = 0
s2 − a 2
k = -1 =
This point is [2-1, 1-2(-1), 1 + 3(-1)] ( s 2 + a 2 )2
= (1, 3, -2) 34. If two vectors
π/2 a = 3i + 4j − 7k and b = Pi − 6j + 3k are
32. ∫
0
sin 7 x dx is perpendicular, the value of P is
(a) 1 (b) 0
8 16 (c) 12 (d) 15
(a) (b)
35 35 Ans. (d) : a ⋅ b = a b cos θ
(c) 0 (d) 1  cos θ = 0 
π/ 2 π/ 2 cos90° = 0 
 
∫ sin n xdx = ∫ cos
n
Ans. (b) : xdx
⇒ (3i + 4j – 7k) (Pi – 6j + 3k) = 0
0 0
3P – 24 – 21 = 0
 n − 1  n − 3  n − 5  π 3P = 45
    ...... when n is even.
 n  n − 2  n − 4  2 P = 15
 n − 1  n − 3  n − 5  35. The arithmetic mean of 12 data point is 79.
    ...... ⋅1 when n is odd. Later it was found that two data points were
 n  n − 2  n − 4  wrongly taken as 83 and 68 in place of 78 and
π/2
6 ⋅ 4 ⋅ 2 16 97. The actual mean is
∫ sin
7
xdx = = (a) 79 (b) 75
7 ⋅ 5 ⋅ 3 35
0 (c) 81 (d) 77
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 150 YCT
 Ans. (c) : 1 2 3 4 .......... 12 Ans. (d) :
x1 = 79

83 – 78 = 5 (+)
68 – 97 = –29 (–)
–24 → value is reduced
24
= − = –2 Theoretical stress concentration factor
12 kt = Theoretical stress concentration factor
x1 = –2
Maximum stress σmax
x1 + 2 = 79 + 2 = 81 = =
Nominal stress σ
= 81 2a a
kt = 1 + 2 × =1 + 2 ×
36. How does cetane number varies with octane 2b b
number in fuels in IC engines? a
(a) No relation > 1 [From figure]
b
(b) Directly proportional
a 
(c) Inversely proportional kt = 1 + 2  > 1
(d) Both are equal b 
kt > 3
1 σmax
Ans. (c) : Cetane Number ∝
Octane Number > 3 ⇒ σmax > 3σ
σ
π
37. The relationship of the shear angle φ = −β 39. A centrifugal compressor is suitable for which
4 of the following?
α (a) High pressure ratio, low mass flow
+ is as per ('α' is rake angle and 'β' is friction
2 (b) Low pressure ratio, low mass flow
angle) (c) High pressure ratio, high mass flow
(a) Ernst-Merchant theory (d) Low pressure ratio, high mass flow
(b) Merchant's theory Ans. (d) : A centrifugal compressor is suitable for low
(c) Stabler theory pressure ratio, high mass flow.
(d) Lee and Shaffer theory • Reciprocating compressor is suitable for high
Ans. (c) : Ernst-Merchant theory pressures ratio, low mass flow.
π 40. The optimum cutting speed for maximum
2φ + β – α = production is ('n' is tool constant and 'Tc' is
2
time required to change the tool)
Merchants theory,
k k
2φ + β – α = Constant (a) n
(b) n
Stabler theory,  1   2  1  
−
 n  
1 Tc
π   n + 1 Tc    
2φ + 2β – α =   
2 k k
Lee and Shaffer theory, (c) 2n
(d) n
 1     1  Tc 
π  1 −  Tc  
 n − 1 
φ+β–α=  n     2 
4
38. For a plate with an elliptical hole subjected to Ans. (b) : Various formulae for find out optimum
tensile stress, σ as shown in the figure, the cutting speed according to given parameters.
maximum tensile stress at point P is k
Vopt. = n
 1  
 n − 1 TC 
 
(used if only Tc given)
k
Vopt = n
 1   Ct  
(a) σ (b) 2σ   − 1  Tc + 
(c) 3σ (d) more than 3σ  n   Cm  

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 151 YCT

 (used if Tc, Ct and Cm given) 33
= × 100
k 300
Vopt = n
  1   Ct   = 11%
  − 1   ηscientist = 10° < ηIdeal
  n   Cm   Scientist claim is true since power cycle having 10%
(used if Ct and Cm given) thermal efficiency is possible because Carnot
where, efficiency is 11%.
Ct = tooling cast (Rs/service) 44. The side relief angle in a cutting tool signature
Cm = Labour cost + overhead cost (Rs/min) of 10, 20, 7, 6, 8, 15, 2 is
41. A rod of length L and area of cross section A (a) 10 (b) 7
has a modulus of elasticity E and coefficient of (c) 6 (d) 8
thermal expansion α. One end of the rod is
fixed and other end is free. If the temperature Ans. (c) : Tool designation (ANSI) or ASA
of the rod is increased by ∆T, then OR Tool signature–
(a) Stress developed in the rod is Eα∆T and
strain developed in the rod is α∆T
(b) Stress developed in the rod is zero and strain
developed in the rod is −α∆T
(c) Stress developed in the rod is zero and strain
developed in the rod is α∆T
(d) Stress developed in the rod is Eα∆T and ∵ b = Back
 s = side
strain developed in the rod is zero 
Ans. (c) : σT = 0 Rake, Relief, cutting edge
ε T = α∆T Tool Signature–
Stress in the rod will be zero because one end of the
rod is free, so no stress produced in rod only strain of
α∆T magnitude will be produced.
45. The missing distance between A and B in the
42. The entropy of a hot baked potato decreases as
pin figure shown below is
it cools.
(a) The above statement is correct
(b) The above statement is incorrect as it violates
the increase in entropy principle
(c) Too less information to comment
(d) The above statement is incorrect as it violates
second law of thermodynamics
Ans. (a) : The entropy of a baked potato decreases as it (a) 1.8 (b) 1.8 ± 1.1
cools. This statement is correct because with decrease (c) 0.6 (d) 1.8 ± 1.2
in temperature, potato entropy decrease, but heat Ans. (d) : Basic size of AB
released into surroundings will increase the entropy of
= 45 - (30 + 13.2) = 1.8
surrounding. So, as per entropy principle
Tolerance = Cumulative sum
(∆S )universe ≥ 0
= 0.2 + 0.5 + 0.5 = 1.2
where (∆S )universe = (∆S ) system + (∆S ) surrounding So, the missing distance between A and B
43. During January, at a location in Rohtang, = 1.8 ± 1.2
winds at −6°C can be observed. Several meters 46. In an ideal gas turbine cycle with inter-cooling,
below the ground, the temperature remains at reheating and regeneration as the number of
27°C. A scientist claims to have devised a compression and expansion states are
power cycle exploiting this situation that has a increased, which of the following statements
thermal efficiency of 10%. Whether the claim are correct?
is true? I. The Brayton cycle reduces to Ericsson cycle.
(a) True (b) False II. The Brayton cycle reduces to Stirling cycle.
(c) Can't say (d) Insufficient data III. The cycle efficiency becomes equal to
Tmax − Tmin Carnot cycle efficiency.
Ans. (a) : ηIdeal = (a) Statement I alone (b) Statement III alone
Tmax
(c) Statement I and II (d) Statement II and III
27 − (−6)
= Ans. (*) : This question is excluded for evaluation by
(27 + 273) ISRO.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 152 YCT
47. Calculate the dynamic head (PA − Pstatic) when a Ans. (c) : V = 720 km/hr = 200 m/s
jet of water with a velocity, v strikes a flat plate Altitude = 1000 m
moving with a velocity, u in the same direction Pair = 9.0 × 104 N/m2, ρ = 1.1 kg/m3
as jet. (Take u = 4 m/s, v = 10 m/s and ρ = 1000
kg/m3)  V2 
Ps = P0 + ρ  0 
 2 
Ps = stagnation pressure
P0 = static pressure
2002
Ps = 9.0 × 104 + 1.1×
2
Ps = 112000 Pa
(a) 8000 Pa (b) 50000 Pa Ps = 112 kPa
(c) 18000 Pa (d) 98000 Pa
50. Below the ductile to brittle transition
 V02  temperature, weld joints show
Ans. (c) : Ps = P0 + ρ   (a) High ductility (b) High toughness
 2 
(c) Low toughness (d) Ductile fracture
V0 = V – u Ans. (c) : Below the ductile to brittle transition
V = 10 m/sec., u = 4 m/sec temperature, weld joints show Low toughness.
V0 = (10 – 4) m/s • Toughness is the area under stress strain curve and
V0 = 6 m/s for brittle material it is lesser than ductile material.
PA = Ps = Stagnation pressure 51. What is the Prandtl number for a gas at 27°C
P0 = Pstatic = Static pressure and 1 × 105 Pa, with kinematic viscosity equal
(V − u)  2
to 1.8 × 10−5 m2/s, specific heat capacity at
So, PA = Pstatic + ρ   constant pressure = 700 J/kg-K and thermal
 2 
conductivity of 0.02 W/m-K? (Take Gas
 ( V − u )2  constant = 300 J/kg-K)
(PA – Pstatic) = ρ   (a) 0.52 (b) 0.62
 2 
(c) 0.70 (d) 0.78
(6)2 36
= 1000 × = 1000 × Ans. (c) : T = 27°C = 27 + 273 = 300 K
2 2
P = 1 × 105 Pa
PA – Pstatic = 18000 Pa
Kinematic viscosity υ = 1.8 × 10–5 m2/sec
48. The method of development of a right regular CP = 700 J/kg-K
prism is k = 0.02 W/m-K
(a) Parallel line method R = 300 J/kg-K
(b) Radial line method Ideal gas equation PV = mRT
(c) Triangulation method
m
(d) Approximate method P = RT
V
Ans. (a) : Parallel Line Method–Its used for
developing prism and single curved surface like P = ρRT
cylinders, in which all the edge/generation of lateral P 1×105 1× 105
surface are parallel to each other. ρ = = =
RT 300 × 300 9 × 106
Radial Line Method–Its employed for pyramids and
1× 10−1 1
single curved surface like cones in which apex taken ρ= = kg/m3
centre and slant edge (or) generator as radius its 9 90
developing. Kinematic viscosity υ
Triangulation Method–Its used for developing Pr = =
Thermal diffusivity k
transition pieces. ρC P
Approximation Method–Its double employed curved
surface like sphere, as they are theoretically develop. 1.8 × 10−5 1.8 × 10−5 1.8 × 10−5 × 70
The sphere of the developed by approximation method. Pr = = =
0.02 0.02 × 9 0.02 × 9
49. A light plane flies at 720 km/hr in standard air 1 70
at an altitude of 1000 m. Determine the × 700
90
stagnation pressure at the leading edge of the
wing. Take, Pair = 9.0 × 104 N/m2, ρ = 1.1 kg/m3. 18 × 7 × 10−5 2 × 7 ×10−5 14 × 10−3
= = =
(a) 90 kPa (b) 119 kPa 0.02 × 9 0.02 2
(c) 112 kPa (d) 100 kPa Pr = 0.70

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 153 YCT

52. In continuous casting process, the mould is Ans. (c) :
generally made of
(a) Cast iron (b) Bronze
(c) Copper (d) Tungsten carbide
Ans. (c) : Continuous casting process, the mould is
generally made of copper.
53. A re-entry module flies with Mach 10 at an
ambient temperature of −27°C with CP = 840
J/kg-K, gas constant R = 140 J/kg-K. What is
the stagnation temperature at the tip of the
nose of the re-entry module?
(a) −23°C (b) 1377°C
(c) 2477°C (d) −253°C
Ans. (*) : Note : This question is excluded for
evaluation by the ISRO.
54. Which one of the following steels contains least
percentage of carbon?
(a) Mild steel (b) Stainless steel 304L
(c) Stainless steel 316L (d) IF steel
Ans. (d) : IF steel—Interstitial Free Steels (IF Steel) Let, change in length of the 'rod' is ∆L
are ultra low carbon steel.
 PL 
Steel is an alloy of iron and upto 2 percent carbon. So, ∆LKL =  
Carbon is small enough to fit into the interstices of  AE  KL
primarily iron matrix making it an "interstitial element" in 100 × 500
steel. If the steel alloy has an ultra low carbon level, most =
25 × 67 ×103
of these gaps will not be interstitial free steel.
50
55. The Lewis number which is a measure of =
relative thermal and concentration boundary 25 × 67
layer thicknesses is defined as, (Re: Reynold's 50
(∆L)KL = = 0.0298 (Tension) ≈ 0.03
number, Pr: Prandtl number, Sc: Schmidt 1675
number)  PL 
(a) Re × Pr (b) Sc/Pr (∆L)LM =  
 AE LM
(c) Re/Sc (d) Sc × Pr
150 × 800
Sc =
Ans. (b) : Lewis number = 25 × 67 ×103
Pr 120
υ = = 0.07 (Compression)
Sc = Schmidt number = 1675
D  PL 
υ (∆L)MN =  
Pr = Prandtl number =  AE MN
α 50 × 400
where υ is molecular diffusivity (kinematic viscosity) =
25 × 67 ×103
α is heat diffusivity
20
D is mass diffusivity = = 0.01 (Tension)
1675
56. The figure shows an Aluminium rod of 25 mm2
Total change in length (∆L) = (∆L)KL + (∆L)LM
cross sectional area. It is loaded at four points,
K, L, M and N. Assume E = 67 GPa for + (∆L)MN
Aluminium. The total change in length of the = 0.03 – 0.07 + 0.01
rod due to loading as shown in close to = –0.03 mm
(∆L) = –30 µm
57. The basis of slip line field theory in metal
cutting is
(a) Merchant theory
(b) Lee and Shaffer theory
(a) 30 µm (b) −10 µm (c) Ernst-Merchant theory
(c) −30 µm (d) 10 µm (d) None of these
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 154 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Slip line field theory in metal cutting– "Lee FAC cos60° + FBC = 0
and Shaffer theory". According to this theory, 1
FAC × = –FBC
π 2
φ = +α –β
4 FAC
Lee and Shaffer's theory is based on the assumption– FBC = −
2
• The material being cut behaves like an ideal plastic
with no strain hardening. FAC sin60° + 6000 = 0
• The shear plane represents a direction of maximum 3
FAC × + 6000 = 0
shear stress. 2
58. A room contains 25 kg of air at 100 kPa and 3
14°C. The room has a 250 W refrigerator and 1 FAC × = –6000
kW electric resistance heater. During a cold 2
winter day, it is observed that both the −6000 × 2
FAC = = −4000 × 3
refrigerator and the heater are running 3
continuously, but the air temperature in the FAC = –6928 N
room remains constant. The rate of heat loss Bar, → FAC = 6928 N (compression)
from the room during that day is
Force is cable
(a) 3600 kJ/hr. (b) 1250 kJ/hr.
(c) 4500 kJ/hr. (d) 2700 kJ/hr. F (−6928)
FBC = − AC = −
Ans. (c) : It is to be noted that both the refrigerator 2 2
(condenser of refrigerator looses heat to room) and 6928
=
heater are losing heat. Since the temperature of room 2
remains constant it means that heat gained by room is FBC = 3464 (Tensile)
equal to heat loss. We can write as Method II–
HL = 250 + 1000 = 1250 J/s Using FBD,
HL = 1250 × 3600 J/hr = 4500 kJ/hr Using Lami's theorem
59. The bar AC, 10m long supports a load of 6000
N as shown in figure. The cable BC is
horizontal and 5m long. Forces in the cable and
the bar are

TBC 6000 T
= = AC
sin150 sin120 sin 90
So,
6000 × 2
TAC = = 6928.2 N (compression)
(a) 6928 N and 3464 N (b) 3464 N and 6928 N 3
(c) 3464 N and 3464 N (d) 6928 N and 6928 N TBC = 3464 N (Tension)
Ans. (b) : 60. In a grinding wheel specification of
'wa36k8vbe', "wa" indicates
(a) Grain size (b) Type of grade
(c) Type of abrasive (d) Type of structure
Ans. (c) : Grinding wheel specification of 'wa36k8vbe'

At joint 'C'– 61. Two Carnot heat engines are operating in

series such that the heat sink of the first engine
serves as the heat source of the second one. If
the source temperature of the first engine is
1327°C, the sink temperature of the second
engine is 127°C, and the thermal efficiency of
both the engines are the same, the temperature
∑H = 0, of the intermediate reservoir is:

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 155 YCT

 (a) 627°C (b) 410°C Ans. (b) :
(c) 577°C (d) 527°C • In metal forming, ring compression test is carried out
Ans. (d) : Given, to find out interface friction.
T1 = 1327°C + 273 = 1600K • We can determine the magnitude of the friction
T3 = 127°C + 273 = 400K coefficient µ, at the die (or) workpiece interface.
If two engine connected in series and its thermal • To investigate the influence of friction compression
efficiency is same. test is carried out in which a flat ring is taken. Its
So, Intermediate temperature height is reduced and its outside diameter increases
T2 = T1 × T3 when compressive force is applied.
= 1600 × 400 • If there were no friction between the dies and
workpiece, both the inner and outer diameters of the
= 40 × 20
ring would increase.
= 800 K
• If friction is present the internal diameter of the ring
T2 = 800 – 273
is reduced with increasing deformation.
= 527°C
62. A body of mass 10 kg is initially stationary on a 64. Water flows into the top of an open drum at a
45° inclined plane as shown in figure. The constant mass flow rate. Water exits through a
coefficient of dynamic friction between the pipe near the base with a mass flow rate
body and the plane is 0.3. The body slides down proportional to the height of the liquid. If the
the plane and attains a velocity of 20 m/s. The drum is initially empty, which of the following
distance travelled (in meter) by the body along gives the plot of liquid height with time?
the plane is close to

(a) (b)

(a) 4.8 (b) 98

(c) 41 (d) 9.8
Ans. (c) : (c) (d)

Ans. (a) : Initially drum is empty with zero height so

no discharge, but inlet has a constant mass flow rate.
From FBD for mass m is given above. Hence height increases, along with which discharge
Equating the net forces along the plane, we have along starts increasing and after attaining a certain
height, discharge rate becomes equal to inlet rate, so
ma = mg sin 45 - µ (mg cos 45º)
after certain time, height becomes constant as depicted
1
a = 9.81× [1 − 0.3] by option (a).
2
65. What is the approximate reaction moment at
1 the fixed support A for the loaded frame shown
a = 9.81× × 0.7
2 below? (Take the diameter of the pulley as 250
a = 4.85 m/s2
Using equation of motion
v 2 = u 2 + 2as
202 = 02 + 2 × 4.85 × s
s = 41.2 m
63. In metal forming, ring compression test is
carried out to find out
(a) Compressive strength
(b) Interface friction mm)
(c) Upset ratio (a) 10010 Nm (b) 10624 Nm
(d) None of these (c) 9810 Nm (d) 1263 Nm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 156 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Moment due to 500 kg weight is given as Ans. (d) :
M1 = Mg (2 + 0.125)
M1 = 500 × 9.81 × 2.125 = 10423.125 Nm
Moment at fixed support A is given as
MA = M1 + M2 = 10423.125 + 200
= 10623.125 Nm RA = ?
66. A radiator on a space capsule must dissipate  πx 
Load = sin   N / m
heat generated inside the capsule, by radiating  L 
it into space. While on the bright side of earth, L
 πx 
the capsule sees the earth's radiation and the
solar radiation. The radiator surface has a 0
∫
Total = sin   dx
 L 
solar absorptivity of 0.5 and an emissivity of L
0.9. What is the maximum equilibrium surface L   πx  
= −  cos   
temperature of the radiator, if the maximum π   L  0
heat generated in the capsule is 800 W/m2? L 2L
Assume earth's radiation = 100 W/m2 and solar Total = − [ −1 − 1] =
π π
irradiation = 524 W/m2.
2L 1 L
Take Stefan Boltzmann constant as 5 × 10−8 RA = RB = × =
W/m2-K4 π 2 π
(a) 400°C (b) 100°C 69. A packed bed of solid spheres acts as a thermal
energy storage system. In a charging process,
(c) 127°C (d) 160°C
heat transfer from the hot gas increases
Ans. (c) : thermal energy stored within the spheres.
Consider two beds, one with aluminium
spheres (ρ = 2700 kg/m3, C = 950 J/kg-K, k =
240 W/m-K) and other with copper spheres (ρ
= 8900 kg/m3, C = 400 J/kg-K, k = 380 W/m-K).
Select the correct graph for the temperature
rise of a sphere at the inlet of the bed

(a) (b)
2
Heat generated in the capsule = 800 W/m
Earth's radiation = 100 W/m2
Solar irradiation = 524 W/m2
Absorptivity, α = 0.5
Emissivity, ε = 0.9 (c) (d)
Equating the net heat generated.
800 = ε σ T 4 − 0.5 × 524 − 100
⇒ 800 = 0.9 × 5.67 × 10 −8 × T 4 − 0.5 × 524 − 100
Heat Conducted
⇒ T 4 = 2.58 × 1010 Ans. (a) : Thermal diffusivity =
Heat Stored
⇒ T = 400.86 K = 127.86º C
k
67. For profile controls, datum is α=
(a) Allowed but not required ρC p
(b) Not allowed α = Thermal diffusivity
(c) Required Its represents propagation of heat into the medium
(d) None of these CP = Heat capacity represents amount of heat stored
Ans. (a) : For profile controls, datum is allowed but per unit volume.
not required. (CP)Al = 950 × 2700 = 2565000 J/m3-k
68. A simply supported beam of length L is (CP)Cu = 400 × 380 = 152000 J/m3-k
subjected to a varying distributed load Heat stored in 'Al' > Heat stared in 'Cu'
sin(πx/L) N/m, where distance x is measured kAl = 240, kCu = 380 W/m-k
from the left support. The magnitude of the Heat conducted 'Al' < Heat conducted in 'Cu' then
vertical reaction in N at the left support is
240
(a) 3L/π (b) 2L/π α Al = = 9.35 ×10−5
(c) L/2π (d) L/π 2700 × 950
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 157 YCT
 365 Deflection at point A due to moment M.
α Cu = = 10.11×10−5
8900 × 400 M (2 L) 2 4 ML2
δM = = (↑)
α Al < α Cu 2 EI 2 EI
Therefore, from above values we can conclude that 4 P (2 L − x).L2
=
aluminium has more heat storing capacity then copper 2 EI
and it will have higher temperature than copper at any Deflection at point A due to point load P
given point of times as it allows less heat to transfer P(2 L)3 8PL3
through it and rather stores that heat increasing its δP = = (↓)
temperature, hence option (c) and (d) can be rejected. 3EI 3EI
Between option (a) and (b), option (a) is correct So,
because at the starting of charging due to high δM + δP = 0 (given)
temperature difference the heat flow will be large and 4 P (2 L − x).L 8 PL3
2

more heat will be stored by aluminium which in turn − =0

will increase the temperature drastically and as the 2 EI 3EI
temperature difference decrease, there will be less rise 4 P (2 L − x).L2 8PL3
in temperature for the same amount of time. In = +
2 EI 3EI
duration of time the temperature of storage bed
4
becomes approximately equal to the hot gas and hence 2L − x = L
achieves a constant temperature. 3
70. Compressive residual stresses in weld joints 2
x = L = 0.66 L
(a) Decreases tensile strength 3
(b) Increases cracking tendency 72. An electric heater is sandwiched between two
(c) Increases fatigue strength plates each 0.3 m long and 0.1 m wide with a
(d) Coarsen the grain structure thickness of 30 mm. At steady state condition
Ans. (c) : Compressive residual stresses in weld joints the heater is maintained at a temperature of
increases fatigue strength. 100°C, with a current of 0.25 A and voltage of
Compressive residual stress increases the fatigue 200 V. Assume the plates are perfectly
performance of the weld joints is based on simple insulated at the edges, and the heater is having
concept of lowering the effective applied tensile perfect contact with the plates to given a
stresses by inducing compressive residual stress. temperature of 50°C on the outside of the plate
Compressive residual stress to some extant cancels the surface. What is the thermal conductivity of
magnitude of externally applied tensile stress. the plate material?
Improvement in fatigue performance of the weld joint (a) 1.0 W/m-K (b) 0.5 W/m-K
can vary from 20-30%. There are many methods (c) 0.015 W/m-K (d) 0.3 W/m-K
namely shot peening, overloading, spot heating and Ans. (b) :
post-weld heat treatment, which can be used to induce
compressive residual stress.
71. A force P is applied at a distance 'X' from the
end of the beam as shown in the figure. What
would be value of 'X' so that the displacement
at 'A' is equal to zero?
∆T
Q = kA
∆x
V.I = Hgen.
= 200 × 0.25 = 50 W
(a) 0.5 L (b) 0.25 L 50 (100 − 50) × 1000
= k × (0.3 × 0.1) ×
(c) 0.33 L (d) 0.66 L 2 30
Ans. (d) : From FBD— 50 × 30 × 100
k=
2 × 3 ×1× (100 − 50)
1
k = = 0.5 W/m-K
2
73. Knife line or hairline cracking is observed in
(a) Ferritic stainless steel
(b) Martensitic stainless steel
where, (c) Austenitic stainless steel
M = P(2L - x) (d) Stabilized stainless steel
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 158 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Knife line (or) hairline cracking is obtained in 76. A pin jointed uniform rigid rod of weight 981 N
stabilised stainless steel due to intergranular corrosio. and length 1 m is kept horizontally by an external
force F as shown in the figure below. The force F is
74. Riser is designed so as to
removed suddenly. At the instant of force removal,
(a) Freeze after the casting freezes the magnitude of vertical reaction (in N) developed
(b) Freeze before the casting freezes at the support is close to
(c) Freeze at the same time as the casting
(d) Minimize the time of pouring
Ans. (a) : Riser– It is a reservoir of molten metal
(a) Zero (b) 245
provided in the casting so that hot metal can flow back
(c) 490 (d) 981
into the mould cavity when there is a reduction in
volume of metal due to solidification. Ans. (b) :
75. A torque T is applied at the free end of a
stepped rod of circular cross-sections as shown
in the figure. The shear modulus of the
material of the rod is G. The expression for
diameter 'd' to produce an angular twist θ at
the free end is
When the force F is suddenly remove, then due to W =
981N, the rod is in rotating condition with angular
acceleration α
then
L
 30TL 
1/ 4
 33TL 
1/ 4
W × = Iα
(a)   (b)   2
 πθG   πθG 
L mL2
1/ 4 1/ 4 W× = α
 18TL   24TL  2 3
(c)   (d)  
 πθG   πθG   981  2
Ans. (b) :   .1
1  g 
981× = α
2 3
3
α= g
2
Also, the center of rod accelerates with linear
T Gθ τ
= = acceleration α, hence
J L R
W - R = ma = (W/g)a
TL Angular acceleration is related to linear acceleration by
θ=
GJ following formula.
T = T1 = T2 L 3g 3 g
a = rα = × =
θ = θ1 + θ2 2 2 4
Now, we have
L
T× 3g
T1L1 T2 L 2 TL 2 W − R = (W / g ) ×
= + = +
G1J1 G 2 J 2 πd 4 G × π (16d 4 ) 4
G then,
32 32
W 981
TL  1 32  R= = = 245.25 N
= 32 + × 
Gπd 4 
4 4
2 16 
77. The frictional torque transmitted in a conical
TL
θ= [33] pivot bearing considering uniform pressure is :
Gπd 4 (R: radius of shaft, α: semi angle of cone, µ:
TL Coefficient of friction, W: load on bearing)
d4 = [33]
Gπθ (a) (1/2)µWR Cosecα
1 (b) (3/4)µWR Cosα
 TL ( )  4
d= 33  (c) (2/3)µWR Cosα
 Gπθ 
(d) (2/3)µWR Cosec α
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 159 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Frictional torque transmitted conical pivot where, r1 = r2 = r3 = r4 = 30 2 mm
bearing (uniform pressure)
( P × e)r1
2 ⇒ PS1 =
=   µWR cosec α (r + r22 + r33 + r42 )
2

3 1

78. A mass of 2 kg is attached to two identical 840 × 300 × 30 2

= = 1485 N
springs each with stiffness k = 40 kN/m as 7200
shown in the figure. Under frictionless
Rmax = PP1 + PS1 + 2 PP1 PS1 cos 45º
condition, the natural frequency of the system
in Hz is close to = 2102 + 14852 + 2 × 210 ×1485cos 45º
= 1640.23 N
So, the shear load on the worst loaded rivet (1 or 2) is
1640 N.
(a) 32 (b) 16
80. Match the following criterion of material
(c) 24 (d) 200
failure under biaxial stresses σ1 and σ2 and
Ans. (a) : keq = k + k = 2k yield stress σy, with their corresponding
ωn 1 k eq graphic representations.
fn = =
2π 2π m A. Maximum L.
shear stress
1 2 × 40 × 103 1
= = 4 × 104 criterion
2π 2 2π
2 ×102 100
= = = 31.83 B. Maximum M.
2π π
distortion
≃ 32
energy
79. A rectangular steel plate is joined to a vertical criterion
post using four identical rivets arranged as
shown below in the figure. The shear load on C. Maximum N.
the worst loaded rivet (in N) approximately is normal stress
criterion

(a) A – L, B – N, C – M
(b) A – N, B – L, C – M
(a) 1700 (b) 1500 (c) A – M, B – N, C – L
(c) 1650 (d) 1750 (d) A – N, B – M, C – L
Ans. (c) : Ans. (b) : Maximum Shear Stress Theory–

Maximum Distortion Energy Theory–

Primary shear force,

PP1 = PP2 = PP3 = PP4
Maximum Normal Stress Theory–
P 840
= = = 210 N
4 4
For secondary shear force,
PS1 2
(r1 + r22 + r33 + r42 ) = P × e
r1
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2017 160 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [Exam Date : 03.07.2016

1. Starting from the same initial conditions, an 3. A house refrigerator with its door open is
ideal gas expands from volume V1 to V2 in switched on in a closed room. The air in the
three different ways, the work done by the gas room is
is W1 if the process is purely isothermal, W2 if (a) cooled
purely isobaric and W3 is purely adiabatic, (b) remains at same temperature
then (c) heated
(a) W2 > W1 > W3 (b) W2 > W3 > W1 (d) heated or cooled depending on atmospheric
(c) W1 > W2 > W3 (d) W1 > W3 > W2 pressure
Ans. (a) : Ans. (c) : As the door of refrigerator is open the heat
Q2 is absorbed by the refrigerator from the room space.
But the heat Q1 is rejected to the room space from the
condenser.
We know that
Q1 > Q2
∵ Q1 = Q2 + Wcomp
because of compressor work required to the constantly
running of compressor.
So the heat rejected is more than that heat absorbed in
We know that area under the P-V diagram will be the room.
equal to the work done for any process. Hence there is a net heat addition in the room and the
From above figure temperature of room would increase.
Area under 1-2-b-a (P = constant) 4. An elevator has a mass of 5000 kg. When the
W2 tension in the supporting cable is 60 kN, the
Area under 1-3-b-a-1 (T = constant) acceleration of the elevator is nearly
W1 (a) 8 m/s2 (b) 12 m/s2
2
Area under 1-4-b-a-1 (PVγ = constant) (c) –2 m/s (d) 2 m/s2
W3 Ans. (d) :
So, we can say that
W2 > W1 > W3
2. A beaker filled with hot water in a room cools
from 70°C to 65°C in t1 minutes, 65°C to 60°C
in t2 minutes and from 60°C to 55°C in t3 FBD–
minutes. Then,
(a) t1 > t2 > t3
(b) t1 = t2 = t3
(c) t1 < t2 < t3
(d) cannot be concluded
Ans. (c) : "Newton Cooling Law"–
∆T ∝ e–kt T – mg = ma
t = time
60000 – 5000 × 9.81 = 5000 a
t1 < t 2 < t 3 60000 – 49050 = 5000 a
10950 = 5000 a
10950
a= = 2.19 m/s2
5000
a = 2 m/s2
5. The piston of a steam engine moves with simple
harmonic motion. The speed of rotation of
crank is 120 rpm with a stroke of 2 m. What is
the velocity of piston when it is 0.5 m from the
centre?
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 161 YCT
 (a) 4π 3 (b) π 3 8. There are 20 locks and 20 matching keys.
Maximum number of trials required to match
(c) 2π 3 (d) 3π 3 all the locks is
Ans. (c) : N = 120 rpm (a) 190 (b) 210
ℓ=2m (c) 400 (d) 40
x = 1.5 Ans. (b) : We have 20 locks and 20 matching key.
For Ist lock we need to check 20th key.
IInd lock we need to check 19th key.
IIIrd lock we need to check 18th key.
∴ This is in arithmetic progression
∴ Total number of key n = 20
∴ Maximum number of trial we need to do
n(n + 1) 20(20 + 1)
ℓ = = = 210
∴ r= =1m 2 2
2
9. If φ(x, y, z) is a scalar function and if ∇2f = 0,
x = r (1 – cos θ)
then φ is
1.5 = 1 (1 – cos θ)
(a) Irrational (b) Harmonic
θ = 120°
(c) Irrotational (d) Solenoidal
v = r ω sin θ
Ans. (b) : Harmonic
2πN 2π× 120 3 ∇2f = 0
= 1× sin120° = ×
60 60 2 ∇2φ = 0  → Harmonic
= 2π 3 m / s φ is a 'Harmonic function'
6. The sine of the angle between the two vectors a
= 3i + j + k and b = 2i – 2j + k is ∇⋅φ = 0  → Solenoidal
φ is a 'Solenoidal scalar'
74 25
(a) (b) ∇ × φ = 0  → Irrotational
99 99
φ is a Irrotational scalar
37 5
(c) (d) 10. A and B are two candidates appearing for an
99 51 interview by a company. The probability that
Ans. (a) : a = 3iˆ + ˆj + kˆ A is selected is 0.5 and the probability that both
A and B are selected is at most 0.3. The
b = 2iˆ − 2ˆj + kˆ probability of B getting selected is
a⋅b (a) 0.9 (b) ≤ 0.3
cos θ =
a b (c) ≤ 0.6 (d) 0.5
5 5 Ans. (c) : P(A) = 0.5
= =
3 11 99 P(A ∩ B) = 0.3
sin θ = 1 − cos 2 θ P(A ∩ B) = P(A) ⋅ P(B)
25 74 "Here, two event A and B are said to be independent if
= 1− = P(A ∩ B) = P(A) ⋅ P(B)
99 99
7. Equation of the line normal to function f(x) = (∵ i.e. occurrence one event is not affected by the
(x – 8)2/3 + 1 at P(0, 5) is other.)
(a) y = 3x – 5 (b) 3y = x – 15 So, P(A ∩ B) = P(A) ⋅ P(B)
(c) 3y = x + 15 (d) y = 3x + 5 0.3 = 0.5 ⋅ P(B)
Ans. (d) : F(x) = y = (x – 8)2/3 + 1 0.3
dy 2 −1/ 3 P(B) =
Slope m1 = (
= x −8 ) 0.5
dx 3 P(B) = 0.6
at (0, 5) m1 = –1/3
11. The reading of a spring balance is from 0 to
For normal line 200 N and is 10 cm long. A body suspended
m1 = –1/3 m2 = 3 from the spring balance is observed to oscillate
y = mx + c vertically at 2 Hz. The mass of the body is
y = 3x + c nearly
at (0, 5) c=5 (a) 22.5 kg (b) 12.5 kg
y = 3x + 5 (c) 37 kg (d) 45 kg
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 162 YCT
 Ans. (b) : F = 200 N 14. In the figure shown, the minimum ratio of µ1/µ2
Deflection = 10 cm so that the masses move together with the
(x) = 0.1 m application of force F is
Frequency (f) = 2 Hz
F 200
Stiffness k = = = 2000 N/m (a) 5 (b) 2
x 0.1
(c) 4 (d) 3
1 k 2000
f= = Ans. (d) :
2π m m
2000
4π =
m
2000
= 16 π2 FBD (Free Body Diagram)–
m For A block 'A' m = 5 kg
2000
m=
16π2
m = 12.66 kg
m ≈ 12.5 kg
12. A ball is dropped vertically from a height d Frictional force– Ff = µN
above the ground. It hits the ground and
bounces up to a height d/2. Neglecting the
subsequent motion and air resistance, its
velocity (v) varies with height (h) above the
ground as N = mg
N = 5 × 9.81 "Newton"
(a) (b) FfA = µ1 × 5 × 9.81 'N' .....(1)
For 'A' Block 'B'–
m = 10 kg

(c) (d)

NBG = 10 × 9.81 + 5 × 9.81

Ans. (a) : At height h = d, u = 0
At ground, velocity is maximum and downward NBG = 15 × 9.81
consider velocity as negative (–ve) and upward FfB = µ2 × 15 × 9.81 .....(2)
positive (+ve). So, applied force (F)–
When it return to height h velocity becomes zero. Then, FfB = FfA = F → Applied force on block A
v2 = u2 + 2as and B.
u=0 From equation (1) / (2)
v 2 = 2as → Variation parabolic FfA µ1 × 5 × g
=
13. A 10 kW drilling machine is used to drill a bore FfB µ 2 × 15 × g
in a small aluminium block of mass 8 kg. How F µ1 × 5
much is the rise in temperature of the block in =
2.5 minutes, assuming 50% of power is used up F µ 2 × 15
in heating the block? (specific heat of µ
aluminum : 0.91 J/(g°C)) 1= 1
3µ 2
(a) 50°C (b) 206°C
(c) 103°C (d) 227°C µ1
=3
Ans. (c) : 10 kW drilling machine is used to drill bore µ2
50% of power i.e. 5 kW used to heat block.
15. A thin wire of length L and uniform linear
Heat Supplied mass density ρ is bent into a circular loop with
∴ Power =
Time centre O as shown in figure. The moment of
Heat supplied = 5 × 103 × 2.5 × 60 inertia of the loop about the axis XX' is
m cp ∆T = 75 × 104
8 × 0.91 × 103 × ∆T = 75 × 104
∆T = 103.02°C
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 163 YCT
 (a) ρL3/16π2 (b) ρL3/8π2 Ans. (a) : Process–A block –10°C changed to 100°C
(c) 5ρL3/16π2 (d) 3ρL3/8π2 −10°C 
(I)
→ 0°C(ice)  (II)
→ 0°C(water)
∆T Constant temp.
Ans. (d) : L = 2πR (Phase change)

L (III)
∆T
R= 0°C(water) 
→100°C(water) 
(IV)
Constant
→100°C(steam)
2π temp.
(Phase
Linear mass moment– change)
M = ρL
Parallel Axis Theorem–
IXX = IC + MX2
MR 2
= + MR 2 18. If the temperature of the sun is doubled, the
2
2 2
rate of energy received on earth will be
3 3  L  3 L increased by a factor of
IXX = MR 2 = × ρL ×   = × ρL × 2
2 2  2π  2 4π (a) 2 (b) 4
3ρL3 (c) 8 (d) 16
IXX = Ans. (d) : Rate of energy E ∝ T4
8π 2
16. A 10 kg mass is hung from 2 light, inextensible OR E1 = σT 4
strings as shown. The tension in the horizontal
"If temperature of the sun 'T' is double"
string is nearly
Then, E2 = σ(2T)4
E2 = 16 σT4
E2 = 16 σT4 → E1
E2 = 16 E1
(a) 49 N (b) 57 N
19. The transmission of heat by molecular collision
(c) 100 N (d) 0 N
is called
Ans. (b) : (a) Convection (b) Conduction
(c) Radiation (d) Ionization
Ans. (b) : Transmission of heat by molecular collision
FBD– is called conduction.
20. If two ends of rods of length L and radius r,
made of same material are kept at the same
∵ T1sin60° = mg temperature difference, which of the following
3 rods conduct most heat per unit time?
T1 × = 10 × 9.81 (a) L = 50 cm, r = 1 cm (b) L= 2 cm, r = 0.5 cm
2
(c) L = 100 cm, r = 2 cm (d) L = 3 cm, r = 1 cm
20 × 9.81
T1 = Ans. (d) : Fourier Law–
3
dT
Also, T1cos60° = T2 Q = −kA
20 × 9.81 1 10 × 9.81 dx
T2 = × =
3 2 3 A
Q∝
T2 = 56.63 N dx
Tension in the Horizontal string T2 = 57 N So, option check,
17. A block of ice at –10°C is slowly heated and  r2 
converted to steam at 100°C. Which of the (a) Q∝ 
 50 
following curves represent the phenomena
qualitatively? (1) 2
Q∝ = 0.02
(a) (b) 50
 (0.5)2 
(b) Q∝  = 0.125
 2 
 (2)2 
(c) (d) (c) Q∝  = 0.04
 100 
 (12 ) 
(d) Q∝  = 0.33 (most heat)
 3 
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 164 YCT
21. A thermometer works on the principle of 5
(a) Law of stable equilibrium 10 × + b = 0
12
(b) Zeroth law of thermodynamics 50
(c) First law of thermodynamics b= −
(d) Second law of thermodynamics 12
25
Ans. (b) : A thermometer works on the principle of b= −
Zeroth law of thermodynamic. 6
Zeroth of thermodynamic states that if two bodies A Then,
and B are in thermal equilibrium with third bodies C, 5 25
then A and B are in thermal equilibrium with each ∵ T = ℓ−
12 6
other.
When length ℓ = 58 mm
22. The working temperatures in evaporator and
condenser coils of a refrigerator are –25°C and 5 25
T = × 58 −
30°C, respectively. The COP of the refrigerator is 12 6
0.85 of the maximum COP for a power input of 2 T = 20°C
kW. The refrigeration effect produced will be 24. The amount of steam (at 100°C) required to
(a) 7.6 kW (b) 9 kW raise the temperature of 200 g of water from
(c) 10.2 kW (d) 12 kW 60°C to 100°C is
Ans. (a) : Tc = –25 + 273 (a) 10 g (b) 16.8 g
= 248 K (c) 20 g (d) 14.8 g
TE = 30 + 273 = 303 K Ans. (d) : Latent heat of steam = 2257 kJ/kg
TL Specific heat of water = 4.187 kJ/kg
COP =
TH − TL m × 2257 = 0.2 × 4.187 × 40
248 m = 14.8 g
= 25. A engine works on Carnot cycle between 727°C
303 − 248 and 227°C. The efficiency of the engine is
248
(COP)Actual = 0.85 × (a) 50% (b) 75.4%
55 (c) 31.2% (d) 68.8%
Q(Ref. effect) T
(COP)A = Ans. (a) : η = 1 − L
W TH
0.85 × 248 Q
= TL = 227 + 273= 500 K
55 2 TH = 727 + 273 = 1000 K
Q = 7.6 kW 500
η = 1−
23. A mercury thermometer was first placed in 1000
melting ice and the length of mercury column η = 0.5 = 50%
was observed to be 10 mm; when it was placed 26. A steam thermal power plant works on
in steam, the length of the column was 250 mm.
When placed in tap water, the length of the (a) Brayton cycle (b) Rankine cycle
column was 58 mm. The temperature of the tap (c) Carnot cycle (d) Otto cycle
water is Ans. (b) : Steam thermal power plant works on a
(a) 24.2°C (b) 20°C Rankine cycle.
(c) 38.4°C (d) 4.14°C Gas turbine power plant works on Brayton cycle.
Ans. (b) : Let Temperature Profile Equation– 27. A boat which has a speed of 5 km/h in still
When placed in mercury– water crosses a river of width 1 km along the
shortest path in 15 min. The velocity of the
T = aℓ + b river in km/h is
10a + b = 0 .....(1) (a) 3 (b) 1
When placed in steam (c) 4 (d) 41
250a + b = 100 .....(2)
From equation (1) and (2)– Ans. (a) : Note : Boat never travels in straight line.
10a + b = 0 Suppose it travels at an angle 'θ' with vertical.
250a + b = 100
− − −
+240a = +100
100 5
a= =
240 12
From equation (1), Distance
∴ Time =
10a + b = 0 Speed

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 165 YCT

 15
Time = 15 min = hr
60
1
Time = hr
4
1 1 1g 2
= 2h = t1
4 5cosθ 22
4 8h 2h
cosθ = t1 = =2
5 g g
sinθ = 1 − cos 2 θ If freely fall,
1
16 3 h = gt 22
= 1− = 2
25 5
5sinθ = 3 2h
t2 =
∴ 5sinθ = x g
x = 3 km/hr
t1
∴ t2 =
2
30. What parameter will remain constant in a
throttling process?
(a) Entropy (b) Temperature
(c) Pressure (d) Enthalpy
28. In 1st, a particle goes from point A to point B, Ans. (d) : In throttling process, work and heat transfer
moving in a semicircle (as shown in figure). is zero.
The magnitude of the average velocity is v2 v2
∴ h1 + 1 + q = h 2 + 2 + w
2 2
w = 0, q = 0 v1 = v2
∴ h1 = h 2
31. The main objective of 'shot peening' is to
improve which property of metal parts
(a) Surface finish (b) Ductility
(c) Fatigue strength (d) None of the above
(a) 3.14 m/s (b) 1 m/s Ans. (c) : Shot peening process used to improve
(c) 2 m/s (d) Zero fatigue strength.
Ans. (c) : Concept of Average Velocity– 32. When a material is strain hardened?
Total distance (a) its yield strength reduces and ductility
Avg. velocity =
Time increases
Minimum total distance (b) its yield strength increases and ductility
Vavg. = reduces
Time (c) both yield strength and ductility increases
2 (d) both yield strength and ductility reduces
Vavg = = 2 m/s
1 Ans. (b) : Yield strength increases because of
29. A block is made to slide down an inclined plane dislocation movements and dislocation generation
(30° with horizontal) which is smooth. It starts within the crystal structure.
sliding from rest and takes a time 't' to reach 33. Which thread is more suited in power screw to
the bottom of the plane. An identical body is take load on both directions?
freely dropped from the same point. The time (a) Acme thread (b) Square thread
the body takes to reach the bottom is
(c) Buttress thread (d) None of these
t
(a) t (b) Ans. (a&b) : Both acme and square thread can take
2 load in both direction but manufacturing of acme
t t thread is easy than square thread.
(c) (d)
3 4 34. A hole is specified as φ 50(+0.050/–0.000) mm. The
Ans. (b) : Consider body freely drop from height 'h'. mating shaft has a clearance fit with minimum
1 clearance of 0.02 mm. The tolerance on the
S = ut + at 2 shaft is 0.03 mm. Maximum clearance between
2 hole and shaft is
At initial condition– (a) 0.100 mm (b) 0.030 mm
u = 0 and a = g (c) 0.080 mm (d) 0.070 mm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 166 YCT
 Ans. (a) : (a) 51.5% and 590 kW (b) 34% and 590 kW
(c) 51.5% and 566.6 kW (d) 34% and 566.6 kW
Ans. (b) : QS = 100,000 kJ/min
Pump work required = 1400 kJ/min
QR = 66000 kJ/min
Wnet = QS – QR
= 34000 kJ/min
Maximum clearance between hole and shaft Turbine work = Wnet + Pump work required
= max. hole size – min shaft size = 34000 + 1400
= (50 + 0.05) – (50 – 0.02 – 0.03) = 35400 kJ/min
= 0.1 mm 35400
Turbine work = = 590 kW
35. In a cutting operation the cutting speed was 60
reduced by 20%. Assuming n = 0.5 and C = 350 Thermal efficiency = 1 − Q R
in Taylor's equation, the increase in tool life is QS
(a) 46% (b) 48% 66000
(c) 59% (d) 56% = 1− = 34%
100,000
Ans. (d) : V2 = 0.8 V1 39. Air at 100 kPa, 2°C occupies a 10 liter piston-
n = 0.05, C = 350 cylinder device that is arranged to maintain
n
Taylor's equation V1T1 = V2 T2 n constant air pressure. This device is now
heated until its volume is 20 liters. The work
V1T10.5 = 0.8V1T20.5 produced by the air is
2 (a) 20 kJ (b) 10 kJ
 10  (c) 2 kJ (d) 1 kJ
T2 =   T1 = 1.56 T1
8 Ans. (d) : At, P = 100 kPa
% Increase in tool life T = 2°C
T2 − T1 1.56T1 − T1 V1 = 10 liter = 10 × 10–3 m3
= = V2 = 20 liter = 20 × 10–3 m3
T1 T1
At Constant pressure–
= 56% Work done (W) = P(V2 – V1)
36. Mass production of seamless tubes is by the = 100 × 103 (20 × 10–3 – 10 × 10–3)
process of = 100 × 103 × 10 × 10–3
(a) Rolling (b) Spinning = 1000 J
(c) Welding (d) Extrusion W = 1 kJ
Ans. (d) : Extrusion is used for mass production of 40. A heat engine working with a thermal
seamless tubes. efficiency of 35% receives 2 kW of heat from a
Extruded products have good mechanical property. furnace. The waste heat rejected from the
engine is
37. Misrun is a casting defect which occurs due to (a) 0.7 kW (b) 0.35 kW
(a) Very high pouring temperature of metal (c) 1.3 kW (d) 1.65 kW
(b) Absorption of gases by liquid metal Ans. (c) : Thermal efficiency = 35%
(c) Insufficient fluidity of molten metal = 0.35
(d) Improper alignment of mould flasks QS = 2 kW
Ans. (c) : QR = ?
Q
ηth = 1 − R
QS
QR
0.35 = 1 −
2 ×103
Due to lack of fluidity of molten liquid metal, molten
QR
liquid metal will solidify before reaching the extreme = 1 – 0.35
end of mould cavity will form defect known as misrun. 2 ×103
38. A simple steam power cycle receives 1,00,000 = 0.65
kJ/min as heat transfer from hot combustion QR = 0.65 × 2 × 103
gases and rejects 66,000 kJ/min as heat = 1.30 × 103 W = 1.3 kW
transfer to the environment. If the pump power 41. Joule-Thomson coefficient for an ideal gas is
required is 1400 kJ/min, the thermal efficiency (a) higher than zero (b) less than zero
of the cycle and turbine power output is (c) zero (d) 1
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 167 YCT
  ∂T  Ans. (a) : Actual velocity V1 = 100 m/s
Ans. (c) : Joule-Thomson coefficient (µ) =   Final velocity V2 = 300 m/s
 ∂P h
For an ideal gas, in an isentropic process–
h = Constant
C = γRT
For ideal gas µ = 0
R = 287 J/kg-K, T = 127°C = 127 + 273
Note : Cooling region, µ = (+ve) = 400 K
Heating region, µ = (–ve) γ = 1.4
42. Air is heated from 0°C to 100°C in a sealed C = 1.4 × 287 × 400
metal container. Its density
C = 400.898
(a) Increases slightly
(b) Decreases slightly V
Mach number (M) =  
(c) Remains the same C
(d) Change cannot be predicted V = Actual velocity
∆T 100
Ans. (b) : Heated 0°C  →100°C M=
'Temperature Increased' 400.898
Ideal gas PV = mRT M = 0.249
m 45. Two equal forces are acting at a point with an
P = RT angle of 60° between them. If the resultant
V
force is equal to 60 3 , what is the magnitude
P = ρRT
of each force?
ρ = Density
(a) 30 (b) 50
P (c) 40 (d) 60
So, = RT
ρ Ans. (d) : Let two equal forces
1 F1 = F2 = F
T∝ By parallelogram method,
ρ
If temperature increase (↑) then density decreased (↓).
43. If a certain mass of moist air in an air tight
vessel is heated to a higher temperature, then
(a) Specific humidity of the air increases
(b) Specific humidity of the air decreases R= F2 + F2 + 2FFcos 60°
(c) Relative humidity of the air increases
(d) Relative humidity of the air decreases 1
60 3 = F2 + F2 + 2F2 ×
Ans. (d) : 2
60 3 = 3F2
F 3 = 60 3
F = 60
46. A two member truss ABC is configured as
φ2 < φ1 shown in figure. The force in the member AB is
Moist air is a composition of dry air and water
vapour. Dry air is a pure substance but moist air is not
a pure substance because the percentage of water
vapour content varies from place to place. As we have
seen that at some places their is a high humidity and at
some places their is a low humidity.
"Specific humidity indicates the actual amount of (a) 15 kN (b) 30 kN
water vapour present in the air where as, relative (c) 20 kN (d) 5 kN
humidity indicates indirectly the moisture absorption
capacity of the present air." Ans. (c) :
44. Air is accelerated isentropically from 100 m/s
to 300 m/s in a nozzle. If the temperature at the
inlet is 127°C, the inlet Mach number is (take R
= 287 J/(kg K) and specific heat ratio = 1.4)
(a) 0.249 (b) 0.442
(c) 0.747 (d) 0.333
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 168 YCT
At joint 'B', 48. In a simply supported beam loaded as shown in
figure, the maximum bending moment in Nm is

(a) 25 (b) 30
From figure, (c) 35 (d) 60
0.5 Ans. (b) :
tanθ =
1
5
tanθ =
10
1
θ = tan −1   = tan–1 (0.5)
2
θ = 26.56°
∑V = 0,
FBC sin26.56 + 10 kW = 0
FBC × 0.447 = –10 RA + RB = 100
10 Taking moment about point A
FBC = − RB × 1 = 100 × 0.1 + 100 × 0.5
0.447 RB = 60N
FBC = 22.37 kW (Compression) RA = 40N
∑H = 0,
FAB + FBC cos(26.56) = 0
FAB + 22.37 × 0.894 = 0
FAB = + 22.37 × 0.894
= + 19.90 kN
FAB = ≈ 20 kN (Tension) Moment at point (B)
47. Four forces of magnitudes 20 N, 40N, 60 N and MB = 0
80 N are acting respectively along the four Moment at point (A) MA = 0
sides of a square ABCD as shown in figure. The Moment at point C = 40 × 0.5 = 20
magnitude of resultant is Concentrated moment (10 N-m) also act in the same
direction so
Max. Bending moment at C = 20 + 10 = 30 N-m.
49. Two steel rails each of 12 m length are laid
with a gap of 1.5 mm at ends at a temperature
of 24°C. The thermal stress produced at a
(a) 40 2 N (b) 50 2 N
temperature of 40°C is (take E = 2 × 105
(c) 45 2 N (d) 60 2 N N/mm2, coefficient of thermal expansion = 12 ×
Ans. (a) : 10–6 /°C)
(a) 10.5 N/mm2 (b) 12.5 N/mm2
2
(c) 13.4 N/mm (d) 15.5 N/mm2
Ans. (c) : L = 12 m = 12 × 10 mm3

λ = gap between rails

( αTL − λ )
Then, σ thermal = E
Net horizontal force ∑H = 0 L
FH = –60 + 20 ∆T = (40 – 24) = 16°C
= – 40N E = 2 × 105 N/mm2
Net vertical force ∑V = 0 α = 12 × 10–6/°C
FV = 40 – 80 = –40N (12 × 10−6 × 16 × 12 ×103 − 1.5 )
Magnitude of resultant 'F' is σth = × 2 × 105
12 × 103
F = (FV ) 2 + (FH )2 = (−40)2 + (−40) 2
(144 × 16 × 10−3 − 1.5 )
= × 2 × 102
= 40 2N 12
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 169 YCT
 ( 2304 × 10−3 − 1.5 ) T Gθ τ
= × 102 = =
6 J L R
( 2.304 − 1.5 )
= × 102 T τ
6 =
J R
0.804 80.4
= × 102 = For solid–
6 6
σth = 13.4 N/mm2 τmax =
16T
50. An aluminum tensile test specimen has a πd 3
diameter, do = 25 mm and a gauge length of Lo 16T
= 250 mm. If a force of 175 kN elongates the τmax =
gauge length by 1.25 mm, the modulus of πd (1 − k 4 )
3

elasticity of the material is nearly di

(a) 71 GPa (b) 71 MPa Where k =
do
(c) 142 GPa (d) 142 MPa
Ans. (a) : d0 = 25 mm 16 × 24 × 108
π π 50 × 106 = πN
A = ( d 0 ) = × ( 25 )
2 2

4 4 πd 30 (1 − k 4 )
π di 30
A = × ( 625 ) k= =
4 d o 40
L0 = 250 mm,
P = 175 kN k4 = (0.75)4
= 175 × 103 N 16 × 24 × 108
50 × 106 =
∆ℓ = 1.25 mm π2 × (40)3 × 1 − (0.75)4  × N
PL 16 × 24 × 102
Elongation ∆ℓ = 50 =
AE π × 64000 × 0.68 × N
2

175 × 103 × 250 16 × 24 × 100

1.25 = N=
π 50 × 64000 × 0.68 × π2
× 625 × E N = 1778.7 rpm
4
4 × 7 ×103 × 10 52. A cantilever beam of length L is subjected to a
1.25 = concentrated load P at a distance of L/3 from
π× E
the free end. The deflection at the free end is
28 × 10 4
E= 1 PL3 14 PL3
1.25 × π (a) (b)
E = 71301.41 N/mm2 3 EI 81 EI
E = 71.301 × 103 N/mm2 7 PL3 1 PL3
E = 71 GPa (c) (d)
18 EI 2 EI
51. A tubular shaft, having an inner diameter of 30 Ans. (b) :
mm and an outer diameter of 40 mm, is to be
used to transmit 80 kW of power. The speed of
rotation of the shaft so that the shear stress will
not exceed 50 MPa is
(a) 29.6 rpm (b) 3557.4 rpm
(c) 1778.7 rpm (d) 59.2 rpm
Ans. (c) : Inner diameter di = 30 mm
Outer diameter do = 40 mm
P = 80 kW
τ = 50 MPa
P(kW) × 60 y2
T= ×106 (N-mm) tanθB =
2πN(rpm) L/3
80 × 60 L
T= ×106 y2 = tan θB   [∵ tanθB ≈ θB]
2π× N 3
2400 × 106 24 ×108 L
T= = (N-mm) y2 = θB  
π× N πN 3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 170 YCT
 yc (free end) = y1 + y2 Portion of Heat Generated (ηmelting )
L Heat required
= y B + θB   = × 100
3 Heat supplied
3 2
 2L   2L  848.23
P  P   L 14 PL3 = × 100
=  3  +  3  × =
2880
3EI 2EI 3 81 EI = 29.45%
53. What is the common surface hardening 56. A manometer is used to measure the pressure
treatment in steel? of a gas in a tank. The fluid used has a specific
(a) Carburizing (b) Tempering gravity of 0.85 and the manometer column
(c) Quenching (d) None of the above height is 55 cm, as shown in figure. If the local
Ans. (a) : Carburizing–Carburizing is the common atmospheric pressure is 96 kPa, what is the
surface hardening treatment in steel which is used for absolute pressure in the tank?
Low carbon steel.
54. Which of the following order of crystal
structure will match with metals Iron – Copper
– Zinc in that order?
(a) BCC – HCP – FCC (b) FCC – BCC – HCP
(c) HCP – FCC – BCC (d) BCC – FCC – HCP
Ans. (d) : BCC (Body Centered Cubic)– BCC
elements are generally hard and brittle. (a) 4.6 kPa (b) 98.6 kPa
e.g.: Tungusten (Tu), Iron (Fe) (Except 910° – (c) 100.6 kPa (d) 200 kPa
1400°C), Vanadium (V), Molybdenum (Mo),
Chromium (Cr), Titanium (Ti) etc. Ans. (c) :
FCC(Face Centered Cubic)– "FCC element are
generally strong and ductile."
e.g.: Cu, Al, Au, Ag, Pt, Th, Ce etc.
HCP (Hexagonal Closed Packed Structure)– HCP
elements are generally less ductile.
HCP elements are titanium, zinc, zirconium, Mg,
Cobalt etc.
55. A resistance spot-welding operation is SG = 0.85
performed on two pieces of 1.5 mm thick sheet ρ = 0.85 × 1000 kg/m3
steel using 12000 amps current for a duration
of 0.20 second. The electrodes are 6 mm in ρ = 850 kg/m3
diameter at the contacting surfaces. Resistance P = Patm + ρgh
is assumed to be 0.0001 ohms and the resulting = 96 × 103 + 850 × 9.81 × 0.55
weld nugget is 6 mm in diameter and 2.5 mm = 100.6 kPa
thick. The unit melting energy for the metal is
12 J/mm . What portion of heat generated was 57. A crane is used to lower weights into
3 the sea
used to form the weld? (sea water density = 1025 kg/m3) for an
(a) 29.4% (b) 70.6% underwater construction project. What is the
(c) 58.8% (d) 41.2% percentage reduction in the tension in the rope
Ans. (a) : I = 12000 A, t = 0.2 sec of the crane due to a rectangular 0.4m × 0.4m ×
R = 0.0001 Ω (ohms) 3m concrete block (density = 2300kg/m3) when
d = 6 mm, h = 2.5 mm, E = 12 J/mm3 it is completely immersed in water compared to
2 the tension in the rope when it was suspended
Heat supplied = I Rt
in air
= (12000)2 × 0.0001 × 0.2
(a) 45% (b) 55%
= 2880 J
(c) 65% (d) 75%
Heat required to melt–
Ans. (a) : When in air–
Energy
= × Volume
Volume
π
= 12 × d 2 × h
4
π
= 12 × (6) 2 × 2.5
4
= 848.23

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 171 YCT

 When immersed in water– Ans. (b) :

Dynamic head hdynamic = 12 cm

= 0.12 m
Velocity of water = 2g h dynamic
ρ = 1025 kg/m 3
= 2 × 9.81× 0.12 = 1.53 m/s
T1 = ρgV 60. The pressure difference between the inside and
FB = Buoyancy force outside of a liquid droplet of diameter 'd' due
PB = 2300 kg/m3 to surface tension (σ) is given by the relation
T2 = W – FB 4σ 8σ
T2 W − FB ( ρB − ρ ) gV (a) ∆P = (b) ∆P =
∴ = = d d
T1 ρgV ρgV 2σ 6σ
(c) ∆P = (d) ∆P =
 2300 − 1025  d d
=  × 100
 2300  Ans. (a) : Pressure force = Surface tension force
T2
= 55.4%
T1
 T 
Percentage reduction = 1 − 2  × 100
 T1 
 55.4  π
= 1 −  × 100 P × d 2 = σπd
 100  4
= 44.6 % ≃ 45%
4σ
58. A steady, incompressible, two-dimensional P=
d
velocity field is given by,
V = (u, v) = (0.5 + 0.8x)i + (1.5 − 0.8y)j 61. A stream function is given by ψ = 4x – 3y. The
resultant velocity at any point is
The number of stagnation points there in the
flow field is (a) 7.81 units/s (b) 7 units/s
(a) zero (b) many (c) 3.5 units/s (d) 5 units/s
(c) 1 (d) 2 Ans. (d) : Stream function = ψ = 4x – 3y
Ans. (c) : Given Field– ∂ψ
u= − =3
ˆ ˆ
V = (u, v) = (0.5 + 0.8x)i + (1.5 − 0.8y) j ∂y
For stagnation point local velocity should be zero. ∂ψ
v= =4
∴ u = 0.5 + 0.8x = 0 ∂x
v = 1.5 – 0.8y = 0 Resultant velocity
This is linear equation we get only one value of x and
y. Hence "only one stagnation point is possible". v = u 2 + v2
59. A piezometer and a Pitot tube are tapped into a = 32 + 42
horizontal water pipe, as shown in figure. The = 5 units
velocity of water at the center of the pipe is 62. The coefficient of discharge for an orifice meter
is in the range
(a) 0.97 to 0.99 (b) 0.93 to 0.98
(c) 0.62 to 0.65 (d) 0.51 to 0.55
Ans. (c) : The coefficient of discharge for an orifice
meter is in the range of 0.62 to 0.65 which depends on
Reynolds number and area ratio.
(a) 2.4 m/s (b) 1.53 m/s The coefficient of discharge for venturimeter is in the
(c) 2.07 m/s (d) 1.93 m/s range of 0.95 to 0.99.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 172 YCT

63. The hydraulic diameter, Dh of a rectangular 66. A radiator in a domestic heating system
duct with sides 'a' and 'b' is operates at a surface temperature of 55°C.
4ab 2ab Assuming the radiator behaves as a black
(a) D h = (b) D h = body, the rate at which it emits the radiant heat
2a + b a+b
per unit area is (assume σ = 5.67 × 10–8
2ab 4ab
(c) D h = (d) D h = W/(m2K4))
2a + b a+b (a) 0.66 kW/m2 (b) 0.0005 kW/m2
2
Ans. (b) : (c) 0.5 kW/m (d) 66 kW/m2
Ans. (a) : T = 55°C
σ = 5.67 × 10–8 W/m2K4
Radiation heat transfer
Q = εAσT4
4A
Hydraulic diameter Dh = For black body ε = 1
P
4×a × b 2ab Q
Dh = = = εσT4
2(a + b) a+b A
= 1 × 5.67 × 10–8 (55 + 273)4
64. A flat plate of length 1 m and width 50 cm is
placed in an air stream at 30°C blowing = 656.2637 W/m2 = 0.66 kW/m2
parallel to it. The convective heat transfer co- 67. A grey body is defined such that
efficient is 30 W/(m2K). The heat transfer if the (a) Monochromatic emissivity of the body is
plate is maintained at a temperature of 400°C is independent of temperature
(a) 5.55 kW (b) 4.05 kW (b) Monochromatic emissivity of the body is
(c) 55.5 kW (d) 6 kW dependent of temperature
Ans. (a) : L = 1 m, w = 50 cm (c) Monochromatic emissivity of the body is
T1 = 30°C, T2 = 400°C independent of wave length
Convective heat transfer co-efficient (d) Monochromatic emissivity of the body is
h = 30 W/m2K dependent of wave length
Heat transfer by convection = hA∆T Ans. (c) : Monochromatic Emissivity (Eλ)– It is
= 30 × 1 × 0.50 × (400 – 30) defined as the ratio between monochromatic
= 30 × 1 × 0.50 × 370 hemispherical emissive power of a non-black body and
monochromatic hemispherical emissive power of a black
= 5550 W = 5.5 kW
body both being at the temperature and wave length.
65. It is required to insulate a kitchen oven with Note : For a grey body – Monochromatic emissivity E
λ
cork board (K=0.043 W/(m K)) so that the heat
losses from the oven does not exceed 400 W/m 2 is independent of wave length (λ).
when the inner surface of the oven is at 225°C 68. Critical thickness rate from a yields
and the outer surface of the oven is at 40°C. (a) No heat transfer rate from a pipe
The thickness of insulation required is nearly (b) Minimum heat transfer rate from a pipe
(a) 1 cm (b) 2 cm (c) Maximum heat transfer rate from a pipe
(c) 3 cm (d) 4 cm (d) None of the above
Ans. (b) : K = 0.043 W/m-K Ans. (c) : When the total thermal resistance is made of
Q 2 conductive thermal resistance (Rcond.) and convective
= 400 W/m thermal resistance (Rconv.) the addition of insulation in
A
Ti = 225°C, To = 40°C some cases, may reduces the convective thermal
resistance due to increase in surface area, as in the case of
cylinder and sphere, and the total thermal resistance may
actually decreases resulting in increased heat flow.
"Critical thickness is the thickness upto which heat
flow increases and after which heat flow decreases is
Applying Fourier Law– termed as critical thickness.
dT k
Q = kA For cylinder rc =
dx h
Q dT 2k
=k For sphere rc =
A dx h
0.043
400 = (225 − 40)
δ
δ = 0.01988 m
δ ≈ 2 cm

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 173 YCT

69. A system is undergoing a cycle that consists of 0.06366 − 0.06117
three processes. During the first process, the % error =
0.06366
work is 5 kJ and the heat is 23 kJ. In the
= 0.039 = 3.9% ≃ 4%
second process no work takes place and the
heat interaction is –50 kJ. The third process is 72. Match the items in column-1 and column-2 and
adiabatic. The work in the third process is choose the correct combination
(a) –32 kJ (b) –23 kJ Column-1 Column-2
(c) –22 kJ (d) zero K. Kaplan 1. steam turbine
Ans. (a) :
P. Parsons 2. inward flow reaction
Process Heat Work Fo. Fourneyron 3. outward flow reaction
1 23 kJ 5 kJ Fr. Francis 4. gas turbine
2 −50 kJ 0 (a) K – 1, P – 4, Fo – 3, Fr – 3
3 0 (Adiabatic) W (b) K – 3, P – 1, Fo – 3, Fr – 2
According to first law of thermodynamic (c) K – 2, P – 1, Fo – 3, Fr – 2
ΣQ = ΣW (d) K – 2, P – 4, Fo – 4, Fr – 2
Ans. (*) : Note:- No answer given by ISRO
23 − 50 + 0 = 5 + 0 + W
Francis - Inward flow radial turbine
W = –32 kJ Fourneyron - Outward flow radial turbine
70. Multi stage centrifugal pumps are used for Kaplan - Axial flow turbine
(a) high discharge Pelton - Tangential flow turbine
(b) high head and high discharge Parsons - Steam turbine
(c) high pressure
73. Which of the following pressure gauge is
(d) high efficiency
generally used for the calibration of other
Ans. (c) : Generally in multi-stage centrifugal pumps, pressure measuring gauges
pumps are arranged in series. In case of multistage series (a) Bourdon's tube pressure gauge
arrangement head is increased, we get high pressure.
(b) Diaphragm pressure gauge
71. A wire has a mass (0.3 ± 0.003) g, radius (0.5 ± (c) Dead weight pressure gauge
0.005) mm and length (6 ± 0.06) cm. The (d) Manometer gauge
maximum percentage error in the
measurement of density is Ans. (c) : Generally dead weight pressure gauge used
(a) 1 (b) 2 for calibration.
(c) 3 (d) 4 74. In a ball bearing, if the number of balls is
reduced to half and diameter of the ball is
Ans. (d) : Mass = (0.3 ± 0.003) g
increased to 4 times, then static load capacity of
Radius = (0.5 ± 0.005) mm the ball bearing is
Length = (6 ± 0.06) cm (a) reduced 4 times (b) reduced 8 times
So, dmin = 2(0.5 – 0.005) = 0.99 mm (c) increased 4 times (d) increased 8 times
dmax = 2(0.5 + 0.005) = 1.01 mm
Ans. (d) : Stribeck's equation gives the static load
Lmin = 6 – 0.06 = 5.94 cm
capacity of bearing.
Lmax = 6 + 0.06 = 6.06 cm
m max kd 2 z
Density ρmax = C =
Vmin 5
0.3 + 0.003 Z
= Given that– Z2 = 1 and d2 = 4d1
π 2
(d min )2 × L min 2
4 C2  d 2   Z2   1  2
=     =   (4)
4 × 0.3003 C1  d1   Z1   2 
=
π × (0.99)2 × 5.94
= 0.06627 g/cm3 C 2 = 8 C1
m 0.3 − 0.003 75. The velocity of sound in winter compared to
ρmin = min =
Vmax π (1.01) 2 × 6.06 summer will be
4 (a) higher (b) lower
= 0.06117 g/cm 3 (c) same (d) cannot be predicted
m 0.3 Ans. (b) : Velocity of sound C = γRT
ρactual = = = 0.06366 g/cm3
V π (1) 2 × 6 In winter temperature is less hence velocity of sound is
4 lower.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 174 YCT
76. Gaseous Nitrogen at 30°C is expanded through  γ−1 
 
a converging nozzle from a total pressure of 0.5 T *  P*   γ  2
Ans. (d) : =  =
MPa to a back pressure chamber. If the back T  P0  γ +1
pressure is increased from 0.1 MPa to 0.4 MPa γ
in steps of 0.02 MPa, the trend in mass flow P*  2  ( γ−1)
∴ =
rate through the nozzle P0  γ + 1 
(a) will gradually decrease
79. Match the items in column-1 and column-2 and
(b) will gradually increase choose the correct combination
(c) will remain constant till a point and then Column-1 Column-2
gradually decrease
A. Resilience 1. Ability of the material to
(d) will remain constant till a point and then return to the original shape
gradually increase when load is removed.
Ans. (c) : Back pressure chamber B. Fatigue 2. Capacity of a material to
Pb = 0.5, γ = 1.4 "for air" absorb energy elastically
γ
C. Stiffness 3. Ability of the material to
Pc  2  γ−1 absorb certain amount of
=  energy without failure.
Pb  γ + 1 
D. Elasticity 4. Resistance of the material to
1.4 elastic deformation
 2  0.4 5. Failure of material at loads
Pc = Pb  
 2.4  less than that at normal
1.4 conditions
 2  0.4 (a) A – 2, B – 5, C – 3, D – 1
Pc = 0.5  
 2.4  (b) A – 3, B – 2, C – 1, D – 4
Critical pressure (c) A – 3, B – 5, C – 4, D – 2
Pc = 0.2641 MPa (d) A – 2 , B – 5, C – 4, D – 1
When we start increasing pressure from 0.1 MPa to Ans. (d) : Resilience → Capacity of material to absorb
0.2641 MPa i.e. upto critical pressure mass flow rate is energy elastically.
constant, beyond 0.2641 MPa to 0.4 MPa mass flow Fatigue→Failure of material at loads less than that at
normal condition.
rate decreases.
Stiffness→Resistance of material to elastic deformation.
77. What is the value of Elasticity → Ability of material to return the original
b 2 + c 2 ab ac shape when load is removed.
ba c + a2 2
bc 80. A Pelton wheel turbine operates under a head
2 2 of 125 m at a speed of 2000 rpm. To operate
ca cb a + b very close to the maximum efficiency, the mean
(a) 4a2b2c2 (b) 8a2b2c2 diameter of the Pelton wheel is nearly
2 2 2
(c) 2a b c (d) zero (a) 24 cm (b) 48 cm
(c) 12.5 cm (d) 36 cm
Ans. (a) : Ans. (a) : Given Data–
b 2 + c2 ab ac H = 125 m, N = 2000 rpm
2
ba c + a 2
bc Assume Cv = 1
Jet velocity
ca cb a 2 + b 2
V = C v 2gh
= (b2 + c2) (a4 + a2b2 + a2c2 + c2b2 – b2c2)
–ab (a3b + b3a – c2ab) + ac(ab2c – a3c – c3a) = 1× 2 × 9.81× 125
= 4a2b2c2 = 49.5227 m/sec
For maximum efficiency
 P* 
78. Critical to Stagnation Pressure ratio   for v 49.52
u= = = 24.76 m/s
 P0  2 2
an expansion process is πDN
2 γ /( γ −1) ( γ +1)( γ −1)
Also u =
P*  2  P*  2  60
(a) = (b) =
P0  γ + 1  P0  γ + 1  ∴ 24.76 =
3.14 × D × 2000
γ /( γ+1) γ /( γ−1) 60
P*  2  P*  2  Or D = 0.2365 m = 23.65 cm
(c) = (d) =
P0  γ + 1  P0  γ + 1  D ≈ 24 cm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2016 175 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [ Exam Date : 11.10.2015

1. The value of y as t → ∞ for an initial value of

y(1) = 0, for the differential equation (4t2 +
dy
1) + 8yt − t = 0, is
dt (a) 3v cosθ (b) 2v cosθ
(a) 1 (b) 1/2
3 3
(c) 1/4 (d) 1/8 (c) v cos θ (d) v cos θ
2 2
Ans. (d) : A linear differential equation is of the form
Ans. (a) : Projectile Motion–
dy
+ Py = Q
dt
Where P and Q are function of t. Arranging the given
equation in this form we have
dy 8t 1 Initial mass = m,
+ 2 y= 2
dt 4t + 1 4t + 1 Initial momentum = mv = m  v cos θ ˆi + vsin θ ˆj
The solution of the above equation is given by
m
y  e ∫  = ∫ Qe ∫ dt + C
Pdt Pdt Final mass = ,
... (i) 2
 
m m
Where Final momentum = − v cos θˆi + v' ˆi
2 2
8t
∫ Pdt = ∫ 4t 2 + 1 dt = ln(4t + 1)
2
Conservation of Momentum–
m ∧ m ∧
m  v cos θˆi + v sin θˆj = − v cos θ i + v ' j
e ∫ = eln(4t +1) = 4t 2 + 1
Pdt 2
2 2
Using in eq. (i), we get ∧
mv sinθ j = 0 [Due to pieces retraces its
t path]
y (4t 2 + 1) = ∫ 2 (4t 2 + 1)dt + C
4t + 1 Then,
t2 mv m
y (4t 2 + 1) = +C mv cosθ = − cos θ + v'
2 2 2
1 3m m
Given that, at t =1, y = 0, we get C = − v cos θ = v'
2 2 2
t2 1 v' = 3v cos θ
So y (4t 2 + 1) = −
2 2 3. The point of contra flexure is a point where
t2 1 (a) Shear force changes sign
4 yt 2 + y = − (b) Bending moment changes sign
2 2 (c) Bending moment is maximum
Dividing by t2, we get (d) None of the above
y 1 1 Ans. (b) : Point of contra flexure is obtained at a point
4y + 2 = − 2
t 2 2t where bending moment diagram changes sign.
For t → ∞, we have 4. A mass of 35 kg is suspended from a weightless
bar AB which is supported by a cable CB and a
1 1
4y + 0 = −0⇒ y = pin at A as shown in the figure. The pin
2 8 reactions at A on the bar AB are
2. A shell is fired from cannon with a speed 'v' at
an angle θ with the horizontal direction as
shown in the figure. At the highest point in its
path, it explodes into two pieces of equal mass.
One of the pieces retraces its path to the
cannon. The speed of other piece immediately
after the explosion is
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 176 YCT
 (a) Rx = 343.4 N, Ry = 755.4 N Resolve force vertically-
(b) Rx = 343.4 N, Ry = 0 VA + VB = 0
(c) Rx = 755.4 N, Ry = 343.4 N VA = –1870 kN
(d) Rx = 755.4 N, Ry = 0 At joint 'B'
Ans. (d) : Solution–

Bar 'FBD'– For roller support at B, HB = 0

So, FAB = HB = 0

At Equilibrium Condition–
∑Fx = 0, ∑Fy = 0, ∑M = 0
∑Fx = 0 Considering Joint 'A'–
Taking moment about C
Rx × 125 = mg × 275
35 × 9.81× 275
Rx =
125
Rx = 755.4 N
Ry = 0 N
5. A simple structure ABCDE is supported on a
hinge at A and on rollers at B while it carries a Resolving Forces Vertically–
horizontal force of 1000 kN at E as shown in FAC sin45° + FAD = 1870 ...(i)
the figure. Determine the force in member AC Resolving forces horizontally
using the method of joints. FAB + FAC cos45° = 1000 ...(ii)
1000
FAC = = 1414 kN
cos 45°
6. A circular shaft subjected to torsion undergoes
a twist of 1º in a length of 120 cm. If the
maximum shear stress induced is limited to
1000 kg/cm2 and if the modulus of rigidity G =
0.8 × 106 kg/cm2, then the radius of the shaft
(a) 1500 kN (b) 1400 kN should be
(c) 1314 kN (d) 1414 kN (a) π/18 (b) π/27
Ans. (d) : Free Body Diagram– (c) 18/π (d) 27/π
π
Ans. (d) : Given, θ = 1º =
180
ℓ = 120 cm, τ = 1000 kg/cm2
G = 0.8 × 106 kg/cm2
Torsion Equation–
T Gθ τ
Finding reactions at A and B = =
J ℓ R
HA = 1000 kN
[Resolving forces horizontally] Gθ τ
=
Taking moment of all forces about "A". ℓ R
( )VB × 1 = 1000 × 1.87 ( ) τℓ
(A.C.W.) (C.W.) R=
Gθ
VB = 1870 kN
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 177 YCT
 1000 × 120 1000 ×120 × 180 For Section 'B'
= =
π 0.8 ×106 × π
0.8 × 106 ×
180
3 × 5 27
R= =
π π
7. A frame of two arms of equal length L is shown
in the figure. The flexural rigidity of each arm M 2 dx
L
of the frame is EI. The vertical deflection at the
point of application of load P is
UBC = ∫
0 2EI

L (P × L) 2 dx
=
0 ∫ 2EI
L P 2 × L2 dx
=
0 ∫ 2EI
2 2
PL L P 2 L2 L
=
2EI 0 ∫
dx =
2EI
[x]0

P 2 L3
PL3 2PL3 UBC =
(a) (b) 2EI
3EI 3EI So, vertical deflection,
4PL3 ∂U AB ∂U BC
(c) (d) None of the above = +
3EI ∂P ∂P
Ans. (c) :
P 2 L3
UAB =
6EI
∂U AB 2PL3 PL3
= =
∂P 6EI 3EI
P 2 L3
UBC =
2EI
∂U BC 2PL3 PL3
= =
∂P 2EI EI
∂U AB ∂U BC
Vertical deflection = +
∂P ∂P
PL3 PL3 4 PL3
= + =
3EI EI 3 EI
8. A thin cylindrical shell of diameter (d), length
(ℓ) and thickness (t) is subjected to an internal
pressure (p). The ratio of the longitudinal
strain to hoop strain is
m−2 2m − 1
(a) (b)
2m − 1 m−2
For section 'AB' m−2 m+2
(c) (d)
M 2 dx L M 2 dx 2m + 1 2m + 2
UAB = ∫2EI
=
0 2EI ∫ 1
Ans. (a) : Longitudinal strain (∈ℓ) = [ σℓ − µσ h ]
L (p × x) 2 dx L p 2 × x 2 dx E
=
0 ∫ 2EI
=
0 ∫
2EI 1 σ 
=  h − µσ h 
L E 2 
P2 L P2  x3 
=
2EI ∫ 0
x 2dx =  
2EI  3  0 ∈ℓ =
σh
[1 − 2µ]
2E
P 2  L3  1
=  
2EI  3 
Hoop strain (∈h) =[ σh − µσℓ ]
E
P 2 L3 1 µσ 
UAB = = σ h − h 
6EI E 2 
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 178 YCT
 σh SFD–
∈h = [2 − µ]
2E
Longitudinal strain
Required ratio (∈ℓ/∈h) =
Hoop strain
σh
[1 − 2µ] (1 − 2µ )
= 2E =
[ 2 − µ] ( 2 − µ )
σh
2E  P Pa  ℓ Pℓ Pa
BM (Mmax) =  −  + Pa = − + Pa
 1  2 ℓ 2 4 2
1 − 2 × m   1 Pℓ Pa 1  Pℓ
∵µ=  
= + + Pa 

= =
 1 m 4 2 2  2 
 2 − m  Note-ISRO given answer (c).
m−2 10. A vertical column has two moments of inertia
=
2m − 1 Ixx and Iyy. The column will tend to buckle in
9. A simply supported beam carries a load 'P' the direction of the
through a bracket as shown in the figure. The (a) Axis of load
maximum bending moment in the beam is (b) Perpendicular to the axis of load
(c) Maximum moment of inertia
(d) Minimum moment of inertia
Ans. (d) : Vertical Column–
Moment of Inertia = IXX and IYY
We know that,
Euler's formula (Pe)
Pl Pl ap
(a) (b) + π2 EI min nπ2 EImin
2 2 2 (Pe) = 2
or
Le L2
Pl Pl
(c) + aP (d) − aP Pe = Euler's buckling load
2 2 Imin = min of [IX-X & IY-Y]
Ans. (*) : L = Actual length of the column
Le = Effective length of the column
Le = αL
α = Length finite coefficient
1
h = 2 = End fixity coefficient
α
Pe ∝ E
Pe ∝ Imin
1
Pe ∝ 2
L
1
RA + RC = P .....(i) Pe ∝ n (or) 2
α
Take a moment about 'C'
Pe ∝ I min
ℓ
RA × ℓ + Pa = P × 11. Which of the following is applied to brittle
2
materials?
Pℓ
RA × ℓ + Pa = (a) Maximum principal stress theory
2 (b) Maximum principal strain theory
Pℓ (c) Maximum strain energy theory
− Pa
2 P Pa (d) Maximum shear stress theory
RA = = −
ℓ 2 ℓ Ans. (a) : Maximum Principal Stress Theory
From equation (i)– RA + RC = P (MPST) (Rankine Theory)–
RA + RC = P Assumption–
Neglect the shear stress
P Pa
RC = P – RA = P − + Neglect the other principal stress (σ2)
2 ℓ It is suitable for brittle materials (because brittle
P Pa material are weak in tension) under all loading
RC = + condition.
2 ℓ
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 179 YCT
 It's not suitable for ductile material M F × (L − b)
(∵ Shear stress is neglected) σb = =
Z Z
MPST suitable for ductile material under uni-axial 1
state of stress and biaxial state of stress when principal (2b)(2b)3
I 12
stress are in same nature. Where Z = =
Y  2b 
12. A moving fluid mass may be brought to a static  
equilibrium position by applying an imaginary  2 
3
inertia force of the same magnitude as that of 8b 4 3
the accelerating force but in the opposite Z= = b
6 3
direction. This is called So, σ = σa + σb
(a) Pascal's law
F F(L − b) F 3F(L − b)
(b) Archimedes principle = 2+ = 2+
(c) D-Alembert's principle 4b 4
b3 4b 4b3
(d) None of the above 3
Ans. (c) : D-Alembert's Principle– Fb + 3FL − 3Fb 3FL − 2Fb
= =
It states that under action of inertia force, and 4b3 4b3
effective force, body will be in dynamic equilibrium. F(3L − 2b)
Purpose of D-Alembert principle to convert a =
4b3
dynamic problem into static problem.
Inertia force always acts opposite to direction of 14. When a body floating in a liquid is given a
small angular displacement, it starts oscillating
acceleration and not opposite to direction of motion.
about a point known as
13. For the component loaded with a force F as (a) centre of gravity (b) centre of pressure
shown in the figure, the axial stress at the (c) metacenter (d) centre of buoyancy
corner point P is
Ans. (c) : When a body floating in a liquid is given a
small angular displacement, it starts oscillating about a
point known as metacenter (M).
15. Bernoulli's equation is applied to
(a) venturimeter (b) orifice meter
(c) pitot tube meter (d) all of the above
Ans. (d) : Bernoulli Theorem–For a steady non-
viscous, incompressible fluid flow along a stream line
the summation of kinetic energy, potential energy and
F(3L − b) F(3L + b) pressure energy is constant and this is known as
(a) (b) Bernoulli theorem based on conservation of energy.
4b3 4b3
F(3L + 4b) F(3L − 2b) P V2 Joule
(c) (d) + gz + = Constant
4b3 4b3 ρ 2 kg
Ans. (d) : Divide by 'g'
P V2
+z+ = C J/N
w 2g
This is classical Bernoulli equation
16. A jet of water discharging from a 40 mm
diameter orifice has minimum area
corresponding to dia of 24.4 mm at its vena
contracta. The coefficient of contraction is
(a) 0.46 (b) 0.61
FBD (Free Body Diagram)–
(c) 0.78 (d) 0.87
Ans. (b) : We know that,
Coefficient of contraction (Cc)
Area of jet at vena contracta (A c ) 24.4
= = = 0.61
Area of orifice (A) 40
σ = σa + σb "Coefficient of contraction for orifice falls in the
σa = Axial stress correct range".
F In an orifice meter
σa =
2b × 2b Coefficient of contraction ranges from 0.61 to 0.69
σb = (Bending Stress) Coefficient of velocity ranges from 0.95 to 0.99.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 180 YCT
17. A tank of uniform cross section, sectional cross 10000 × 25 = 2 × 106 × x2
area (A) containing liquid upto height (H1) has 10000 × 25 25
an orifice of cross sectional area (a) at its x2 = =
bottom. The time required to empty the tank 2 × 106 200
completely will be 5 5 2 2 2
x= = = m= × 100
2A H1 2AH1 10 2 10 × 2 4 4
(a) (b)
Cd a 2g Cd a 2g = 35.36 cm ≈ 35 cm
19. Two shafts A and B are made of the same
2AH13/ 2 2AH12 material. The diameter of shaft B is twice that
(c) (d)
Cd a 2g Cd a 2g of shaft A. The ratio of power which can be
transmitted by shaft A to that of shaft B is
Ans. (a) : Given,
1 1 1 1
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2 4 8 16
Ans. (c) : Given, DB = 2 × DA, G1 = G2
2πNT
P= W
60
∴ P ∝ Torque
π
Let at any instant the height of water in the container ∵ T = τD3
16
be h and in dt time height changes by dh.
∴ P ∝ D3
–A dh = 2gh × a × dt 3
PA  D A 
∴ –A dh = Cd 2gh ⋅ a ⋅ dt ∴ =
PB  D B 
H2 t
−dh 3
PA  1  1
A ∫
H1
2gh 0
∫
= Cd a dt ∴ =  =
PB  2  8
H2 20. The power transmitted through the nozzle is
 − +1 
1
maximum when the head lost due to friction in
−A  1
⋅
h 2 
= Cd a ⋅ t the pipe is
 2g 1 
 − + 1 (a) Equal to the total supply head
 2  H1 (b) One third of the total supply head
A (c) One half of the total supply head
− ⋅ 2  H 2 − H1  = Cd a ⋅ t (d) Two third of the total supply head
2g
When tank is empty H2 = 0 Ans. (b) : Power transmitted at the outlet of the pipe
2A ⋅ H1 ρg π 2  4fLV 2 
= Cd ⋅ a ⋅ t P= × d × V H − 
1000 4  d × 2g 
2g
Condition for maximum transmission of power,
2A H1 d
t= (P) = 0
aCd 2g dV
18. A railway wagon A of mass 10000 kg collides d  ρg π 2  4fLV 3  
with another identical wagon B as shown in the  × d  HV −  = 0
figure. If A is moving at 5 m/s and B is at rest dV 1000 4  d × 2g  
at the time of collision, the maximum 4fLV 2  4fLV 2 
compression in the spring S with a spring H −3 =0 ∵ h f = 
constant of 2 MN/m will be d × 2g  2gd 
H – 3hf = 0
H
hf =
3
(a) 20 cm (b) 30 cm 21. A massless beam has a loading pattern as
(c) 35 cm (d) 45 cm shown in the figure. The beam is of rectangular
Ans. (c) : Given, mA = 1000 kg, cross section with a width of 30 mm and height
of 100 mm. The maximum magnitude of
mB = 1000 kg, vA = 5 m/s, vB = ? bending stress (in MPa) is given by
k = 2MN/m
For maximum compression perfect inelastic collision.
1 1
× 10000 × 52 = × kx 2
2 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 181 YCT
 (a) 60.0 (b) 67.5 22. What is the type of flow when a cylindrical
(c) 200 (d) 225 vessel containing some liquid is rotated about
its vertical axis?
Ans. (b) : Given,
(a) steady flow (b) turbulent flow
b = 30 mm, d = 100 mm, w = 3000N/m (c) vortex flow (d) non-uniform flow
Ans. (c) :

RA + RC = 6000 ...(i) Vortex Flow– When a cylindrical vessel containing

Taking moment about point 'C' some liquid is rotated about its vertical axis.
RA × 4 = 6000 23. Water at 25°C is flowing through a 1.0 km long
GI pipe of 200 mm diameter at the rate of 0.07
6000 m3/s. If value of Darcy friction factor for this
RA = = 1500 N
4 pipe is 0.02 and density of water is 1000 kg/m3,
RA + RC = 6000 the pumping power (in kW) required to
RC = 6000 – 1500 = 4500 N maintain the flow is
(a) 1.8 (b) 17.4
Taking moment about x – x
(c) 20.5 (d) 41.0
w(x − 2) 2
Mxx = RA⋅x – Ans. (b) : Given, ℓ = 1.0 km = 1000 m
2
D = 200 mm = 0.2 m
dM 2w ( x – 2 ) Q = 0.07 m3/sec
= RA –
dx 2 f = 0.02
For max bending moment, ρ = 1000 kg/m3
dM Pumping power = ρgQhf
= 0 ⇒ R A = w ( x – 2)
dx f ℓQ 2
But, hf =
1500 12D5
+2= x
3000 0.02 ×1000 × 0.07 2
x = 2.5 =
12 × (0.2)5
Maximum bending moment M at x = 2.5 m from point hf = 25.52 m
A.
Pumping power = ρgQhf
= 1000 × 9.81 × 0.07 × 25.52
= 17524.58W = 17.52 kW ≃ 17.4 kW
24. The velocity at which the laminar flow stops is
known as
(0.5) 2 (a) velocity of approach
M = (1500 × 2.5) – 3000 × (b) lower critical velocity
2
M = 3375 N-m (c) higher critical velocity
(d) none of the above
I Ans. (b) : A laminar flow is one in which fluid
Where Z =
y moves in the form of layer and there is no intermixing
of fluid particles or molecular momentum transfer in
I bd 3 one layer to another layer.
Section modulus (Z) = = A laminar flow generally occurs at high viscosity
y 12 × d
and low velocity.
2 The velocity at which the laminar flow stops is known
3
30  100  as lower critical velocity.
×  × 2000
= 1000  1000  25. Consider steady state heat conduction across
12 × 100 the thickness in a plane composite wall as
−6
shown in the figure exposed to convection
2.5 × 10 conditions on both sides. Given : hi = 20
= × 2000 × m3 = 5 × 10–5 m3
100 W/m2K; h0 = 50 W/m2K; T∞,i = 20°C; T∞,0 = –
Bending stress, σmax. 2°C; k1 = 20 W/mK; k2 = 50 W/mK; L1 = 0.30
M 3375 m and L2 = 0.15 m. Assuming negligible contact
σmax = max = = 67.5 × 106 N / m 2 resistance between the wall surfaces, the
Z 5 × 10−5 interface temperature, T (in °C) of the two
= 67.5 MPa walls will be
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 182 YCT
 x3 x2
(a) y = − + 3x − 6
3 2
x2
(b) y = 3x 3 − − 5x + 2
2
3
(a) 0.5 (b) 2.75 x 5x
(c) y = − x2 − +2
(c) 3.75 (d) 4.5 2 2
Ans. (c) : x2 3
(d) y = y3 − + 5x +
2 2
d2 y
Ans. (*) : = 3x – 2
dx 2
dy 3x 2
Network Diagram– = − 2x + c1
dx 2
3 x 3 2x 2
y= − + c1x + c 2
2 3 2
At x = 0, y = 2, y (0) = 2
x3
y= − x 2 + c1x + c2
T∞i − T T − T∞o 2
∴ =
1 L1 L 2 1 c2 = 2
+ + At y(1) = –3, y = –3, x = 1
h1 k1 k 2 h 2
20 − T T+2 x3
= y= − x 2 + c1x + c2
1 0.3 0.15 1 2
+ + 1
20 20 50 50 –3 = − 1 + c1 + 2
400 − 20T 50T + 100 2
= 1
1.3 1.15 − 3 + 1 − 2 − = c1
460 – 26T = 65T + 130 2
330 = 88T 1
c1 = − 4 −
T = 3.75 °C 2
c1 = –4.5
4 1 
26. For the matrix   , the eigen values are Hence, differential equation,
1 4 
x3 ∵ c1 = −4.5
(a) 3 and –3 (b) –3 and –5 y= − x 2 − 4.5x + 2  c =2 
(c) 3 and 5 (d) 5 and 0 2  2 
4 1  PL3
Ans. (c) :   28. is the deflection under the load P of a
1 4  3EI
cantilever beam (Length-L, modulus of
Let the eigen values be λ1 and λ2 elasticity-E, moment of inertia-I). The strain
∴ λ1 + λ2 = 8 energy due to bending is
λ1 ⋅ λ2 = 15 P 2 L3 P 2 L3
(8 – λ2)λ2 = 15 (a) (b)
3EI 6EI
8λ2 – λ22 = 15
P 2 L3 P 2 L3
or, λ2 – 8λ2 + 15 = 0
2
(c) (d)
λ22 – 5λ2 – 3λ2 + 15 = 0 4EI 48EI
λ2 [λ2 – 5] – 3 [λ2 – 5] = 0 Ans. (b) :
(λ2 – 5) (λ2 – 3) = 0
∴ λ2 – 3 = 0 or λ2 = 5
when, λ2 = 5, λ1 = 3
when, λ2 = 3, λ1 = 5
Hence, two eigen values will be 3 and 5. L M 2 dx L ( Px ) dx
2

27. Solution for the following differential equation U = ∫0 2EI

= ∫0 2EI
with boundary conditions,
3 2
d2y P x  P L
2 2 3

y(0) = 2 and y (1) = −3 is 2 = 3x − 2 =   =

dx 2EI  3  6EI

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 183 YCT

  8 x 0
29. For which value of x, will the matrix  4 0 2 
 
12 6 0 
become singular?
(a) 0.035 m/s (b) 0.0146 m/s
(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 0.02 m/s (d) 0.0156 m/s
(c) 8 (d) 12
Ans. (d) : Given C = 0.85, VI = 0.5×103
 8 x 0 t = 3 mm, αsteel = 1.2×10–5
Ans. (a) : Matrix A =  4 0 2  ksteel = 43.6 W/mºC, θm = 1500 – 30 =1500ºC
 
12 6 0  The rate of heat input is
Q = CVI
Singular matrix = | A |= 0
= 0.85×2.5×103
Non singular matrix = | A | ≠ 0 = 2125 W
Now, Width of plate-
A matrix will be singular if its determinant is 'zero'.
w = AB = 2t tan30º
8(0 – 12) – x(0 – 24) + 0(24 – 0) = 0
–96 + 24x = 0 10 –3
= 2 × 3× = 2 3 × 10 –3 m
24x = 96 3
96 The rate of heat input in term of velocity is
x= =4
24  1 vw 
Q = 8k θmt  + 
x=4  5 4α 
30. A coolant fluid at 30° C flows over a heated flat  1 2 3 × 10–3 × v 
plate maintained at a constant temperature of 2125 = 8×43.6×1500×30×10–3×  + 
 5 4 × 1.2 × 10–5 
100°C. The boundary layer temperature
distribution at a given location on the plate  1 2 3 × 10 –3 × v 
may be approximated as T = 30 + 70 exp (–y), 2125 = 1569.6 ×  + 
 5 4 × 1.2 × 10 –5 
where y is the distance normal to the plate in
meters and T is in °C. If thermal conductivity 2 3 × 10–3
1.3538 = 0.2 +
of the fluid is 1.0 W/mK, then the local 4 × 1.2 × 10 –5
convective heat transfer coefficient in W/m2K
1.15 × 4 × 1.2 × 10 –2
at that location will be v=
(a) 0.2 (b) 1 2× 3
(c) 5 (d) 10 v = 0.0159 ≃ 0.0156 m/s
Ans. (b) : Given, 32. The effective number of lattice points in the
T∞ = 30°C, Tw = 100°C unit cell of simple cubic, body centered cubic
T = 30 + 70e –y and face centered cubic space lattices,
k = 1 W/mk respectively are
h=? (a) 1, 2, 2 (b) 1, 2, 4
(c) 2, 3, 4 (d) 2, 4, 4
Condition–
Ans. (b) :
dT
h(Tw – T∞) = − k Characteristic SC BCC FCC
dy y =0 (Simple cubic) (Body centered (Face
cubic) Centered
d
h(Tw – T∞) = −1× ( 30 + 70e − y ) y=0
cubic)
dy a to r relation a = 2r 4r 4r
where a = cubic a= a=
= −1[ 0 + 70 × e × −1]
−y
= 70 side 3 2
y=0 r = unit cell radius
Effective number 8 0 0
70 70 70 8 0 0 8 6 0
h=+ = = = 1 W/m2K of lattice + + =1 + + =2 + +
Tw − T∞ 100 − 30 70 Nav 8 2 1 8 2 1 8 2 1
where Ni = No. of = 4
31. In a butt welding process using arc welding, N N N atoms at in the
= c + f + i Nc = No. of
the arc power is found to be 2.5 KVA. The 8 2 1 atom in corners body 'interier'
process is used to weld two steel plates each of (for cubic) Nf = No. of
atoms at the face
3 mm thickness as shown in the figure. N c Nf N i centre
Determine maximum possible welding speed. It = + +
is assumed that the metal transfer is a short 6 2 1
(for hcp cells)
circuit type and the arc is on for 85% of the
Co-ordination 4 8 12
total time. Take αsteel = 1.2 × 10–5, m2/s, ksteel = Number
43.6 W/m°C, melting point of steel = 1530°C Atomic packing 0.52 0.68 0.74
and ambient temperature = 30°C factor

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 184 YCT

33. Thermosetting plastics have in general Ans. (a) : Vitrified Bond (V)– It is mode of clay, field
(a) Molecular chains that slip past one spar (rack forming mineral).
(b) Be a ceramic since all ceramics are glass and This is the strongest bond of all and not affected by
glass is a kind of ceramic water, oil, acid. It is suitable for high stock (material)
(c) Have a monolithic crystal structure removal, even at dry condition.
(d) Have no long range crystalline lattice Resinoid Bond (R)–It is a synthetic thermosetting
structure resign (phenolic resign) which becomes hard after
Ans. (d) : Thermosetting plastic having high melting heating it occupies next place to vitrified bond and
point. widely used for heavy duty grinding and have ability
Thermosetting plastic can not re-cycle. withstand shock loads.
Thermosetting plastic have no long range crystalline Silicate Bond (S)–It is made of sodium silicate and
lattice structure. used for operations that generate less heat.
Thermosetting plastic having cross link chain Shellac Bond (E)–It is also carbonic bond and has
crystalline lattice structure no long chain. considerable strength but it is not suitable for heavy duty
grinding it is limited to grinding wheel used in fine
34. Silicon steel is widely used in finishing.
(a) Cutting tools (b) Dies and punches E.g. Fine rolls in rolling mill.
(c) Electrical industry (d) Chemical industry Rubber Bond (R)–It is made of synthetic or natural
Ans. (c) : It is also called electrical steel or transformer rubber and may used is in thin parting wheels its also used
steel. It is widely used in electrical system because of for making regulating wheels in center less grinding.
low hysteresis loss and high magnetic permeability. 37. An eutectoid steel consists of
Silicon steel is widely used in making transformer (a) Wholly pearlite
cores.
(b) Wholly austenite
35. A furnace wall is constructed as shown in the (c) Pearlite and ferrite
figure. The interface temperature T1 will be
(d) Pearlite and cementite
Ans. (a) : Eutectoid Reaction– (727°C, 0.8%C)
Decomposition reaction
Solid −∆T
→ Solid
−∆H
γ  → α + Fe3C Pearlite
(a) 560°C (b) 200°C
(c) 920°C (d) 1120°C S2 ⇌ S4 + S3
Ans. (c) : Pearlite–Eutectoid mixture of ferrite and cementite.
38. Fifty flat pieces of 1 mm thick and initial
dimensions as shown in the figure (a) to be
milled in a single cut to the final dimensions
shown in figure (b) using end milling. The
cutter of diameter 25 mm has 10 teeth and
rotates at 100 rpm. Horizontal feed of the table
Network Diagram– is 10 mm/min. Assuming single tooth in
contact, the material removal rate will be

For steady state heat transfer

∆T1 ∆T2 (a) 35.7 mm3/s (b) 37.7 mm3/s
3
= (c) 41.7 mm /s (d) 47.7 mm3/s
L1 L2
Ans. (c) : Given, t = 1 mm, dcutter = 25 mm,
k1A1 k 2 A 2 Number of teeth = 10 teeth, n = 100 rpm,
1000 − T1 T1 − 120 f = 10 mm/min, MRR = ?
=
0.3 0.3 Volume
MRR =
3 0.3 Time
1000 − T1
= T1 – 120
0.1
1000 + 12 = T1 + 0.1 T1
1012 πDN
T1 = = 920°C Cutting velocity V = m/s
1.1 60
36. Which bond gives the softest bond? π × 25 × 100
= = 130.8997 mm/s
(a) Silicate bond (b) Shellac bond 60
(c) Vitrified bond (d) All of equal strength Thickness = 1 mm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 185 YCT
 Width of work piece remove = 5 mm Ans. (b) : We know that,
i.e. According to 'figure' Solidification time
= 30 – 25 = 5 mm 2
Table horizontal feed = 10 mm/min V
tc = k ×  
Volume of metal removed from one work-piece A
=w×t×ℓ k = Solidification characteristic constant
= 5 × 1 × 205 mm3 For cube–
= 1025 mm 3 Volume = a3
Time taken to travel 205 mm Surface area = 6a2
2
205  a3  k × a 2
⇒ min = 20.5 min tc = k ×  2  =
10  6a  36
∴ Material removal rate from one work piece
For sphere–
1025
= = 0.833 mm3/s 4
20.5 × 60 Volume = πr 3
Total MRR from 50 work pieces 3
= 50 × 0.833 Surface area = 4πr2
= 41.67 mm3/s ≃ 14.7 mm3/s  4πr 3 
2

39. German silver contains  

(a) 12.5% silver (b) 5% silver ts = k ×  3 2 
 4πr 
(c) 1% silver (d) None of the above
2 2
Ans. (d) : German sliver varies in composition, the  r  kr
ts = k ×   =
percentage of the three element ranging approximately 3 9
as follows :
Surface area is same–
Copper, from 50% to 61.6%
Zinc, from 19% to 17.2% 6a2 = 4πr2
Nickel from 30% to 21.1% a 2 4π
The proportions are always specified in commercial =
r2 6
alloys.
Hence there is no silver. k × a2
tc a2 9
40. Addition of coal dust to the green moulding = 36 2 = 2 ×
sand is to improve ts k × r r 36
(a) Permeability (b) Surface finish 9
(c) Mouldability (d) Green strength 4π 9 π
Ans. (b) : Addition of coal dust to the green moulding = × =
6 36 6
sand is to improve surface finish.
41. Slush casting process is used to produce t sphere 6
∴ =
(a) Hollow castings (b) Intricate castings t cube π
(c) Large size castings (d) Thin walled
castings 43. Plug gauge is used to measure
Ans. (a) : Slush Casting– (Without using core) (a) Taper bores (b) Cylindrical bores
To produce thin casting and hollow thin casting (c) Spherical holes (d) None of the above
without using the core, this technique can be used. Ans. (b) :
This is known as partial solidification, generally Gauge For Measuring
used for non-ferrous low melting point materials.
Applications– Snap gauge External dimensions
Hollow thin castings Plug gauge Internal dimensions
Hollow statues Taper plug gauge Taper hole
Toys Ring gauge External Diameter
Decorative items
Lamp shades Gap gauge Gaps and grooves
Thin ornaments etc. Radius gauge Gauging radius
42. Two castings of the same metal have the same Thread pitch gauge External thread
surface area. One casting is in the form of a Filler gauge Clearance or gap
sphere and the other is a cube. What is the between components
ratio of the solidification time for the sphere to Fillet gauge Radius of an object
that of the cube?
(a) 3/4 (b) 6/π Cylindrical plug gauge Inside diameter of
straight hole
(c) 5/4π (d) 3π/8
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 186 YCT
44. Resistance spot welding is performed on two 48. As shown in the figure a mass of 100 kg is held
plates of 1.5 mm thickness with 6 mm diameter between two springs. The natural frequency of
electrode using 15000 A current for a time vibration of the system in cycle/s is
duration of 0.25 seconds. Assuming the
interface resistance to be 0.0001 Ω, the heat
generated to form the weld is
(a) 5625 W-sec (b) 8437 W-sec
(c) 22500 W-sec (d) 33750 W-sec
Ans. (a) : Given, tp = 1.5 mm, de = 6 mm, I = 15000 A, (a) 1/2π (b) 5/π
t = 0.25 sec, R = 0.0001Ω (c) 10/π (d) 20/π
Heat generated = I2Rt Ans. (c) :
= (15000)2 × (0.0001) × 0.25
= 5625 W-sec (J)
45. Pre-heating before welding is done to
(a) Make the steel softer
(b) Burn away oil, grease, etc. from the plate
surface Equivalent stiffness keq = k1 + k2
(c) Prevent cold cracks i.e. In 'parallel'
(d) Prevent plate distortion keq = k1 + k2 = 20 + 20
Ans. (c) : Assumptions of Welding– = 40 kN/m
By virtue of metal being melted at the interface in a k 40 ×1000
welded joint it's necessary that the interface are very Natural frequency ωn = =
m 100
clean. If the interface are with any oil, dirt or grease
= 20 rad/sec
left, then these would interface with proper using of
the metal and thus weaken the joint. 2πfn = 20 [ ∵ ωn = 2πf n ]
Heavier oxides films may be removed by acid 20
picking wire brushing or emery. fn =
2π
Pre-heating material before welding to prevent 10
cracks, scratches by cold i.e. cold cracks, cold fn = Hertz or (cycle/s)
scratches etc. π
The oxides present on the surface would also 49. In ultrasonic machining process, the material
interface with proper hence they are to prevent are to removal rate would
be eliminated by use of fluxes. (a) Increase
(b) Decrease
46. The velocity of tool along the tool face is known
(c) Increase and then decrease
as
(d) Decrease and then increase
(a) Shear velocity (b) Chip velocity
(c) Cutting velocity (d) Mean velocity Ans. (a) : USM (Ultra Sonic Machining)–The basic
USM process involves a tool made of ductile and
Ans. (b) : Velocities in Metal Cutting– tough material vibrating with a very high frequency
and a continuous flow of an abrasive slurry in the
small gap between the tool and the work surface.
Assumptions are–
The rate of work material removal is proportional to
the volume of work material per impact.
"The velocity of the chip (VC) relative to tool is called The rate of work material removal is proportional to
'chip velocity' the number of particles making impact per cycle.
i.e. velocity of tool along the tool face. The rate of work material removal φ is proportional
47. A milling cutter having 8 teeth is rotating at to the frequency.
150 RPM. If the feed per tooth is 0.1, the table All impacts are identical.
speed in mm per minute is All abrasive grains are identical and spherical in shape.
(a) 120 (b) 187 Frequency– The material removal rate increase
(c) 125 (d) 70 linearly with frequency.
Ans. (a) : Given, No. of teeth (z) = 8, Speed (N) = 150
RPM, Feed per tooth (ft) = 0.1 mm
Table speed = feed rate
= ft × z × N
= 0.1 × 8 × 150 When the amplitude of vibration is increased, the
= 120 mm/min MRR is expected to increase.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 187 YCT
50. Tool life of 10 hrs is obtained when cutting
bt c
with single point tool at 63 m/min. If Taylor's Fs = τs ×
constant C = 257.35, tool life on doubling the sin φ
velocity will be Friction angle
(a) 5 hrs (b) 25.7 min tan β = µ
(c) 38.3 min (d) No change β = tan–1 (µ)
Ans. (b) : Given, T1 = 10 hrs = tan–1 (0.5)
= 10 × 60 β = 26.57
= 600 min Apply merchant theory or analysis (single plane
V1 = 63 m/min theory)
Using Taylor's tool life equation α β
φ = 45° + −
VT n = C 2 2
90 + α − β
∴ V1T1n = C φ=
2
63 × (10 × 60)n = 257.35 90 + 5 − 26.57
257.35 φ= = 34.22°
600n = 2
63 bt
600n = 4.035 ∴ Fs = τs × c
sin φ
Taking both side natural logarithmic
ln 600n = ln 4.035 350 × 4 × 0.25
=
n ln 600 = ln 4.035 sin 34.22
Fs = 622.37 N
ln 4.035
n= Cutting force (Fc) = R cos(β – α)
ln 600 Shear force (Fs) = R cos(φ + β – α)
n = 0.22
F cos(β − α)
When velocity is doubled Fc = s
cos(φ + β − α)
V2 = 2V1
= 2 × 63 = 126 m/min 622.37 cos(26.57 − 5)
=
cos(34.22 + 26.57 − 5)
126 × T20.22 = 257.35
= 1029.45 N
T20.22 =
257.35 Thrust 'force' (FT) = Fc tan(β – α)
126 = 1029.45 tan(26.57 – 5)
1 = 406.96 N ≃ 406.8 N
 257.35  0.22 53. The probability that a teacher will give an
T2 = 
 126  unannounced test during any class is 1/5. If a
= 25.69 min ≈ 25.7 min student is absent twice, then probability that
misses atleast one test is
51. 3-2-1 method of location in a jig or fixture (a) 2/3 (b) 4/5
would collectively restrict the work piece in 'n' (c) 7/25 (d) 9/25
degrees of freedom where the value of 'n' is
Ans. (d) : P(event A occurs)
(a) 6 (b) 8
= 1 – P (Event A does not occur)
(c) 9 (d) 1
So, P (miss at least 1 test)
Ans. (c) : 3-2-1 method of location in a jig or fixture = 1 – P (miss no test)
would collectively restrict the work piece in 'n' degrees P (miss no tests)
of freedom where the value of 'n' is 9.
= P (no test on day 1 and no test on day 2)
52. During orthogonal machining with a HSS tool, = P(no test on day 1) × P (no test on day 2)
the rake angle is 5°, un-deformed chip
thickness is 0.25 mm and width of cut is 4 mm.  4  4  16
=    =
Assuming shear strength of work material to  5  5  25
be 350 N/mm2 and coefficient of friction as 0.5, So, P (miss at least 1 test)
determine cutting and thrust force. = 1 – P(miss no test)
(a) 1029.4 N, 406.8 N (b) 1000 N, 500 N 16 9
(c) 1110.5 N, 425.8 N (d) 1025.4 N, 410.8 N =1− =
25 25
Fs 54. The difference between two specific heats, Cp –
Ans. (a) : Shear stress = (τs) =
As R
Cv = . This relation is valid for
b J
Area of shear plane As = × tc (a) Any gas (b) Perfect gases
sin φ (c) Real gases (d) Pure gases
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 188 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Cp – Cv = R → "Ideal gas or Perfect gas" 
20  3200 +
(160) 2 9.81× 10  = 
+ (100) 2 9.81× 6 
 20  2600 + + + W
All perfect gases are ideal gas and for perfect gas Cp &  2000 1000   2000 1000 
Cv not changes with temperature. 64257.96 = 52101.17 + W
55. A process in which no heat is supplied or W = 12156.79 kW = 12.1568 × 10 W
6

rejected from the system and entropy is not = 12.157 MW

constant is known as 58. A solar energy based heat engine which
(a) Isothermal (b) Isentropic receives 80 kJ of heat at 100°C and rejects 70
(c) Polytropic (d) Hyperbolic kJ of heat to the ambient at 30°C is to be
Ans. (c) : Polytropic Process–The Polytropic process designed. The thermal efficiency of the heat
is also known as the general law for the expansion and engine is
compression of gases, and is given by the relation. (a) 70% (b) 1.88%
(c) 12.5% (d) None of the above
PV n = Constant Ans. (c) : Given,
No heat is supplied or rejected from the system and Heat supplied QS = 80 kJ
entropy is constant then this process is called at T1 = 100°C
isentropic process. T1 = 100 + 273
No heat is supplied or rejected from the system and = 373 K
entropy is not constant is is known as polytropic Heat rejected QR = 70 kJ
process. At T2 = 30°C
56. Carnot cycle has maximum efficiency for = 30 + 273
(a) Petrol engine (b) Diesel engine T2 = 303 K
(c) Reversible engine (d) Irreversible engine
Ans. (c) : Carnot cycle has maximum efficiency for
reversible engine.
57. The inlet and outlet conditions of steam for an
adiabatic steam turbine are as indicated in the
figure. The notations are as usually followed. If
the mass rate of steam through the turbine is
20 kg/s, the power output of the turbine is
Thermal efficiency
W 10
ηth = net = = 0.125
QS 80
= 0.125 × 100 = 12.5%
59. A carnot cycle refrigerator operates between
250 K and 300 K. Its coefficient of performance is
(a) 12.157 MW (b) 12.941 MW (a) 6.0 (b) 5.0
(c) 168.001 MW (d) 168.785 MW (c) 1.2 (d) 0.8
Ans. (a) : Given, Ans. (b) : In carnot cycle,
TL = 250 K, TH = 300 K
TL
( COP )Re trigerator =
TH − TL
250 250
= = =5
300 − 250 50
60. A large diesel engine runs on a stroke cycle at
2000 rpm. The engine has a displacement of 25
Applying the steady flow energy equation (SFEE)– litre and a brake mean effective pressure of 0.6
 v2   v2  MN/m2. It consumes 0.018 kg/s of fuel (calorific
m  h1 + 1 + gz1  + Q = m  h 2 + 2 + gz 2  + W value = 42000 kJ/kg). Determine the brake
 2   2  power.
Where Q = 0 For adiabatic flow (a) 250 KW (b) 225 KW
 v2   v2  (c) 275 KW (d) none of the above
m  h1 + 1 + gz1  = m  h 2 + 2 + gz 2  + W Ans. (a) : Given, Speed (N) = 2000 rpm
 2   2 
Volume (VS) = 25 litre
On unit balancing, we get
25 3
 v2 gz1   v 22 gz 2  = m
m  h1 + 1 +  = m  2
h + + +W 1000
 2000 1000   2000 1000  Pmef. = 0.6 MPa = 0.6 mN/m2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 189 YCT
 Consumes, (m ɺ g ) = 0.018 kg/s nNA = Total number of molecules
Calorific value (Cf) = 42000 kJ/kg E avg. × nN A 3
= P
B.P. = Pmef . × VS × Number of cycle/sec V 2
3
25 2000 ∴ E= P
Brake power (BP) = 0.6 ×103 × × 2
1000 2 × 60
2
= 250 kW or P= E
61. A gas having a negative Joule-Thomson effect 3
(µ < 0), when throttled will 63. The figure shows the principle of
(a) Become cooler
(b) Become warmer
(c) Remain at the same temperature
(d) Either be cooler or warmer depending on the
type of gas
Ans. (b) : Joule-Thomson coefficient
 ∂T 
µ =  (a) Traceability (b) Interchangeability
 ∂P h
(c) Matched fits (d) Selective assembly
Condition–
Ans. (d) : Selective Assembly is a cost-effective
µ=0
approach for reducing the overall variation and thus
For ideal gas improving the quality of an assembled product. In this
In cooling region, process, components of a mating pair are measured
µ = (+ve) and grouped into several classes (bins) as they are
In heating region manufactured. So, the figure shows the principle of
µ = '–ve' selective assembly.
62. The pressure 'p' of an ideal gas and its mean 64. Your finger sticks to an ice tray just taken
kinetic energy E per unit volume are related by from the refrigerator. Which factor has more
the relation effect on this phenomenon?
4 3E (a) The inside temperature of the freezer
(a) p = E (b) p =
3 2 (b) The humidity of the air
E 2E (c) The heat capacity of both your finger and the
(c) p = (d) p = tray
3 3
Ans. (d) : We know that, (d) The thermal conductivity of the tray
Ans. (d) : Heat is transferred between a system and its
3RT
Vrms = environment when their temperature differs.
M Energy is transferred by thermal conduction. Metal is
rms = 'root mean square' good conductor of heat. When you touch the metal ice
m = Molar mass tray, heat will transfer from your fingers to the bit of
Eavg. is the "Average kinetic energy" of each ice and the ice melts results a thin film of water
'molecule'. between the finger and the metal tray.
1 2 65. Wet clothes are hung on a clothesline outdoors
Eavg. = mVrms in sub-zero weather. After a day, the clothes
2
are brought into the house and observed to be
M M
Where m = = dry. The process of drying is best explained as
Avogadro no. N A (a) Vaporization (b) Sublimation
1 M 3RT 3 RT (c) Melting (d) Condensation
Eavg. = × =
2 NA M 2 NA Ans. (b) : On cold days, the wet clothes dry due to the
PV = nRT water in the clothes that freezes, then sublimates, to
create water vapour that escapes the clothes, therefore
PV
∴ RT = drying it.
n
66. A 10 kg solid at 100°C with a specific heat of
3 PV 0.8 kJ/kg °C is immersed in 40 kg of 20°C
Eavg. = ⋅
2N A n liquid with a specific heat of 4.0 kJ/kg °C.
E avg. 3 P Estimate the temperature after a long time if
= the container is insulated (Specific heat of
V 2 nN A water = 4.18 kJ/kg).
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 190 YCT
 (a) 30°C (b) 28°C 70. In a pulverized fuel fired large power boiler,
(c) 26°C (d) 24°C the heat transfer from the burning fuel to the
walls of the furnace is
Ans. (d) : Heat given by solid = Heat taken by water
(a) By conduction only
10 × 0.8 × [100 – t] = 40 × 4 × [t – 20]
(b) By convection only
800 – 8t = 160t – 3200
(c) By conduction and convection
4000 = 168t
(d) Predominantly by radiation
t = 23.8°C ≈ 24°C
Ans. (d) : Radiation mode of heat transfer
67. For a current wire of 20 mm diameter exposed completely predominantly over conduction and
2
to air (h = 20 W/m K), maximum heat convection particularly when the temperature
dissipation occurs when thickness of insulation difference is very sufficiently large.
(k = 0.5 W/mK) is The mode of heat transfer between hot flue gases
(a) 20 mm (b) 25 mm and refractory brick wall in a large pulverized fuel
(c) 10 mm (d) none of the above fired power boiler is predominantly by thermal
Ans. (d) : Given, d = 20 mm radiation due to large '∆T'. (Temperature difference)
h = 20 W/m2K 71. Three metal walls of the same cross sectional
k = 0.5 W/mK area having thermal conductivities in the ratio
For cylinder, 1:2:4 transfer heat at the rate of 6000 kJ/hr.
k 0.5 For the same wall thickness, the temperature
Critical radius rc = = drops will be in the ratio
h 20
= 0.025 m (a) 1:2:4 (b) 1:1/2:1/4
rc = 25 mm (c) 1/4:1/2:1 (d) 1:1:1
Thickness of insulation = rc – r = 25 – 10 Ans. (b) :
= 15 mm
68. A steel ball of mass 1 kg and specific heat 0.4
kJ/kg is at a temperature of 60°C. It is dropped
into 1 kg water at 20°C. The final steady state
temperature of water is
(a) 23.5°C (b) 30°C
(c) 35°C (d) 40°C
We have
Ans. (a) : Given, m = 1 kg k1 : k2 : k3 = 1 : 2 : 4
Specific heat Cball = 0.4 kJ/kg°C
k1 1
t = 60°C, Cw = 4.187 kg/kg°C or =
Heat given by ball = Heat taken by water k2 2
[mc∆t]Ball = [mc∆t]Water k2 2
and =
1 × 0.4 × [60 – t] = 1 × 4.18 × [t – 20] k3 4
24 – 0.4t = 4.18t – 83.6 For steady state heat condition–
24 + 83.6 = [4.18 + 0.4]t
k1∆T1 k 2 ∆T2
24 + 83.6 =
t= = 23.5°C t1 t2
4.58
69. It is proposed to coat a 1 mm diameter wire ∴ ∆T1 k 2
= =2
with enamel paint (k = 0.1 W/mK) to increase ∆ T2 k1
the heat transfer with air. If the air side heat Also k2∆T2 = k3∆T3
transfer coefficient is 100 W/m2K, the optimum
∆T2 k 3
thickness of enamel paint should be ∴ = =2
(a) 0.25 mm (b) 0.5 mm ∆T3 k 2
(c) 1 mm (d) 2 mm Also k2∆T2 = k3∆T3
Ans. (b) : Given, r = 1 mm, k = 0.1 W/mK, h = 100
∆T2 k 3
W/m2K ∴ = =2
For cylinder, ∆T3 k 2
k ∆T1 2 4
rcritical = ∴ = ×2=
h ∆T2 2 2
0.1 ∆T2 2
= = 1 × 10–3 m And =
100 ∆T3 1
= 1mm
Thickness of enamel paint ∴ ∆T1 : ∆T2 : ∆T3 = 4 : 2 : 1
= rcritical – rwire 1 1
or ∆T1 : ∆T2 : ∆T3 = 1: :
= 1 – 0.5 = 0.5 mm 2 4
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 191 YCT
72. A basic hole is one whose 78. The life of a ball bearing at a load of 10 kN is
(a) Lower deviation is zero 8000 hours. If the load is increased to 20 kN,
(b) Upper deviation is zero keeping all other conditions the same, then its
(c) Lower and upper deviations are zero life in hours is
(d) None of the above (a) 4000 (b) 2000
Ans. (a) : Lower Deviation–Its the algebraic (c) 1000 (d) 500
difference between the minimum size and the basic Ans. (c) : Given, p1 = 10 kN, L1 = 8000 hrs
size. p2 = 20 kN
Basic hole- Lower deviation is zero. n
Basic shaft- Upper deviation is zero.  c
L1 =  
73. As per IT 5, standard tolerance unit (i) is equal  p1 
to Here, c = Dynamic load capacity
(a) 0.002 + 0.8 D p1 = Equivalent dynamic load
(b) 0.8 + 0.002 D c
= Loading rate
(c) 0.45 D + 0.001 D
3
p1
(d) 0.0013 D + 0.45 D Note : Point remember
Ans. (c) : IT 5 n = 3 for ball bearing
Standard tolerance unit (i) = 0.45 × 3 D + 0.001× D 10
n= for roller bearing
74. Circular shapes appear in this fashion when 3
3
viewed at an angle other than 90 degrees c
(a) Circular (b) Elliptical ∴ L 1 =  
 p1 
(c) Lengthened (d) Angular
3
Ans. (b) : Circular shapes appear in elliptical fashion L1  p2 
∴ = 
when viewed at an angle other than 90 degrees. L 2  p1 
75. Starting friction is low in L2 = 1000 hrs.
(a) Hydrostatic lubrication
79. A drawing which shows the product with its
(b) Hydrodynamic lubrication components in their correct physical
(c) Mixed lubrication relationship is called
(d) Boundary lubrication (a) Part drawing (b) Layout drawing
Ans. (a) : Starting friction is low in hydrostatic (c) Assembly drawing (d) Fabrication drawing
lubrication.
Ans. (c) : Machine and mechanism consist of
76. Which one of the following is trapezoidal numerous parts and a drawing which shows the
thread?
complete product with all its components in their
(a) Acme (b) Square correct physical relationship is known as an assembly
(c) Buttress (d) All of the above drawing.
Ans. (a) : Acme Thread–(Power transmission screw,
80. Which one of the following is a solid state
lead screw)
joining process?
It is identical thread with respect to trapezoidal thread
(a) Gas tungsten arc welding
in all respect but thread angle is 29° instead of 30°. Its
advantage and disadvantage are same as trapezoidal (b) Resistance spot welding
threads. (c) Friction welding
77. If the ratio of the diameter of rivet hole to the (d) Submerged arc welding
pitch of rivets is 0.25, then the tearing Ans. (c) : Friction welding is a solid state joining
efficiency of the joint is process.
(a) 50% (b) 75% Solid state joining process—In this type of joining
(c) 25% (d) 87% process no molten or liquid state involves and metal
Ans. (b) : Tearing efficiency of the joint is given as joining process takes place due to application of high
d pressure into solid state the metal to metal joint form
ηt = 1 − h due to inter molecular diffusion process at the interface
p
surface.
ηt = 1 − 0.25
Example:-Cold welding, Friction welding, Diffusion
ηt = 0.75 = 75% welding, forge welding etc.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2015 192 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [ Exam Date : 24.05.2014

1. Shock resisting steel should have higher? So b1 = –1, b2 = 2, b3 = 3

(a) stiffness (b) hardness Again
(c) toughness (d) shear strength 1 1
Ans. (c) : Shock resisting steels are a specialized class M  −1 =  1 
of tool steels with very high impact toughness and    
relatively low abrasion resistance and can attain  0   −1
relatively high hardness. We get
 0 0 −1 a1 – b 1 = 1 ⇒ a1 = 0
a2 – b 2 = 1 ⇒ a2 = 3
2. Let A =  0 −1 0 
a3 – b3 = –1 ⇒ a3 = 2
 −1 0 0  Finally
The only correct statement about the matrix A is
1  0 
(a) A is ZERO matrix
M 1 =  0 
(b) A2 = I   
(c) A-1 does not exist 1 12
(d) A = (-1) I, where I is a Unit matrix. We get
Ans. (b) : a3 + b3 + c3 = 12 ⇒ c3 = 7
 0 0 −1 Sum of diagonal elements of M is given by
a1 + b 2 + c3 = 0 + 2 + 7 = 9
A =  0 −1 0 
4. Angle made between vector c = 2i - 3j + 4k and
 −1 0 0 
the Z-axis
 0 0 −1  0 0 −1 4 4
A = A. A =  0 −1 0   0 −1 0 
2 (a)
29
(b) sin −1
29
 −1 0 0   −1 0 0 
 4  4
(c) cos −1   (d) tan −1
 0 + 0 + 1 0 + 0 + 0 0 + 0 + 0  29  29
=  0 + 0 + 0 0 + 1 + 0 0 + 0 + 0 
Ans. (c) : Vector c = 2i − 3 j + 4k and z-axis between
 0 + 0 + 0 0 + 0 + 0 1 + 0 + 0  angle 'θ' is
1 0 0  z-axis i.e. along the vector 'k'.
A =  0 1 0  = I
2 So, c.k = (2i - 3j + 4k). k
 0 0 1  c.k = 4
2
A =I | c | = 2 2 + 32 + 42 = 5.385
3. Let M be a 3 × 3 matrix satisfying: c.k =| c || k | cos θ
0   −1 1 1 1  0  c.k 4
cos θ = =
M 1  =  2  , M  −1 =  1  and M 1 =  0 
       
| c || k | 5.385 ×1
0   3   0   −1 1 12  4  4 
= 0.7428 = , θ = cos −1  
Then the sum of the diagonal entries of M is: 29  29 
(a) 9 (b) 12
5. Which of the following is the correct definition
(c) 6 (d) 0
of the Reynolds number?
 a1 b1 c1  Where ρ = fluid density, U = velocity, L =
Ans. (a) : Let M = a 2 b 2 c 2  . Then Length and µ = Kinematic viscosity
 
 a 3 b 3 c3  ρUL
(a) (b) ρUL / µ 2
0   −1 µ
M 1  =  2  UL ρUL2
    (c) (d)
0   3  µ µ
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 193 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Reynolds number Ans. (a) : Let thermal radiations A and B are EA and
UL EB
Re = E A = ε1 A1σ 1T14
µ
σ = Stefan constant
Where, ρ = fluid density, U = velocity, L = length and
Dynamic viscosity σ = 5.67 × 10−8 W/m2-K4
µ = Kinematic viscosity = . So, EA ∝ T 4
ρ
E A (TA )4
6. A steam engine intakes 100 gm of steam at =
100ºC per minute and cools it down to 20ºC. EB (TB )4
Calculate the heat rejected by the steam engine TA = 10º C = 273 + 10 = 283K
per minute (consider Latent Heat of
TB = 20º C = 273 + 20 = 293K
vaporization of steam = 540 cal/gm and cp = 1
4
cal/gmºC) E A  283  1
=  =
(a) 6.2 × 104 kcal (b) 62 × 104 cal EB  293  1.149
4
(c) 6.2 × 10 cal (d) 620 × 104 kcal
9. A hot liquid is kept in a big room. Its
Ans. (c) : Heat rejected by steam per minute: temperature (θ) is plotted as a function of time
QR = mcp∆T + mL (t), which of the following curve may represent
= 100 × 1× (100 − 20) + 540 × 100 the plot?
= 100 × 80 + 54000
= 62000 cal = 6.2 × 104 cal.
7. A heat engine operates between a cold
reservoir at temperature T2 = 300K and a hot
reservoir at Temperature T1. It takes 200J of
heat from the hot reservoir and deliver 120J of (a) Curve d (b) Curve b
heat to the cold reservoir in a cycle. What will (c) Curve c (d) Curve a
be the efficiency of the engine? Ans. (d) : The graph drawn between the temperature
(a) 30% (b) 40% of the body and time is known as cooling curve. The
(c) 60% (d) 20% slope of the tangent to the curve at any point gives the
rate of fall of temperature.
Ans. (b) :
In general T (t ) = TA + (TH − TA )e − kt

where,
QS = 200J
T(t) = temperature at time t
QR = 120J TA = Ambient temperature
T2 = 300K TH = Temperature of hot object at time (t) = 0
T1 = ? k = position constant
We know that, t = time
W QS − QR 10. Aluminium crystal structure is
η= =
QS QS (a) FCC (b) BCC
(c) HCP (d) None of these
QR 120 2
= 1− = 1− = Ans. (a) : Example of FCC (Face Centered Cubic)
QS 200 5
Ag, Al, Cu, Ni, Pb, Pt, Fe (914ºC - 1410ºC).
= 0.4 or 40%
11. A spherical balloon is filled with 3536 π cubic
8. Two bodies A and B having equal surface area meters of helium gas. If a leak in the balloon
are maintained at temperatures 10ºC and 20ºC. causes the gas to escape at the rate of 70 π
The energy of thermal radiations emitted in a cubic meters per minute, then the rate (in
given time by A and B are in the ratio: meters per minute) at which the radius of the
(a) 1:1.15 (b) 1:2.5 balloon decreases 50 minutes after the leakage
(c) 1:4.2 (d) 1:5.6 began is
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 194 YCT
 1 1 dV dI dR
(a) (b) = + [∵ divided by V = IR]
9 2 V I R
2 35 dI dV
(c) (d) = 3%, = 3%
9 18 I V
dR
dV × 100 = 3 + 3 = 6%
Ans. (d) : = −70π m3 / min (leakage rate) R
dt
13. A purse contains 4 copper coins and 3 silver
V0 = 3536 π m3 coins. A second purse contains 6 copper coins
4 and 4 silver coins. A purse is chosen randomly
V = π r 3 (Volume of sphere) and a coin is taken out of it. What is the
3
probability that it is a copper coin?
dV dr
= 4π r 2 ...(i) 70 35
dt dt (a) (b)
82 70
From the rate of leakage equation
41 41
dV (c) (d)
= −70π 82 70
dt
Ans. (d) : Probability of choosing each purse is 1/2
V = –70πt + C and probability of getting silver coin from purse 1 is
At t = 0, V= V0 4/7.
V0 = –70π × 0 + C Probability of getting silver coin from purse 2 is 6/10.
V0 = C (i) Now probability of choosing purse 1 and
∴ V = V0 – 70πt 1 4 2
Volume of balloon after 50 minutes getting a silver coin is × =
2 7 7
V50 = 3536π – 70π × 50 (ii) Probability of choosing purse 2 and getting a
V50 = 36π 1 6 3
4 silver coin is × =
∴ π r503 = 36π 2 10 10
3 Hence total probability of getting a silver coin is sum
or r503 = 27 of above two
i.e.
r50 = 3m
Now from equation (i) 2 3 20 + 21 41
= + = =
dV dr 7 10 70 70
= 4π r 2 ...(i) 14. The Grashoff number, Gr is defined as (where
dt dt
g is gravitational acceleration, β is volumetric
dr  dV  1 thermal expansion coefficient, ∆T is
= ×
dt  dt  4π r 2 temperature difference, L is characteristic
1 length, µ is the viscosity and υ is kinematic
= −70π × viscosity.
4π × (3)2
g β∆TL3 ρ 2 g β∆TL3
1 −70 (a) (b)
= −70π × = µ 2
µ 2

4π × 9 36
g β∆TL3 g β∆TL
dr −35 (c) (d)
∴ = υ2 υ2
dt 18 Ans. (b & c) : Grashoff number
(–ve sign indicates rate of decreases)
buoyancy force
12. Resistance of a given wire is obtained by Gr =
measuring the current flowing in it and the viscous force
voltage difference applied across it. If the g β L3 ∆T µ
percentage errors in the measurement of the = ∵v=
υ 2
ρ
current and the voltage difference are 3%
each, then error in the value of resistance of the ρ g β ∆TL
2 3
=
wire is µ2
(a) 8% (b) 6%
15. The Rayleigh number Ra, is defined as: (where
(c) 9% (d) 10%
Gr is Grashoff Number, Pr is Prandtl Number
Ans. (b) V = IR and Re is Reynold Number)
∴ Differential both side (a) Ra = Re Pr (b) Ra = Gr Re
dV = (dI ) R + I (dR ) (c) Ra = Gr Pr (d) Ra = Gr Pr/4
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 195 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Rayleigh number (Ra) – FBD,
v g β ∆TL
3
Ra = Gr. Pr Pr = , Gr =
α µ2
g β L3 ∆T v
Ra = ×
υ 2
α
16. For two bodies having direct impact, co-
efficient of restitution is given by
Velocity of approach
(a)  W
Velocity of separation T = W + ma ∵ W = mg or m = g 
 
Velocity of separation
(b) W
Velocity of approach =W + a
g
Initial velocity of the body
(c)  a
Final velocity of the body T = W 1 + 
 g
(d) None of the above
19. A body A of weight 10 kg with its C.G. 25 cm
Ans. (b) : Coefficient of restitution from the axis of rotation is to be balanced by
Velocity of separation another body B of weight 5 kg. The radius at
e= which the C.G. of weight B should be placed is
Velocity of approach
(a) 2 cm (b) 12.5 cm
v2 − v1 (c) 50 cm (d) None of these
=
u1 − u2 Ans. (c) :
where u1 and u2 are initial velocities of the two collide
bodies and v1, v2 are their final velocities after
collision.
17. A perfect frame is that which satisfies the So, moment about C.G.
equation (Assume n = No. of members and j = m1 r1 = m2 r2
No. of joints)
m r 10 × 25
(a) n = 3j - 2 (b) n > 3(j - 1) r2 = 1 1 =
m2 5
(c) n < 3(j - 1) (d) n = (2j - 3)
r2 = 50 cm
Ans. (d) : In general let a frame have j joints and n
members. 20. In case of a horizontal beam loaded under
bending, the point of inflexion or contra flexure
(i) if n = 2j - 3, then the frame is perfect frame. corresponds to a point on the beam, where
(ii) if n < 2j - 3, then the frame is deficient (a) Shear force is zero
(Imperfect) frame. (b) Bending moment changes its sign
(iii) if n > 2j - 3, then the frame is redundant frame. (c) Shear force is maximum
18. Tension in the cable supporting a lift of weight (d) None of the above
'W' and having an acceleration of 'a' while Ans. (b) : The point of inflexion or contra-flexure
going upward is (g is acceleration due to corresponds to a point on the beam, where bending
gravity) moment changes its sign.
If shear force is zero, means bending moment will be
 a  a
(a) W 1 +  (b) W 1 −  max. or min. at that point (any point moment not
 g  g acting at that point).
 a  2a  21. Shaft AB is 3 meter long and its free at the left
(c) W  2 +  (d) W  1 +  end and fixed torsionally at the right end. It is
 g  g  subjected to variable torque as shown in the
Ans. (a) : figure. The intensity of the torsional loading is
given by q = 2x. The internal torque T, as a
function of x is

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 196 YCT

 (a) T = x2 (b) T = 2x2 23. Consider the beam shown in figure. The beam
(c) T = 4x2 (d) T = 16x2 is simply supported at its left end A and fixed
at its right end B. It carries a load that varies in
Ans. (a) :
intensity from zero at support A to 'w' at
support B according to the relation wx =
(x/L)w. The reaction component at A is

The intensity of the torsional loading q = 2x

The internal torque 'T' as the function of 'x'.
T = ∫ q dx
(a) wL/10 (b) 2wL/5
= ∫ 2x dx (c) 5wL/2 (d) wL/5
 2 x2  Ans. (a) : Moment at distance x from A is given as
= 
 2 
T = x2
22. A cantilever beam 6 meter long as shown in
figure is subjected to a linearly varying loading
which has a maximum ordinate of 360 N/m at
the fixed end on the right. The moment as a 1 x wx 3
M(x) = R A x − x × w x × = R A x −
function of x is 2 3 6L
By double integration method
wx 3
EIy″ = R A x −
6L
Integrating once and twice we get
R x 2 wx 4
EIy′ = A − + C1
2 24L
(a) M = –3x3 (b) M = –6x3 R x 3 wx 5
(c) M = –10x3 (d) M = –20x3 EIy = A − + C1 x + C2 .....(i)
6 120L
Ans. (c) : Using conditions (a) at x = 0, y = 0, thus C2 = 0; and
(b) at x = L, y′ = 0, we get
wL3 R A L2
C1 = − ;C2 = 0
24 2
Putting above value in Eq. (i) for x = L, y = 0 we get
R x 3 wx 5 wL3 R A L2
EIy = A − + −
6 120L 24 2
− wx
Wx − x = ...(i) R L 3
wL 5
wL R A L2
3
L = A − + −
6 120L 24 2
− wx x
( SF ) xx = × ...(ii) −R A L wL
3 4
L 2 ⇒ 0= +
3 30
− wx 2
= wL
2L ⇒ RA =
10
− wx 2 x 24. A 4 meter long solid circular cylindrical shaft
( BM ) xx = ×
2L 3 transmits 1600 kW at 500 rpm. The endurance
limit of the material is 210 MPa and a factor of
− wx 3
= ...(iii) safety of 3 is to be used with respect to fatigue
6L failure. Use G = 77.5 GPa. The design diameter
So, here, w = 360 N/m 'D' of the shaft in meter is
L=6m 69 4375
(a) 3 (b) 3
−360 3 4375π 2 96π 2
M = ×x
6×6 69 96
M = –10x3 (c) 3 (d) 3
4735π 2 4375π 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 197 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Torque is given by P2 A2 E2 L1
or = × cos θ
60 × P 60 × 1600 × 103 96000 P1 A1 E1 L2
T= = = Nm
2πN 2π× 500 π P2 1.6 4
Using Soderberg equation, we have, this is used for = × = 0.64 [∵ A1 = A2 , E1 = E2 ]
P1 2 5
ductile material
From equation (i)
τm τ v 1
+ = 2 × P1 × 0.8 + P2 = 100
τ y τe N
or 1.6 P1 + 0.64 × P1 = 100
Where
or P1 = 44.64 kN
τ + (−τ) τ − (−τ)
τm = = 0 and τv = =τ or P2 = 0.64 × P1 = 28.57 kN
2 2 PermissibleStress
So, we get Allowable stress =
FOS
τv 1
0+ = ⇒ τv = τ = 70 MPa 400
210 3 = = 200 MPa
Using Torsion equation, we get 2
1/ 3 28.57 × 103
 16T  96 Cross section area A1 =
d =  ⇒d=3 200
 π⋅τ  4375π2
= 142.85 mm2
25. A three bar truss to resist a service load P = = 1.42 cm2
100 kN is shown in the figure. Use a load factor
44.64 ×103
of 2 and consider all three members to have Cross-section area A2 = = 223.2 mm2
equal cross-sectional areas. The yield stress of 200
the material of which the members are = 2.23 cm2
fabricated is 400 MPa. The area of cross So, from option (25/13) cm2 lies between both area.
section of each truss member is 26. A thin-walled cylinder with closed ends for
which inner radius is 0.50 meter and outer
radius is 0.52 meter, is subjected to internal
pressure 2 MPa. The absolute maximum
shearing stress on the inner surface of the
cylinder shall be
(a) 37.5 MPa (b) 75 MPa
25 2 26 2
(a) cm (b) cm (c) 26 MPa (d) 24 MPa
26 25
Ans. (c) : Inner Radius r = 0.50 m
25 2 13 2 Outer Radius R = 0.52 m
(c) cm (d) cm
13 25 Internal pressure P = 2 MPa
Ans. (c) : Pd
τ max =
4t
So, outer diameter D = 2 × 0.52
= 1.04 m
Thickness t = R – r
= 0.52 - 0.50
t = 0.02 m
2 × 1.04
τ max = = 26 MPa.
4 × 0.02
Equilibrium Equation 27. A 0.75 meter aluminium bar 25 × 10-4 m2 in
2P1 cosθ + P2 = P ...(i) (here, P1 = P3) cross-sectional area is attached to a 0.50 meter
Length of truss members 1 & 3 steel bar 15 × 10-4 m2 in cross-sectional area, as
shown in the figure. Take E (Young's modulus)
= (1.2) 2 + (1.6) 2 = 2 m value of 200 GPa for steel & 70 GPa for
aluminium. Total shortening due to an axial
1.6 4
cos θ = = = 0.8 compressive force of 175 kN is
2 5
Compatibility equation-
∆2 = ∆1 cos θ
P2 L2 PL
or = 1 1 cos θ
A2 E2 A1 E1
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 198 YCT
 157 175 Ans. (c) :
(a) mm (b) mm
168 168
175 157
(c) mm (d) mm
186 186
Ans. (b) : Length of Aluminium bar
lAl = 0.75 m
AAl = 25 × 10–4m2
Length of steel bar
lst = 0.50 m
Ast = 15 × 10–4m2 Taking moment at B.
Esteel = 20 GPa ∑MB = 0
EAl = 70 GPa 6000 × 0.6 = P × 0.1
Axial compressive force = 175 kN. P = 36000 N
PL
δ CD =
AE
PL 36000 × 0.8 × 103 4
or A= = =
E δ CD 70 ×10 × 0.72
9
7 ×103
4
3t 2 =
7 × 103
4
Pst Lst 175 ×103 × 0.5 t2 =
δ st = = 21×103
Ast Est 15 ×10−4 × 200 × 109
2
= 2.9167 × 10–4 m (compression) t= = 0.0138 m
P L 21× 103
δ Al = Al Al 29. A solid steel shaft transmits 40kW of power at
AAl E Al
75
175 × 103 × 0.75 a speed of Hz. The internal torque needed
= π
25 × 10−4 × 70 ×109 in the shaft is
= 7.5 × 10–4 m (compression)
812 800
δ = δ st + δ Al (a) Nm (b) Nm
3 3
= (2.9167 + 7.5) × 10–4 m
= 10.4167 × 10–4 m 541 400
(c) Nm (d) Nm
= 1.04167× 10–3 m 2 3
175 Ans. (b) : P = 40 kW
= 1.04167 mm = mm 75
168 f = Hz
28. Member CD of the assembly shown is an π
aluminium bar 0.80 meter long. Cross-sectional 75
ω = 2π f = 2π ×
dimension of the bar is such that, its width is π
three times its thickness. For functional design ω = 150 rad/s
of the bar CD, the allowable axial stress is 70 P = 40 × 103 W
MPa, and the total elongation is not to exceed
0.72 mm. E value for aluminium is 70 GPa. =T×ω
Assume the connection at C does not reduce P 40 × 103 800
the net area of the bar. The thickness of the bar or T= = = Nm
ω 150 3
in metre is
30. A simply supported beam is shown in the figure
below. The location is the point of maximum
moment in the beam from reaction RL is

2 5
(a) m (b) m 3 8
21× 10 5
21× 105 (a) meter (b) meter
8 3
2 3 18 21
(c) m (d) m (c) meter (d) meter
21× 103 21× 103 5 5
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 199 YCT
 Ans. (b) : For in Parallel,
PAL + Pst = P
PAL + Pst = 20
10
PAL + PAL = 20 from equation (i)
Taking section x-x from RL at a distance x 7
So at a location of max. bending moment, shear force 140
will be zero so or PAL = kN
17
Sxx = 8 – wx = 0
P 140 × 103
8 σ AL = AL =
x=meter AAL 17 ×120 ×10−6
3
14
31. A 20 kN weight is suspended by two wires as = × 109 N / m 2
shown in the figure. The length of each wire is 12 × 17
2 meter. The steel wire (E value 200GPa) has 7 7
σ AL = GPa = GPa
an cross-sectional area of 60 × 10-6 m2 and the 6 ×17 102
aluminium wire (E value 70GPa) has an cross-
32. A bar of bronze and a bar of steel are placed
sectional area of 120 × 10-6 m2. The stress in
between two immovable supports, A and B as
aluminium wire is
shown in the figure. The physical constants
are: (where L= length of bars, A = cross-
sectional area, α = linear co-efficient of thermal
expansion, E = Young's modulus)
Steel Bronze
L = 0.5m L=0.75m
A = 6 × 10-4 m2 A = 12 × 10-4 m2
17 7 α = 12 × 10-6/ºC α = 20 × 10-6/ºC
(a) GPa (b) GPa E = 200 GPa E = 100 GPa
102 120
The stresses in the steel & bronze, when
17 7 temperature drops by 50ºC is
(c) GPa (d) GPa
120 102
Ans. (d) : P = 20 kN
LAl = 2m, Lst = 2m
EAl = 70 GPa, Est = 200 GPa
AAl = 120 × 10-6m2
Ast = 60 × 10-6m2 (a) Tension (b) Compression
(c) Shear (d) None of these
Ans. (a) :
Steel Bronze
L = 0.5m L = 0.75m
A = 6 × 10-4m2 A = 12× 10-4m2
α = 12 × 10-6/ºC α = 20 × 10-6/ºC
E = 200 GPa E = 100 GPa
Its parallel connected-
So, δ Al = δ st
PAL LAL P .L
= st st
AAL E AL Ast .Est
PAL L A E
or = st × AL × AL In series,
Pst LAL Ast Est ∆ = ∆b + ∆ s
120 × 10−6 70 = α b Lb ∆t + α s Ls ∆t
= 1× ×
60 × 10−6 200 = 20 × 10 −6 × 0.75 × 50 + 12 × 10 −6 × 0.5 × 50
PAL 7 = 1.05m (shortening) < (0.75 + 0.5 = 1.25)
=
Pst 10 Note:-Due to rigid support, the shortening is prevented
and tensile stresses are developed in each bars.
10
Pst = PAL …(i) As temperatures the bar tends to gets shortens, to
7 present shortening tensile stress will develop.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 200 YCT
33. A rigid bar with wires at B & C is shown in the = σ ultimate × A 2
figure below. The cross sectional area of the
wire at B is 3 × 10-4 m2 at C is 2 × 10-4 m2. The = 250 ×106 × 2 ×10−4 = 500 × 102
wires are elasto-plastic with strength 250 MPa P2 = 50000 = 50 kN
and E value 200 GPa. The ultimate load P that According to Equation (i) -
can be applied to the rigid bar, as shown is P1 4
=
P2 3
4 4
P1 = × P2 = × 50
3 3
= 66.67 kN
From Equation (ii)-
2P = 2P1 + 3 P2
(a) 50 kN (b) 75 kN 2P = 2 × 66.67 + 3 × 50= 283.44
(c) 100 kN (d) 150 kN P = 141.67 ≃ 150 kN
Ans. (d) : Given- Cross-section Area of wire 'B' = 34. The fundamental natural frequency of the
3 × 10−4 m 2 cantilever beam with point load P acting at the
Cross-section Area of wire 'C' = 2 × 10 −4 m 2 free end, in rad/sec is
σ ultimate = 250 MPa 3EIg PL3
(a) (b)
E = 200 GPa PL3 3EIg
1 3EIg 1 PL3
(c) (d)
2π PL3 2π 3EIg
Ans. (a) :
By Geometry,
In ∆ ABE and ∆ ACD
δ1 δ 2 g
= Natural frequency ωn =
2 3 ∆
OR 3 δ1 = 2δ2
∆ = Deflection
 P1L1 PL3
∵ δ1 = A E ∆=
δ1 2  3EI
=
1 1

δ2 3  P2 L 2 g 3EIg
δ 2 = ωn = = rad / sec
 A2 E2 PL3 / 3EI PL3
P1L1 35. The structure which has the highest packing of
A1E1 2 atoms
= (a) Hexagonal close packed lattice
P2 L 2 3
(b) Body centered cubic lattice
A2E 2 (c) Face centered cubic lattice
P1 2  A1  E1   L 2  (d) Both (a) & (c)
= ×    
P2 3  A 2  E 2   L1  Ans. (d) : Structure Atomic packing factor
BCC 0.68
P1 2  3 × 10−4   200   2  HCP 0.74
= × × × 
P2 3  2 ×10−4   200   1.5  FCC 0.74
P1 2 3 2 SC 0.52
4
= × × = …(i) Diamond Cubic 0.34
P2 3 2 1.5 3
36. Elastic stress distribution in the cross section of
Taking a moment about A ∑ M A = 0 a curved beam under pure bending is
P × 2 = P1 × 2 + P2 × 3 (a) Linear (b) Quadratic
2P1 + 3 P2 = 2P …(ii) (c) Parabolic (d) Hyperbolic.
P1 (Based on strength criterion) Ans. (d) : Stress distribution of curved beam
= σ ultimate × A1 my
σ=
= 250 × 106 × 3 ×10−4 Ae ( r − y )
P1 = 75 kN The above equation shows that stress distribution in
P2 (Based on strength criterion) beam is hyperbolic.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 201 YCT
37. Dimension of shaft is 100+−0.01
0.00 and 40. Two pipe lines of equal length are connected in
+0.02 series. The diameter of second pipe is two times
corresponding Hole diameter is 100−0.01 . The that of first pipe, the ratio of head loss between
maximum material condition of the fit is first and second pipe is
(a) Shaft diameter: 100.01 and hole diameter: 99.99 (a) 1:32 (b) 32:1
(b) Shaft diameter: 100.00 and hole diameter: 99.99 (c) 1:8 (d) 1:4
(c) Shaft diameter: 100.01 and hole diameter: Ans. (b) :
100.02 Given - "Two pipe line are connected in series."
(d) Shaft diameter: 100.005 and hole diameter: Let, Pipe first length = L
1
100.015 Pipe second length = L2
Ans. (a) : i.e. L1, L2 = L [given]
Shaft,  100+−0.01
0.00 And First pipe diameter = d1
In hole  100+−0.020.01
Second pipe diameter = d2 = 2d1 [∵ given ]
"Maximum material condition refers to a feature of
size that contains the greatest amount of material, but
yet remains within its tolerance zone.
i.e. Largest shaft diameter.
Smallest hole size.
Largest or upper limit of shaft = 100 + 0.01 h f1 V12 d 2
= 100.01 = ×
Smallest or lower Limit of hole = 100 - 0.01 h f2 d1 V22
2 5
= 99.99 Q 1  A2 
2
 d2 
38. Match List I with List II and select the correct =  × d2 ×   =  
answer:  A1  d1 Q  d1 
List-I (Process) List-II (Property) h f1
= 25 = 32
(P) Cold Rolling (1) Indentation h f2
(Q) Hardness (2) Ductility 41. The velocity potential function φ satisfy the
(R) Impact loads (3) Malleability Laplace equation:
(S) Wire drawing (4) Resilience ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
(a) P-4, Q-2, R-3, S-1 (b) P-3, Q-1, R-4, S-2 + + = 0 . Then the flow is
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
(c) P-1, Q-3, R-4, S-2 (d) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4
(a) Unsteady, incompressible, rotational
Ans. (b) : Cold Rolling - Malleability
(b) Steady, compressible, rotational
Hardness - Indentation
(c) Steady, incompressible, irrotational
Impact Load - Resilience
(d) Unsteady, compressible, irrotational
Wire drawing - Ductility
Ans. (c) : 3-D continuity equation which satisfies
39. In case of steady incompressible laminar Laplace equation:
viscous flow between two stationary parallel
plates, the velocity distribution is ∂u ∂v ∂w
+ + =0
(a) Linear (b) Quadratic ∂x ∂y ∂z
(c) Parabolic (d) Hyperbolic
∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ ∂ 2φ
Ans. (c) : or + + =0
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2
42. For a two dimensional potential flow, the
velocity potential is given by: φ = 4 x(3 y − 4) .
The numerical value of stream function at the
point (2,3) is
(a) 10 Units (b) 20 Units
1  ∂P  (c) 18 Units (d) 16 Units
u max = −   t 2 Ans. (c) : φ = 4 x (3 y − 4)
8µ  ∂x 
∂φ ∂ψ
u=− =
∂x ∂y
∂φ ∂ψ
v=− =−
∂y ∂x
2 ∂ψ
u Avg = u max u = −4(3 y − 4) =
3 ∂y

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 202 YCT

 ∂ψ 45. The model of a propeller 3m diameter, cruising
v = −12 x = − at 10m/sec in air, is tested in a wind tunnel on a
∂x 1:10 scale model. If thrust of 50N is measured
∂ψ on the model at 5 m/sec wind speed, then thrust
= 12 x ⇒ ψ = 6 x 2 + g ( y ) on prototype will be
∂x
(a) 20000 N (b) 2000 N
∂ψ
= 0 + g '( y ) = 16 − 12 y (c) 5000 N (d) 500 N
∂y
Thrust to Model
or g ( y ) = 16 y − 6 y 2 Ans. (a) :
Thrust to Prototype
ψ = 6( x 2 − y 2 ) + 16 y 2 2
v   dm 
ψ |( 2,3) = 6(4 − 9) + 16 × 3 = m   
v
= 6 × −5 + 48 = 18 units  p   dp 
2 2
43. The velocity distribution in a turbulent FM  5   1  1 1 1
boundary layer is given by u/v = (y/δ)1/7. What =   ×  = × =
FP  10   10  4 100 400
is the displacement thickness δ*
FP = 400 FM
(a) δ (b) δ/7
= 400 × 50 = 20,000 N
(c) 7δ/8 (d) δ/8
46. As shown in Fig. below, an ideal gas is confined
Ans. (d) : Given- Turbulent Boundary to a cylinder by a piston. The piston is pushed
1
u y 7 down slowly so that the gas temperature
=  remains at 27ºC. During the compression, 900 J
v δ of work is done on the gas. Find the entropy
Displacement Thickness change of the gas.
δ
 y  7 
δ 1
 u
δ = ∫ 1 −  dy = ∫ 1 −   dy
*

0
v  δ 
0 
δ
 1
  1

 7  y8  7   7  8 1  7  7
= y − ⋅  = δ − ⋅δ ×  = δ − δ
 8  δ   0  8  δ   8 (a) 3 J/K (b) –3 J/K
(c) –6 J/K (d) 6 J/K
δ
δ* = Ans. (b) :
8
44. The specific weight W of ocean water changes
according to the equation W = W0 + C h . W0
= Specific weight of ocean water at free surface
and C is a constant. The pressure as a function Apply first law of thermodynamic process
of depth h is given by ∂Q = dU + ∂W
(a) W0 h (b) W0 h + (5 / 2)Ch dU = 0 (∵ T = Constant)
(c) W0 h + (2 / 3)Ch3 / 2 (d) W0 h − (2 / 3)Ch 2 / 3 ∂Q = ∂W
Ans. (c) : Function of specific weight ∂Q = −900 (∵ work is done on the gas)
W = Wο + C h ∂Q 900
dS = =− = −3 J/K
W = sp. weight of ocean water changes T 300
W0 = sp. wt. of ocean water of free surface- 47. Determine the number of degrees of freedom
P = ρgh used in the analysis of the mechanical system of
Pressure is a function of 'h'- below mentioned figure.
So, P = ∫ ρgh
Specific weight → W = ρg

(
P = ∫ Wdh = ∫ Wο + C h dh )
3
h 2 (a) 3 (b) 7
= Wο h + C
( )
3
2
(c) 5 (d) 4
Ans. (d) : In the above mechanism, two rotation of the
2 3 pulleys and two vertical motions of the masses B and C.
∴ P = Wο h + Ch 2
3 Hence answer given in this particular case is 4.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 203 YCT

48. The difference in the Potential energies 50. An inclined plate 2 m long and 1 m wide lies
between two arbitrary positions downward with its length inclined at 45º to the surface of
displacement X1 and X2. (X2 > X1). water and its nearest edge is 1m below it. If
specific weight of water is 1000kg/m3, then total
pressure force on the plate (in kg) is
approximately
(a) 2150 (b) 2510
(c) 3220 (d) 3420
Ans. (d) :
1 1 
k [ x1 − x2 ] k ( x2 ) − ( x1 ) 
2 2 2
(a) (b)
2 2  
1 1
(c) k ( x1 ) − ( x2 )  (d) k [ x1 − x2 ]
2 2
Ans. (b) :
Given,
w = 1000 kg/m3
A = 2 × 1 = 2m2
h = (1 + 1× cos θ )
= (1 + 1× cos 45º )
The potential energy due to downward
F = wAh
displacement x1
1 = 1000 × 2 × (1 + 1cos 45º )
P1 = k x12 …(i)
2 F = 3414 ≃ 3420 kg
The potential energy due to displacement 'x2' 51. A liquid of density 1200 kg/m3 is flowing
1 steadily through a tube of varying cross section
P2 = k x 22 …(ii) as shown below. The cross section at point A is
2 1 cm2 and at B is 20 mm2. The points A and B
∴ Their potential difference in the same horizontal plane. The speed of
∵ x2 > x1 so, P2 > P1 liquid at point A is 10 cm/sec. The difference of
= P2 − P1 pressure at A and B is
1 2 1 2
== k x 2 − k x1
2 2
1 
= k ( x 2 ) − ( x1 ) 
2 2
  (a) 100 Pa (b) 170 Pa
2
(c) 144 Pa (d) 180 Pa
49. Water having kinematic viscosity of 0.01 stoke
flows at a velocity of 2m/sec in a pipe of 15 cm Ans. (c) :
diameter. For dynamic similarity, the velocity
of oil of kinematic viscosity of 0.03 stoke in a
pipe of same diameter will be
(a) 0.33 m/sec (b) 0.66 m/sec
(c) 2 m/sec (d) 6 m/sec From continuity Equation
Ans. (d) : Given, for water,- A1v1 = A2v2
kinematic viscosity
A
υ1 = 0.01 Stoke Or v 2 = 1 v1
A2
V1 = 2 m/s
d = 15cm 1× 1−4
Or v 2 = × 10 ×10−2 = 0.52 m / s
For oil, - 20 ×10−6
υ2 = 0.03 Stoke From Bernoulli's Equation
V2 = ? P1 v12 P v2
d = 15 cm (same) + + Z1 = 2 + 2 + Z2
ρg 2g ρg 2g
Dynamic Similarity- Reynold's number
P1 − P2 v 22 − v12
 VD   VD  or = (∵ Z1 = Z2 )
Would be same   =  ρg 2g
 υ l  υ  2
ρ(v 22 − v12 ) 1200 ( 0.5 − 0.1 )
2 2
υ 0.03
V2 = 2 V2 = × 2 = 6m / s P1 − P2 = = = 144 Pa
υ1 0.01 2 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 204 YCT
52. A wooden plank (sp. graivty = 0.5) of 1m × 1m 56. Which of the following flow is rotational
× 0.5 m floats in water with 1.5 kN load on it (where u and v are velocity components in x
with 1 m × 1m surface horizontal. The depth of and y directions respectively)
plank lying below water surface shall be
3 
(a) 0.178 m (b) 0.250 m (a) u = y; v =  x  (b) u = xy 2 .v = x 2 y
(c) 0.403 m (d) 0.5 m  2 
Ans. (c) : (c) Both (a) and (b) (d) None of these
Ans. (a) : For option (a)
1  ∂v ∂u 
ωz = −
2  ∂x ∂y 
1 3  1
ωz = −1 = ≠ 0
2  2  4
Bouyant weight = weight of wooden plank + load
1.5 × 103 For option (b)
= ρw V +
9.81 1  ∂v ∂u 
ωz =  − 
1.5 × 103 2  ∂x ∂y 
ρw ×1× 1× x = ρ×1× 1× 0.5 +
9.81 1
1.5 × 103 = [ 2xy − 2xy ] = 0
x = 0.5 × 0.5 + 2
9.81×103 ω = 0 → Its"Irrotational motion "
x = 0.4029m
53. Circulation is defined as the line integral of 57. A pump running at 1000 rpm consumes 1 kW
tangential component of velocity about a and generates head of 10m of water. When it is
(a) Centre operated at 2000rpm, its power consumption
(b) close contour in a fluid flow and head generated would be
(c) velocity profile (a) 4 kW, 50m of water (b) 6 kW, 20m of water
(d) pressure profile (c) 3 kW, 30m of water (d) 8 kW, 40m of water
Ans. (b) : Circulation is defined as the line integral of Ans. (d) : In Pump,-
the tangential component of the velocity taken around N1 = 1000 rpm
a closed contour. H1 = 10 m
Γ = ∫ V. dS P1 = 1kW
c
N2 = 2000 rpm
54. Unstable equilibrium of a floating body implies H = ?
2
(a) Metacentre M is above centre of gravity G
P2 = ?
(b) Metacentre M is below centre of gravity G
For, Head-
(c) Metacentre M coincides with centre of
gravity G H1 H2
(d) None of these =
D1 N1 D 2 N 2
Ans. (b) : For "Floating body"-
Metacentre M is above centre of gravity G H2 N2
=
M>G H1 N1
"Stable Equilibrium" 2
Metacentre M is below centre of gravity G H2  N2 
= 
M<G H1  N1 
"Unstable Equilibrium" 2
H 2  2000 
Metacentre M coincides with centre of gravity = 
M=G 10  1000 
"Neutral" H2 = 40 m
55. Viscosity has the dimension of For power-
(a) (MT2)/L (b) M2/(LT) P
(c) M/(LT ) 2
(d) M/(LT) =C
D5 N 3
Ans. (d) : Viscosity is usually termed to denote P1 P
dynamic viscosity 5 3
= 52 3
D1 N1 D 2 N 2
kg
Unit of µ = 3
m−s P1  N1 
=  =2 =8
3

M P 2 N
 2
Dimension of µ =
LT P 2 = 8 kW
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 205 YCT
58. For irrotational fluid flow curl of velocity 61. A vertical air stream flowing at a velocity of
vector is 100 m/s supports a ball of 60 mm in diameter.
(a) 0 (b) > 0 Taking the density of air as 1.2 kg/m3 and
(c) < 0 (d) None of these kinematic viscosity as 1.6 stokes, the weight of
Ans. (a) : Rotational flow the ball that is supported is (if coefficient of
Here ∇ × V ≠ 0 at every point in the flow. The fluid drag CD = 0.8)
elements move and deform, and also rotate.
Irrotational flow
Here ∇ × V = 0 at every point in the flow. The fluid
elements move and deform, but do not rotate.
59. In the figure shown below, the relative velocity
of link 1 with respect to link 2 is 15 m/s. The
link 2 rotates at a constant speed of 150 rpm.
The magnitude of Coriolis component of (a) 20.2 N (b) 13.5 N
acceleration of link 1 is (c) 30.1 N (d) 25.2 N
Ans. (b) :

(a) 201 m/s2 (b) 239 m/s2

(c) 418 m/s2 (d) 471 m/s2
Ans. (d) : 100 m/5
V = 100 m/s
d = 60 mm = 60 × 10-3 m = 0.06 m
ρair = 1.2 kg/m3
υ = 1.6 stokes
v = 15m / s
Coefficient of drag CD = 0.8
2πn
ω= ρV 2
60 Drag Force FD = CD A
2
N = 150 rpm
π 1.2 ×100 ×100
FD = 0.8 × × ( 0.06 ) ×
2
2π× 150
ω= 4 2
60 FD = 13.5648 N
Coriolis Component of Acceleration
Coriolis Acceleration a c = 2vω 62. The velocity distribution flow over a flat plate
is given by U = (3/4)y - y2 in which u is the
2πN 2 × π×150 velocity in m/s at a distance y meter above the
a c = 2 ×15 × = 2 ×15 ×
60 60 plate. If the dynamic viscosity of the fluid is 10
a c = 471 m / s 2 poise, then the shear stress at 0.2m is
(a) 0.45 N/m2 (b) 0.35 N/m2
60. An oil of kinematic viscosity of 0.5 stokes flow 2
though a pipe of 20cm diameter. What is the (c) 0.55 N/m (d) 0.25 N/m2
velocity if the flow is critical? Ans. (b) : Velocity Distribution
(a) 0.5 m/s (b) 0.9 m/s 3
(c) 1.5 m/s (d) 2 m/s U =   y − y2
4
Ans. (a) : kinematic viscosity = 0.5 stokes Dynamic viscosity µ = 10 Poise
d = 20 cm
1
For pipe flow,- =10 × Pa.sec
(Re)critical = 2000 10
VD µ = 1Pa.Sec
= 2000
υ U=
3
y − y2
2000 × 0.5 × 10−4 4
or V = dU 3
0.2 = − 2y
= 0.5m / s dy 4

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 206 YCT

 At, y = 0.2m 64. The system described by the following
governing equation of motion, will have how
dU 3
= − 2 × 0.2 many natural frequencies?
dy y = 0.2
4  m 0   x1   2k −k   x1  0 
= 0.3551  0 m   x  +  −k 3k   x  = 0 
  2   2  
dU (a) 4 (b) 3
τ=µ (c) 2 (d) 1
dy
Ans. (c) : Number of natural frequencies
Shear stress τ = 1× 0.35 = Number of eigen values of stiffness matrix
= 0.35 N / m 2 "As the matrix is of the order of 2×2. So number of
eigen values are two.
63. Determine meq and keq for the system in below
Fig., when X, the downward displacement of a 65. Find out the correct freebody diagram from
block, measured from the system's equilibrium the middle mass for the given spring-mass
position, is used as the generalized coordinate. system in below figure
Take I as the M.I. of the wheel.

(a)

(b)
I
(a) K eq = 3k , meq = m + 2
r
(b) K eq = 3k , meq = mr 2 + I
(c)
I
(c) K eq = 3k , meq = m −
r2
I
(d) K eq = k / 3, meq = m +
r2 (d)
Ans. (a) :
Ans. (b) :

As per given direction of displecement

2k, k is connected in parallel.

keq = k + 2k 66. For what value of m (mass) will resonance
keq = 3k occur for the spring mass system given below
Moment of Inertia of wheel = I with the given spring constants?
2 ∵ x = rω
1 1 x  
E = mx2 + I  
2 2 r  ↓ 
i.e.v = rω
  (a) 85kg (b) 150kg
1 2 1 x2 (c) 100kg (d) 120kg
= mx + I 2
2 2 r Ans. (d) :
2
1  I
= x m + 2 
2  r 
I Resonance will occur only at when
So, m eq = m +
r2 Natural frequency (ωn ) = Excitation frequency (ω)

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 207 YCT

 Here ω = 50 rad/sec Ans. (c) : Convective heat transfer coefficient = h
In Parallel Mass = m, Specific heat = cP
keq = k1 +k2 Conductivity = k , heat = q
= 2 × 105 + 1 × 105 Nu = Nusselt number
keq = 3 × 105 N/m L = Thickness , ∆t = Temperature difference
k hL
ωn = ω = Nu =
m k
k 3 ×105 And q convection = h∆T (for unit area)
m= = q
ω2
50 × 50 h=
m = 120kg ∆T
69. The figure below shows a cross section through
67. Surface A in the figure is coated with white an insulated heating pipe which is made from
paint and maintained at temperature of 27ºC. steel (k = 45 W/m K) with an inner radius of
It is located directly opposite to surface B 150mm and outer radius of 155mm. The pipe is
which can be considered a black body and coated with 100mm thickness of insulation
maintained at temperature of 727ºC. Calculate having thermal conductivity of k = 0.06 W/m
the amount of heat that needs to be removed K. Air at inlet temperature Ti = 60ºC flow
from surface A per unit area to maintain its through the pipe has a value of convective
constant temperature (consider emissivity of coefficient hi = 35 W/m2k. The outside surface
the white paint = 1 and view factor = 1, σ = of the pipe is surrounded by air which is at
Stefan - Boltzmann constant) 15ºC and convective heat transfer coefficient
on this surface has a value of ho = 10 W/m2K.
Find the critical insulation radius?

(a) 9919 × 108 σW/m2 (b) 9999 × 108 σW/m2

(c) 9990 × 108 σW/m2 (d) 9909 × 108 σW/m2
Ans. (*) : T1 = 270C at Surface 'A'
T2 = 7270C at Surface 'B'
Emissivity ε = 1

(a) 14.00 mm (b) 3.00 mm

(c) 20.00 mm (d) 6.0 mm
Ans. (d) : If two or more Insulated material have
joined i.e. one insulated layer to another insulated layer
Q12 = σA1F12 T24 − T14  then heat transfer rate considering or critical radius has
calculated from other layer of Insulated material.
F12 = View factor Surrounding air, Tout = 150ºC, hout = 10 W/m2K
Q12 = σ × 1× 1(10004 − 3004 ) Critical Insulation Radius
For cylinder
Q12 = 9919 ×1011 σ W / m 2
= 9919 × 1011 σ W / m2
Note – Official answer is option (a).
68. The convective heat transfer coefficient h is
defined by the relationship (m = mass, Cp =
specific heat, k = conductivity, q = heat flow
rate, Nu = Nusselt Number, L = Thickness, ∆T
= Temperature difference)
k
(a) h = mCp∆T (b) h =
k rc =
L h
q NuK k outer 0.06
(c) h = (d) h = = = = 0.006m = 6mm
∆T 2L h outer 10

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 208 YCT

70. Graphene is P2 = ?
γ γ
1 1 = P2V2
(a) A two dimensional material consisting of a PV
single layer of carbon atoms arranged in a γ
honeycomb or chicken wire structure.  V1 
or P2 = P1  
(b) A tube-shaped material made of carbon,  V2 
having a diameter measuring on the 1.5
nanometre scale.  1600 
= 150   = 150 × 4
1.5
(c) Completely non-transparent material.  400 
(d) None of the above. P2 = 1200 kPa
Ans. (a) : Graphene– Graphene is a 2-D carbon 73. One mole of a monatomic gas is taken through
allotrope with the carbon atoms arranged, in a 2-D a cycle ABCDA as shown in the P-V diagram.
honeycomb lattice. It is an extremely thin material
Column II give the characteristics involved in
alongwith being flexible and transparent.
the cycle. Match A → B process with the
71. A bar of Cu of length 75 cm and a steel bar of processes given in Column II.
125 cm length are joined together end to end.
Both the bars are having same diameter of 2
cm. The free ends of the Cu and the steel bars
are maintained at 100ºC and 0ºC respectively.
The curved surfaces of the bars are thermally
insulated, what is the approximate temperature
at Cu-steel junction? (consider conductivity K
of Cu = 400 Js-1m-1ºC-1 and K for steel 50 Js-1m- Column I Column II
1
ºC-1) (A) Process A → B (p) Internal energy
decreases
(B) Process B → C (q) Internal energy
increases
(a) ≈ 95.0º C (b) ≈ 93.0º C (C) Process C → D (r) Heat is lost
(c) ≈ 90.0º C (d) ≈ 89.0º C (D) Process D → A (s) Heat is gained
Ans. (b) : (t) Work is done on
Copper Steel the gas
T = 100°C T = 0°C Process A → B signifies
L = 75cm L = 125cm (a) p,q (b) r,s
(c) p,r,t (d) q,t
Let Interface temperature 'T'
kcu (100 − T ) k st (T − 0) Ans. (c) :
or =
75 125
400(100 − T ) 50(T )
or =
75 125
or 5.33 (100-T) = 0.4 T
533 = (5.33 + 0.4) T
T = 93.01 ≃ 93ºC For process A → B
72. A sample of gas (γ = 1.5) is taken through an PAVA PBVB
adiabatic process in which the volume is =
TA TB
compressed from 1600 cm3 to 400 cm3. If initial
pressure is 150 kPa, then how much will be the PA = PB → At constant pressure
final pressure in the process? VA VB
=
(a) 1200 kPa (b) 1000 kPa TA TB
(c) 1100 kPa (d) 1400 kPa
TB VB 1V 1
Ans. (a) : r = 1.5 or = = =
TA VA 3V 3
Adiabatic process = PVγ = constant
V1 = 1600 cm3 or TB =
TA
V2 = 400 cm3 3
P1 = 150 kPa ∵ TB < TA , so heat is 'lost'.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 209 YCT
 ∆U = CV ∆T Ans. (d) : Two equal mutually perpendicular plane-
= CV (TB − TA ) = −ve Mohr's circle—
Let two equal stress σ1 and σ2 having mutually
So, here Internal energy decreases. As volume is
perpendicular i.e.
compressed, work is done on the gas.
σ1 = σ2 = σ
74. Strain energy U, in the case of axially loaded
bar is expressed as (where P is axial load, L is
bar length, A is cross-section area of the bar, E
is Young's Modulus of the bar, σ is axial stress,
δL is elongation due to axial load)
Here, τ = 0 i.e. planes free of shear.
p 2 L2 Only two equal Axial stress σ and σ
(a)
2 AE (δ L ) 77. To drill holes of size 0.025 mm, which is the
(b) Area under stress versus strain diagram of most appropriate process?
axially loaded bar (a) Plasma drilling
σ (δ L) (b) CNC drilling
(c) (c) LASER drilling
2 L
(d) Electro discharge drilling
p2 L
(d) Ans. (c) : To drill holes of size 0.025 mm, the most
2 AE appropriate process is LASER drilling which can drill
Ans. (d) : Strain energy = U small holes with high accuracy.
Axial Load = P 78. Perforation in Aluminum plate occurs when it
Length = L is connected with the Mild steel plate and
Cross-Section = A exposed to the same environment. This
Young's modulus = E phenomenon is explained by
(a) Galvanic corrosion
Axial stress = σ
(b) cold welding corrosion
PL (c) crevice corrosion
Elongation δL =
AE (d) high temperature corrosion
1 Ans. (a) : Two dissimilar metal (i.e. Aluminum plate
Strain Energy U = × Force × deflection
2 and mild steel) are in contact with each other from a
potential galvanic cells. The atmosphere containing
1 PL P 2 L
= ×P× = oxygen and moisture can act as the electrolyte.
2 AE 2 AE 79. A mixture of chemical compounds or elements
75. Which of the following statements is correct, in that have a single chemical composition and
case of a curved beam? solidifies at the lowest temperature than any
(a) Neutral axis is nearer to centre of curvature other composition made up of the same
compared to centroidal axis. ingredients.
(b) Neutral axis is farther to centre of curvature (a) Phase balanced system
compared to centroidal axis. (b) Eutectic system
(c) Neutral axis matches with centroidal axis. (c) Binary thermally balanced system
(d) Neutral axis shifts above or below centroidal (d) intrinsic system
axis depending on loading conditions. Ans. (b) : A eutectic system is a mixture of chemical
Ans. (a) : In case of a curved beam neutral axis is nearer compounds or elements that have a single chemical
to centre of curvature compared to centroidal axis. composition that solidifies at lower temperature than
any other composition made up of the same
76. A Mohr's circle reduces to a point when the ingredients. This composition is known as the eutectic
body is subjected to composition and the temperature which it solidifies is
(a) Pure shear known as the eutectic temperature.
(b) Uniaxial stress only 80. Which type of Gear meshing should be
(c) Equal and opposite axial stress on two employed to transmit torque to a linear force?
mutualy perpendicular planes, the plaines (a) Epicyclical Gear (b) Helical Gear
being free of shear. (c) Bevel Gear (d) Rack and pinion
(d) Equal axial stress on two mutualy perpendicular Ans. (d) : Type of Gear meshing should be employed
planes, the planes being free of shear. to transmit torque to a linear force rack and pinion.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2014 210 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper [Exam Date : 12.05.2013

1. A concentrated load P is applied at the end of a PL3

cantilever as shown in Fig. The cross section of =
a 4  256 − 3π 
the beam is a square of side 'a' with a hole of 3E 
dia 'a/2'. The deflection at the tip of the 4  4 × 3 × 64 
cantilever is given by 4 × 4 × 64 P × L3
=
(256 − 3π ) E × a 4
1024 P  L3 
∴ δ=  
(256 − 3π ) E  a 4 
2. A cantilever beam is subjected to a UDL. The
cross section of the beam is a H-Section placed
3P L3 as shown in Fig. The bending stress
(a) distribution across the cross section will be
E a4
1024 P L3
(b)
(256 − 3π ) E a 4
1024 PL3
(c)
π 4
(256 − ) E a
64
256 P L3
(d)
(1024 − 3π ) E a 4
(a)
Ans. (b) : Firstly find the moment of inertia of a
Hollow cross-section.
Let moment of Inertia I1 and I2
(b)

(c)

I = I1 – I2
a 4 π (a / 2) 4
= −
12 64 (d)
a4
πa 4 Ans. (c) : We know that bending stress,
= − M
12 16 × 64 σb = ⋅y
I N−A
a4  1 π 
= − Where M & IN–A remain constant throughout the beam.
4  3 4 × 64  M
σb ∝ y ⇒ σb = c⋅y c=
a 4  256 − 3π  I N−A
I=
4  4 × 3 × 64  At neutral axis y = 0
So, Deflection of Cantilever beam σb = 0
So option (b) and (d) ruled out and varies linearly
PL3
δ= throughout the section so option (a) also ruled out
3EI (because change its shape).
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 211 YCT
3. A thick cylinder of inner dia 'D', wall thickness DLT DLT
t2 and length 'L' is sealed at its both ends with (a) (b)
2(GAl − Gss J ss ) 2GAl J Al
caps. The thickness of the cap is t1. Allowable
tensile yield stress = σy and allowable shear DLT 2 DLT
(c) (d)
stress = τy. A gas is pumped into this cylinder 2(GAl J Al + Gss J ss ) Gss J ss
at pressure 'p'. The cap will yield in shear at
circumference of diameter 'D' when the gas Ans. (c) : At end, Torque = T
pressure applied is more than Circumference of the Al tube Diameter = D
The polar moment of Inertia (MOI) and Rigidity of Al
and SS are JAl, GAl and Jss, Gss.
Here, Al and SS are connected in parallel.
So, In parallel,
T = TAl + Tss ...(i)
Let angle of twist of Al tube is θAl and angle of twist of
SS tube is θss due to applied torque acting at cross-
4t1τ y 8t1τ y section.
(a) (b) T L
D D θ Al = Al
4t2σ y 2t1τ y GAl J Al
(c) (d)
D D Tss L
θ ss =
Ans. (a) : Busting of pressure variation occurs Gss J ss
"circumferential/Axial" In parallel,
θ Al = θ ss = θ
TAl L T L
∴ = ss
GAl J Al Gss J ss
GAl J Al
∴ TAl = Tss
Gss J ss
A = π Dt1 From Equation (i)
T = TAl + Tss
Safe Condition
F ≤ FR =
GAl J Al
Tss + Tss
F = FR Gss J ss
π  G J + GAl J Al 
P× D 2 = τ y × π × D × t1
4 T = Tss  ss ss 
 Gss .J ss 
4t1τ y
or, P= T L T .L
D ∴ θ = Al = SS
GAl J Al GSS J SS
4. An 'SS' tube is inserted into an 'Al' tube. They
are permanently fixed at one end. The other TL
θ Al = θ SS = radian
end is attached to a rigid plate. A torque 'T' is (Gss J ss + GAl J Al )
applied to the rigid plate. The circumference of
the 'Al' tube at dia 'D' at the plate and with Distance of circumferential point.
respect to the fixed and rotates by a distance  D
............... mm due torque 'T'. The polar MOI &
d = Rθ mm  R = 2 
Rigidity modulus of Al & SS are JAl, GAl and Jss,
TDL
Gss respectively. ∴ d= mm
2(GAL J Al + Gss J ss )
5. A rod of 20 mm dia is fixed to the ceiling of a
roof on one end. A rotor of 50 kg mass is
attached to the free end with bearings. The CG
of the rotor is 10 mm away from the shaft axis.
The rotor is rotating at 600 rpm. The max
tensile stress (in N/Sq. mm) in the rod is nearly
equal to
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 212 YCT
 7. A weighing machine consists of a 2 kg pan
resting on a spring having linear
characteristics. In this condition of resting on
the spring, the length of spring is 200 mm.
When a 20 kg mass is placed on the pan, the
length of the spring becomes 100 mm. The
under formed length L in mm and the spring
stiffness K in N/m are
(a) L = 220 & K = 1862
(b) L = 200 & K = 1960
(c) L = 210 & K = 1960
(d) L = 200 & K = 2
(a) π/2 (b) 200 π F2 − F1
Ans. (c) : Stiffness k =
(c) 300 π (d) 400 π L2 − L1
Ans. (d) : Let Deflection L1 mm due to F1 kg of mass
Given diameter of rod (d) = 20mm Deflection L2 mm due to F2 kg of mass
CG of the rod (e) = 10mm (22 − 2) × 9.8
Mass (m) = 50 kg k=
(200 − 100) × 10−3
Number of turn (N) = 600 rpm
= 1960 N/m [∵ F = kx or F = kl]
2π N 2 × 3.14 × 600
ω= = Deflection of spring due to 2 kg 'pan'
60 60
2 × 9.8
= 20π = = 0.01 m [∵ F = kx]
1960
F = mω2e
= 10mm
= 50 × (20π ) 2 × 10 ×10 −3
∴ Under formed length = 200 + 10 = 210 mm.
= 200π2 N Second method-
π ( 20 )
3
πd3 Deflection in spring due to 2 kg pan is
Let Section modulus (Z) = =
32 32 2×g
x1 = .....(i)
= 250π mm3 k
Maximum bending moment in rod Deflection in spring due to 20 kg pan is
Mmax = F.L = 200π2 × 500 = 100000 π2 N-mm. 20 × g 10 × 2g
x2 = = .....(ii)
M 100000 2 k k
∴ σ max = max = π
Z 250π x2 = 10x1 .....(iii)
= 400 πN/mm2 We know that [Free length of spring)
6. An automotive engine having a mass of 135 kg 200 + x1 = x2 + 100 = 10x1 + 100
is supported on 4 springs with linear 9x1 = 100
characteristics. Each of the 2 front springs x1 = 11.1 mm ≃ 10 mm
have stiffness of 3MN/m while the stiffness of So free length of spring
each of 2 rear springs is 4.5 MN/m. The engine = 10 + 200 = 210 mm
speed (rpm) at which resonance is likely to 2 × 9.8
occur is Then, K = [From equation (i)]
0.01
(a) 103/(6 π) (b) 1/(6 π) K = 1960 N/m
(c) 104/( π) (d) 103/(3)
8. If a circular shaft is subjected to a torque 'T'
Ans. (c) : and a Bending Moment M. The ratio of
Equivalent stiffness k = 2 × 4.5 + 2 × 3 = 15 MN/m maximum shear stress to the maximum
Mass (m) = 135 kg bending stress is
(a) 2M/T (b) T/2M
k 15 ×106
At resonance ωn = = (c) 2T/M (d) M/2T
m 135
Ans. (b) : Maximum shear stress-
ωn = 0.3333 × 10 rad/sec
3
16T
60ωn 60 × 0.3333 × 103 τ max =
N= = π D3
2π 2×π Maximum bending stress
4
10000 10 32M
N= = σ max =
π π π D3
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 213 YCT
 τ max 16T π D 3 T
= × =
σ max π D 3 32 M 2M
τ max T
=
σ max 2M
9. A solid block 'A' weighing 'Q' kg is resting on a
flat floor. A smooth cylinder 'B' weighing 'p'
kg, is placed between the solid A and the
vertical wall as shown in fig. The friction
between the cylinder, wall and the block A is
negligible. The co-efficient of friction between
the block A and floor is µ. The minimum
weight P required to disturb the block A is
(a) 4 × 105 Pascals (b) 40 Pascals
(c) 250 Pascals (d) 25 Pascals
Ans. (a) : Force due to pressure
F = 105 × 10 × 10-3 = 1000N
A = 25 × 10-4 m2
F
Applied pressure P=
A
1000
Q(1- tanθ) µQtanθ =
(a) (b) 25 × 10−4
µtanθ (1- µtanθ)
= 4 × 105 Pa.
µQ 11. A small plastic boat loaded with pieces of steel
(c) µQcosθ (d)
cosθ rods is floating in a bath tub. If the cargo is
Ans. (b) : dumped into the water, allowing the boat to
float empty, the water level in the tub will
(a) Rise (b) Fall
(c) Remains the same (d) Rise and then fall
Ans. (b) : Let M = Mass of the boat
m = Mass of the steel rods for floating condition
Now,
Weight = Upthrust
(M+m)g = VD ρw g
Where VD = Volume of water displaced
Using FBD – M m
VA = + …(i)
P = RA sinθ …(i) ρw ρw
P After the steel rod are unloaded in the water
RA =
sin θ M
R = RA sinθ + Q VD1 =
ρw
R = P+Q [For equation (i)]
P Where VD1 = Volume of water displaced by boat
F = µR = µ[P + Q] =
tan θ m
VD2 =
P = µP tanθ + µQ tanθ ρs
So arrange above equation we get-
VD2 = Volume of water displaced by steel rod
µQ tan θ
P= ∴ Total volume of displaced VD = VD1 + VD2
(1 − µ tan θ )
M m
10. A hydraulic jack is used to compress a spring = + ...(ii)
as shown fig. Stiffness of spring is 105 N/m, by ρ w ρs
applying a pressure 'p' in the hydraulic, the Now difference in displaced volume for equation (i)
spring gets compressed by 10mm. The cross and (ii)
sectional area of the piston is 25cm2. The VD = VD1 − VD2
applied pressure 'p' is
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 214 YCT
 M m M m fLv 2 4 f ' Lv 2
= + − − hL = or hL =
ρ w ρ w ρ w ρs 2 gD 2 gD
 M m f = friction factor
= m −  f' = fanning factor
 ρ w ρs  f = 4f'
As ρs>ρw 16. A tank 1.5m stands on a trolly and is full of
So, water level will fall in the tub. water. It has an orifice of diameter 0.1 m at
0.3m from the bottom of the tank. If the orifice
12. Viscosity of water in comparison to mercury is
is suddenly opened and coefficient of discharge
(a) Higher (b) Lower of the orifice is 0.60, then the propelling force
(c) Same (d) Unpredictable on the trolley will be
Ans. (b) : Dynamic viscosity of water at 20ºC (a) 69.37 N (b) 67.39 N
µ = 1.005 centipoise (c) 63.79 N (d) 65.39 N
Dynamic viscosity of mercury at 20ºC Ans. (b) : Tank height h = 1.5m
= 1.6 centipoise Orifice of diameter d = 0.1m
Hence, dynamic viscosity of water in comparison to At 0.3 from the bottom of the tank.
mercury is lower. So, h = 1.5 - 0.3 = 1.2m
13. Froude number is significant in: Coefficient of discharge Cd = 0.60
(a) Supersonics, as with projectile and jet Velocity V = Cd 2 gh
propulsion
(b) Full immersion or completely flow, as with V = 0.6 2 × 10 ×1.2 [∵ g = 10m/s2]
pipes, air crafts wings, nozzles, etc. V = 2.94 m/s
(c) Simultaneous motion through two fluids The magnitude of propelling force-
where there is a surface discontinuity, gravity F = ρav2
forces and wave making effect, as with ship's Where, a = area of Orifice
hulls π
= 1000× × ( 0.1) × ( 2.93)
2 2
(d) All of these 4
Ans. (c) : Froude number is significant in = 1000 × 0.785 × 0.01 × (2.94)2
Simultaneous motion through two fluids where there is = 67.824 N ≃ 67.39 N
a surface discontinuity, gravity forces and wave
making effect, as with ship's hulls. 17. A model of a hydraulic turbine is tested at a head
of 1/4th of that under which the full scale turbine
14. The purpose of surge tank in a pipe line is to works. The diameter of the model is half of that of
(a) smoothen the flow of water the full scale turbine. If N is the RPM of the full
(b) minimize friction losses in pipe scale turbine, then RPM of the model will be
(c) prevent occurrence of hydraulic jump (a) N/4 (b) N/2
(d) relieve pressure due to water hammer (c) N (d) 2N
Ans. (d) : Surge tanks are installed on large pipelines Hp
to relieve excess pressure caused by water hammer Ans. (c) : H m =
surge tank in water storage device used as pressure 4
neutralizer in feeder, dam, barrage pipe to resist D p
sudden excess pressure rise and pressure drop Dm =
2
conditions. Water hammer is a pressure surge or
change direction suddenly. A water hammer occurs H
= Constant
when a valve closes suddenly at an end of a pipeline DN
system, and a pressure wave propagates in the pipe. Let prototype of diameter Dp and Np
15. Head loss in turbulent flow in a pipe Hp
Hm
(a) varies directly as velocity So, =
(b) varies inversely as square of velocity Dm N m D p N p
(c) varies approximately as square of velocity  Dp  H m
(d) varies inversely as velocity Nm = N p  
Ans. (c) : Head loss in turbulent flow in pipe. Darcy -  Dm  H p
Weisbach equation applied condition and Flow.   Hp
→ Horizontal  Dp 
Nm = N ×   4
→ Inclined D
 p  Hp
 
 2 
→ Laminar 1 1
= N ×2 = N × 2× = N
→ Turbulent 4 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 215 YCT
18. Consider steady, incompressible and vertical line passing through a new centre of buoyancy
irrotational flow through a reducer in a formed when the body is displaced or tilted in the water.
horizontal pipe, where the diameter is reduced Since the shape of the displaced volume changes as the
from 20 cm to 10 cm. The pressure in the 20cm body is rotated the centre of buoyancy shifts.
pipe just upstream of the reducer is 150 kPa. If the metacentre is above the centre of gravity the
The fluid has a vapour pressure of 50 kPa and body is stable.
a specific weight of 5kN/m3. Neglecting The metacentre is below the centre of gravity the
frictional effects, the maximum discharge (in body is unstable.
m3/sec) that can pass through the reducer
20. A smooth pipe of diameter 200mm carries
without causing cavitations is
water. The pressure in the pipe at Section S1
(a) 0.05 (b) 0.16 (elevation: 10m) is 50 kPa. At section S2
(c) 0.27 (d) 0.38 (elevation: 12m) the pressure is 20 kPa and
Ans. (b) : For the max. discharge can passes through velocity is 2m/sec. Density of water is 1000
the reducer without causing cavitations means pressure kg/m3 and acceleration due to gravity is
at reducer exit will be fluid vapour pressure of 50 kPa. 9.8m/sec2. Which of the following is true?
(a) Flow is from S1 to S2 and head loss is 0.53m
(b) Flow is from S2 to S1, and head loss is 0.53
(c) Flow is from S1 to S2 and head loss is 1.06m
(d) Flow is from S2 to S1 and head loss is 1.06m
P1 = 150 kPa P2 = 50kPa
d1 = 20 cm d2 = 10 cm Ans. (c) : Smooth pipe of diameter = 200 mm
Specific weight (w) = ρg = 5 kN/m 3 Section-1 Section -2
Applying Bernoulli's equation. Elevation z 1 = 10m Elevation z2 = 12m
P 1 = 50 kPa P 2 = 20kPa
P1 V12 P V2 Velocity V1 = 2m/s V2 = 2m/s
+ + z1 = 2 + 2 + z2
ρ g 2g ρ g 2g ρ = 1000 kg/m3 g = 9.8 m/s2
For Horizontal pipe z1 = z2 Total Head Loss- (H1 – H2)
P1 − P2 V22 − V12 P V2
or, = H= + +z
ρg 2g ρ g 2g
2( P1 − P2 ) 2 × g ( P1 − P2 ) P1 V12
or, V22 − V12 = = H1 = + +z
ρ ρ× g ρ g 2g 1
2 × 9.81× (150 − 50) × 103 50 × 103 22
= = 392.4 H1 = + + 10
5 × 10 3
1000 × 9.8 2 × 9.8
So, apply continuity equation H1 = 15.306m
A1V1 = A2V2 20 × 103 22
π 2 π H 2 = + + 12
d1 V1 = d 22 V2 1000 × 9.8 2 × 9.8
4 4 = 14.2449 m
V2 = (2)2 . V1 = 4V1 ∴Total head at section S1 > Total head at Section S2
or 15V12 = 392.4 or V12 = 26.16 So, Flow is from S1 to S2
or V1 = 5.1147 m/s Head Loss = H1 - H2
Q = A1V1 = 15.306-14.2449
= 0.785 × 0.2 × 0.2 × 5.1147 = 1.0611m.
= 0.16 m3/sec. 21. The 2-D flow with velocity
19. For the stability of a floating body, under the υ = (x + 2y + 2)i + (4 - y)j is
influence of gravity alone, which of the (a) Compressible and irrotational
following is true? (b) Compressible and not irrotational
(a) Metacentre should be below the centre of (c) Incompressible and irrotational
gravity (d) Incompressible and not irrotational
(b) Metacentre should be above the centre of
Ans. (d) : 2-D Flow,
gravity
For Incompressible ∇.V = 0
(c) Metacenter and center of gravity must lie on
the same horizontal line V = ( x + 2 y + 2)i + (4 − y ) j
(d) Metacenter and center of gravity must lie on ∂ ∂
the same vertical line. ∇.V = ( x + 2 y + 2) + (4 − y )
∂x ∂y
Ans. (b) : Metacentre is the theoretical point where an
imaginary vertical line passing through the centre at = 1 - 1 = 0
buoyancy and centre of gravity intersects an imaginary ∴ Hence, it is incompressible.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 216 YCT

 For Irrotational or rotational 1/ 2
 d4 
1  ∂v ∂u  1  ∂ ∂  = 4 2 4  2 gh
ω z =  −  =  (4 − y ) − ( x + 2 y + 2)   d1 − d 2 
2  ∂x y  2  ∂x ∂y  1/ 2
 204 
1 V2 =  4 4 
2 × 9.8 × 3.06
= [0 − 2] = −1  40 − 20 
2
ωz ≠ 0 = 1.999 m/s = 2 m/s.
23. A room contains 60 kg of air at 100 kPa and
Hence it is not irrotational. 15ºC. The room has a 250-W refrigerator (the
22. A venturimeter of 20mm throat diameter is refrigerator consumes 250W of electricity when
used to measure the velocity of water in a running), a 120-W TV, 1-kW electric resistance
horizontal pipe of 40 mm diameter. If the heater and a 50-W fan. During a cold winter
pressure difference between the pipe and day, it is observed that the refrigerator, the TV,
throat sections is found to be 30 kPa, then, the fan and the electric resistance heater are
neglecting frictional losses, the flow velocity is running continuously but the air temperature
(a) 0.2 m/sec (b) 1.0 m/sec in the room remains constant. The rate of heat
loss from the room that day is
(c) 1.4 m/sec (d) 2.0 m/sec
(a) 3312 kJ/h (b) 4752 kJ/h
Ans. (d) : Given,Throat diameter = 20 mm (c) 5112 kJ/h (d) 2052 kJ/h
Pipe diameter = 40 mm Ans. (c) : Total heat loss = 250 + 120 + 1000 + 50
Pressure difference ∆P = 30 kPa = 1420W = 1420 J/s
∆P 30 × 103 1420 × 3600
So, h= = = 3.06m = J /s
ρ g 1000 × 9.8 1000
= 1420 × 3.6 kJ/h = 5112 kJ/h.
V22 V12
− =h …(i) 24. Efficiency of Carnot engine is given as 80%. If
2g 2g
the cycle direction is reversed, what will be the
Using Continuity equation- value of COP of reversed Carnot cycle
A1V1 = A2V2 (a) 1.25 (b) 0.5
A (c) 0.25 (d) none of the above
V2 = 1 × V1
A2 Ans. (c) :
Put the value of V2 in equation (i)
A12
× V12
A 22 V2
− 1 =h
2g 2g
A12 V12 − A 22 V22
=h
2gA 22
V1 ( A12 − A 22 ) = 2ghA 22 T2
η carnot = 0.8 = 1 −
T1
2ghA 22
V12 = V T2 T
A12 − A 22 or = 0.2, 1 = 5
T1 T2
V22 V12
∴ From − =h T2
2g 2g (COP)carnot =
T1 − T2
1
V22 − V12  = h 1 1
2g  ∴ (COP)carnot =
T1
= = 0.25
4
−1
V22 V2 T2
= h+ 1
2g 2g 25. An adiabatic heat exchanger is used to heat
cold water at 15ºC entering at a rate of 5 kg/s
V2 = 2 gh + V 1
2
…(ii)
by hot air at 90ºC entering also at rate of 5
On rearranging and solving we get, kgs/. If the exit temperature of hot air is 20ºC,
 A2  the exit temperature of cold water is
V2 = 2 gh  2 2 2  (a) 27ºC (b) 32ºC
 A1 − A2  (c) 52ºC (d) 85ºC
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 217 YCT
 Ans. (b) : By heat conservation- 28. A spherical thermometer junction of diameter
Ca (Ta1 − Ta 2 ) = Cw (Tw 2 − Tw1 ) 0.706 mm is to be used for the measurement of
temperature of a gas stream. The convective
Ca = Sp. heat for 'air' heat transfer co-efficient on the bead surface is
Ta = Temperature for 'air' 400 W/m2K. Thermo-physical properties of
Cw = sp. heat for 'water' thermocouple material are k = 20W/mK, C =
Tw = Temperature for 'water' 400 J/kg K and ρ = 8500 kg/m3. If the
C thermocouple initially at 30ºC is placed in a hot
∴ Tw 2 = Tw1 + a (Ta1 − Ta 2 ) stream of 300ºC, the time taken by the bead to
Cw reach 298ºC is
1 (a) 2.35 s (b) 4.9 s
Tw 2 = 15 + (90 − 20) (c) 14.7 s (d) 29.4 s
4.2
70 Ans. (b) : Given,
Tw 2 = 15 + = 31.67º C ≃ 320 C h = 400 W/m2K
4.2
d = 0.706 mm
26. For given combined radioactive and convective k = 20 W/mK
heat transfer coefficient 'ht' and given thermal C = 400 J/kgK
conductivity k. Critical thickness of insulation ρ = 8500 kg/m3
for cylinder and sphere is given as
T = 298ºC
k k k 2k Ti = 30ºC
(a) and 2 (b) and
ht h1 ht h1 T ∞ = 300ºC
2k k 2k k Characteristic length
(c) and 2 (d) and V
ht h1 ht ht L=
A
Ans. (b) : Convective heat transfer coefficient = ht
4 3
Thermal conductivity = k πr
r d
For, cylinder L= 3 2 = =
Critical thickness of Insulation 4π r 3 6
k 0.706
tc = L= = 0.11767mm
ht 6
Biot Number
For, sphere
Critical thickness of Insulation hL 400 × 0.11767 × 10−3
Bi = =
2k k 20
tc = = 2.3533×10-3 << 0.1
ht
T − T∞  −hA 
27. Match the following : = exp  t
P: Compressible flow U: Reynolds number Ti − T∞  ρVC 
Q: Free surface flow V: Nusselt number  −hA  T − T∞
or exp  t =
R: Boundary layer W: Weber number  ρVC  Ti − T∞
flow
 −hA  298 − 300
S: Pipe flow X: Froude number exp  t =
 ρVC  30 − 300
T: Heat convection Y: Mach number
2
Z: Skin friction = = 7.4074 × 10−3
coefficient 270
(a) P-Q; Q-X; R-V; S-Z; T-W −hA
or t = −4.9053
(b) P-W; Q-X; R-Z; S-U; T-V ρVC
(c) P-Y; Q-W; R-Z; S-U; T-X
V ρC
(d) P-Y; Q-W; R-Z; S-U; T-V or t = 4.9053 × ×
A h
Ans. (d)
8500 × 400
P: Compressible flow Y: Mach number = 4.9053 × 0.11767 × 10-3 ×
Q: Free surface flow W: Weber number 400
= 4.9062 s.
R: Boundary layer flow Z: Skin friction
coefficient 29. Two insulating materials of thermal
conductivity K and 2K are available for
S: Pipe flow U: Reynolds number lagging a pipe carrying a hot fluid. If the radial
T: Heat convection V: Nusselt number thickness of each material is the same.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 218 YCT
 (a) Material with higher thermal conductivity (a) A-4, B-3, C-2, D-1 (b) A-1, B-2, C-4, D-6
should be used for the inner layer and one (c) A-4, B-5, C-6, D-1 (d) A-3, B-4, C-6, D-5
with lower thermal conductivity for the outer Ans. (c) :
(b) Material with lower thermal conductivity
should be used for the inner layer and one List-I List- II
with higher thermal conductivity for the outer A Isobaric thermal expansion 1
(c) It is immaterial in which sequence the coefficient
T
insulating materials are used B Isothermal compressibility
(d) It is not possible to judge unless numerical 1
values of dimensions are given. P
Ans. (b) : C Isentropic compressibility 1
γP
D Joule-Thomson coefficient 0
32. For a given heat flow and for the same
thickness, the temperature drop across the
material will be maximum for
Case - 1 Case -2 (a) Copper (b) Steel
Let r = radius of pipe (c) Glass-wool (d) Refractory brick
t = radial thickness Ans. (c) : According to Fourier law of equation
2π L(T1 − T2 ) dT
QI = Q = −kA
1  r + t  1  r + 2t  dx
ln  + ln   ∆T
k  r  2k  r + t 
or Q = −kA
2π L(T1 − T2 ) ∆x
= ∆T = Temperature drop
RI
∆x = Change in thickness
2π L(T1 − T2 )
Q II = Q dT
1  r + t  1  r + 2t  =
ln   + ln   kA dx
2k  r  k  r + t  We get,
2π L(T1 − T2 ) 1
= dT ↑∝ ...(i)
RII k↓
∵ RI > RII So, thermal conductivity of glass wool is = 0.075
So, QII > QI W/mK
30. The definition of 1K as per the internationally ∴Above relation (i) if thermal conductivity of material
accepted temperature scale is increases then its temperature drop decreases.
(a) 1/100th the difference between normal 1
boiling point and normal freezing point of dT ∝
water. k
(b) 1/273.15th the normal freezing point of water 33. Select statement from List II matching the
(c) 100 times the difference between the triple processes in List I. Enter your answer as A, B if
point of water and the normal freezing point the correct choice for (1) is (A) and that for (2)
of water. is (B)
(d) 1/273.16th of the triple point of water. List I List II
Ans. (d) : The Kelvin (abbreviation K) is the standard (A) Fourier number (1) Surface tension
international (SI) unit of thermodynamic temperature. (B) Weber number (2) Forced convention
th
 1  (C) Grashoff number (3) Natural convention
One Kelvin (1K) is formally defined as   of (D) Schmidt number (4) Radiation
 273.16 
the triple point of water. (5) Transient heat
conduction
31. For a perfect gas match list I with list II:
(6) Mass diffusion
List I List II
(a) A-2, B-1, C-3, D-5 (b) A-5, B-1, C-3, D-6
(A) Isobaric thermal exapansion (1) 0
(c) A-5, B-2, C-3, D-1 (d) A-5, B-1, C-3, D-4
coefficient
(B) Isothermal compressibility (2) ∞ Ans. (b) :
(C) Isentropic compressibility (3) 1/v A Fourier number Transient heat conduction
(D) Joule - Thomson coefficient (4) 1/T B Weber number Surface tension
(5) 1/p C Grashoff number Natural convention
(6) 1/γp D Schmidt number Mass diffusion
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 219 YCT
34. In a radiative heat transfer, a gray surface is Ans. (a) : Joule - Thomson coefficient
one
 ∂T 
(a) Which appears gray to the eye µJ =  
(b) Whose emissivity is independent of  ∂P  h
wavelength µ J = +ve or µ > 0
(c) Which has reflectivity equal to zero It means temperature drop during throttling.
(d) Which appears equally bright from all µJ < 0 for heating region
directions 39. A Carnot engine rejects 30% of absorbed heat
Ans. (b) : Gray body is defined as a substance whose to a sink at 30ºC. The temperature of the heat
monochromatic emissivity and absorptive are source is
independent of wavelength and temperature. (a) 100ºC (b) 433ºC
35. A system undergoes a state change from 1 to 2. (c) 737ºC (d) 1010ºC
According the second law of thermodynamics Ans. (c) :
for the process to be feasible, the entropy
change, S1-S2 of the system
(a) is positive or zero
(b) is negative or zero
(c) is zero
(d) can be positive, negative or zero
Ans. (d) : Entropy change ∆s ≥ 0 (for universe) but for
system it can be (+ve), (-ve) or zero. QR = 30% QS
(∆s) universe ≥ 0 W = QS - QR
By second law of Thermodynamics. = QS - 0.3 QS
36. In descending order of magnitude, the thermal W = 0.7 QS
conductivity of (a) pure iron, (b) liquid water, W 303
(c) saturated water vapour and (d) aluminium = 0.7 = 1 −
can be arranged as QS T
(a) a b c d (b) b c a d W  T 
(c) d a b c (d) d c b a η= or 1 − 2 
QS  T1 
Ans. (c) : Thermal conductivity (k) = W/mK
In descending order— 303
So, 0.7 = 1 −
Aluminium > Pure Iron > liquid water > T
Saturated water vapour. 303
or = 0.3
37. For the same inlet and outlet temperature of T
hot and cold fluids, the Log Mean Temperature or T = 1010k
Difference (LMTD) is T = 1010 - 273
(a) Greater for parallel flow heat exchanger than T = 737ºC
for counter flow heat exchanger
40. An engine operates between temperature limits
(b) Greater for counter flow heat exchanger than of 900K and T and T and 400K. For both to be
for parallel flow heat exchanger equally efficient, the value of T will be
(c) Same for both parallel and counter flow heat (a) 700 K (b) 600 K
exchanger (c) 750 K (d) 650 K
(d) Dependent on the properties of the fluids.
Ans. (b) : Both engine have same efficiency—
Ans. (b) :
• For the same inlet and outlet temperatures of hot
So, η I = η II
and cold fluids, the log mean temperature difference T 400
(LMTD) is greater for counter flow heat exchanger or 1− = 1−
900 T
than for parallel flow heat exchanger. 2
or T = 900 × 400
• Variation of (∆T) with respect to x is much more
pronounced in parallel flow heat exchanger as T = 360000
compare to that in counter flow heat exchanger. T = 600K
38. A positive value of Joule-Thomson coefficient 41. In a heat exchanger, the hot liquid enters with
of a fluid means a temperature of 180ºC and leaves of 160ºC.
(a) Temperature drops during throttling The cooling fluid enters at 30ºC and leaves at
(b) Temperature remains constant during 110ºC. The capacity ratio of the heat exchanger
throtting is
(c) Temperature rises during throttling (a) 0.25 (b) 0.40
(d) None of these (c) 0.50 (d) 0.55
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 220 YCT
 Cmin C C
Ans. (a) : Capacity Ratio = ξ2 = = =ξ
Cmax Cc 2 ( m / 2 ) 2ωn
Balance equation heat in heat exchanger 2πξ 2
Cmin (110 – 30) = Cmax (180 – 160) δ2 =
1 − ξ 22
Cmin 20 1
or =C = = 2πξ
Cmax 80 4 = ...(i)
C = 0.25 1− ξ 2
42. A system of masses rotating in different 2πξ
δ1 = ...(ii)
parallel planes is in dynamic balance if- 1− ξ 2
(a) Resultant force is zero
From equation (i) and (ii)
(b) resultant couple is zero
(c) resultant force in numerically equal to δ 2 2πξ 1 − ξ 2
=
resultant couple δ1 2πξ 1 − ξ 2
(d) resultant force and the resultant couple both
are equal to zero δ2
=1
Ans. (d) : Dynamic Balance:-When a system of δ1
masses rotating in different parallel planes.
δ 2 = δ1
Its, ∑F = 0, ∑M = 0
Static Balance:-When a system of mass rotating in 45. To ensure self locking in a screw jack it is
same plane. essential that helix angle is
∑F = 0 only. (a) larger than friction angle
43. A torsion bar with a spring constant 'k' is cut (b) smaller than friction angle
into 'n' equal lengths. The spring constant for (c) equal to friction angle
each portion would be (d) such as to give maximum efficiency in lifting
(a) nk (b) kn Ans. (b) : Helix angle is smaller than friction angle.
(c) k/n (d) k1/n We know that a screw will be self-locking if and only
Ans. (a) : We know that if its efficiency is below 50%.
1 46. For a particular load distribution and support
K∝
L condition in a beam of length 'L', bending
Hence, if we decrease the length into n parts the value moment at any section 'x' (O < x < L) is given
of K increase by n times and become nk. by M(x) = Ax - Bx2, where A and B are
44. Logarithmic decrement of a damped single constants. The shear force in the beam will be
degree of freedom system is δ. If stiffness of the zero at 'x' equal to
spring is doubled and mass is made half, then (a) A/2B (b) A/B
logarithmic decrement of the new system will (c) 2A/B (d) A2/B
be equal to
Ans. (a) : Bending moment
(a) 1/2 δ (b) δ
(c) 2 δ (d) ½ δ M = Ax − Bx 2 x [0 < x < L]
Ans. (b) : Logarithmic decrement dM
Shear force F=
2πξ1 dx
δ1 =
1 − ξ12 dM
= A − 2 Bx
dx
C
Where, ξ1 = If shear force of beam F = 0
Cc
dM
Cc = 2mωn F= = A − 2 Bx = 0
dx
k A - 2Bx = 0
First case ωn =
m A
x=
2k k 2B
Second case ωn = =2
m m 8 5 
2 47. If A is   then A
121
− A120 is
 7 6 
C C
ξ1 = = =ξ (a) 0 (b) 1
Cc 2mωn (c) 120 (d) 121
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 221 YCT
 8 5  Ans. (a) : Given, Vector
Ans. (a) : A =   a = 3i + 2 j − 6k
7 6 
Vector b = 4i − 3 j + k
Then value of A121 − A120
a.b =| a || b | cos θ
8 5 
A=  | a |= 32 + 22 + 62 = 7
7 6 
| b |= 42 + 32 + 12 = 5.1
A121 − A120 = A120 ( A − I ))
a.b
| A120 | | A − 1| cos θ =
| a || b |
 8 5  1 0  3 × 4 + 2 × (−3) + (−6) × 1
A− I =  −  =
 7 6  0 1  7 × 5.1
7 5 =
0
=0
A− I =  
7 5 35.7
θ = 90º
 7 5
(A − I) =   = 0 51. If the probability for A to fail an examination
 7 5 is 0.2 and that for B is 0.3, then probability that
either A of B fail is
⇒ A121 − A120 = A120 A − I = 0
(a) 0.5 (b) 0.06
48. If A is Square Matrix of order 3, then product (c) 0.44 (d) 0.1
of A and its transpose is Ans. (c) : For fail on examination-
(a) Unit Matrix (b) Zero Matrix P(A) = 0.2
(c) Identity Matrix (d) Symmetric Matrix P(B) = 0.3
Ans. (d) : A symmetric matrix in linear algebra is a Then probability that either A of B fail is-
square matrix that remains unaltered when its P ( A ∪ B ) = P( A) + P( B) − P ( A ∩ B)
transpose is calculated. That means a matrix whose = 0.2 + 0.3 – 0.2 × 0.3
transpose is equal to the matrix itself is called a = 0.50 – 0.06
symmetric matrix. = 0.44
 0 −4 1  52. Area bound by the parabola 2y = x2 and the
49. The Matrix A =  4 0 −5 is
line x = y – 4 is equal to
(a) 4.5 (b) 9
 −1 5 0  (c) 18 (d) 36
(a) Orthogonal Matrix (b) Skew Symmetric Ans. (c) : Parabola 2y = x2
(c) Symmetric (d) Idempotent Line x = y – 4
Ans. (b) : For a matrix to be skew symmetric matrix,
AT = –A
We have
 0 −4 1 
A =  4 0 −5 
 
 −1 5 0  4  x2 
Therefore, Area = ∫−2  x + 4 −
2
 dx
 0 4 −1 4
A =  −4 0 5  = –A
T
A =
x2
+ 4 x −
x3
 
 1 −5 0  2 6 −2
−4
 0 −4 1   16 64 4
A =  + 16 − − + 8 − 
8
Hence, the matrix A =  4 0 −5 is skew symmetric  2 6 2 6
 
 −1 5 0  12 72
A = + 24 − = 30 – 12 = 18
matrix. 2 6
50. Vector a = 3i + 2j – 6k, vector b = 4i –3j +k, 53. Chance that a leap year selected at random will
angle between above vectors is contain 53 Sundays is
(a) 90º (b) 0º (a) 3/7 (b) 7/2
(c) 45º (d) 60º (c) 7/3 (d) 2/7
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 222 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Leap year = 366 days
Sundays = 53
52 × 7 = 364
So, Remaining Day = 366 – 364 = 2 days
2
∴ P( A) =
7
x 2 + x - sinx Ess = 1 × 105 N/mm2, Ec = 1 × 105 N/mm2, Ass =
54. lim 600 mm2, Ac = 200 mm2
x→0 x2 (a) σc = 20 (Compressive), σss = 30 (Tensile)
(a) 0 (b) ∞ (b) σc = 30 (Compressive), σss = 20 (Tensile)
(c) 1 (d) None of these (c) σc = 30 (Tensile), σss = 20 (Compressive)
x 2 + x − sin x (d) σc = 30 (Tensile), σss = 20 (Tensile)
Ans. (c) : Lim
x →0 x2 Ans. (b) : 1. Forces on both metals are equal i.e.
0 σ1A1 = σ2A2
This is of form. So we have to apply L' Hospital 2. Final expansion of metal 1 is equal to final
0 expansion of metal 2 i.e.
Rule.
σ σ
2 x + 1 − cos x 0 α 2 tℓ 2 + 2 ℓ 2 = α1tℓ1 − 1 ℓ1
Lim (It is still form) E2 E1
x →0 2x 0 We know that,
We have to again apply L- Hospital Rule. σc × 2Ac = σss × Ass
2 + sin x 2 + 0 σc × 400 = σss × 600
Lim = =1
x →0 2 2 σc : σss = 3 : 2
55. Two objects P & Q are travelling horizontally or σc : σss = 30 : 20
with velocity of 8m/sec & 6m/sec from left to In such question there are two equation, and nature of
right. They are separated by a distance of 15m. forces on both material will be opposite hence option
The mass of the objects are 3 kg and 5 kg. If (d) is ruled out so option (b) is right option.
the coefficient of restitution is 0.7 what is the 57. A short column of external diameter D and
velocity (m/s) of P and Q after impact and internal diameter d is subjected to a
when (seconds) and where (meters) will they compressive load P acting with an eccentricity
impact with respect to initial positioning of Q. 'e'. If the stresses at one of the extreme fibre is
The corresponding answers are respectively. zero then the eccentricity has to be
(a) 7.6, 5.4, 2.1, 15 (b) 8, 6, 2.5, 7.5
(c) 7.6, 6.2, 7.5, 45 (d) None of these
Ans. (d) : Conservation of Linear momentum
M P × 8 + M Q × 6 = M P V P + M QV Q
or, 3 × 8 + 5 × 6 = 3VP + 5VQ
or, 3VP + 5VQ = 54 ...(i)
Coefficient of Restitution
 VQ − VP 
e= 
 8−6 
D2 + d 2 D2 + d 2
velocity of separation (a) (b)
e= 8π D 8D
velocity of Apprache
D −d
2 2
D − d3
3

or, VQ – VP = 1.4 ...(ii) (c) (d)

8D 8D 2
5VQ + 3VP = 54 × 1
VQ – VP = 1.4 × 3 Ans. (b) : External Diameter = D
or, 5VQ + 3VP = 54 Internal Diameter = d
3VQ – 3VP = 4.2 Stress due to Bending.
or, 8VQ = 58.2 So, Bending stress
or, 8VQ = 58.2 M σ
=
VQ = 7.275 m/s I y
VP = 5.875 m/s
D
56. The cross section of a compound bar 1m long is P ×e×
My 2  d
as shown in figure. If the temperature is raised σb = = k = 
I π D4 (  D
by 80ºC determine the stresses (in N/mm2) in 1− k4 )
each metal 64
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 223 YCT
 We assume that compressive stress positive & tensile 60. A block brake with 400 mm diameter is used to
in negative brake a torque of 100 Nm as shown in the
P × e × 32 figure. If the coefficient friction is 0.25 at the
σB = 3( 4)
(Compressive) brake surface what is the value of force F to be
πD 1 − k applied at the end of the lever.
Direct stress at inner corner
4P
σd = (Compressive)
π ( D2 − D2 )
So stress at load side
P × e × 32 4P
= +
3(
πD 1 − k 4)
π D2 − d 2 )
(
Stress at outer side from load
P × e × 32 (a) 559.4 N (b) 579.4 N
σB = 3( 4)
(Tensile) (c) 439.4 N (d) 1000 N
πD 1 − k
Ans. (d) : Given,
4P
σd = (Compressive) Block Brake
π ( D2 − d 2 ) Diameter d = 400 mm
P × e × 32 4P Torque T = 100 Nm
So =− 3 +
πD (1 − k 4 ) π ( D 2 − d 2 ) Coefficient of friction µ = 0.25
So at this side stress will be min. and equating equal to (All dimensions are in 'mm')
zero.
P × e × 32 4P
− 3 + =0
πD (1 − k 4 ) π ( D 2 − d 2 )
And we get
D2 + d 2
e=
8D
58. The number of degrees of freedom in the 3 link
mechanism shown below is given by
Torque, T = 100 Nm
d 400
r= =
2 2
= 200 mm = 0.2 m
T 100
(a) 1 (b) 2 ∴ Ft = =
(c) 3 (d) 0 r 0.2
= 500N
Ans. (a) : Applying Kutzback equation
Ft = µ RN
F = 3(ℓ − 1) − 2 J − h
F 500
Number of link ℓ = 3 RN = t =
µ 0.25
No. of turning pair or joint J = 2
No. of higher pair h = 1 = 2000N
F = 3(3 – 1) – 2 × 2 - 1 ∑MP = 0
F=3×2–4–1=1 F (200 + 225) = RN × 200 + Ft × 50
59. The equation of motion for a damped vibration
or F × 425 = 2000 × 200 + 500 × 50
is given by 6 ɺɺ x + 9 xɺ + 27 x = 0 . The damping
factor will be F = 1000N
(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 (c) 0.35 (d) 0.75 61. In the gear train of 1:10 as shown in the figure
Ans. (c) : Equation of Damped vibration the pinion transmits 250 kw at 1800 rpm. What
x + 9 xɺ + 27 x = 0
6 ɺɺ is the tangential load on the gear tooth
m=6
C=9
k = 27
C C
ξ= =
Cc 2 km
9
= = 0.3535 (a) 221 kN (b) 22.1 kN
2 27 × 6 (c) 25.1 kN (d) 251 kN
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 224 YCT
 Ans. (b) : 65. Following is a process used to form powder
m metal to shape
Centre Distance c = (T1 + T2 ) (a) Sintering (b) Explosive Compacting
2 (c) Isostatic Molding (d) All of these
2c 2 × 660 Ans. (d): All sintering, explosive compacting and isostatic
m= =
(T1 + T2 ) 14 + 140 molding process used to form powder metal to shape.
m = 8.57 66. A titanium sheet of 5.0 mm thickness is cut by
mT 8.57 ×14 wire-cut EDM process using a wire of 1.0 mm
Pinion Radius r = 1 = = 60 mm diameter. A uniform spark gap of 0.5mm on
2 2 both sides of the wire is maintained during
P cutting operation. If the feed rate of the wire
Torque = [∵ P = Tω] into the sheet is 20 mm/min, the material
ω
removal rate (in (mm3/min) will be
250 ×1000 (a) 150 (b) 200 (c) 300 (d) 400
Torque =
2π N Ans. (b) : MRR = Vfhb
60 Vf (feed rate of wire) = 20 mm/min
250 × 60 ×1000 h (titanium sheet thickness) = 5 mm
T=
2π N b (kerf) = dw + 2S
dw = wire diameter
250 × 60000
Torque T = S = gap
2 × 3.14 ×1800 b = 1 + 2 × 0.5
= 1326.964 N-m b = 2mm
Ft × pinion radius = 1326.964 ∴ MRR = 20 × 5 × 2
Ft =
1326.964
= 22116N = 200 mm3/min
60 67. Diamond cutting tools are not recommended
Ft = 22.116kN for machining of ferrous metals due to
62. Spring back in metal forming depends on (a) high tool hardness
(a) Modulus of Elasticity (b) chemical affinity of tool material with iron
(b) Load Applied (c) Poor tool toughness
(c) Strain Rate (d) High Thermal conductivity of work material
(d) None of these Ans. (b) : Diamond have high thermal conductivity.
Ans. (a) : Spring back in metal forming depends on So, diamond cutting tools are not recommended for
modulus of elasticity. machining with ferrous metal due to chemical affinity
of tool material.
63. Which of the following processes induce more
stress in the metal? 68. During the execution of a CNC part program
(a) Hot rolling (b) Forging block N020 G02 × 45.0 Y 25.0 R5.0 the type of
(c) Swaging (d) Turning tool motion will be
Ans. (c) : Forging (a) circular Interpolation clockwise
In a forging mechanical properties and reliability of the (b) Circular Interpolation Counter clockwise
materials increases due to improve in crystal structure. (c) Linear Interpolation
Forging reduces the grain size of metal, which (d) Rapid Feed
increases strength and toughness. Ans. (a) : G00 – Rapid traverse
Fatigue and creep strength increases. G01 - Linear Interpolation
Hot rolling G02 - Circular Interpolation, clockwise
Hot rolling done above the recrystallization temperature. G03 - Circular Interpolation anticlockwise.
Hot rolling is an effect way to reduce grain size in 69. Projection Welding is a
metal for Improved strength and ductility. (a) Continuous Spot Welding Process
Swaging or Fullering (b) Multi-spot welding process
Reducing cross-section and making it longer i.e. more (c) Are Welding Process
stress is obtained. (d) Process used for joining round bars
64. The essential ingredient of any hardened steel is Ans. (b) : Projection Welding- It is a set of resistance
(a) Austenite (b) Pearlite welding process where in Unionization is produced by
(c) Martensite (d) Cementite the heat received from resistance to electric current
Ans. (c) : Martensite is a very hard metastable flow through the work parts held together under
structure with a body centered tetragonal (BCT) crystal pressure by electrodes.
structure. Martensite is formed in steels when the The projection welding process is very similar to the
cooling rate from austenite is at such a high rate that spot welding process. Multiple welds are made in each
carbon atoms do not have time to diffuse out of the operation, whether it is driven by electric force or by
cystal structure. mechanical pressure.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 225 YCT
70. In a single point turning operation with a 75. An Aluminium object is made of a solid cone of
cemented carbide and steel combination having height 'h' and base diameter D attached to a
a Taylor exponent of 0.25, if the cutting speed solid cylinder of diameter D and height 'h/2' as
is halved, then tool life will become shown in figure. It is kept inclined touching to
a vertical wall at point 'A' and hinged at point
(a) half (b) sixteen times B on the floor. The object says in this inclined
(c) Two Times (d) Eight times position without going to vertical position (axis
Ans. (b) : By Taylor's equation perpendicular to the floor), only if θ is less than
V1T1n = V1T2n
n
 T2   V1   V1 
  = =2 ∵V2 = 2 
 T1   V2   
T2
= 21/ n = 24 (n = 0.25)
T1
T2
= 24 = 16
T1 (a) tan −1 (10 D / 9h)
71. An oxidizing process used for aluminium and (b) π / 2 − sin −1 (10 D / h)
magnesium articles is called
(c) π / 2 − sin −1 (10 D / 9h)
(a) galvanishing (b) Anodising
(c) Parkerizing (d) Sheradising (d) tan −1 (20 D / 9h)
Ans. (b) : Anodizing is an electrolytic passivation Ans. (c) Centre of gravity of cone from the base
process used to increase the thickness of the neutral h h 3h
ycone = + =
oxide layer on the surface of metal parts. The process 2 4 4
is called anodizing because the part to be treated forms Centre of gravity of cylinder from the base-
the anode electrode of an electrical circuit. Anodic 1h h
films are most commonly applied to protect aluminium ycyl =   −
2 2 4
and magnesium alloys/articles.
The volume of cone and cylinder and the centre of
72. One of the characteristics of Polymer is gravity of object be(x,y)
(a) high Temperature Stability
πr 2 h 3h πr 2 h h
(b) High Mechanical Strength × + ×
(c) High Elongation y = 3 24 2 4
πr h πr h 2
(d) Low Hardness +
3 2
Ans. (c) : One of the characteristics of Polymer is high
3h h
elongation +
12 8 18y / 48
73. Usually Materials with the following crystal y = 1 1 =
5/ 6
structure fail in ductile mode +
3 2
(a) FCC (b) BCC
9h
(c) HCP (d) None of these y=
20
Ans. (a) : FCC - (Face Centered Cubic)
The maximum angle for which the object stays in the
FCC is strong in Brittle materials. position
BCC - (Body Centered Cubic) D/2
BCC is strong in ductile materials cos θ =
9h / 20
HCP - (Hexagonal Cubic Packing)
10D
HCP is week in ductile materials. cos θ =
9h
74. Work hardening strengthens an alloy by
(a) Removing Internal defects in the crystal θ = cos −1  10D  = π − sin −1  10D 
structure  9h  2  9h 
(b) Increasing the dislocation density 76. A hollow MS pipe is kept on a smooth straight
(c) Decreasing the grain size of the alloy edge with the pipe midpoint sitting on it. A load
(d) Increasing the lattice resistance to dislocation 'W' Newton is applied at the ends which is
motion keeping the pipe balanced in the horizontal
condition, what is the safe maximum load 'W'
Ans. (b) : Work hardening strengthens an alloy by that can be applied without yielding the tube.
increasing the dislocation density. Consider the self weight of the tube as 'p' N/m.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 226 YCT
 Diameter of the pipe is 'd', Young’s modulus of 78. Differential equation for the variation of
pipe is E, Allowable yield stress is σ amount of salt 'x' in a tank is given by :
(dx/dt)+(x/20) = 10, where x is in kg and t is in
minutes. Assuming that at time zero there is no
salt in the tank, find the time at which the
amount of salt increases to 100kg
(a) 100 ln 2 (b) 50 ln 2
(a) (σπ d 4 − 64 p ) /(64 E ) (c) 20 ln 2 (d) 10 ln 2
(b) (σπ d 4 − 32 p ) /(32 E ) dx x
Ans. (c) : + = 10
(c) (σπ d 3 + 64 p ) / 64 dt 20
(d) (σπ d 3 − 64 p ) / 64 dx x 200 − x
= 10 − =
Ans. (d) : Calculating the bending moment at mid- dt 20 20
point of beam
dx dt
Mmax = W × 2 + p × 2 or ∫ 200 − x = ∫ 20
Mmax = 2W+2p = 2(W+p)
Now from bending equation t
or −ln(200 − x) = +C
M 20
σ = max × y
I At t = 0, n = 0
2( W + p) d −ln(200 − 0) =
0
+C
σ= × 20
πd 4 2
64 C = -ln (200)
64 ( W + p ) t
σ= or −ln(200 − x) = − ln(200)
πd 3 20
σπd 3 = 64W + 64p t
or ln(200) − ln(200 − x) =
σπd − 64p
3 20
W=
64  200 
or t = 20ln  
77. A car crashes against a wall. The initial velocity  200 − 100 
at collision is 15m/ sec and the velocity after = 20 ln 2
collision is 2.6 m/sec in the opposite direction.
The mass of the car is 1500 kg, what is the 79. A 5 mm diameter aluminium alloy test bar is
average force exerted on the automobile subjected to a load of 500 N. If the diameter of
bumper if collision lasts for 0.15 seconds. the bar at this load is 4mm, the true strain is
(a) 1.76 × 105 N (b) 2.1 × 105 N (a) 0.56 (b) 0.22
5
(c) 2.76 × 10 N (d) None of these (c) 0.25 (d) 0.45
Ans. (a) :
A  d 
Ans. (d) : True strain ∈t = ln  o  = 2ln  o 
A 
 f   dt 
5
= 2ln   = 0.446
4
80. A material is dimensionally stable at room
Change in Linear momentum ( P = mVcm)
temperature if its glass transition temperature
dP d (mv) dv (T) is
= = m = ma = ( FR) External
dt dt dt (a) Below room temperature
dP (b) Just above room temperature
= ( FR) Ext. (c) Equal to room temperature
dt
(d) Well above room temperature
mv + mv2
F= 1 Ans. (d) : Glass transition temperature: It described
dt
the transition of glassy state (hard) into a rubbery (soft)
1500(15 + 2.6) state. A material is dimensionally stable at room
F=
0.15 temperature if its glass transition temperature (T) is
F = 1.76 × 105 N well above room temperature.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2013 227 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2012
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. Area moment of inertia for the quadrant Ans. (a) : The column will behaves as 2 columns and
shown below is restrained means it's hinged.

(a) π r 4 / 2 (b) π r 4 / 4
(c) π r 4 / 8 (d) π r 4 /16
Ans. (d) : Area moment of Inertia
2L
(i) for upper part length =
3
Conditions- Both ends hinged Buckling load.
Buckling load,
π 2 EI  2L 
Pcr = ∵ Le = 3 
( Le) 2  
π 2 EI 9π 2 EI
= 2
=
 2L  4 L2
 
 3 
1
I y = I x = ( I circle ) L
4 II for lower part length =
3
1 πd4
= × Conditions- One end hinged and other end fixed
4 64 ∴ Buckling load,
1 π × (2r ) 4 π 2 EI  L 
× Pcr =
4 64 ( Le) 2 ∵ Le = 3 2 
 
1 π × 16r 4
= × π 2 EI 18π 2 EI
4 64 = 2
=
 L  L2
π r4  
= 3 2 
16
Hence, we take the min. of the two buckling load, that
2. A column of length 'L' is fixed at bottom end
9π 2 EI
and hinged at the other end. This column is is
restrained from lateral displacement at 1/3rd 4 L2
height. The buckling load is given by 3. A shaft has two heavy rotors mounted on it.
The transverse natural frequency considering
each rotor separately is 100 hz & 200 hz
respectively. The lowest critical speed is
(a) 13000 rpm (b) 5367 rpm
(c) 6450 rpm (d) 9343 rpm
Ans. (b) : Let fn be the transverse natural frequency
considering both rotors.
1 1 1
∴ = +
f n2 f12 f 22
(a) 9π 2 EI /(4 L2 ) (b) 4π 2 EI / L2 1 1 1
= +
(c) 4π 2 EI /(9 L2 ) (d) π 2 EI / L2 f n (100) (200) 2
2 2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2012 228 YCT

 1 1 1 5. The stress in the rod AB in the pin jointed truss
= + ABCD is
f n2 10000 40000
4 +1
40000
f n = 8000
fn = 89.44 Hz
ωn = 2π fn
ωn = 2 × 3.14 × 89.44
ωn = 561.68
2π N n (a) 2 P / π d 2 (b) 4 P / π d 2
ωn =
60 (c) 0 (d) P / 2π d 2
60ωn Ans. (b) :
Nn =
2π
Nn = 5366.4 rpm
Nn = Nc = 5367 rpm.
4. A mass 'M' is suspended from a ceiling through
a string of length 'L'. This mass moves in a
circle of horizontal radius 'r' at constant speed
such that it is a conical pendulum. The tension
in the string will be
(a) mgL /(2 L2 − r 2 ) (b) mgL / L2
"Force in section AD and DC = 0. According to the
(c) mgL / r 2 (d) mgL /( L2 − r 2 )
given conditions. Since no external force acts on joint
Ans. (d) : at 'D'."
Joint 'C'

∴ FAC sinθ= P
At a point A
FAB = − FAC sin θ
FAB = -P
T sinθ = mg −P −4 P
∴ Stress = =
mg πd2 πd2
sin θ = 4
T
−4P
L2 − r 2 =
Or sin θ = πd2
L
[∵ Negative sign shows compressive stress]
mg
∴ T= 6. The number of degrees of freedom for the
sin θ
following mechanism is
mg
T=
L2 − r 2
L
mgL
T= (a) 0 (b) 1
L2 − r 2
(c) 2 (d) 4
229
Ans. (b) : 9. In a flat belt drive, the belt can be subjected to
a maximum tension (T) and centrifugal tension
(Tc). The condition of transmission of
maximum power is given by
(a) T = Tc (b) T = 2Tc
No. of links ℓ = 6
(c) T = 3Tc (d) T = 3Tc
No. of joints j = 4+2+1
Ans. (c) : The condition of transmission of maximum
According to Kutzback Equations power is given by T = 3Tc.
DOF = 3(ℓ - 1) - 2j - h 10. The diameter of a soap bubble with has an
= 3(6 − 1) − 2 × 7 − 0 inside pressure of 2.5 N/m2 over the
= 3 × 5 – 14 = 1 atmospheric pressure and a surface tension of
0.0125 N/m is
7. A plate is held by a chain AB through hinge (a) 40 mm (b) 4 mm
joints. The plate is pulled with a force T as
(c) 16 mm (d) 60 mm
shown in figure. The tension in the chain is 2
given by Ans. (a) : P = 2.5 N/m
Surface tension σ = 0.0125 N/m
For Soap Bubble,
8σ
P= (P = Excess pressure)
d
8σ 8 × 0.0125
∴ d= =
P 2.5
d = 0.04m = 40 mm
11. Find the loss of head due to friction in a smooth
(a) ( 3 / 2)T (b) ( 2 / 3)T pipe of rectangular cross section of 1m × 0.5 m
(c) T/2 (d) 3 2 T and 10m long. Velocity of flow is 10 m/s and
the friction coefficient is 0.01962.
Ans. (d) : (a) 4m (b) 6m
(c) 8m (d) 10m
Ans. (b) : Rectangular cross-section = 1m × 0.5m
and Length l = 10m
Velocity v = 10 m/s
Friction coefficient f = 0.01962
Accordingto Darcy-Weisbach equation
f ' Lv 2
hf =
2 gm
Taking moment about O
f = friction coefficient
m = hydraullic mean depth
wetted area A
m= =
wetted perimeter P
∴ f' = 0.01962
L = 10m, v = 10m/s, g = 9.81 m/s2
T' 1× 0.5
× L = T × 3L m= = 0.167m
2 2(1 + 0.5)
∴ T ' = 3 2T 0.01962 × 10 ×102
8. In a turn buckle joint, both mating rods will ∴ hf =
2 × 9.81× 0.167
have hf = 6m
(a) Right hand threads
12. When a supersonic flow is admitted into a
(b) Left hand threads
convergent, the flow will
(c) Right hand and left hand threads
(a) Accelerate
(d) Multiple threads
(b) Decelerate
Ans. (c) : A turn buckle joint, both mating rods will (c) No change
have right hand and left hand threads.
(d) None of the above
230
 Ans. (b) : For supersonic flow the convergent passage 17. The sound of explosion on a ship located 10km
acts as diffuser. And a divergent passage as a nozzle. away from the beach was heard 28.6 seconds
after the explosion was seen. Estimate the
temperature of air at that time.
(a) 31ºC (b) 31K
(c) 26.2 ºC (d) 288.5K
Ans. (a) : Speed of sound at the location
C = γ RT
γ = 1.4 (air)
13. Which configuration measures the stagnation R = 287 J/kgK
pressure?
T=?
located on ship i.e. Distance
d = 10 km
d = 10×103m
time t = 28.6 sec.
10 × 103 Distance
So, velocity i.e. C = =
28.6 time
Ans. (c) 104
14. The maximum lift in a centrifugal pump would C=
28.6
be close to 'X' if the pump is handling cold
water (25ºC) from an open tank at sea level ∴ C = γ RT
with no friction and turbulence loses, where 'X' 104
is equal to ∴ 1.4 × 287 × T =
28.6
(a) 10 m (b) 1.03 m
(c) 100 m (d) 30 m ∴ T = 304.27k
T = 31.1ºC
Ans. (a) : Maximum lift is when the pressure at the
pump impeller reaches absolute zero. 18. A spherical balloon is filled with helium at sea
∴ Drop in pressure for x lift. level. Helium and balloon material together
weight 500 N. If the net upward lift force on the
ρgx = Pressure balloon is also 500 N, what is the diameter of
ρgx = 1.01 × 105 the balloon?
1.01×105 (a) 5.42m (b) 6.78m
x=
9810 (c) 3.43m (d) 2.34m
= 10 m. Ans. (a) : Net upward lift = Force of buoyancy -
15. Both pressure and velocity of steam drops in weight of balloon
the moving blades of  4 
500 =  ρair × π R3  × 9.81 − 500
(a) Impulse turbine  3 
(b) Velocity compounded impulse turbine 1000 × 3
(c) Reaction turbine = R3
(d) Pressure compounded impulse turbine 1.22 × 9.81× 4 × π
[∵ ρair = 1.22 kg/m3]
Ans. (c) : Both pressure and velocity of steam drops in
the moving blades of reaction turbine. R = 2.71 m
D = 5.45 m
16. A model of a golf ball is to be studied to
determine the effects of the dimples. A sphere 19. Air at 20ºC and 105 Pa enters the bottom of an
10 times larger in diameter than an actual golf angle of 85º conical flow meter duct at a mass
ball is used in the wind tunnel study. What flow rate of 0.3 kg/s, as shown in the figure. It
speed should be selected for the model to supports the centered conical body by steady
simulate a prototype speed of 50 m/s? annual flow around the cone and exists at the
(a) 0.2m/s (b) 5m/s same velocity as it enters. Estimate the weight
of the body is Newton's
(c) 50m/s (d) 10m/s
Ans. (b) : (Re)model = (Re)prototype
 ρVD   ρVD 
  = 
 µ m  µ  p
V × (10D) = 50 × D
V = 5 m/s
231
 (a) 2.5N (b) 1N x
(c) 3.5N (d) 4N So, δ∝
ρv
Ans. (a) : Pressure p = 105 Pa x×
µ
mass rate mɺ = 0.3 kg/sec
diameter d = 10 cm  ρv 
  is constant
 µ 
x x
δ∝ ×
x x
x x
δ∝
Weight of Body = change in linear momentum of air in x
vertical direction δ∝ x
mɺ = 0.3
δ ∝ x1/ 2
mɺ = ρAV
22. An increase in pressure of a liquid from 7.5
π MPa to 15 MPa results into 0.2 percent
0.3 = 1.22 × × (0.1) 2 × V
4 decrease in its volume. The coefficient of
∴ V = 31.31 m/s compressibility of the liquid in m2/N is
∴ Weight of Body (a) 0.267 × 10-9
= mv - mv cosθ (b) 2.67 × 10-9
= mv (1 - cosθ) (c) 1 × 10-9
= 0.3 × 31.3 (1 - cos 42.5) (d) None of the above
= 2.47 N Ans. (a) : P1 = 7.5 MPa
W ≃ 2.5 N P2 = 15MPa
[dP = P2 - P1 pressure difference dP = (15 - 7.5) ×106
20. A jet of water issues from a nozzle with a
dP = 7.5 × 106 N/m2
velocity 20 m/s on a flat plate moving away
from it at 10 m/s. The cross-sectional area of dV
× 100 = –0.2
the jet is 0.01 m2 and the density of water = V
1000 kg/m3. The force developed on the plate is dV
−
(a) 1000 N (b) 100 N 0.2 /100
Compressibility β = V =
(c) 10 N (d) 2000 N dP (15 − 7.5) ×106
Ans. (a) : Velocity nozzle of water jet Vw = 20 m/s β = 0.267 × 10-9m2/N
plate, velocity Vp = 10 m/s 23. A reservoir of capacity 0.01 m3 is completely
A = 0.01 m2 filled with a fluid of coefficient of
ρ = 1000 kg/m3 compressibility 0.75 × 10-9m2/N. The amount of
Force on plate = change in momentum of water fluid that will spill over (in m3), if pressure in
F = ρ A × (Vw − V p ) 2 the reservoir is reduce by 2 × 107N/m2 is
(a) 1× 10-4
Vw = velocity of water jet
(b) 1.5× 10-4
Vp = velocity of plate
(c) 0.15× 10-4
F = (1000 × 0.01) × (20 - 10)2
(d) None of the above
F = 1000 N
Ans. (b) : Given
21. The laminar boundary layer thickness varies as
V = 0.01 m3
(a) 1/ x (b) x1/7
1/2 compressibility β = 0.75 × 10-9 m2/N
(c) x (d) x6/7
Let, volume spill dV = (m3)
Ans. (c) : Laminar Boundary layer thickness
dP = 2 × 107 N/m2
x
δ∝ −
dV
Rex
Compressibility β = V
 ρ vx  dP
∵ Re = µ in caseof plate  dV
 
−9
0.75 × 10 = 0.01
x
δ∝ 2 × 107
ρ vx dV = 0.75 × 10-9 × 0.01 × 2 × 107
µ = 1.5 × 10-4m3
232
24. The extent of pressure produced due to water Ans. (c) : A × B is vector mutually perpendicular to
hammer depends on both A and B
(a) Velocity of flow of fluid in the pipe Its value,
(b) length of the pipe
i j k
(c) time taken to close the valve ; gradual or
quick closure of the valve A × B = x1 y1 z1
(d) All the above x2 y2 z2
Ans. (d) : The extent of pressure produced due to 28. The equation of the plane through the line
water hammer depends on velocity of flow of fluid in x −1 y − 4 z − 4
the pipe, length of the pipe and time taken to close the = = and parallel to the line
valve ; gradual or quick closure of the valve. So all 3 2 −2
options are correct. x + 1 y −1 z + 2
= = is
1 1 2  2 −4 1
(a) 3x +2y - 2z = 101 (b) 2x - 4y + z = 98
25. Rank of the matrix A = 1 2 3  is (c) 6x + 7y + 16z = 98 (d) 6x - 8y - 2z = 101
 0 -1 1  Ans. (c) : Line
(a) 0 x −1 y − 4 z − 4
= = and parallel to the line
(b) 1 3 2 −2
(c) 2 x + 1 y −1 z + 2
(d) 3 = =
2 −4 1
Ans. (d) : Let equation of plane passes through (x,y,z)
1 1 2  A( x − x1 ) + B( y − y1 ) + C ( z − z1 ) = 0
Matrix A = 1 2 3 
 0 −1 1  3×3
det |A| = 1 [2 - (-3)] - 1 [1 - 0] + 2 (- 1 - 0)
=5-3=2
| A |≠ 0
Therefore, Rank A = min (m, n), m = n = 3 Plane passing through line
So, Rank of A will be 3 x −1 y − 4 z − 4
= =
26. The value of t for which A + tB is 3 2 −2
perpendicular to C where A = i + 2j + 3k, B = – ∴ Equation is,
i + 2j + k and C = 3i + j A( x − 1) + B( y − 4) + C ( z − 4) = 0 ...(1)
(a) 5 (b) 4 Direction ratio of Normal to plane (A, B, C)
(c) 12 (d) 0 Direction ratio of line
Ans. (a) : Given, t = ? line (1) (3, 2, -2)
(A+ tB) perpendicular to C line (2) (2, -4, 1)
i.e. (A + tB). C = 0 Lines are parallel to plane
where, A = i + 2j + 3k i.e. lines are normal to normal of plane
B = - i + 2j + k, C = 3i + j for line (1) 3A + 2B - 2C = 0
(A + tB). C = 0 line (2) 2A - 4B + C = 0
[∵ a1a2 + b1b2 + c1c2 = 0]
[(i + 2 j + 3k ) + t (−i + 2 j + k )].(3i + j ) = 0
[(i + 2 j + 3k − ti + 2tj + tk )].(3i + j ) = 0 A B C
= =
2 − 8 −4 − 3 −12 − 4
[i (1 − t ) + 2 j (1 + t ) − 1k (3 + t )].(3i + j ) = 0
A B C
3(1-t)+2(1+t)=0 = =
−6 −7 −16
3 − 3t + 2 + 2t = 0
So, Direction of ratio are (-6, -7, -16)
5-t=0
∴ Equation is
t=5
A( x − 1) + B( y − 4) + C ( z − 4) = 0
27. A × B is a vector
−6( x − 1) − 7( y − 4) − 16( z − 4) = 0
(a) Parallel to A but perpendicular to B
−6 x + 6 − 7 y + 28 − 16 z + 64 = 0
(b) Parallel to B but perpendicular to A
−6 x − 7 y − 16 z + 98 = 0
(c) Perpendicular to both A & B
6 x + 7 y + 16 z = 98
(d) Parallel to both A & B
233
29. Let E and F be any two events with P (E U F) = 0.001
0.8, P (E) = 0.4 and P(E/F) = 0.3. Then P (F) is y− y = −0.9
3
(a) 3/7 (b) 4/7 3 y − 0.001 y
(c) 3/5 (d) 2/5 = −0.9
3
Ans. (b) : Given,
2.999
P ( E ∪ F ) = 0.8, P(E) = 0.4 and P(E/F) = 0.3 y = −0.9
3
Additive theorem-
2.999 y = - 2.7
For any event E and F
P ( E ∪ F ) = P(E) + P(F) - P( E ∩ F ) −2.7
y=
2.999
0.8 = 0.4 + P(F) - P( E ∩ F )
y = 0.9003
P( E ∩ F ) = P(F) + 0.4 - 0.8 y = 0.900 at x = 0.1
= P(F) -0.4 (or) Using Euler's method with step size of 0.1, we
Applying conditional probability have
P( E ∩ F ) x0 = 0, x1 = 0.1, y0 = 1 and y1 = ?
P( E / F ) = , P( F ) ≠ 0 At (x0, y0), we have
P( F )
dy y1 − y0
P( E ∩ F ) = =–1
∴ P( E / F ) = dx x1 − x0
P( F )
y1 − 0
P ( F ) − 0.4 ⇒ =–1
= 0.1 − 0
P( F ) ⇒ y1 = 0.9
0.4 0.4 31. 1 + i is equivalent to
0.3 = 1 − ⇒ = 0.7
P( F ) P( F ) (a) 2e− iπ / 4 (b) 2eiπ / 4
P(F) = 4/7 (c) 2e − iπ / 4 (d) 2eiπ / 4
30. The approximate value of y (0.1) from dy/dx = Ans. (b) :
x2y-1, y(0) = 1 is
1 + i = r cos θ + r sin θ
(a) 0.900 (b) 1.001
r cos θ = 1, r sin θ = 1
(c) 0.802 (d) 0.994
Ans. (a) : Given (r cos θ ) 2 + (r sin θ ) 2 = 12 + 12
y(0.1) i.e. x = 0.1, y = ? r 2 [sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ] = 2
dy r2 = 2
= x 2 y − 1, y (0) = 1
dx r= 2
i.e. means y = 1, x = 0
1 1 1
dy cos θ = = ,sin θ =
= x2 y −1 r 2 2
dx
π π
dy = ( x 2 y − 1)dx θ = ,θ =
4 4
Take both the Integration
 π π
x3 1 + i = 2  cos + i sin 
y= y − x + C ...(1)  4 4
3 iπ / 4
= 2e
At x = 0, y = 1 in equation (1)
1=0×y-0+C 32. In a class of 45 students, the mean mark of 25
girls is 32 and the mean mark of 20 boys is
1=0-0+C
27.5. What is the class mean?
C=1 (a) 32 (b) 27.5
So, (c) 29.75 (d) 30
x3 Ans. (d) :
y= y − x +1
3
Combined mean = 1 1
( x × x ) + ( x2 × x2 )
(0.1)3 x1 + x2
y= y − 0.1 + 1
3 (32)(25) + (27.5) × (20)
0.001 =
y= y − 0.9 25 + 20
3 = 30
234
33. If L {f(t)} = F(s), then the value of L {e-at f(t)} is 37.Which of the following statements is false
(a) F (s-a) (b) F (s+a) about annealing? (Annealing is done to)
(c) F (s) (d) F (eas) (a) Harden Steel slightly
(b) Relieve Stress
Ans. (b) : L{ f (t )} = F ( s ) (c) Soften metal
L{e at f (t )} = F ( s − a ) (d) Permit further cold working
L{e − at f (t )} = F ( s + a ) Ans. (a) : Annealing relieves the stresses from cold
working.
34. The probability that A happens is 1/3. The Three stages recovery, re-crystallization and grain
odds against happening of A are growth.
(a) 2 : 1 (b) 3 : 2 During recovery, physical properties of the cold-
(c) 1 : 2 (d) 2 : 3 worked material are restored without any observable
change in microstructure.
1 So annealing is not done to harden steel.
Ans. (a) : P( A) =
3 38. The property of corrosion resistance of
P ( A) chromium Stainless Steel is due to
odd against = (a) Predominant nature of Cr present in stainless
P ( A)
steel
 1 (b) The formation of thin film of oxygen and
1 −  moisture absorbed from the atmosphere
=
3
1/ 3 (c) The formation of a thin film of Cr2O3 on the
surface of steel
2 (d) The inherent property of Cr to resist corrosion
2
= 3 = = 2 :1 Ans. (c) : The property of corrosion resistance of
1 1 chromium Stainless Steel is due to the formation of a
3 thin film of Cr2O3 on the surface of steel
35. Draft on pattern for casting is provided for 39. Hot working operation is carried out at
(a) Shrinkage allowance (a) Re-crystallization temperature
(b) Identification (b) Near plastic stage temperature
(c) Taper to facilitate removal from mould (c) Below re-crystallization
(d) Above re-crystallization
(d) Machining allowance
Ans. (d) : Hot working operation is carried out above
Ans. (c) : Draft (OR) Taper Allowance the recrystallization temperature.
The porosity of the metal is largely eliminated.
The grain structure of the metal is refined.
Mechanical properties such as toughness percentage
elongation, percentage reduction in area and resistance
to shock and vibration are improved due to the
refinement of grains.
For easy removal of the pattern from the mould for the
vertical surface of the pattern draft or taper allowance 40. The engineering and true strains for a bar
which is doubled in length during tension test
is provided. are
This will be expressed in terms of taper angle and this (a) e = 1.0 ε = 0.693 (b) e = 2 ε = 1
value will depends upon vertical height of the pattern. (c) e = ½ ε = ½ (d) None of the above
36. Welding spatter is Ans. (a) :
(a) Welding defect (b) Flux l − l 2l − l
(c) Electrode Coating (d) Welding technique ε= 2 1= =1
l1 l
Ans. (a) : Welding spatter :- Let, l1 = l
Welding spatter is a defect in weld. l2 = 2l
Spatter refers to particles of metal scattered ∴ ε=1
around the vicinity of the weld along its length. It True strain
occurs due to–
l   2l 
(1) Excessive current So, ε T = 1n  2  = 1n  
 l1   l 
(2) Too high arc voltage
(3) Arc blow making arc uncontrollable. ε T = ln 2 = 0.693

235
41. The purpose of adding wood flour to the Codes :
moulding sand is to improve A B C D
(a) Green strength (b) Hot Strength (a) 1 2 3 4
(c) Collapsibility (d) Permeability (b) 4 3 1 2
Ans. (c) : The purpose of adding wood flour to the (c) 4 3 2 1
moulding sand is to improve collapsibility. (d) 3 4 1 2
42. Stretch forming is a process in which Ans. (b)
(a) All deformations occur in the direction of 46. A shaft has a dimension φ35
-0.009/-0.025
, the
stretch respective values of fundamental deviation and
(b) All forces are applied in the direction of tolerance are
stretch (a) -0.025, 0.008 (b) -0.0025, 0.016
(c) -0.009, 0.008 (d) -0.009, 0.016
(c) Advantage is taken of plastic state indicated
due to stretch Ans. (d) : Shaft -
(d) No dies are used Dimension 35- 0.009/-0.025
(1) Basic size of shaft = 35
Ans. (c) : Stretch forming is a process in which
(2) Upper Deviation (UD) = - 0.025 mm
advantage is taken of plastic state indicated due to
(3) Lower Deviation (LD) = - 0 .009 mm
stretch.
43. In which type of welding, a pool of molten
↓
metal is used? (Fundamental Deviation) = 0.025 i.e. the
minimum deviation from the basic size.
(a) Submerged are welding
(4) Tolerance = UL - LL
(b) Electro slag welding
= (BS + UD) - (BS - LD)
(c) TIG welding = -0.025 - (-0.009)
(d) MIG welding = - 0.016
Ans. (b) : In electro slag welding a pool of molten 47. When a material sustains steady loads for long
metal is used. periods of time, the material may continue to
44. A mild steel block of width 40mm is being deform until they may tend to fracture under
milled using a straight slab cutter 70mm the same load. This phenomenon is known as
diameter with 30 teeth. If the cutter rotates at (a) Creep (b) Fatigue
40 rpm, and depth of cut is 2mm, what is the (c) Impact (d) Malleability
value of maximum uncut chip thickness when Ans. (a) : When a material sustains steady loads for
the table feed is 20 mm/min? long periods of time, the material may continue to
(a) 0.00263 mm (b) 0.00363 mm deform until they may tend to fracture under the same
(c) 0.00463 mm (d) 0.00563 mm load. This phenomenon is known as creep.
Ans. (d) : Given, 48. Which one of the following is a wrong
Diameter of straight slab cutter D = 70 mm statement?
(a) In low carbon steels, phosphorus is added to
N = 40 rpm
raise its yield point
depth of cut d = 2mm (b) Lining of open hearth furnace controls
table feed f = 20mm/min, Z = 30 impurities in steel
2f d (c) Blast furnace uses coke as fuel
tmax = (d) Manganese is added in blast furnace for better
NZ D
fluidity.
2 × 20 2 Ans. (b) : Lining of open hearth furnace provide
tmax =
40 × 30 70 strength to the structure. It not controls impurities in
−3
tmax = 5.634 × 10 mm = 0.00563 steel so statement (b) is wrong.
49. The most popular and standard type for all
45. Match the list I with list II and select the purpose tool steels is 18:4:1 High Speed Steel
correct answer from the codes given in the lists (H.S.S.), which contains.
below (a) 18% chromium, 4% tungsten and 1%
List I List II vanadium
(Measuring instruments) (Applications) (b) 18% tungsten, 4% vanadium and 1%
A. Talysurf 1. T slots chromium
(c) 18% tungsten, 4% chromium and 1%
B. Telescopic gauge 2. Flatness
vanadium
C. Transfer Calipers 3.Internal Diameter (d) 18% vanadium, 4% chromium and 1%
D. Autocollimator 4. Roughness tungsten
236
 Ans. (c) : The most popular and standard type for all 53. Nusselt number is the ratio of
purpose tool steels is 18:4:1 High Speed Steel (H.S.S.), (a) Convective and Conductive resistances
which contains 18% tungsten, 4% chromium and 1% (b) Conductive and Convective resistances
vanadium. (c) Wall heat transfer rate to mass heat flow rate
5 (d) Kinetic viscosity to thermal diffusivity
50. Water is boiled at 1 × 10 Pa pressure in a
coffee maker equipped with an immersion type hL hD
electric heating element. The coffee maker Ans. (b) : Nusselt number (Nu) = or
initially contains 1 kg of water. Once boiling K fluid K fluid
started, it is observed that half of the water in D L
the coffee maker evaporated in 18 minutes. If
= kA or kA
the heat loss from the coffee maker is
1 1
negligible, the power rating of the heating
element is hA h
(a) 0.90 kW (b) 1.52 kW Conduction Resistance
=
(c) 1.05 kW (d) 1.24 kW Convective Resistance
Ans. (c) : Pressure P = 1 × 105 Pa 54. Zeroth law of thermodynamics is not valid for
mt = 1 kg the following
Mass of evaporated water me = 1/2 kg (a) 50 ml of water at 25ºC is mixed with 150 ml
t = 18 minutes of water at 25ºC
Heat supplied for evaporating water = Q = meHv (b) 500 ml of milk at 15ºC is mixed with 100 ml
Hv = enthalpy of vaporization of water at 15ºC
= 2257 KJ/kg (c) 5 kg of wet steam at 100ºC is mixed with 50
1 kg of dry and saturated steam
∴ Q = × 2257
2 (d) 10 ml of water at 20ºC is mixed with 10 ml of
Hv = 1128.5 kJ sulphuric acid at 20ºC
1128.5 Ans. (*) : This question is excluded for evaluation by
Power P = ISRO.
18 × 60
≃ 1.05 kW 55. When air expands from initial pressure P1 and
volume V1 to final volume 5V1 following the
51. An adiabatic heat exchanger used to heat cold law PVn = C
water at 15ºC entering at a rate of 5 kg/s by hot
(a) greater the value of n, greater the work
air at 90ºC entering also at rate of 5kg/s. If the
exit temperature of hot air is 20ºC, the exit obtained
temperature of cold water is (b) smaller the value of n, smaller the work
(a) 27ºC (b) 32ºC obtained
(c) 85ºC (d) 90ºC (c) for n = 0, the work obtained is the greatest
Ans. (c) : Given- (d) for n = 1.4, the work obtained is the greatest
Cold water Input Ans. (c) : Given- Air expand
i.e. Ti = 15ºC Initial pressure = P1
mw = 5 kg/s Initial volume = V1
Hot air, Ti = 90ºC Final volume = 5V1
ma = 5 kg/s PVn = C
To = 20ºC For Expansion,
Heat gained by water = Heat supplied by air
mw (Twe - Twi) = ma (Tae - (To)
5(Twe - 15) = 5(90 - 20)
Twe = 85ºC
52. Log mean area 'A' can be given as
log A2 − log A1 A2 − A1
(a) (b)
A2 − A1 log A2 − log A1
log A2 − log A1
(c) (d) None
log( A2 / A1 ) Here, n1 < n2 < n3
∴ Larger the value of n smaller is work obtained
Ans. (b) : Logarithmic mean Area 'A'.
PV − P V
A − A1 W = 1 1 2 2 → Isotropic process
Am = 2 n −1
A 
1n  2  ∴ For n = 0 [P = Constant]
 A1  The work obtained is greatest.
237
56. Air is compressed to half volume at constant Ans. (b) : P1 = 2 bar
pressure, then the change in entropy T1 = 27ºC
(a) increase (b) decrease T2 = 177ºC
(c) does not change (d) not predictable PV PV
Gas equation, 1 1
= 2 2
P  V  T1 T2
Ans. (b) : ∆s = C v ℓ n  2  + Cp ℓ n  2  At constant volume V1 = V2
 P1   V1 
P1 P2
Given pressure = constant So, =
T1 T2
V 
∆s = C p ℓ n  2  T1 = 273 + 27 = 300 k
 V1  T2 = 177 + 273 = 450 k
V 2 P
V2 = 1 ( given ) = 2
2 300 450
P2 = 3 bar
 V  1
∆s = C p ℓ n  1  = C p ℓ n   59. A friction less heat engine can be 100 percent
2V
 1 2 efficient only if its exhaust temperature is
∆s = −0.693 (a) equal to its input temperature
Hence, entropy decreases. (b) less than input temperature
(c) 0 K
57. A cycle is shown below on P-V diagram (d) 0ºC
Ans. (c) :
T
η = 1 − 2 (for frictionless engine)
T1
η = 100% if T2 = 0K
60. An ideal engine absorbs heat at 127ºC and
This cycle is represented in T-S diagram by rejects at 77ºC. The efficiency is
(a) 13% (b) 39%
(c) 50% (d) 40%
Ans. (a) : T1 = 127ºC
(a) (b)
T1 = 127 + 273 = 400K
T2 = 77ºC
= 273 + 77 = 350K
T
Efficiency η = 1− 2
(c) (d) T1
350
= 1−
400
Ans. (b) : η = 12.5% = 13%
61. A Francis turbine running at 200 rpm
develops a power of 5000 kW under a head of
25m. The power output under a head of 100m
will be
(a) 20, 000 kW (b) 30,000 kW
(c) 40,000 kW (d) 50,000 kW
Process A-B is adiabatic process so Ans. (c) : Francis Turbine
In let, N1 = 200 rpm
In T-S diagram a vertical line is obtained (∆S = P1 = 5000 kW
Constant) H1 = 25 m
Process B-C is isobaric process (P = Constant) out let, P2 = ?
So, V ∝ T (V↑↓ → T↑↓) H2 = 100 m
Process C-A is isochoric process (V = Constant) Model and prototype,
P∝T  H   H 
 2 2  = 2 2 
58. If 2 bar of air at 27ºC is heated to 177ºC at  N D m  N D  p
constant volume, the pressure will be
 H   H 
(a) 6.56 bar (b) 3 bar Or  2 2  = 2 2  [∵ D are same]
(c) 9 bar (d) 13.11 bar  N D 1  N D 2

238
  H   H  268 268
 2  = 2  = = = 10.72
 N 1  N 2 293 − 268 25
H1 H 2 Q
= ∴ (COP)ref. =
N12 N 22 P
0.35
N12 × H 2 P= ×1000W
N 22 = 10.72
H1 = 32.65 W = 33W
100 × (200)2 64. For the same compression ratio, the
= thermodynamic cycles in the order of
25
N2 = 400 rpm decreasing efficiencies are
(a) Dual, Diesel, Otto (b) Dual, Otto, Diesel
 P   P  (c) Diesel, Dual, Otto (d) Otto, Dual, Diesel
Now,  3 5  =  3 5 
 N D 1  N D 2 Ans. (d) : For same compression ratio,
P1 P Otto > Dual > Diesel
= 2
N13 N 23 65. A beam is having a triangular cross section
with its neutral axis XX. The section modulus
N 23 × P1 about XX is given by
P2 =
( N1 )3
3
 400 
P2 = 5000 ×  
 200 
P2 = 40,000 kW
62. Steam expands in a turbine from 40 bar, 500ºC
to 0.10 bar isentropically. Assuming ideal (a) bh2/6 (b) bh2/36
2
conditions, given enthalpy drop 1198.8 kJ/kg, (c) bh /24 (d) hb2/36
nozzle angle 16º and N as 300 rpm. Mean Ans. (c) :
diameter of the wheel, if the turbine were of
simple impulse stage, will be
(a) 3.73 m (b) 4.73 m
(c) 5.63 m (d) 4.96 m
Ans. (b) : V1 = rotor velocity
Vb = blade velocity
α = nozzle angle
V1 = 44.72(∆h)1/2 = 44.72(1198.8)1/2 = 1548.37m/s
V ⋅ cos α 1548.37 × cos16° bh3
Vb = 1 = = 744.2 m/s I xx =
2 2 36
πDN πD × 3000 I I
Vb = = = 744.2 Z xx = xx = xx
60 60 ymax 2h
⇒ D = 4.73 m 3
63. A refrigerator removes heat from a bh3
refrigerated space at -5ºC at a rate of 0.35 kJ/s
and rejects it to an environment at 20ºC. The Z xx = 36
minimum required power input is 2h
(a) 30W (b) 33W 3
(c) 56W (d) 124W bh3 3 bh 2
= × =
Ans. (b) : In Refrigerator, 36 2h 24
TL = -5ºC, Q = 0.35 kJ/sec 66. A rectangular column is subjected to an
TL = 273 - 5 eccentric load P at distance 'e' from centroidal
TL = 268K Axis. The stress diagram at cross-section will
TH = 20ºC be
= 273 + 20 = 293K (a)
(COP)Ref = Desired effect
Work net
TL
=
TH −TL

239
 3
PA  2 RA 
= 
(b) PB  2 RB 
3
R
  1
= 2  = 
 R  8
3
PA  1  1
=  =
PB  2  8
(c) 1
PA = PB
8
68. Four linear elastic springs are connected to
mass 'M' as shown in Figure. The natural
frequency of the system is

(d)

(a) ( 4k / 3m ) /(2π ) (b) ( 4k / m ) /(2π )

Ans. (d) : From the figure stress at any section will be (c) ( k / 4m ) /(2π ) (d) ( 3k / 4m ) /(2π )
−P Pe
= ± ⋅y 1 g
A I Ans. (d) : Natural frequency =
Hence compressive load is taken as negative 2π ∆
∆ = Static deflection of mass

Let deflection in upper spring = δ1

67. Two shafts A and B are made of same material. Let deflection in lower spring = δ2
The radius of the shaft A is half that of shaft B. ∴ ∆ = δ1 + δ2
The power transmitted by the shaft A will be
3(kδ1) = mg
........... that of shaft B.
mg
(a) 1/8 times (b) 8 times δ1 =
(c) sixteen times (d) Twice 3K
Ans. (a) : Let, shaft 'B' having radius mg
δ2 =
RB = R K
R R mg mg
Then RA = B = ∴ ∆= +
2 2 3K K
P = Tω mg  4 
=  
P∝T K 3
16T  T Gθ τ  g 3K
∵ τ= 3 ∵ J = L = r  ∴ =
πd   ∆ 4m
τπ d 3 fn =
1 g
T=
16 2π ∆
T ∝ d3 1 3K
fn =
∴ P ∝T ∝ d 3
or P ∝ (2 R) 3
[∵ d = 2R] 2π 4m
240
69. Which bearing offers lowest friction Ans. (b) : Logarithmic decrement value over five
(a) hydrostatic Bearing cycles = 8.11
(b) Roller Bearing Logarithmic decrement
(c) Aero-static Bearing X
(d) Hydrodynamic Bearing δ = ln 0 = 5ζωnTd
X5
Ans. (c) : Aero-static bearing offers lowest friction.
where ζ = critical damping ratio or damping factor,
70. A circular disc of radius R rolls without
slipping at a velocity V. The magnitude of the δ = logarithmic decrement, ωn = Natural frequency,
velocity at point P shown in the figure is Td = Time of cycle
ωd 2π
8.11 = 5 × ζ × ×
1− ζ 2 ωd

⇒ ζ = 0.25 = 25%
72. An elevator weighing 1000 Kg attains an
upward velocity of 4m/sec in two seconds with
uniform acceleration. The tension (in N) in
supporting cable will be (g = 9.8 m/sec2)
(a) 1204 N (b) 9800
(c) 2000 N (d) 11800 N
(a) 3V (b) 3 / 2V Ans. (d) :
(c) V / 2 (d) 2V
Ans. (a) : Given,
Circular disk of Radius = R
Velocity = V [∵ without slipping]
FBD,

M = 1000 kg
V = 4 m/s
g = 9.8 m/s2
Acceleration of lift = a
V = u + at
Vcm = Rω = 4=0+a×2 [t = 2 sec]
θ = 60º 4 = a × 2[Initial velocity u = 0]
Magnitude of velocity at point. 'P'. ∴ a = 2 m/s2
= (V sin θ )2 + (V + V cos θ ) 2 ∴ Tension in cable 'T'
T = mg + ma
= (V × sin 60º ) 2 + V 2 (1 + cos 60º ) 2 = m (g + a)
2 = 1000 × (9.8 + 2)
 3 2 1
2
T = 11800 N
=  V ×  + V  1 + 
 2   2 73. A block weighting 981 N is resting on
2
Horizontal surface. The co-efficient of friction
3 3 between the block and horizontal surface is µ =
= V 2 × +V 2  
4 2 0.2. A vertical cable attached to block provides
partial support as shown. A man can pull
3 9 12 horizontally with a force of 100N. What will be
VP = V 2  +  = V the tension (T) (in N) in the cable if the man is
4 4 4
just able to move the block to the right?
VP = V 3
71. In the viscous damped vibration, the
logarithmic decrement value over five cycles is
found to be 8.11. What is viscous damping
factor of vibratory system?
(a) 20% (b) 25% (a) 176.2 (b) 196.0
(c) 30% (d) 15% (c) 481.0 (d) 981.0
241
Ans. (c) : Given W = 981 Ans. (c) : Disc diameter d = 1 m
µ = 0.2 Two eccentric masses
Force (pulling) m1 = 0.5 kg
m2 = 0.5 kg
r1 = 50 mm
r2 = 60 mm
θ1 = 0º
θ2 = 150º
Let the normal Reaction at bottom of Block is R And Balance mass m = 0.1 kg
∴ F = µR [By pulling force (man)]
100 N = µR
100
R= = 500 N
0.2
FBD, Block

∑H = 0
m1r1 ω2 = m2r2 ω2 sin 60º + mrω2 sin θ
0.5 × 50 = 0.5 × 60 × 0.866 + (0.1) r sin θ
T+R=W r sin θ = -9.98 ...(i)
T = W - R = 981 - 500 Also, ∑V = 0
= 481 N. m2r2 ω2 cos 60º = mrω2 cos θ
74. A vehicle suspension system consists of a leaf 0.5 × 60 × 0.5 = 0.1 r cos θ
spring and a damper. The stiffness of the leaf r cos θ = 150 ...(ii)
spring is 3.6 KN/m and damping constant of (Eq. (1))2 + (Eq. (2))2
the damper is 400 Ns/m. If the mass is 50 Kg,
then the damping factor and damped natural r 2 [sin 2 θ + cos 2 θ ] = (−9.98) 2 + (150)2
frequency respectively are r 2 × 1 = (−9.98)2 + (150) 2
(a) 0.471 and 1.19 Hz (b) 0.471 and 7.48 Hz
(c) 0.666 and 1.35 Hz (d) 0.666 and 8.50 Hz r = 99.6004 + 22500 = 22599.6004
Ans. (a) : Given = 150.33 mm
k = 3.6 kN/m r ≃ 150 mm
C = 400 Ns/m 76. Two mating spur gears have 40 & 120 teeth
m = 50 kg respectively. The pinion rotates at 1200 rpm
and transmit torque of 20 Nm. The torque
C
ξ= transmitted by the gear is
2 km (a) 6.6Nm (b) 20Nm
400 (c) 40Nm (d) 60NM
ξ= Ans. (d) : Given - "Two mating gear"
2 3.6 × 1000 × 50
ξ = 0.471 T P = 40
TG = 120
Natural frequency (ω)
NP = 1200 rpm
1 k 1 3.6 × 103 TP = 20 Nm
ωn = =
2π m 2π 50 "Two mating Gear"
ωn = 1.35 Hz Power (P) = constant
PP = Pg
ωd = 1 − ξ 2 ωn TPωP = Tgωg
Frequency of Damped vibration 20 × 1200 = Tgωg
ωd = 1.35 1 − (0.47) 2
Tgωg = 24000
ωd = 1.19 Hz ω T T ×ωp 1200 × 40
Now, P = g = ω g = P =
75. A rotating disc of 1m diameter has two ω g Tp Tg 120
eccentric masses of 0.5 kg each at radi of 50mm
and 60 mm at angular position of 0º and 150º ωg = 400
respectively. A balancing mass of 0.1 Kg is to So, Tgωg = 24000
be used to balance the rotor. What is the radial 24000 24000
position of balancing mass? Tg = =
ωg 400
(a) 50mm (b) 120mm
(c) 150mm (d) 280mm Tg = 60 Nm
242
77. The figure below shows a steel rod of 25 mm2 Taking n1 = 75, n2 = 25
cross sectional area. It is loaded at four points, Condition Arm A = 75 B = 25
K,L,M,N. Assume E steel = 200 GPa. The total
75
change in length of the rod due to loading is Arm fixed 0 +x − x = −3 x
25
Arm free y y+x y - 3x
y + x = 0 and y = 1
x = -1
ωB = 1 - 3x = 1 - 3 × (-1)
ωB = 4
(a) 1µm (b) -10µm
79. The Mohr circle reduces to a point when the
(c) 10µm (d) -20µm
body is subjected to
Ans. (b) : Given-
(a) pure shear
Cross-section Area of K,L,M,N section each is 25mm2
Assume Esteel = 200 GPa. (b) uniaxial shear only
(c) equal axial stress on two mutually
perpendicular planes and the planes being
free of shear
Force in KL section (d) equal and opposite axial stress on two
mutually perpendicular planes and planes
being free of shear
Force in LM section Ans. (c) : Radius of the Mohr's circle is given by
2
 σx − σ y 
 + τ xy
2
r= 
 2 
Force in MN section If σx = σy : τxy = 0
We get radius equal to zero.
80. Shear stress distribution for a rectangular
beam subjected to transverse loading is
PL
Total change in length = ∑
AE
"Its applied when cross-section area of each section
and 'E' is same."
(a) (b)
100 × 500 − 150 × 800 + 50 × 400
=
25 × 200 × 103
−50000
= = –10 µm
25 × 200 × 103
78. Planetary gear is in contact with the fixed gear
as shown in the figure. The number of
rotations made by the planetary gear for one
rotation of the arm is
(c) (d)

Ans. (b) :

(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 1 (d) 1/3
Ans. (b) :
Shear stress acts parallel to cross-section and varies
parabolically.
At Natural Axis, y = 0
3  P
τ max = τ avg ∵τ avg = 
2  A

243
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. Match List I with List II and select the correct 4. According to first law of thermodynamics
answer (a) Mass and energy are mutually convertible
List I List II (b) Heat and work are mutually convertible
A. Pelton wheel 1. Medium discharge, low
(c) Heat flows from hot substance to cold
(single jet) head
substance
B. Francis Turbine 2. High discharge, low
head (d) Carnot engine is most efficient
C. Kaplan Turbine 3. Medium discharge, Ans. (b) First law of thermodynamic state that energy
medium head neither can be created nor destroyed means total
4. Low discharge, high energy in a system remains constant, although it may
head be converted from one form to another.
A B C The equation for first law of thermodynamics-
(a) 4 3 2 δQ = δW + dU
(b) 1 3 4 For reversible process (dU = 0)
(c) 4 1 3
Hence, from first law of thermodynamics heat and
(d) 1 2 3
work are mutually convertible .
Ans. (a) : Pelton Wheel (single jet)-Single jet pelton
turbine is used for low speed, low discharge and high head 5. Pick up the incorrect statement for centrifugal
Francis turbine-It is inward flow reaction turbine. It pumps
has medium discharge medium head (a) Discharge ∝ diameter
Kaplan Turbine-It is axial flow turbine. It has high (b) Head ∝ (speed)2
discharge, high speed and low head. (c) Head ∝ (diameter)2
2. Reversible adiabatic process may be expressed (d) Discharge ∝ speed
 T1  Ans. (a) : We know that
as   equal to
T
 2 H H
γ +1 γ −1/ γ 2 2
= 2 2 = constant
(a) (V2 / V1 ) (b) (V2 / V1 ) D N P D N m
(c) ( P1 / P2 )γ −1/ γ (d) ( P1 / P2 )γ −1 So,
Ans. (c) : For reversible Adiabatic process H ∝ D2
PV γ = constant H ∝ N2
T1V1γ −1 = T2V2γ −1 and also,
γ −1 Q Q
T1  P1  γ =
= constant
=  D3 N P D3 N
m
T2  P2  Q∝N
3. A gas is to be expanded in a cylinder that its Q ∝ D3
temperature remains constant. The resulting
variation of pressure vs. volume is So, Q ∝ D is incorrect statement about centrifugal
(a) A parabola pump.
(b) A hyperbola 6. If the discharge of a centrifugal pump is
(c) A straight line through origin throttled then it suction lift
(d) None of these (a) Decreases
Ans. (b) : Temperature remain constant (b) First increases and then decreases
PV = constant (c) Remains unchanged
(d) Increases
Ans. (d) : If the discharge of a centrifugal pump is
throttled then its suction lift increases. The "Suction
Lift" is known as Net positive suction head available
(NPSH). Throttling the discharge of centrifugal pump
is common method of stopping a cavitation problem.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 244 YCT
7. A cylindrical body of cross-sectional area A 9. Flow takes place at Reynolds Number of 1500
height H and density ρs, is immersed to a depth in two different pipes with relative roughness
h in a liquid of density ρ, and tied to the bottom of 0.001 and 0.002. The friction factor
with a string. The tenstion in the string is (a) Will be higher for the pipe with relative
roughness of 0.001
(b) Will be higher for the pipe having relative
roughness of 0.002
(c) Will be the same in both the pipes
(d) In the two pipes cannot be compared on the
basis of data given
Ans. (c) : When Reynolds number is below 2100 then
the flow is Laminar.
(a) ρghA (b) (ρh- ρs H)gA • In case of Laminar fully developed flow through
(c) (ρ - ρs) ghA (d) (ρs -ρ) ghA pipes, the friction factor, f is given by
Ans. (b) :Given, Cross-section area = A 64
Height = H f =
Re
Immersed depth = h
Density of liquid = ρ • It does not depend on roughness but for turbulent
Density of solid body = ρs flow it will be higher for higher roughness.
Tension of string = T • If the flow is Laminar, friction factor will be same in
both the pipes.
10. A liquid compressesd in cylinder has a volume
of 0.04m3 at 50 kg/cm2 and a volume of 0.039m3
at 150 kg/cm2. The bulk modulus of elasticity of
liquid is
(a) 400 kg/cm2 (b) 40 × 106 kg/cm2
5 2
(c) 40 × 10 kg/cm (d) 4000 kg/cm2
Ans. (d) : V1 = 0.04 m3, P1 = 50kg/cm2, V2 = 0.039 m3,
FBD →"Body Immersed" P2 =150 kg/cm2
Bulk Modulus of elasticity-
dP P2 − P1 150 − 50
K= = =
dV (V2 − V1 )  0.039 − 0.04 
− − − 
V V1  0.04 
T+ W = FB 100
= = 4000 kg/cm2
T = FB - W  0.001 
= (ρgAh - ρsgHA)  
 0.04 
T = gA (ρh - ρsH) 11. A fluid jet is discharging from a 100 mm nozzle
8. A manometer measures the pressure and the vena-contracta formed has a diameter of
differential between two locations of a pipe 90 mm. If the coefficient of velocity is 0.95, then
carrying water. If the manometric liquid is the coefficient of discharge for the nozzle is
mercury (specific gravity 13.6) and the (a) 0.7695 (b) 0.81
manometer showed a level difference of 20cm, (c) 0.9025 (d) 0.855
then the pressure head difference of water Ans. (a) : Diameter of Jet = 100 mm
between the two tapings will be
Diameter of vena-contracta = 90 mm
(a) 1.26m (b) 2.72m
(c) 1.36m (d) 2.52m Coefficient of velocity
Cv = 0.95
Ans. (d) : SHg = 13.6 (specific gravity of mercury)
Cd = Cc × Cv
hHg = 20 cm = 0.20 m
Cc = Coefficient of contraction
Sw = 1 (specific gravity of water)
Area of vena contracta
hw = ? Cc =
Area of Jet
 S Hg 
hw = x  − 1 π (90) 2 π (100) 2
 Sw  = / = 0.81
4 4
 13.6 
= 0.2  − 1 = 0.2(12.6) = 2.52 m Cd = Cc . Cv = 0.81 × 0.95
 1  Cd = 0.7695
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 245 YCT
12. A fully developed laminar viscous flow through 15. The temperature profile between two metal
a circular tube has the ratio of maximum wall joined together is shown in Fig. From the
velocity to average velocity as figure it can be concluded that
(a) 3.0 (b) 2.0
(c) 2.5 (d) 1.5
Ans. (b) : For fully developed laminar viscous flow
through circular pipe
Vmax = 2 Vavg
Vmax
=2
VAvg
For two parallel fixed plate (a) Heat flows from A to B
Vmax 3 (b) Heat flows from B to A
= =1.5
VAvg 2 (c) Heat is generated at the interface
(d) A is bad conductor of heat
13. If the surface tension of water-air interface is
0.073 N/m, the gauge pressure inside a rain Ans. (d) : The temperature profile between two metal
drop of 1mm diameter will be wall joined together is shown A is bad conductor of
(a) 0.146 N/m2 (b) 73 N/m2 heat.
(c) 146 N/m2 (d) 292 N/m2 • In case of heat generation heat is generated within
Ans. (d) : Surface tension (σ) = 0.073 N/m material and not at the interfaces.
d = 1 mm • This type of temperature profile can be seen in
Pressure of rain droplet heater. In case of heat generation at interface profile
4σ will be parabolic hence option (c) will be incorrect.
P=
d 16. According to Fourier's law, amount of heat
flow (Q) through the body in unit time is equal
4 × 0.073
P= to
1× 10−3
P = 292 N/m2 dT dT 2
(a) kA (b) kA 2
14. A stream function is given by (x2 - y2). The dx dx
potential function of the flow will be dT dx
(c) k (d) kA
(a) 2 xy + f ( x) (b) 2( x 2 − y 2 ) dx dT
(c) -2xy + constant (d) 2 xy + f ( y ) Ans. (a) : According to Fourier's law,
Ans. (c) : Ψ = x 2 − y 2 (stream function) dT
Amount of heat flow (Q) = kA
dx
∂Ψ −∂φ
= k = thermal conductivity
∂x ∂y
A = cross-section area
+∂Ψ +∂φ  ∂ψ ∂φ  dT
= ∵ − ∂y = − ∂x  = Temperature gradient.
∂y ∂x   dx
So, Ψ = x2 − y 2 17. Pitch diameter is equal to product of
∂Ψ (a) Circular pitch and number of teeth
= 2x
∂x (b) Working depth and number of teeth
∂Ψ (c) Clearance and number of teeth
= −2 y (d) Module and number of teeth
∂y
Ans. (d) : Pitch diameter = ?
∂Ψ −∂φ
= D
∂x ∂y Module (m) =
T
 −∂φ  Or
2x =  
 ∂y 
 ∂φ 
  = ( −2 x )
 ∂y 
φ = -2xy + constant (after integration)

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 246 YCT

18. The tension in the cable supporting a lift 0.25πt = 0
moving upwards is twice the tension when the t=0
lift moves downwards. What is the acceleration For equilibrium displacement x = 0
of the lift?
0 = 3cos(0.25πt )
(a) g/4 (b) g/3
(c) g/2 (d) G It means
π
Ans. (b) : Let lift is moving in upward direction with 0.25πt =
acceleration 'a'. 2
mass = m 1
⇒ t= = 2 sec.
Tension = T1 0.25 × 2
21. If two objects are weighed in water and both of
them lose the same weight, then the two objects
must have identical
(a) Specific gravity (b) Weight in air
(c) Density (d) Volume
T1 = mg + ma
T1 = m(g + a) ...(1) Ans. (d) : Because two object lose same weight
Let lift is moving in downward direction with So, FB1 = FB2 (Equal buoyancy force)
acceleration 'a' ρgV1 = ρgV2
mass = m
V1 = V2
Tension = T2
22. 1kg of moist air of RH 70% at 21ºC is cooled at
constant pressure of 1 bar to 5ºC. The vapour
pressure at 21ºC and 5ºC are 0.025 bar and
0.0087 bar. The percentage of water vapour
that condenses into water, at 5ºC is
T2 = mg - ma (a) 66% (b) 85%
T2 = m(g - a) ...(2) (c) 51% (d) 17%
T1 = 2T2 (given) Ans. (a) : Given, Moist air, mass m = 1 kg
From equation (1) and equation (2) RH=70%
m(g + a) = 2m(g - a)
g
a=
3
19. Whirling speed of a shaft coincides with the
natural frequency of its
(a) Transverse vibration
(b) Longitudinal vibration
(c) Torsional vibration Specific humidity is given by
(d) Coupled bending torsional vibration 0.622 Pv
ω=
Ans. (a) : Whirling speed of a shaft coincides with the Pt − Pv
natural frequency of its transverse vibration. Where, Pt = total pressure
20. Oscillation of a particle is prescribed by the Pv = partial pressure
equation x = 3 cos (0.25 πt), where t is the time Percentage of water vapour condenses into
in seconds. The time taken by the particle to water.
move from position of equilibrium to ω1 − ω2
maximum displacement is × 100 ...(i)
ω1
(a) 2.0 sec (b) 1.0 sec
(c) 0.5 sec (d) 3.0 sec Specific humidity at 21ºC
Pv = 0.025 bar, Pt = 1 bar
Ans. (a) : x = 3cos(0.25π t )
0.622 × 0.025
maximum displacement amplitude = 3 ω1 =
1 − 0.025
3 = 3cos(0.25π t )
And specific humidity at 5ºC, Pv = 0.0087 bar, Pt = 1
cos(0.25π t ) = 1 bar
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 247 YCT
 0.622 × 0.0087 25. A solid shaft of 100mm diameter transmits 160
ω2 =
1 − 0.0087 HP at 200 rpm. The modulus of rigidity c = 8 ×
Put the value in equation (i) 105 kg/cm2. Then the maximum angle of twist
0.025 0.087 for a length of 6 meter is
− (a) 5º (b) 2.5º
= 1 − 0.025 1 − 0.087 × 100 (c) 3.2º (d) 2º
0.025
1 − 0.025 Ans. (b) : P = 160 HP
= 66% N = 200 rpm
23. Two spherical balls of same material and G = 8 × 105 kg/cm2
surface finish have their diameters in the ratio l = 6m
of 2:1. Both are heated to same temperature θ = ? d = 0.100 m
and allowed to cool by radiation. Rate of P = 160 × 746
cooling of big ball as compared to smaller one P = 119360 W
will be in the ratio of = 119.360 kW
(a) 1:2 (b) 2:1
2π NT
(c) 1:1 (d) 4:1 P=
60
Ans. (d) : By Stefan Boltzman law
2 × 3.14 × 200 × T
Rate of cooling = εσ A(T14 ) 119.36 =
60
d1 2
Given, = T = 5.70 kN/m
d2 1 T Gθ τ
d1 = 2d2 = =
J 2 r
Form quation, balls are same material and heated to
T Gθ
same temperature. So, ε, σ, and T is same for both =
J l
balls.
π d12 5.70 8 × 105 × 9.81× 104 × θ
=
Q1 A1 π 4 6 ×1000
= = 4 d
Q2 A2 π d 2 2 32
4 Or θ = 0.044 rad
2 0.044 × 180
d  =
= 1  π
 d2 
θ ≈ 2.5º
2
 2d 2  4 26. A perfect gas at 27 ºC is heated at constant
=  = = 4 :1
 d2  1 pressure till its volume is double. The final
temperature is
24. Ninety kilograms of ice at 0ºC are completely
(a) 54ºC (b) 108ºC
melted. Find the entropy change, in kJ/K, if T2
(c) 327ºC (d) 600ºC
= 0ºC. (Latent heat of fusion is 318.5 kJ/kg.K)
(a) 0 (b) 45 Ans. (c) : Gas equation,
(c) 105 (d) 85 PV PV
1 1
= 2 2
Ans. (c) : Given, T1 T2
mass m = 90 kg Constant pressure = P1 = P2 = P
T = 0ºC = (0 + 273) K V1 V2
= 273 K =
T1 T2
Latent heat of fusion
V2 T2
l = 318.5 kJ/kgK =
ml dQ V1 T1
Entropy change ds = =
T T 2V1 T
= 2
90 × 318.5 V1 300
=
273 T2 = 600 K
= 105 kJ/k T2 = 327ºC
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 248 YCT
27. The stagnation temperature of an isentropic
flow of air (k = 1.4) is 360K. If the temperature
is 200K at a section, then the Mach number of
the flow will be
(a) 1.0 (b) 1.5
(c) 3.0 (d) 2.0
Ans. (d) : Formula in temperature form (a) 22 km (b) 18 km
T0  k − 1 2  (c) 30 km (d) 16 km
= 1+ M 
T  2  Ans. (b) : v = 300 m/s
T0 k −1 2 Let actual weight of passenger is = W
Or −1 = M And apparent weight of passenger is = W'
T 2
360 1.4 − 1 2 So, balancing forces
Or −1 = M W' = W - M ω2R
200 2
Or 0.8 = 0.2 M2 Mv 2
=W −
M=2 R
Here, W
W'= (given)
T0 = stagnation temperature 2
T = Temperature W Wv 2
M = Mach number =W −
2 Rg
28. Air at 20ºC blows over a plate of 50 cm × 75cm
maintained at 250ºC. If the convection heat v2 1
1− =
transfer coefficient is 25W/m2ºC, the heat Rg 2
transfer rate is
v2 1
(a) 2.156kW (b) 2156kW =
Rg 2
(c) 215.6kW (d) 21.56kW
2
Ans. (a) : h = 25 W/m ºC 2v 2 2 × (300) 2
R= =
T1 = 20ºC, T2 = 250ºC g 10
⇒ ∆T = T2 − T1 = 250 − 20 R = 18000 m = 18 km
= 230ºC 31. Two car are moving in the same direction with
A = 50 cm × 75 cm a speed of 45 km/hr and a distance of 10 km
Q = hA∆T separates them. If a car coming from the
= 25 × 50 × 75 × 10-4 × 230 opposite direction meets these two cars at an
= 2156 W interval of 6 minutes, its speed would be
Q = 2.156 kW (a) 45 km/hr (b) 55 km/hr
29. A small plastic boat loaded with pieces of steel (c) 65 km/hr (d) 75 km/hr
rods is floating in a bath tub. If the cargo is Ans. (b) : Let speed of car moving in opposite
dumped into the water allowing the boat to direction is = V m/s
float empty, the water level in the tub will From relative velocity approach.
(a) Rise Due to same direction,
(b) Remains same Relative velocity = V + 45
(c) Fall 10 6
(d) Cannot be estimated from the information So, =
V + 45 60
Ans. (c) : By using Archimedes Principle, the volume 100 = V + 45
of liquid displaced by boat and rods is greater than the
V = 100-45
volume of liquid displaced by empty boat and cargo
dumped in water. Therefore, water level of tub will fall. V = 55 km/hr
30. When a jet plane flying at 300 m/s is at the very 32. If the rotating mass of a rim type flywheel is
top of its trajectory, the apparent weight of a distributed on another rim type flywheel whose
passenger is one half of other actual weight. mean radius is half the mean radius of the
Find the radius of curvature R of the flight former, then energy stored in the later at the
path at this point. Use g = 10 m/s2 same speed will be
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 249 YCT
 (a) Four times the first one (b) Stress/strain = a constant
(b) Same as the first one (c) Stress x strain = 1
(c) One and a half times the first one (d) None of these
(d) One fourth of the first one Ans. (b) : Hooke's law—According to Hooke's law
Ans. (d) : Rotational energy (or rotational kinetic the stress is directly proportional to strain within
energy) elastic limit i.e. normal stress (σ) ∝ Normal strain (ε)
1 2 σ = Eε
E= Iω
2 And shear stress (τ) ∝ shearing strain (γ)
I = mr2 τ = Gγ
1 37. Two heavy rotating masses are connected by
E = mr 2ω 2
2 shafts of lengths l1, l2 and l3 and the
1 2 2 corresponding diameters are d1, d2 and d3. This
mr ω system is reduced to a torsionally equivalent
E1 2 1
So, = length of the shafts is
E2 1 mr 2ω 2
4 4
2
2
d  d 
(a) l1 + l2  1  + l3  1 
[∵ According to given condition]  d2   d3 
(r1 ) 2 1 3 3
= = d  d 
(r2 )2 4 (b) l1 + l2  1  + l3  1 
 d2   d3 
E1 1
= l1 + l2 + l3
E2 4 (c)
3
33. Tungsten in High Speed Steel provides
(d) l1 + l2 + l3
(a) Hot hardness (b) Toughness
(c) Wear resistance (d) Sharp cutting edge Ans. (a) :
Ans. (a) : Tungsten is a good carbide former that
prevents grain growth, enhances toughness and increases
hot hardness and high temperature strength. Tungsten is
used in hot forming tool steels and high-speed steels.
34. Which of the following regions of the
electromagnetic spectrum would be used to
θ = θ1 + θ 2 + θ3
determine the structure of crystalline solids?
(a) Microwave (b) Infrared Tle Tl Tl Tl
= 1 + 2 + 3
(c) X-ray (d) Visible GJ GJ1 GJ 2 GJ 3
Ans. (c) : Crystalline structure is determined by x-ray le l l l
diffraction method. = 1 + 2 + 3
π 4 π 4 π 4 π 4
de d1 d2 d3
35. Fluidity in casting operation is greatly 32 32 32 32
influenced by
le l l l
(a) Melting temperature of molten metal 4
= 14 + 24 + 34
d e d1 d 2 d3
(b) Pouring temperature of molten metal
1   d1  
4 4
(c) Finish of the mould le  d1 
(d) Carbon content of molten metal =  l1 + l2  + l 3  
d e4 d14   d2   d3  

Ans. (b) : Fluidity in casting operation is greatly
influenced by pouring temperature of molten metal. We assume, d1 = de
4 4
Fluidity- The ability of a metal to flow and fill a  d1   d1 
mould is known as fluidity. then, we get le = l1 + l2  + l3 
 d2   d3 
Pouring temperature is the most important
controlling factor of fluidity. As pouring temperature 38. Precipitation hardening is applicable for
increases fluidity increases. (a) Pure aluminium
36. Robert Hooke discovered experimentally that (b) Low carbon steel
within elastic limit (c) Non-metal
(a) Stress = strain (d) Aluminium - Copper alloy
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 250 YCT
 Ans. (d) : Precipitation hardening is also called age 41. A thin cylinder contains fluid at a pressure of
hardening or particle hardening. In a heat treatment 30 kg/cm2. The inside diameter of the shell is 60
technique used to increase the yield strength of cm and the tensile stress in the material is to be
aluminium, magnesium, nickel, titanium and some limited to 900 kg/cm2. The shell must have
steels and stainless steel. minimum wall thickness of
39. Match the lists I and II using code given below (a) 1 mm (b) 2.7 mm
A. Car dash board 1. Polyvinylchloride (c) 10 mm (d) 9 mm
(PVC)
B. Aircraft windows 2. Teflon Ans. (c) : P = 30 kg/cm2
C. Conduit pipes 3. Polyacrylonitrile d = 60 cm
D. Bearings and gears 4. Polymethylmetha σ = 900 kg/cm2
Pd
-crylate σ=
A B C D 2t
(a) 1 2 3 4
Pd
(b) 3 4 1 2 Hoop stress (Circumferential) σ =
(c) 4 3 2 1 2t
(d) 2 3 4 1 30 × 60
900 =
Ans. (b) : 2×t
A. Car dash board 3. Polyacrylonitrile 30 × 60
B. Aircraft windows 4. Polymethylmethacrylate t=
900 × 2
C. Conduit pipes 1. Polyvinylchloride (PVC)
D. Bearings and gears 2. Teflon t = 1cm = 10mm
40. The mass moment of inertia of a cube with 42. When a shaft is subjected to combined twisting
edges of length b, about an axis passing moment (T) and bending moment (M), the
through an edge equivalent twisting moment is equal to
2 2 1
(a)
mb
(b)
mb (a) M + M 2 +T 2 
2 6 2  
3mb 2 2mb 2 (b) M 2 + 4T 2
(c) (d)
2 3
(c) 4M 2 + T 2
Ans. (d)
(d) M 2 +T 2
Ans. (d) : When a shaft is subjected to combined
twisting moment (T) and bending moment (M), the
equivalent twisting moment
• Equivalent Twisting moment (Te) = M 2 + T 2
•Equivalent Bending moment (Me)
1
= M + M 2 +T 2 
2 
43. Two blocks with masses M and m are in
mb 2 contact with each other and are resting on a
I central axis =
6 horizontal frictionless floor. When horizontal
Distance between central axis and an edge force F is applied to the heavier, the blocks
diagonal length accelerate to the right. The force between the
=
2 two blocks are
b 2 b
= =
2 2
2
mb 2  b  mF MF
Iedge = + m  (a) (b)
6  2 ( M + m) m
mb 2 mb 2 2mb 2 mF F
= + = (c) (d) ( M + m)
6 2 3 M m
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 251 YCT
 Ans. (a) : Force between two block = ? 45. Dislocations in materials are
Let force between two blocks = F' (a) Point defect
F' = ma ...(1) (b) Surface defect
F = (M + m) a (c) Planer defect
F (d) Line defect
a=
( M + m) Ans. (d) : Dislocations can slip in planes containing
both the dislocation line and the Burgers vector. For a
screw dislocation, the dislocation line and burgers
vector are parallel.
• For an edge dislocation, the dislocation and the
Burgers vectors are perpendicular, so there is one
plane in which the dislocation can slip.
Using FBD
46. Which of the following thermocouple is capable
of measuring highest temperature?
(a) Chromel - alumel
(b) Platinum - rhodium
(c) Iridium - rhodium
Put value of a in equation (1) (d) Iron - constantan
mF
F'= Ans. (c) :
m+M Chromel - alumel 1100-1300ºC
44. A machine mounted on a single coil spring has Platinum - rhodium 1650-1700ºC
a period of free vibration of T. If the spring is Iridium - rhodium 2000-2100ºC
cut into four equal parts and placed in parallel Iron - constantan 850-1100ºC
and the machine is mounted on them, then the
period of free vibration of the new system will 47. A circular rod of 100 mm diameter and 500
be mm length is subjected to a tensile force of
(a) 16 T (b) T/4 1000 kN. Determine the modulus of rigidity (G)
(c) 4 T (d) T/16 if E = 2 × 105 N/mm2 and Poisson's = 0.3
Ans. (b) : Time period (a) 0.335 ×105 N/mm2
(b) 0.521 ×105 N/mm2
2π m
T= = 2π ...(1) (c) 0.7692 ×105 N/mm2
ω k (d) 0.2256 ×105 N/mm2
k Ans. (c) : E = 2 × 105 N/mm2
ω=
m Poisson's ratio (µ) = 0.3
When spring is cut in 4 parts then effective spring E = 2G (1 + µ)
constant (keq) becomes 4k (for one spring). 2 × 105 = 2G (1 + 0.3)
When 4 springs are connected in parallel
1× 105
G=
1.3
G = 0.7692 × 105 N/mm2
48. For the state of stress shown in the above
figure, normal stress acting on the plane of
maximum shear stress is

keq = 4k + 4k + 4k + 4k
keq = 16k
m
T ' = 2π
16k
2π m
Hence, T ' = ...(2) (a) 25 MPa tension
4 k
(b) 75 MPa compression
T
T'= (c) 25 MPa compression
4 (d) 75 MPa tension
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 252 YCT
 Ans. (a) : Normal stress on plane of maximum shear Ans. (a) : M = Bending moment
stress = Normal stress at the centre of mohr circle V = shear force
= Radius of Mohr circle W = Intensity of load
2 y = Deflection of Beam
 σ x −σ y 
=   + τ xy
2
dM
Shear force, V =
 2  dx
 100 − 50 
2 dV
=  W=
 +0 dx
 2 
= 25 MPa 51. For a column of length L is fixed at both the
ends, corresponding Euler's critical load is
49. The effective diameter of an external or
(a) π 2 EI / L2 (b) 2π 2 EI / L2
internal screw thread, is known as
(a) Minor diameter (b) Major diameter (c) 3π 2 EI / L2 (d) 4π 2 EI / L2
(c) Pitch diameter (d) None of these Ans. (d) : Euler's critical load
Ans. (c) : Pitch diameter: It is diameter at which the π 2 E I min
Pcr =
ridges on the bolt are in complete touch with ridges of Le2
the corresponding nut. It is also called an effective Le = effective length
diameter. Both end fixed
Minor diameter: It is the smallest diameter of an 1
Le = L
external or internal screw thread. It is also known as 2
core or root diameter. Critical load
Major diameter: It is the largest diameter of an π 2 E I min
external or internal screw thread. It is also known as Pcr = 2
nominal diameter. 1 
 L 
2 
4π 2 EI min
=
L2
52. Which one of the following figures is the
correct sketch of Mohr's circle of the given
state of stress

(a)

50. Consider the following statements :

If at section away from the ends of the beam, M
represents the bending moment, V the shear
(b)
force, w the intensity of loading and y
represents the deflection of the beam at the
section, then
1. dM/dx = V
2. dV/dx = W (c)
3. dW/dx = y
Of these statements
(a) 1 and 2 are correct
(b) 1 and 3 are correct (d)
(c) 2 and 3 are correct
(d) 1, 2 and 3 are correct

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 253 YCT

 Ans. (d) : State of stress Ans. (b) : In reactangle
width = b
depth = d
Deflection for S.S.B. when load acting at center of
beam.
WL3
"Pure shear" δ=
48 EI
Mohr's circle diagram
bd 3
I1 =
12
Then Interchanged depth and width
db3
I2 =
53. With a punch for which the maximum 12
crushing stress is 4 times the maximum 1 3

shearing stress of the plate, the biggest hole δ1 I 2 12 db

= =
that can be punched in the plate would be of δ 2 I1 1
bd 3
diameter equal to 12
δ1  b 
2
1
(a) × Thickness of plate =
4 δ 2  d 
1 2
(b) × Thickness of plate d 
2 δ 2 =   δ1
b
(c) Plate thickness
δ1 = δ
(d) 2 × Plate thickness
2
d
Ans. (c) : Crushing stress (σ c ) =
4P δ2 =   δ
πd2 b
P 55. The given figure shows a cantilever of span 'L'
Shear stress (τ ) =
π dt subjected to a concentrated load 'P' and a
(Where d is diameter of hole and t is thickness of moment 'M' at the free end. Deflection at the
plate) free end is given by
σ c = 4τ (Given)
4P 4P
=
πd 2
π dt
d=t
PL2 ML2 ML2 PL2
54. A simply supported beam with width 'b' and (a) + (b) +
2 EI 3EI 2 EI 48EI
depth 'd' carries a central load W and
undergoes deflection δ at the centre. If the ML2 PL2 ML2 PL3
(c) + (d) +
width and depth are interchanged, the 3EI 2 EI 2 EI 3EI
deflection at the centre of the beam would Ans. (d) : For cantilever beam
attain the value :
d
(a) δ
b
2
d (i)
(b)   δ
b Deflection at the free end
3
d
(c)   δ
b
3/ 2
d
(d)   δ
b
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 254 YCT
 PL3 (a) Both the beams will be equally strong
δ1 = (b) Square section beam will be stronger
3EI
(c) Circular section beam will be stronger
(d) Depends on loading condition
Ans. (b) : Square section beam will be stronger
because section modulus of square section beam is
(ii) more as compare to circular section beam. Section
modulus is also called strength of beam.
ML2
δ2 = 59. The number of degree of freedom of a five link
2 EI
place mechanism with five revolute pairs as
So, total Deflection (i + ii)
shown in the figure is
= δ1 + δ2
PL3 ML2
= +
3EI 2 EI
56. In arc welding, penetration is minimum for
(a) 3 (b) 4
(a) DCSP (b) DCRP
(c) 1 (d) 2
(c) AC (d) DCEN
Ans. (d) :
Ans. (b) : In arc welding, penetration is minimum for
D.C. reverse polarity and DCRP is used for thin plate
because in case of reverse polarity the electrons are
transferred from the plate to the electrode and hence
more heat (2/3 part of heat) generation takes place to
electrode. No. of link (l) = 5
57. Match list-I (welding effect) with list-II (causes) No. of joint ( j) = 5
and select the correct answer using the codes No. of higher pair (h) = 0
given below the lists : F = 3(l − 1) − 2 j − h
List-I List-II = 3(5 − 1) − 2 × 5 − 0 = 3 × 4 - 10 = 12 – 10 = 2
(Welding effect) (Causes)
60. To ensure self locking in a screw jack, it is
A. Spatter 1. Damp electrodes essential that helix angle is
B. Distortion 2. Arc blow (a) Larger than friction angle
C. Slag inclusion 3. Improper cleaning in (b) None of these
multipass Welding (c) Equal to friction angle
D. Porosity 4. Poor joint selection (d) Smaller than friction angle
A B C D Ans. (d) : To ensure self locking in a screw jack, that
(a) 2 4 3 1 helix angle is smaller than friction angle.
(b) 4 2 1 3 61. A cutting tool having tool signature as 10, 9, 6,
(c) 2 4 1 3 6, 8, 8, 2 will have side rake angle
(d) 4 2 3 1 (a) 10º (b) 9º
Ans. (a) : (c) 8º (d) 2º
Welding effect Causes Ans. (b) : Tool signature or Tool designation (ANSI)
or (ASA) system is given in sequance-
A. Spatter 1. Arc blow
ab − as − Ye − Ys − Ce − Cs − R
B. Distortion 2. Poor joint selection
C. Slag inclusion 3. Improper cleaning in Where, ab= Back rake angle
multipass Welding as - side rake angle
D. Porosity 4. Excessive H2, O2, N2 in Ye - end relief angle
the welding atmosphere or Ys - side relief angle
Damp electrodes Ce - end cutting edge angle
58. Two beams of equal cross sectional areas are Cs - side cutting edge angle
subjected to equal bending moment. If one R - nose radius
beam has square section and the other has 10, 9, 6, 6, 8, 8, 2
circular section then. From the given data, Side Rake Angle = 9

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 255 YCT

62. In radiographic test, type of defect not 66. CLA value and RMS values are used for
detectable by X-Ray is measurement of
(a) Delamination in cladded sheet (a) Metal hardness
(b) Porosity in castings (b) Sharpness of tool edge
(c) Tungsten inclusion in TIG weld (c) Surface dimensions
(d) Under cut in metal arc welding (d) Surface roughness
Ans. (d) : Radiography tests are used for inspection of Ans. (d) : CLA value and RMS values are used for
metals of all types and thickness. In this test cracks, measurement of surface roughness.
holes, slag, inclusions, porosity, lack of fusion and 67. A sine bar is specified by
incomplete penetration etc. are effectively detected. (a) Its total length
In radiographic test, type of defect not detectable by X- (b) The size of the rollers
Ray is under cut in metal are welding. (c) The centre distance between the two rollers
63. In CAM, "Part programming" refers to (d) The distance between rollers and upper surface
(a) Generation of cutter location data Ans. (c) : A sine bar is specified by the distance
(b) On-line Inspection between the centre of the two rollers.
(c) Machine Selection
68. A shaft and hole pair is designated as 50H7d8.
(d) Tool Selection This assembly constitutes
Ans. (a) : CNC part programming consists of series of (a) Interference fit (b) Transition fit
coded instruction that are required to produce a part. (c) Clearance fit (d) None of the above
The program controls the machine tool movements and
Ans. (c) :
controls auxiliary functions including spindle coolant
and rotation.
In CAM, "Part programming" refers to generation of
cutter location data.
64. A 50mm diameter steel rod was turned at 284
rpm and tool failure occurred in 10 minutes.
The speed was changed to 232 rpm and the tool
failed in 60 mintues. Assuming straight line
relationship between cutting speed and tool
life, the value of Taylorian Exponent is
(a) 0.21 (b) 0.13 Here the lower limit of hole lies above the upper limit
(c) 0.11 (d) 0.23 of the shaft, then the fit be clearance fit.
Ans. (c) : By Taylor's Equation 69. A milling machine has the following two index
T1 = 10, N1 = 284 rpm plates supplied along with the indexing head:
T2 = 50, N2 = 232 rpm Plate I: 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, hole circles
V1T1n = V2T2n Plate 2 : 21, 23, 27, 29, 31, 33, hole circles
It is proposed to mill a spur gear of 28 teeth
π DN1 (10)n = π DN 2 (60)n using simple indexing method. Which one of
n = 0.11287 ≈ 0.11 the following combinations of index plate and
number of revolutions is correct?
65. Which of the following screw thread is adapted
(a) Plate I:1 revolution and 9 holes in 18 hole circles
for power transmission in one direction
(b) Plate 2:1 revolution and 9 holes in 21 hole circles
(a) Acme threads (b) Buttress threads
(c) Plate 2:1 revolution and 9 holes in 33 hole circles
(c) Square threads (d) Multiple threads (d) Plate I:1 revolution and 9 holes in 15 hole circles
Ans. (b) : Buttress thread combines the advantages of Ans. (b) : The rotation of the index crank (for simple
square and trapezoidal threads. Buttress threads are indexing)
used where a heavy axial force acts along the screw
40 3
axis in one direction only. = = 1 turns
28 7
3× 3 9
i.e. means = 1 = 1 turns
7×3 21
One full rotation + 9 hole in 21 hole circle, so plate-2
is used.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 256 YCT

70. The initial blank diameter required to form a (a) x + 2y - 2 = 0 (b) 2x + y - 2 = 0
cylindrical cup of outside diameter 'd' and total (c) x - 2y - 2 = 0 (d) x + 2y + 2 =0
height'h' having a corner radius 'r' is obtained 2z +1
using the formula Ans. (a) :
zi + 1
(a) Do = d 2 + 4dh − 0.5r put z = (x + iy)
(b) Do = d + 2h + 2r 2( x + iy ) + 1 [2( x + iy ) + 1][(1 − y ) − xi ]
= =
(c) Do = d + 2h + 2r
2 2 ( x + iy )i + 1 [ xi + (1 − y )][(1 − y ) − xi ]

(d) Do = d 2 + 4dh − 0.5r (2 x + 1 − y ) + (−2 x 2 − x + 2 y − 2 y 2 )i

=
(1 − y )2 + x 2
Ans. (d) Given,
Blank diameter = D Equating imaginary parts
Height of cup = h Imaginary part = -2
Cup diameter = d −2 x 2 − x + 2 y − 2 y 2
= −2
Corner radius = r (1 − y )2 + x 2

(i) If 15r ≤ d ≤ 20r then, D = d 2 + 4dh − 0.5r −2 x 2 − x + 2 y − 2 y 2 = −2 − 2 y 2 + 4 y − 2 x 2

x + 2y − 2 = 0
(ii) If d>20r, then D = d 2 + 4dh
73. General solution of the differential equation
71. The equation of the tangent to the curve
(D2 - 2D + 1)y = e x is
y ( x − 2)( x − 3) − x + 7 = 0, at the point where it
cuts the x-axis is x2 x
(a) Ae x + Be − x + e
(a) - x + 20y = 7 (b) x + 20y = 7 2
(c) x - 20y = 7 (d) - x - 20y = 7 x2 x
(b) e x ( A + Bx) − e
Ans. (c) : y ( x − 2)( x − 3) − x + 7 = 0 ...(1) 2
x2 x
Point where it cut at x axis is at y = 0 (c) Ae x + Be − x − e
2
Put y = 0 in equation (1)
0( x − 2)( x − 3) − x + 7 = 0 x2 x
(d) e x ( A + Bx) + e
2
-x+7=0
Ans. (d) : (D2 - 2D + 1) y = ex
+ x = +7
For P.I.
x=7
ex dy xe x
( x − 7) y= , =
y= D 2 − 2 D + 1 dx 2 D − 2
( x − 2)( x − 3)
d2 y x2ex
dy ( x − 5 x + 6) − ( x − 7)(2 x − 5) 20 − 0 × (14 − 5)
2 =
= = dx 2 2
dx ( x 2 − 5 x + 6)2 (20) 2
For, C.F. = D2 - 2D + 1 = 0
 dy  1 (D - 1)2 = 0
  =
 (7,0)
dx 20 D = 1, 1
Equation of tangent at (7,0) C.F. = (A + Bx) ex
1 General solution C.F. + P.I.
y−0 = ( x − 7)
20 x 2e x
( A + Bx )e x +
20y = x - 7 2
x - 20y = 7 74. In a simple micrometer with screw pitch 0.5
2z +1 mm and divisions on thimble 50, the reading
72. If the imaginary part of is -2, then the
iz + 1 corresponding to 5 divisions on barrel and 12
locus of the point z in the complex plane is divisions on thimble is

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 257 YCT

 (a) 2.620 mm (b) 2.512 mm −1
Ans. (c) : V = ( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) 2
(c) 5.120 mm (d) 5.012 mm
−1
∂v ∂ 2
Ans. (a) : The reading corresponding to 5 division on =
∂x ∂x
( x + y2 + z2 ) 2
barrel and 12 division on thimble is
 ∂ n n −1 ∂p 
5 × 0.5 +
0.5
× 12 = 2.62 mm. ∵ p = np 
 ∂x ∂x 
50
a + a

b + b

c + c
−1
−1 2 −1 ∂
= ( x + y2 + z2 ) 2 ( x 2 + y2 + z2 )
b
c
c
a
a
b
75. The value of is 2 ∂x
2

2
−3
∂v −1 2 ∂x
= ( x + y 2 + z 2 ) 2 ( 2x )
(a) 0 ∂x 2 ∂x
−1 3
−1  2 
(b) −(a − b)(b − c)(c − a)(a + b + c) =  ( x + y + z ) 2  ( 2x )
2 2

2  
(c) (a − b)(b − c)(c − a)(a + b + c)
∂v
(d) 1 = − xv3
∂x
Ans. (b) : Similarly,
a b c ∂v ∂v
= − yv3 and = −zv3
b+c c+a a+b ∂y ∂z
a2 b2 c2
∂ 2 v ∂  ∂v  ∂
=  =
∂x 2 ∂x  ∂x  ∂x
( −xv3 )
c1→c1–c2
c2→c2–c3  ∂  ∂q ∂p
∵ ( pq )  = p + q
 ∂x  ∂x ∂x
( a − b) (b − c ) c
∂ 3
(b − a ) (c − b) ( a + b) = −x
∂x
( v ) + ( −v3 ) ∂∂x ( x )
a 2 − b2 (b 2 − c 2 ) c2
∂v
1 1 c = − x ( 3v 2 ) − v3 = −3xv 2 ( − xv3 ) − v3 = 3x2v5–v3
∂x
= (a − b)(b − c) −1 −1 a + b
Similarly,
a + b b + c c2
∂2 v
c1→c1–c2 = 3y 2 v 5 − v 3
∂y 2
0 1 c And
= (a − b)(b − c) 0 −1 ( a + b )
∂2 v
a−c b+c c2 = 3z 2 v5 − v 3
∂z 2
= (a − b)(b − c )[(a + b)(a − c) + c(a − c)]
∂2 v ∂2 v ∂2 v
+ + = 3x2v5–v3+3y2v5–v3 + 3z2v5–v3
= −(a − b)(b − c)(c − a)(a + b + c) ∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2

∂ 2υ ∂ 2υ ∂ 2υ = 3v5 ( x 2 + y 2 + z 2 ) − 3v 3
2 2 2 -1/2
76. If υ = (x + y + z ) , then + + is
∂x 2 ∂y 2 ∂z 2 v = (x2+y2+z2)–1/2
1 Squaring both side,
(a) − (b) -1
2 ⇒ x2 + y2 + z2 = v–2
(c) 0 (d) 1 = 3v5(v–2)–3v3 = 3v3–3v3 = 0

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 258 YCT

77. The image of the point (1,2,3) in the plane 2x + ∧ ∂ ∂ 
y + z = 13 is = i  ( xz 2 − y 2 z ) − (3x 2 y ) 
 ∂y ∂ z 
(a) (5,4,5) (b) (5,5,4)
∂ ∂ 
(c) (3,3,4) (d) (4,5,5) − ˆj  ( xz 2 − y 2 z ) − ( xyz ) 
Ans. (a) :  ∂x ∂z 
∂ ∂ 
+ kˆ  (3x 2 y ) − ( xyz ) 
 ∂x ∂y 
= iˆ [ (−2 yz ) − 0] − ˆj  z 2 − xy  + kˆ [ 6 xy − xz ]
= −2 yz iˆ − ( z 2 − xy ) ˆj + (6 xy − xz )kˆ
∧ ∧ ∧
(CurlV )(2,−1,1) = 2 i − 3 j − 14 k

Let Q is image of point p(1, 2, 3) 79. An open tank contains water to a depth of 2m
Given, plane is 2x+y+z=13 and oil over it to a depth of 1m. If the specific
Direction of normal (2,1,1) gravity of oil is 0.8, then the pressure intensity
Equation of line- at the interface of the two fluid layers will be
x −1 y − 2 z − 3 (a) 9750 N/m2 (b) 8720 N/m2
= = = λ ( say ) (c) 9347 N/m2 (d) 7848 N/m2
2 1 1
x = 2λ+1, y = λ+2, z = λ+3 Ans. (d) :
Let m is the middle point of PQ
 2λ + 1 + 1 λ + 2 + 2 λ + 3 + 3 
m= , , 
 2 2 2 
 2λ + 2 λ + 4 λ + 6 
m= , , 
 2 2 2 
Since m lies on the plane 2x+y+z = 13
 2λ + 2   λ + 4   λ + 6  Given Sp. gravity of oil = 0.8
2  + 1  + 1  = 13 Sp. gravity of water = Sw = 1
 2   2   2 
Pressure intensity of two fluid layer
⇒ 4λ + 4 + λ + 4 + λ + 6 = 26
6 λ +14 = 26 = 0 + ρgh
6 λ =12 = 0.8 × 1000 × 9.8 × 1= 7848 N/m2
λ =2 80. A box contains 6 black and 5 red balls. Two
balls are drawn one after another from the box
Now substituting the value of λ in Q coordinates i.e.
without replacement. The probability for both
(2 λ +1, λ +2, λ +3)
balls to be red is
∵Q ( 2 × 2 + 1, 2 + 2, 2 + 3)
3 2
Q = (5, 4, 5) (a) (b)
11 11
78. The value of curl of the vector 5 25
ˆ 2 ˆ 2 2 ˆ
V = (xyz)i + (3x y)j + (xz - y z)k at the point (c) (d)
11 121
(2, -1, 1) is Ans. (b) : Probability of Ist Ball being Red
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧
(a) 2 i + 3 j + 14 k (b) 2 i − 3 j + 14 k 5C1 5
=
∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ ∧ 11C1 11
(c) 2 i + 3 j − 14 k (d) 2 i − 3 j − 14 k
Probability of 2nd Ball being red
∧ ∧ ∧
Ans. (d) : V = ( xyz ) i + (3x y ) j + ( xz − y z ) k
2 2 2 4C1 4 2
= =
i j k 10C1 10 5
∂ ∂ ∂ Probability of both ball being red without replacement
CurlV =
∂x ∂y ∂z =
5 2 2
× =
xyz 3x 2 y xz 2 − y 2 z 11 5 11

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2011 259 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. If thermal conductivity of a material of wall
varies as k0 (1 - αT), the temperature at the
center of the wall will be (α is +ve)
(a) Depends on other factors
(b) More than that in case of constant thermal
conductivity
(c) Less than that in case of constant thermal total emissive power
conductivity = 0 + 150 × (12 - 3) + 300 (25 - 12) + 0
(d) None of the above = 5250 W/m2
Ans. (c) : For the temperature profile 3. A wire is plastically deformed bent by
supplying a force of 40 N over a distance of
k = ko (1 − α T ) 0.8m. (The force moves in the direction in
which the distance is measured). If the wire has
a mass of 0.2 kg and a specific heat of 0.5
kJ/kgºC estimate the maximum increase in the
average temperature of the wire
(a) 0.03ºC (b) 0.3ºC
(c) 3ºC (d) 30ºC
Ans. (b) : Given, force (F) = 40N
Distance (d) = 0.8m
Wire of mass (m) = 0.2 kg
Specific heat (c) = 0.5kJ/kgºC
Work done = estimate change of heat
F.d = mc∆T
if α = +ve 40 × 0.8 = 0.2 × 0.5 × 103 × ∆T
k = ko (1 + α T ) 32 = 0.10 × 103 × ∆T
α=0 ∆T = 0.32ºC
k = ko ∆T = 0.3ºC
and α = -ve 4. Two rods one of length L and the other of
k = ko (1 − α T ) length 2L are made of the same material and
have the same diameter. The two ends of the
Where, α is temperature coefficient of thermal longer road are maintained at 100 ºC. One end
conductivity. of the shorter road is maintained at 100 ºC
2. The spectral emissive power E1 for a diffusely while the other end is insulated. Both the rods
emitting surface is E1 = 0 for λ > 3 µm ; E1 = are exposed to the same environment at 40 ºC.
The temperature at the insulated end of the
150 W/m2 µm for 3 < λ < 12 µm ; E1 = 300 shorter rod is measured to be 55 ºC. The
W/m2 µm for 12 < λ < 25 µm ; E1 = 0 for λ > 25 temperature at the midpoint of the longer road
µm. The total emissive power of the surface would be
over the entire spectrum is (a) 40ºC (b) 50ºC
(a) 1250 W/m2 (c) 55ºC (d) 100ºC
(b) 2500 W/m2 Ans. (c) : Rod with length 2L has symmetric boundary
(c) 4000 W/m2 condition, i.e., 100ºC on both sides; hence at the centre
(d) 5250 W/m2 heat flux has to be zero due to symmetry. Now the
same 2L length bar can be divided into two bars of
Ans. (d) : Total emissive power
∞ 3 12 25 ∞
length L each having 100ºC at one end and insulated at
= ∫ Eλ d λ = ∫ 0 × d λ + ∫ 150d λ + ∫ 300d λ + ∫ 0.d λ other. So, one can say that temperature at mid-point of
o 0 3 12 25
longer rod is equal to temperature measured at
∞
= [ λ ]0 + 150 [ λ ]3 + 300 [ λ ]12 + 0.[ λ ]25
3 12 25
insulated end of shorter and which is 55ºC.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 260 YCT
5. A sphere, a cube and a disc all of the same Ans. (a) : Given
material, quality and volume are heated to 900 T1 = 5800 K
K and left in air. Which of these will have the T2 = 300 + 273 = 573 K
lowest rate of cooling λ1 = 0.5µ
(a) Cube λ 2= ?
(b) Disc According to wien's displacement law
(c) Sphere
λT = constant
(d) All will have the same rate of cooling
λ1Τ1 = λ2Τ2
Ans. (c) : Cooling time given by 0.5µ × 5800 = 573 × λ2
2
V  5800 × 0.5
t∝  λ2 = µ = 5.061µ ≈ 5µ
 SA  573
Where, V = Volume λ2 = 5µ
SA = Surface Area. 8. Polytropic index n is given by
As volume is same for all
p  p 
1 log  2  log  1 
t∝ p
 1  p2 
( SA)2 (a) (b)
v  v 
It is known that the sphere has the least surface area, log  1  log  1 
hence without doing any calculation we can say that  v2   v2 
cooling time will be more in a sphere. v  v 
Note:-Disc is basically a cylinder with negligible log  1  log  2 
v
 2  v1 
height. (c) (d)
p  p 
6. Air with initial condition of P1, V1 expands to log  2  log  2 
P  p1   p1 
final condition of 1 , 3V1. The process is
2 Ans. (a) : Polytropic process-
(a) Hyperbolic
1 1 = PV
n n
PV 2 2
(b) Adiabatic n
(c) Polytropic with n > 1 P2  V1 
= 
(d) Polytropic with n < 1 P1  V2 
Ans. (d) : Air, P 
Initial pressure = P1 log  2 
P1  P1  = n
Final pressure = V 
2 log  1 
Expansion to this process,  V2 
Initial volume = V1 9. The heat flow rate through parallel walls of
Final volume = 3V1 thickness L1, L2 and L3 and having surface
n areas A1, A2 and A3, thermal conductivities k1,
P1  V2 
=  k2 and k3, respectively and first and last walls
P2  V1  maintained at temperature t1 and t2 will be
n t1 − t2
P1  3V  (a)
= 1 L1 L L
P1 / 2  V1  + 2 + 3
A1k1 A2 k2 A3 k3
2 = 3n
t1 − t2
Taking both side ln (b)
k k k
ln 2 = n ln 3 1
+ 2 + 3
n = 0.63 A1 L1 A2 L2 A3 L3
So, the process is polytropic with n < 1 t1 − t2
(c)
7. Sun's surface at 5800 K emits radiation at a k A k A k A
1 1
+ 2 2+ 3 3
wavelength of 0.5µ. A furnace at 300ºC will L1 L2 L3
emit through a small opening, radiation at a
t1 − t2
wavelength of (d)
L1 A1 L2 A2 L3 A3
(a) 5µ (b) 0.5µ + +
k1 k2 k3
(c) 2.5µ (d) 0.25µ
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 261 YCT
 Ans. (a) : (ii) Counter flow arrangement– The fluids enter at
opposite ends, flow in opposite directions and leave at
opposite ends.

L1 L L
Rth = + 2 + 3
k1 A1 k2 A2 k3 A3
∆T
Q=
Rth Counter Flow Parallel Flow
From above definition, option (c) show heat transfer in
T1 − T2
Q= parallel flow heat exchanger.
L1 L L
+ 2 + 3 12. The value of Prandtl number for air is about
k1 A1 k 2 A2 k3 A3
(a) 0.1
10. Which of the following property of air does not (b) 0.3
increase with rise in temperature? (c) 0.7
(a) Specific gravity
(d) 10.5
(b) Kinematic viscosity
(c) Thermal conductivity Ans. (c) : Prandtl Number of Air (Pr)= 0.7
(d) Thermal diffusivity 13. A body cools from 90ºC to 80ºC in 5 minutes.
Ans. (a) : Specific gravity– It is the ratio of the Under the same external conditions to cool
density of the substance to the density of a reference from 80 ºC to 70 ºC the body will take
substance. (a) 5 minutes
ρ (b) 4 minutes
RD (relative density) /Specific gravity = substance (c) 2.5 minutes
ρreference
(d) More than 5 minutes
So, it does not increase with rise in temperature.
Ans. (d) : We known that, T (t) = Ts + (T0 – TS) e–bt
µ
• Kinematic viscosity, υ = Where, b is constant.
ρ
Case - I
µ for air increases with rise in temperature and ρ
80 − T∞
decreases with rise in temperature so, value of = e −5×60×b
kinematic viscosity increases. 90 − T∞

k Case - II
• Thermal diffusivity, α =
ρC p 70 − T∞
= e− bt
For air, k increases with temperature and ρ decreases 80 − T∞
with rise in temperature. Let T∞ = 0º C
So value of thermal diffusivity increases.
From case I
11. Choose the correct figure representing to gas
8
heat transfer in parallel flow heat exchanger? = e−300t
(a) (b) 9
taking ln on both sides,
ln (8/9) = –300b ln e
(c) (d) ⇒ b = 3.92 × 10-4
From case - II
7
= e − bt
Ans. (c) : Heat exchanger is a system used to transfer 8
heat between a source and a working fluid. They are taking ln on both side,
classified according to flow arrangement and type of 7
construction. ln   = −3.92 × 10−4 × t
8
(i) Parallel flow arrangement– In this arrangement, the
t = 340 sec
hot and cold fluids enter at the same end, flow in the
same direction and leave at the same end. = 5.668 min.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 262 YCT
14. When the temperature of a solid surface −4 −3
changes from 227ºC to 1227 ºC, its total A22 = = −4 x + 12
4 x
emissive power changes from E1 to E2. The
E  −4 −3
ratio  2  will be A23 = − = −(−16 + 12) = 4
4 4
 E1 
(a) 3 −3 −3
A31 = = −3
(b) 9 0 1
(c) 81 −4 −3
(d) Cannot be determined on the basis of A32 = − = −(−4 + 3) = 1
information provided 0 1
Ans. (c) : Given that, −4 −3
A33 = =3
T1 = 227ºC = 273 + 227 = 500 K 1 0
T2 = 1227 ºC = 1227 + 273 = 1500 K Co-factor matrix
E1 = σ T14 ,  A11 A12 A13 
E2 = σ T24 =  A21 A22 A23 
E2  T2 
4  A31 A32 A33 
= 
E1  T1   −4 4 − x 4
4 = 3 x − 12 12 − 4 x 4 
 1500 
=   −3 1 3 
 500 
= 81 Adj (A) = (Co factor matrix)T
15. Characteristic gas constant of gas is equal to  −4 3x − 12 −3
(a) Cp / Cv (b) Cv / Cp Adj(A) =  4 − x 12 − 4 x 1  ...(2)
(c) Cp - Cv (d) Cp + Cv  4 4 3 
Ans. (c) : Characteristic gas constant = R
Then Adj (A) = A
Cp - Cv = R
 −4 −3 −3
 −4 −3 −3
=  1 0 1 
16. The matrix A =  1 0 1  is its own
 4 4 x 
 4 4 x 
∴ x=3
adjoint. The value of x will be
17. The temperature of sun can be measured using
(a) 5 (b) 3
a
(c) -3 (d) -5
(a) Standard thermometer
Ans. (b) : (b) Radiation pyrometer
 −4 −3 −3 (c) Platinum resistance thermometer

A= 1 0 1   ...(1) (d) Mercury thermometer
 4 4 x 
Ans. (b) : The temperature of sun can be measured
using a radiation pyrometer.
First we have to find co-factor of each element
18. A car moving with uniform acceleration covers
0 1 450m in a 5 second interval, and covers 700 m
A11 = = −4
4 x in the next 5 second interval. The acceleration
1 1 of the car is
A12 = − = −x + 4 (a) 7 m/s2 (b) 50 m/s2
4 x 2
(c) 25 m/s (d) 10 m/s2
1 0 Ans. (d) : Given, S1 = 450 m, t1 = 5 sec
A13 = =4
1 4 Let A car moving with uniform Acceleration 'a'.
−3 −3 1
S1 = ut + at 2
A21 = −
4 x 2
= -(-3x+12) 1
450 = 5u + a × 5 × 5
= 3x - 12 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 263 YCT
 450 = 5u + 12.5a ...(1) So,
Next 5 second car travelling distance αt1 = βt2
S2 = 450 + 700 = 1150 α
t2 = t1
t2 = 5 + 5 = 10 sec. β
1 t = t1 + t2 ...(3)
So, S2 = ut2 + at22 β
2 t1 = .t
1 ( α + β)
1150 = 10u + × a × 10 × 10 So, from equation (1)
2
α.β
1150 = 10u + 50a ...(2) Vmax = t
From equation (1) and (2), multiply by 2 in equation ( α + β)
(1) then subtracted by equation (2) 20. Two metallic blocks having masses in the ratio
900 = 10u + 25a 2:3 are made to slide down a friction less
inclined plane starting initially from rest
1150 = 10u + 50a position. When these blocks reach the bottom
- - - of the inclined plane, they will have their
+250 = +25a kinetic energies in the ratio
250 (a) 2:3 (b) 3:5
a= (c) 3:2 (d) 7:4
25
Ans. (a) : Let two metallic block having mass m1 : m2
a = 10 m/s2 =2:3
19. A particle starts from rest with a constant m1 2
acceleration α m/sec2 and after some time it =
m 3
decelerates at a uniform rate of β m/sec till it2 2
For, mass m1
comes to rest. If the total time taken between
Kinetic energy
two rests positions is t, the maximum velocity
acquired by the particle would be 1
E1 = m1v 2
2
For mass m2-
Kinetic energy
1
E2 = m2 v 2
2
1
m v2
E1 2 1
=
E2 1 m v 2
α +β α −β 2
2
(a) t (b) t
2 2 m 2
= 1 =
 αβ  α − β  m2 3
(c)  t (d)  t
α + β  α + β  21. A particle is projected at an angle θ to the
Ans. (c) : Let A particle starts from rest i.e. u1 = 0 horizontal and it attains a maximum height H.
The time taken by the projectile to reach the
Acceleration a1 = α m/s and time t = t1
2
highest point, of its path is
After t time decelerates a2 = -β m/s2
H 2H
time = t2 (a) (b)
g g
V = u + at ...(1)
2 H sin θ 2H
(c) (d)
g sin θ
Ans. (b) : ax = 0, ay = -g
At the highest point

Vmax = 0 + αt1 ...(1)

0 = Vmax - βt2 ...(2) vy =0
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 264 YCT
 v y2 − u y2 = 2a y H 23. For the apparent weight of a body at equator to
become zero, the earth should rotate with an
0 − u 2 sin 2 θ = −2 gH angular velocity of
+u 2 sin 2 θ = +2 gH 2g g
(a) (b)
u sin θ = 2 gH r r
vy = uy + ayt g g
(c) (d)
2 gH 2r r
u=
sin θ Ans. (b) : The body will becomes weight less when
acceleration toward earth of the body becomes zero.
2 gH
0= − gt mg = mω2r
sin θ
g
2 gH ω=
gt = r
sin θ
Where ω is angular velocity of earth, r is radius of
2 gH g earth and m is mass of any body on earth.
t= ×
sin θ .g g 24. A cantilever beam AB of length L and uniform
flexural rigidity EI has a bracket AC attached
2H × g to its free end shown in Fig. Vertical load is
=
sin θ × g g applied to the free end C of the bracket. In
order that the deflection of point A to be zero
2H
= the ratio a/L should be
g sin θ
θ = 90º
2H
t=
g
22. The tension in the cable supporting a lift
moving upwards is twice the tension when the
lift moves downwards. What is the acceleration
of the lift? 1 1
(a) (b)
(a) g/4 (b) g/3 2 3
(c) g/2 (d) g 1 2
(c) (d)
Ans. (b) : Let lift is moving with acceleration 'a' in 4 3
upward direction. Ans. (d) :
T1 = m (g + a)
Let lift is moving with acceleration 'a' in downward
direction tension in the string
T2 = m (g - a)

Flexural rigidity = EI

Tension in upward is twice the tension in downward

⇓
T1 = 2T2
...(1)
m ( g + a ) = 2m ( g − a )
mg + ma = 2mg − 2ma +
3ma = 2mg − mg = mg
g ...(2)
a=
3 YA = Y1 + Y2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 265 YCT

 PL3 27. For solid shaft subjected to a torque of 18000
Y1 = − Nm having a permissible shear stress of
3EI 60N/mm2, the diameter of shaft is
ML2 (a) 115 mm (b) 121 mm
Y2 = (c) 149 mm (d) 108 mm
2 EI
YA = 0 [deflection at point A is zero) Ans. (a) : Given that,
PL ML 3 2 T = 18000 N-m
− + =0 permissible shear stress τ = 60 N/mm2
3EI 2 EI
16T
M=P×a τ=
πd3
P × a × L2 PL3
= 16 × 18000 × 1000
2 EI 3EI 60 =
π d3
a L πd = 16 × 3000 × 100
3
=
2 3 16 × 3000 × 100
a 2 d3 =
= π
L 3
16 × 3000 × 100
25. Given that d=3
3.141
PE = the crippling load given by Euler d = 115mm
PC = the load at failure due to direct
28. Shear force is
compression
(a) Rate of change of loading
PR = the load in accordance with the Rankine's
(b) Sum of bending moments
criterion of failure
(c) Rate of change of bending moment
Then PR is given by
(d) None of the above
( PE + PC )
(a) (b) PE × PC Ans. (c) : Let Bending moment M, load Intensity W
2 and shear force F
PE .PC Load Intensity
(c) (d) None of the above
PC + PE dF
W=
Ans. (c) : PR = The load with Rankine's criterion of dx
failure. dM
F=
PC = The load due to direct compression dx
PE = Crippling load given by Euler. 29. Maximum deflection in cantilever due to pure
1 1 1 bending moment M at its end is
= +
PR PC PE (a) Ml2/2EI (b) Ml2/3EI
2
(c) Ml /4EI (d) Ml2/6EI
PC PE
PR = Ans. (a) :
PC + PE
26. Bending moment M and torque T is applied on
a solid circular shaft. If the maximum bending
stress equals to maximum shear stress Ml 2
developed, them M is equal to Y m =
2 EI
T 30. Maximum shear stress in Mohr's circle is equal
(a) (b) T
2 to
(c) 2T (d) 4T (a) Radius of circle
Ans. (a) : A beam applied both Bending moment 'M' (b) Diameter of circle
and torsion of solid circular shift. (c) Center of circle from y-axis
(d) Chord of circle
So, Bending stress = shear stress due to torsion.
Ans. (a) : Maximum shear stress
σ=τ
σ −σ2
32M 16T τ max = 1
= 2
π d3 π d3 where σ1 and σ2 are principal stresses.
M =
T σ −σ2
τ max = 1 = Radius of circle
2 2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 266 YCT
31. Hardness of steel depends on heated stock is kept in the lower die while the ram
(a) Amount of carbon it contains delivers four to five blows on the metal, in quick
(b) The shape and distribution of the carbides in succession so that the metal spreads and completely
iron fills the die cavity. When the two die halves close, the
(c) Method of fabrication complete cavity is formed.
(d) Contents of alloying elements
Ans. (a) : Hardness of steel depends on amount of
carbon it contains.
32. The modulus of 1 + cos α + i sin α is
α
(a) 2 sin
2
α
(b) 2 cos
2 36. Which of the machine tools can be used for
α boring
(c) sin 2 − 1 1. Lathe
2
2. Drilling machine
α
(d) cos 2 − 1 3. Vertical milling machine
2 4. Horizontal milling machine
Ans. (b) : z = 1 + cos α + i sin α (a) 1, 2, 3 (b) 1, 3, 4
Module of z (c) 2 and 4 (d) 1 and 2
| z | = (1 + cos α ) 2 + (sin 2 α ) Ans. (b) : Lathe, vertical milling machine and
horizontal milling machine are widely used for boring.
| z | = 1 + cos 2 α + 2cos α + sin 2 α No boring operation done on drilling machine.
= 2 + 2 cos α 37. The vernier reading should not be taken at its
face value before an actual check has been
α
= 2 cos taken for
2 (a) Zero error
33. Hardness of martensite is about (b) Its calibration
(a) RC 65 (b) RC 48 (c) Flatness of measuring jaws
(c) RC 57 (d) RC 80 (d) Temperature equalization
Ans. (a) : Hardness of martensite is about RC 65. Ans. (a) : The Vernier reading should not be taken at
34. Materials after cold working are subjected to its face value before an actual check has been taken for
following process to relieve stresses zero error, because if we take face value before an
(a) Hot working (b) Tempering actual check, then there may be probability of error,
(c) Normalizing (d) Annealing which will give wrong readings in the measuring of
Ans. (d) : Before cold working, the lattice of the our experiments.
material exhibits a regular, nearly defect-free pattern 38. High carbon steel carries carbon percentage of
(almost no dislocations). The defect-free lattice is (a) 0.1 to 0.3%
created or restored by annealing. (b) 0.3 to 0.6%
35. In drop forging the forging is done by (c) 0.6 to 0.8%
(a) Dropping the workpiece at high velocity (d) 0.8 to 1.5%
(b) Dropping the hammer at high velocity Ans. (d) : Low Carbon steel (mild steel)– It contains
(c) Dropping the die with hammer at high carbon percentage from 0.008% to 0.2%.
velocity Medium Carbon steel– It contains % of carbon from
(d) Dropping a weight on hammer to produce 0.2 to 0.8%.
requisite impact High Carbon Steel– It contains % of carbon from 0.8
Ans. (c) : Drop Forging– Drop forging is a metal to 1.5%.
forming operation that involves using a power hammer 39. In order to measure/detect materials by non-
to repeatedly impact a hot metal work piece placed on destructive testing the method generally used is
die. (a) Acoustic emission
• The drop forging die consists of two halves. The (b) Infrared radiometer
lower half of the die is fixed to the anvil of the (c) Liquid crystallography
machine, while upper half is fixed to the ram. The (d) Thermochemic point
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 267 YCT
 Ans. (a) : NDT (Non-Destructive Testing)– NDT are 43. For two springs having same stiffness (k) are in
methods of testing and analysis that technique do not series, the equivalent stiffness would be
damage the parts being tested. It is used by industry to k k
evaluate the properties of material, component, (a) (b)
4 2
structure or system for characteristic difference or (c) k (d) 2k
welding defects and discontinuities.
Ans. (b) :
Types of NDT
(1) Acoustic Emission testing
(2) Electromagnetic testing
(3) Laser testing
(4) Leak testing
(5) Magnetic flux leakage.
(6) Liquid Penetrant testing
(7) Magnetic Particle testing
(8) Ratio graphic testing 1 1 1 2
= + =
(9) Thermography testing k eq k k k
(10) Infrared testing k
(11) Eddy current testing k eq =
2
(12) X-ray testing
44. A material is classified as brittle, if the
(13) Ultra sonic testing
elongation in a gauge length of 59mm, is less
(14) Top testing
than
(15) Microwave testing (a) 1% (b) 3%
(16) Vibrational analytic (c) 4% (d) 5%
(17) Visual Testing
Ans. (d) : Typically brittle materials have a fracture
40. Shock resisting steel should have strain less than 0.05 (εf < 0.05) or percent elongation
(a) Low wear resistance less than five percent and ductile materials have a
(b) High wear resistance fracture strain greater than or equal to 0.05 (εf ≥ 0.05)
(c) High toughness 45. In an extra humid atmosphere which one of the
(d) Poor hardenability following motor would you select?
Ans. (c) : Shock resisting steels are a specialized class (a) Open type
of tool steels with very high impact toughness and (b) Semi-protected
relatively low abrasion resistance. (c) Drip proof
• Toughness is a fundamental material property (d) Totally enclosed fan cooled
measuring the ability of a material to absorb energy
Ans. (d) : Totally enclosed fan cooled, this type of
and shock up to fracture.
motor will not permit extra moisture from the humid
41. A screw having coefficient of friction equal to atmosphere to come inside the motor and hence
or greater than the tangent of the load angle is protects it from corrosion and other factors which help
known as in reducing its life.
(a) Machine screw 46. In fillet weld throat is
(b) Self locking screw (a) Perpendicular distance from the root to the
(c) Set-screw hypotenuse
(d) Ball-bearing type screws (b) The smaller size of triangle of the fillet
Ans. (b) : A screw having coefficient of friction equal (c) The larger size of triangle of the fillet
to or greater than the tangent of the load angle is (d) None of the above
known as self locking screw. Ans. (a) : In fillet weld throat is perpendicular distance
42. A bolt is designed with a large factor of safety, from the root to the hypotenuse.
on the basis of
(a) Direct tensile stress
(b) Direct compressive stress
(c) Direct bending stress
(d) Direct shear stress
Ans. (a) : A bolt is designed with a large factor of
safety, on the basis of direct tensile stress.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 268 YCT
47. Sensitiveness of a governor is Ans. (a) : In SHM, displacement of the Particle is
(a) The ratio of the difference between the given by, y = A sinωt
maximum and minimum equilibrium speed to dy
the mean equilibrium speed. Velocity (v) = = Aω cos ωt
dt
(b) The ratio of the maximum speed to minimum
speed within the operating range d2 y
Acceleration (a) = 2 = –Aω2 sin ωt = – ω2 y
(c) The ratio of the difference between the dt
maximum and mean speed to that of a ∝ y
minimum to mean speed Hence, acceleration in SHM at an instant in directly
(d) The range of variation of engine speed proportional to the displacement of the particle.
Ans. (a) : Sensitiveness of a governor is the ratio of 51. A vibro meter
the difference between the maximum and minimum (a) Indicates vibration amplitude
equilibrium speed to the mean equilibrium speed. (b) Indicates vibration frequency
48. The value of c which makes the angel 45º (c) Indicates nature of vibrations
between a = i + cj and b = i + j is (d) only indicates second and above harmonics
1 Ans. (a) : Vibro meter
(a) 1 (b) Vibrometers is an instrument which measures the
2
displacement of a vibrating machine or structure as
−1 well as sound level in an area. It can also monitor the
(c) (d) 0
2 vibration level of power generating sets. It is based on
Ans. (d) : a = i + cj accelerometers or leaser technology.
b=i+j 52. At node of the shaft
a.b (a) The vibrations are minimum
cos θ =
| a || b | (b) The vibrations are maximum
(c) The vibrations are average
(i + cj).(i + j)
cos 45º = (d) The vibrations are zero
1 + c2 2
Ans. (d) : "At node of the shaft the amplitude is zero.
–(1 + c) 1 And also the vibrations are zero at node.
=
1+ c 22
2 53. Match List-I and List-II and select the correct
–(1 + c) answer using the code given below the lists-
=1
1+ c 2 List-I (Match property) List-II (Related to)
2
Squaring both side, (1 + c) = 1 + c 2 (A) Malleability 1. Wire drawing
c=0 (B) Hardness 2. Impact loads
(C) Resilience 3. Cold rolling
49. For traction applications, the type of motor
best suited is (D) Isotropy 4. Indentation
(a) Induction motor 5. Direction
(b) Synchronous motor (A) (B) (C) (D)
(c) DC shunt motor (a) 4 2 1 3
(d) DC series motor (b) 3 4 2 5
(c) 5 4 2 3
Ans. (d) : It is a machine whose winding is associated
in series with the armature winding of the motor. Due (d) 3 2 1 5
to this series arrangement, the motor is able to produce Ans. (b) : (A) Malleability 3. Cold rolling
more starting torque compare to the other motors. (B) Hardness 4. Indentation
Therefore, it used at a place where high torque (C) Resilience 2. Impact loads
operating conditions are required. So it is best suited (D) Isotropy 5. Direction
for traction application.
54. The cutting speed of the tool in a mechanical
50. In simple harmonic motion the acceleration is shaper is
proportional to (a) Maximum at the beginning of the cutting
(a) Displacement stroke
(b) Linear velocity (b) Maximum at the end of the cutting stroke
(c) Angular velocity (c) Maximum at the middle of the cutting stroke
(d) Rate of change of angular velocity (d) Minimum at the middle of the cutting stroke
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 269 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Mechanical shaper 57. Internal and external threads can be produced
In mechanical shaper, speed is maximum at the mid of on tapered surfaces conveniently by
stroke. (a) Universal milling machine
(b) Plano miller
(c) Planetary milling machine
(d) Lathe
Ans. (d) : In lathe machine we can produced internal
and external threads on tapered surface.
58. Optical square is
(a) Engineer's square having stock and blade set
at 90º
"Velocity diagram in a crank shaper" (b) A constant deviation prism having the angle
Hydraulic shaper of deviation between the incident ray and
→ In hydraulic shaper, speed remain constant reflected ray, equal to 90º
throughout the stroke. (c) A constant deviation prism having the angle
→ Hydraulic system is having due to oil tank. of deviation between the incident ray and
reflected ray, equal to 45 º
(d) Used to produce interference fringes
Ans. (c) : Optical square is a constant deviation prism
having the angle of deviation between the incident ray
and reflected ray, equal to 45º.
59. A master gauge is
(a) A new gauge
(b) An international reference standard
55. Which is not correct statement about the (c) A standard gauge for checking accuracy of
function of flux in brazing gauges used on shop floors
(a) To avoid thermal distortion and cracking (d) A gauge used by experienced technicians
(b) To dissolve surface oxide coatings which Ans. (c) : A master gauge is a standard gauge for
have formed prior to brazing checking accuracy of gauges used on shop floors.
(c) To prevent oxides from forming during the +0.02
brazing operation on both the base metal and 60. Dimension of the hole is 50 −0.00 and shaft is
+0.02
the brazing material 50 +0.00 mm. The minimum clearance is
(d) To facilitate the wetting process by reducing (a) 0.02mm (b) 0.00mm
the viscosity of the melt (c) -0.02mm (d) 0.01mm
Ans. (a) : The function of flux in brazing is Ans. (c) : Minimum clearance = minimum size of hole
• To dissolve surface oxide coatings which have - maximum size of shaft
formed prior to brazing = 50.00 - 50.02 = - 0.02 mm
• To prevent oxides from forming during the brazing
operation on both the base metal and the brazing 61. Two cutters are mounted on the arbor so that
material two faces are machined simultaneously in
• To facilitate the wetting process by reducing the (a) Gang milling (b) Straddle milling
viscosity of the melt (c) Pendulum milling (d) Profile milling
So, to avoid thermal distortion and cracking is not the Ans. (b) : Two cutters are mounted on the arbor so that
correct statement about the function of flux in brazing. two faces are machined simultaneously in straddle
56. Investment casting is used for milling. In Gang milling, three or more cutters are
(a) Shapes which are made by difficulty using mounted on arbor.
complex patterns in sand casting 62. The main alloying elements in high speed steel
(b) Mass production in order of increasing proportion are
(c) Shapes which are very complex and intricate (a) Vanadium, Chromium, tungsten
and can't be cast by any other method (b) Tungsten, titanium, vanadium
(d) There is nothing like investment casting. (c) Chromium, titanium, vanadium
(d) Tungsten, chromium, titanium
Ans. (c) : Investment casting or lost wax casting or
precision casting is a manufacturing process used to Ans. (a) : In HSS
produce complex, detailed and high quality metal Tungsten - 18%
components. Chromium - 4%
• Investment casting is used for shapes which are very Vanadium - 1%
complex and intricate and can't be cast by any other Carbon - 0.7%
method. and Iron - Rest
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 270 YCT
63. Surface roughness on a drawing is represented Ans. (b) : Unilateral Tolerance
by A case may occur when one of the limits
(a) Triangles (b) Circles coincides with the basic size.
(c) Squares (d) Rectangles e.g. φ0+0.20 , 25−0 0.10
Ans. (a) : Surface roughness on a drawing is Bilateral Limits
represented by triangles.
A case occur when the maximum limit is
64. A husband and wife appear in an interview for above and the minimum limit is below the basic size.
two vacancies for same post. The probability of
e.g. φ±0.04 or 25.3±0.05
1
husband getting selected is while the Basic size = 25.3 mm
5 Upper limit = 25.30 + 0.05 = 25.35 mm
1
probability of wife getting selected is . Then Lower limit = 25.30 - 0.05 = 25.25 mm
7 Tolerance = 25.35 - 25.25 = 00.10 mm
the probability that anyone of them getting 67. In comparison to an open-loop system a closed
selected is loop system is
11 12 (a) More stable (b) More accurate
(a) (b)
35 35 (c) More complex (d) All of the above
1 34 Ans. (d) : Open loop control system is the one in
(c) (d) which the output signal is not fed back to the input of
35 35 the system. therefore, open loop control system is also
1 known as non-feedback control system.
Ans. (a) : Probability of husband getting selected =
5 • A closed loop control system is the one which the
output single is fed back to the input of the system.
1
Probability of wife getting selected = • In comparison to an open-loop system a closed loop
7 system is more stable, more accurate and more
1 1 complex.
Probability of husband getting selected = 1 − 
5 7 68. The Moody diagram is shown in Fig. The
friction factor for turbulent flow in a smooth
6 pipe is given by curve
=
35
Probability of wife getting selected and husband is not
1 1 4
selected = 1 −  =
7  5  35
1 1 1
Probability of both getting selected . =
7 5 35
6 4 1
Probability of anyone getting selected = + +
35 35 35 (a) A (b) B
11 (c) E (d) C
= Ans. (c) : Curve A - For Laminar
35
Curve B, C, D, E are for turbulent flow but curve E is
65. Cylindrical parts are held on planer by for smooth pipe.
(a) V-blocks and arrestors
(b) Angle plates
(c) V-block, T-bolts and clamps
(d) T-bolt and clamps
Ans. (c) : The standard clamping device used for
holding a workpiece on a planer are
(i) Heavy duty vices
(ii) Clamps and T-bolts
(iii) Adjustable block
69. A piping system consists of three pipes
(iv) Angle plates and step blocks arranged in series, the lengths of the pipes are
(v) Planer Jack 1200 m, 750 m and 600 m and diameter
(vi) V-Blocks 750mm, 600 mm, 450 mm respectively.
66. Expressing a dimension as 25.3 ± 0.05 mm is Transform the system to an equivalent 450 mm
the case of diameter pipe
(a) Unilateral tolerance (b) Bilateral tolerance (a) 671.3 m (b) 771.3m
(c) Limiting dimensions (d) All of the above (c) 871.3m (d) 971.3m
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 271 YCT
 Ans. (c) : Given, three pipes arranged in series. Ans. (d) : Cavitation parameter
L1 = 1200m, L2 = 750m, L3 = 600m P − PV
d1 = 750mm, d2 = 600mm, d3 =450mm ρV 2
de = 450mm
2
Le = ? where, P = pressure
Pipe in series Pv = Vapour pressure
(1) Q1 = Q2 = Q3 = Q = Constant ρ = density
(2) he = h1 + h2 + h3 + ..... V = velocity
fLe Q 2 fL1Q 2 fL2 Q 2 fL3Q 2 73. The maximum thickness of boundary layer in a
So, = + + pipe of radius R is
12d e5 12d15 12d 25 12d 35 (a) 0.1R (b) 0.22R
Le L1 L2 L3 (c) 0.5R (d) R
= + +
d e5 d15 d 25 d 35 Ans. (d) : The maximum thickness of Boundary layer
in a pipe of Radius = r = R
Le 1200 750 600
= + + at minimum, r = 0, R = 0
(450)5 (750)5 (600)5 (450)5
74. At a point A in a pipe line carrying water, the
Le = 871.25m ≈ 871.3m diameter is 1m, the pressure 98 kPa and the
70. Friction drag is generally larger than the velocity 1m/s. At a point B, 2 m higher than A,
pressure drag in the diameter is 0.5m and the pressure 20 kPa.
(a) Flow past a sphere The direction of flow would be
(b) Flow past a thin sheet (a) A to B
(c) Flow past an airfoil (b) B to A
(d) Flow past a cylinder (c) Cannot be ascertained from data
(d) None of these
Ans. (c) : Friction drag is generally larger than the
pressure drag in flow past an airfoil. Pressure drag Ans. (a) : At a point A,
arises due to the shape of the object and depends on dA (diameter) =1m
the flow separation point. Friction drag arises due to PA = 98 kPa
the friction between the fluid and surface of the object VA = 1 m/s
around which the flow is occurring. zA = 0
71. If D is the diameter of impeller at inlet, w is the At point B,
width of impeller at inlet and Vf is the velocity 2m higher than A
of flow at inlet, then discharge through a zB = 2m
centrifugal pump is equal to dB = 0.5m
(a) πDVf (b) DVf w PB = 20 kPa
(c) πDVf w (d) πDw P V2
EA = A + Z A + A
Ans. (c) : Impeller diameter= D (at inlet) ρg 2g
width of Impeller at Inlet = w VA =1m/s
velocity of flow at Inlet = Vf
98 × 103 12
Discharge through a centrifugal pump is equal to EA = +0+
πDVfw 1000 × 10 20
EA = 9.8m
Q = π DV f w
AAVA = ABVB
72. Cavitation paramerter is defined by π
P −P (1)2
AA 4
(a) v 2 VB = VA = ×1
ρV / 2 AB π
× (0.5) 2
Patm − Pv 4
(b) VB = 4 m/s
ρV 2 / 2
Then,
P − P atm
(c) 20 ×103 42
ρV 2 EB = +2+
1000 ×10 20
2
EB = 4.8m
P − Pv EA > EB
(d)
ρV 2 "Direction of flow will be form high energy to
2 low energy", i.e. from A to B.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 272 YCT
75. In the given figure pressure p, in kPa, is 79. Given that:
Specific gravity of mercury = 13.6;
Intensity of pressure = 40 kPa
Express the intensity of pressure (gauge) in
various units (S.I.)
(a) 37 (b) 48.0 (a) 0.3 bar, 3.077 m of water, 0.15 m of mercury
(c) 45.2 (d) 51.3 (b) 0.4 bar, 4.077 m of water, 0.299 m of
mercury
Ans. (a) : Pgauge + ρH2O gh - ρΗg gH = 0
(c) 0.5 bar, 5.077 m of water, 0.339 m of
Pgauge = (13.6 × 103 × 9.8 × 0.3) – (1000 × mercury
9.8 × 0.30) (d) None of the above
Pgauge = 37081.8 Pa ≈ 37 kPa
Ans. (b) : Specific gravity of mercury = 13.6
76. A small plastic boat loaded with pieces of steels Intensity of pressure = 40kPa
rods is floating in a bath tub. If the cargo is For mercury,
dumped into the water allowing the boat to
Pm = ρmgh
float empty, the water level in the tub will
40 × 103 = 13.6 × 9.81 × h × 1000
(a) Rise (b) Fall
40 × 103 40
(c) Not change (d) Rise than fall h= =
13.6 × 9.81× 103 13.6 × 9.81
Ans. (b) : A small plastic boat loaded with pieces of
steels rods is floating in a bath tub. If the cargo is h = 299.81 mm
dumped into the water allowing the boat to float h = 0.299m
empty, the water level in the tub will fall. For water,
77. Four cars, with a mass of 1500 kg each, are P= 40 kPa
loaded on a 6 m wide, 12 m long small car PW = 1000 kg/m3
ferry. How far, in cm will it sink in the water? PW = ρWghw
(a) 15.2 (b) 11.5 40 × 103 = 1000 × 9.81 × hw
(c) 10.2 (d) 8.3 40 × 103
hw =
Ans. (d) : Four cars, 9810
Each mass = 1500 kg hw = 4.077m
width = 6m Intensity of pressure (gauge) in (S.I.)
long = 12m P= 40 kPa
From Archimedes principle of boundary P = 0.4 bar
FB = W 80. The differential equation satisfying
Let height at depth ferry car is 'h' m y = Ae 3x + Be 2x is
FB = W
d2y dy
1000 × g × (6 × 12 × x) (a) 2
+ 5 − 6y = 0
dx dx
= 4 × 1500 × 9.8 2
d y dy
x = 8.3cm (b) −5 + 6y = 0
dx 2 dx
78. Water enters a turbine at 900 kPa with
2
negligible velocity. What maximum speed, in d y dy
(c) 2
+ 5 + 6y = 0
m/s, can it reach before it enters the turbine dx dx
rotor? d y2
dy
(a) 42 (b) 47 (d) −5 − 6y = 0
dx 2 dx
(c) 45 (d) 52
Ans. (b) : Differential equation
Ans. (a) : P = 900 kPa
For maximum speed, pressure energy completely y = Ae3 x + Be 2 x
converted into the kinetic energy. dy
2
= 3 Ae3 x + 2 Be2 x
P V dx
=
ρ g 2g d2y
= 9 Ae3 x + 4 Be 2 x
900 × 103 V2 dx 2
=
1000 ×10 2 × 10 d2y dy
−5 + 6y = 0
V = 42 m/s dx 2 dx
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2010 273 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. A hydraulic press has a ram of 15 cm diameter (c) Impeller, Suction pipe, Deliver pipe, Foot
and plunger of 1.5 cm. It is required to lift a valve and strainer
mass of 1000 kg. The force required on plunger (d) Suction pipe, Deliver pipe, Impeller, Foot
is nearly equal to valve and strainer
(a) 100N (b) 1000N Ans. (b) : Sequence of the centrifugal pump
(c) 10000N (d) 10N "Foot valve and strainer, suction pipe, Impeller,
Ans. (a) : Delivery pipe.
4. The relation PV γ = constant, where γ is the
ratio of the specific heats of ideal gas, is
applicable to
(a) Any adiabatic process
By Archimedes principle (b) Only reversible adiabatic process
F1 F2 (c) Only irreversible adiabatic process
= (d) Only isothermal process
A1 A2
Ans. (b) : PVγ = constant
F1 F2
= c
π (1.5) 2 π (15)2 Where, γ = p
cv
4 4
F1 1000 The above relation is valid for adiabatic & reversible
= process only for ideal gas
π (1.5) 2 π (15)2
5. Across a normal shock
4 4
(a) static pressure and the static temperature rise
or F1 = 10kg =100 N
Ψ
=
3
x
y

(b) entropy remains constant

2. If the stream function is given by , (c) velocity and static pressure decrease
then the velocity at a point (2, 3) will be (d) density and temperature decrease
(a) 7.21 unit (b) 18 unit Ans. (a) : The shock wave is perpendicular to the flow
(c) 10.82 unit (d) 54 unit direction it is called a normal shock.
Ans. (c) : Stream function Across a normal shock static pressure and the static
ψ = 3xy temperature rise almost instantaneously.
velocity at point (2, 3) 6. A necessary precaution in selection of pumps
∂ψ for parallel operations is that:
= v = 3y (a) H-Q characteristics of both should be
∂x
identical
∂ψ (b) Both pumps should be centrifugal type
= −u = 3x
∂y (c) Both pumps should be identical
At (2, 3) (d) There should not be change from positive to
v=3×3=9 negative slope in H-Q curve
u = –3 × 2 = –6 Ans. (a) : A necessary precaution in selection of pumps
for parallel operations is H-Q characteristics of both
Resultant velocity = u 2 + v 2
pump should be identical.
9 2 + 6 2 = 10.82unit 7. A metallic cube of side 10 cm, density 6.98
3. The correct sequence of the centrifugal pump gm/cc is floating in liquid mercury (density 13.6
components through which the fluid flows is gm/cc), with 5 cm height of cube exposed above
(a) Impeller, Suction pipe, Foot valve and the mercury level. Water (density 1 gm/cc) is
strainer, Deliver pipe filed over this, to submerge the cube fully. The
(b) Foot valve and strainer, Suction pipe, new height of cube exposed above mercury
Impeller, Deliver pipe level is
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 274 YCT
 (a) 4.6 cm (b) 5.4 cm 9. The radiative heat transfer rate per unit area
(c) 5.0 cm (d) 5.8 cm (W/m2) between two plane parallel grey
Ans. (b) : Cube of side = 10 cm, density of liquid surfaces (emissivity 0.9) maintained at 400 K
= 6.8 gm/cc is floating. and 300 K is (Stefan Boltzmann constant σ =
Mercury (density 13.6 gm/cc) with height = hmercury = 5 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2K4)
cm (a) 1020 (b) 464
Water (density 1 gm/cc) is filled fully submerge the (c) 812 (d) 567
cube hwater = ? Ans. (c) : T1 = 400 K
T2 = 300 K
ε1= ε2 = 0.9, σ = 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2K4
Radiative heat transfer rate per unit area
 Q  σ (T1 − T2 )
4 4

 = 1 1
The weight of the cube Wc = The weight of mercury  A + −1
Wmercury displaced. ε1 ε 2
Wc = Wmercury = ρg × vol.
5.67 ×10−8 (4004 − 3004 )
= 13.6 × 103 × 9.81 × (10 × 10 × 5) =
1 1
Wmercury = 66708000 gm + −1
0.9 0.9
Q = 811.9 ≃ 812 W/m2
10. At the eye tip of a centrifugal impeller, blade
velocity is 200 m/s while the uniform axial
velocity at the inlet is 150 m/s. If the sonic
In second case the weight of cube is balanced by the velocity is 300 m/s, then the inlet Mach number
buoyancy force by water and mercury as given below— of the flow will be
Wc = 13.6 × x × 100 × 9810 + 1 × 9810 × (10 – x) × 100 (a) 0.75 (b) 0.66
66708000 = 13.6×x×100×9810+1×9810×(10 – x)×100 (c) 0.90 (d) 0.83
66708000 = 13.6 × x × 100 × 9810 + 9810 × 10 × 100 – Ans. (d) : Blade velocity = 200 m/s
9810 × x × 100
Axial velocity at Inlet = 150 m/s
66708000 = 13.6x×100×9810+9810×100(10–x)
Sonic velocity = 300 m/s
66708000 = 9810×100(13.6x+10–x)
Mach Number
66708
= 12.6x + 10 V
981 M =
C
680 –10 = 12.6x
V = ( blade velocity ) + ( Axial velocity )2
2
x = 4.6 cm
Then new height of mercury,
10 – x = 10 – 4.6 = 5.4 cm = (200) 2 + (150) 2
8. The pressure drop for a relatively low V = (200) 2 + (150)2
Reynolds number flow in a 600 mm diameter,
30 m long pipeline is 70 kPa. What is the wall V = 250 m/s
shear stress? C = 300 m/s
(a) 0 Pa (b) 1400 Pa Sonic velocity
(c) 700 Pa (d) 350 Pa 250 25
M = =
Ans. (d) : D = 600 mm 300 30
l = 30 m M = 0.83
p = 70 kPa, τ = ? 11. The transition Reynolds number for flow over
For flow through circular pipe a flat plate is 5 × 105. What is the distance
r dp from the leading edge at which transition will
Wall Shear stress τ = occur for flow of water with a uniform velocity
2 dx
of 1 m/s? (For water, the kinematic viscosity, υ
0.3 (70 × 103 ) 0.86 × 10-6m2/s)
= =
2 30 (a) 0.43m (b) 1m
τ = 350 Pa (c) 43m (d) 103m
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 275 YCT
Ans. (a) : Reynold number Velocity inversely proportional to the radius
Re = 5 × 105 Vr = constant
V = 1 m/s Forced vortex- The forced fluid moves on the curve
υ = 0.86 × 10-6 m2/s under the influence of external torque.
VD The external torque a forced vortex is a rotational flow.
Re = = 5 × 105
υ Forced vortex V= rω
−6
5 ×10 × 0.86 × 10
5
14. A bucket of water is hanging from a spring
D=
1 balance. An iron piece is suspended into water
D = 0.43 m without touching sides of bucket from another
12. For a reciprocating water pump having support. The spring balance reading will
cylinder diameter d and crank radius r, if W is (a) Remain same
the weight of water lifted, the coefficient of (b) Decrease
discharge is (c) Increase
W 2W (d) Increase/decrease depending on depth of
(a) (b)
πd r2
γπ d 2 r immersion
W W Ans. (c) : When the piece of iron is lowered into the
(c) (d)
γ d 2r γπ d 2 water, the water level in the bucket increase and so that
Ans. (b) : Cylinder diameter = d the pressure at the bottom of bucket also increase. Thus
Crank radius = r total at the bottom also increase. There for the spring
Water weight = W balance reading increase.
Weight of water delivered per second 15. A single-stage impulse turbine with a diameter
W = ρgQ of 120 cm runs at 3000 rpm. If the blade speed
ρ gCd ALN ratio is 0.42, then, the inlet velocity of steam
= will be
60
60W (a) 79 m/s (b) 188 m/s
Cd = (c) 450 m/s (d) 900 m/s
γ ALN
(Weight density) = w = ρg Ans. (c) : For single stage impulse turbine diameter
60W D = 1.20 m
= [L = 2R]
πd2 N = 3000 rpm
γ × 2r × N
4 Blade speed Ratio = 0.42
60 × 2W π DN
= u=
N ×γ ×π × d 2 × r 60
2W
Cd = (for one revolution)
γπ d 2 r π× 1.20 × 3000
u=
13. Both free vortex and forced vortex can be 60
expressed mathematically in terms of = 188.49 m/sec
tangential velocity V at the corresponding Inlet velocity is given
radius r. Choose the correct combination u 188.49
Free vortex Forced vortex V= =
0.42 0.42
(a) V = r × const. V × r = const.
= 448.79 m/sec ≃ 450 m / s
(b) V2 × r = const. V = r × const.
(c) V × r = const. V2 = r × const. 16. The critical point and triple point data for
(d) V × r = const. V = r × const. water are, Tc = 374ºC, Pc = 22.1 MPa, TT =
Ans. (d) : Free vortex- When no external torque is 0.01ºC, PT = 0.6 kPa indicate the phase change
required to rotate the fluid mass, that type of flow is that will occur in following cases,
called a free vortex. (i) Ice at 0.5 kPa is heated isobarically
There is not torque in the free vortex, so free vortex is (ii) Water vapour at 400ºC is compressed
an irrotational flow. isothermally
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 276 YCT
 18. The coefficient of linear expansion of a solid is
L. The volume V of a cube of this solid on being
heated by 1ºC will change by
(a) VL (b) 3VL
VL
(c) 3L (d)
3
Ans. (b) : Coefficient of linear expansion of a solid is =
L.
Volume = V
(a) (i) along AB, (ii) along CD ∆T = 1ºC.
(b) (i) along CD, (ii) along AB We know that,
(c) (i) along OD, (ii) along PR V = a3
(d) (i) along RD, (ii) along OR Take log both side
Ans. (a) : Tc = 374ºC, Pc = 22.1 kPa, TT = 0.01ºC, PT = log V = log a3
0.6 kPa = 3 log a
Partially differentiate both side
dV da
=3
V a
da
dV = 3 .V
a
= 3 (L × 1) × V
= 3 VL
19. Two springs of equal length but having
stiffness of 10 N/mm and 15 N/mm support a
mass of 2 ton in series. Find the frequency of
(I) Ice at 0.5 kPa is heated Isobarically i.e. at constant vibration
pressure with 0.5 kPa.
1 1
Heat Isobarically represented from P-T diagram along (a) 3Hz (b) 10 Hz
(AB) 2π 2π
(II) Water vapour at 400ºC i.e. water vapour region got 1 1
(c) 15Hz (d) 2 Hz
after critical point temperature alone 370ºC. 2π 2π
Its represented from P-T diagram (along-CD). Ans. (a) : Let two springs of stiffness k1 and k2
17. The ratio of specific heats of a gas is 1.4 and the k1 = 10 N/mm
value of specific heat at constant pressure is 7.0 k2 = 15 N/mm
cal/moleºC. The difference between specific m = 2 ton
heat at constant pressure and specific heat at = 2 × 1000 kg
constant volume will be (in cal/moleºC) 1 ton = 1000 kg
(a) 1.4 (b) 1.7 When springs are in series
(c) 5.0 (d) 2.0
1 1 1
Cp = +
Ans. (d) : Ratio of specific heat of gas γ = = 1.4 keq k1 k2
Cv
1 1 1
Specific heat at constant pressure Cp = 7.0 cal/moleºC = +
keq 10 15
Cp – Cv = R
C keq = 6 N/mm
or γ= p Frequency of vibration
Cv
1 k
7 f =
1.4 = 2π m
Cv
1 6 × 103
70 f =
Cv = 2π 2000
14
Cv = 5 1
f = 3 Hz
So, Cp – Cv = 7 – 5 = 2 cal/moleºC 2π
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 277 YCT
20. Ratio of pitch circle diameter in millimeters to Select the correct answer using the codes
the number of teeth, is known as given below:
(a) Module (b) Circular pitch (a) 1, 2 and 3 (b) 1, 2 and 4
(c) Diametric pitch (d) Clearance (c) 1, 3 and 4 (d) 2, 3 and 4
Ans. (a) : Module = m Ans. (c) : Torsion is the twisting of the bolt when
D applying the tightening torque. When a bolt is tightened
m = (mm) it is subjected to tensile stress as preloads is introduced
T
but also to torsion stress as a result of thread friction.
Where D = diameter takes always in (mm)
Transverse shear stress across thread also acting.
Module (m) is defined with ratio diameter (D) and its
number of teeth." 981
23. A flywheel weight kg and has a radius of
Note: For two mating gear, m1 = m2. π
21. Two particles with masses in the ratio 1:4 are gyration of 100 cm. It is given a spin of 100 rpm
moving with equal kinetic energies. The about its horizontal axis. The whole assembly is
magnitude of their linear momentums will rotating about a vertical axis at 6 rad/sec. The
confirm to the ratio gyroscopic couple experienced will be
(a) 1:8 (b) 1: 2 (a) 2,000 kgm (b) 19,620 kgm
(c) 20,000 kgm (d) 1,962 kgm
(c) 2 :1 (d) 1:2
981
Ans. (d) : Let two particles have masses ratio m1 : m2 = Ans. (a) : m=
1:4 π
m1 1 Radius of gyration (k) = 100 cm
i.e. = N = 100 rpm
m2 4
ωp = 6 rad/sec
And equal kinetic energy
We know that
i.e. E1 = E2
2π N
m1v12 = m2 v22 ω=
60
m1v12 2π × 100
=1 =
m2 v22 60
2
 m1   v1  10π
   = 1 = rad / sec
 m2   v2  3
2 I = mk2
 v1   m2  981
  =  = × (1) 2
 v2   m1  π
 v1  4 981
=
 = π
 v2  1
Gyroscopic couple = Iωωp
v1
So, =2 981 10π
v2 . .6
π 3
Linear momentum = 19620 N-m
m1v1  m1  v1  Dividing by 9.81 m/sec2, we get
=  
m2 v2  m2  v2  = 2000 Kg-m
24. Determine the diameter of solid shaft which
1
= ×2 will transmit 90 kW at 160 rpm, if the shear
4 stress in the shaft is limited to 60 N/mm2
1 (a) 50 mm (b) 60 mm
= = 1: 2
2 (c) 77 mm (d) 70 mm
22. Which of the following stresses are associated Ans. (c) : Power P = 90kW
with the tightening of a nut on a stud? N = 160 rpm
1. Tensile stresses due to stretching of stud Shear stress
2. Bending stresses of stud τ = 60 N/mm2
3. Transverse shear stress across threads 2π NT
4. Torsional shear stresses in threads due to P= kW
frictional resistance 60000

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 278 YCT

When given P = kW Ans. (c) : One-dimensional Isentropic flow,
90 × 60000 Static pressure = P1
T=
2π × 160 Initial Mach number is M (M1 < l)
T = 5371.4 Nm = 5.371×106 Nmm dA dv
= ( M 2 − 1)
τ T Gθ A v
= = (Torsion equation)
r J L dA dv
=−
5.371×106 60 A v
=
π d/2 (∴ M < 1) and for diverging passage
× d4
32 dA
171872000 120 = +ve
= A
π× d 4 d
dv
3
d = 455904.6 ∴ = −ve,
d = 76.96 mm ≃ 77 mm v
Velocity decreases and pressure increases.
25. A roller of weight W is rolled over the wooden
block shown in the given figure. The pull 27. In a furnace made of bricks,
required just to cause the said motion is Inside heat transfer coefficient = 35 W/m2K
Outside heat transfer coefficient = 25 W/m2K
Thermal conductivity of bricks (15 cm thick) =
0.15 W/mK
The overall heat transfer coefficient (in
W/m2K) will be closer to the
(a) Inside heat transfer coefficient
(a) W/2 (b) 3W (b) Outside heat transfer coefficient
(c) W (d) 2W (c) Thermal conductivity of bricks
Ans. (b) : (d) Heat transfer coefficient based on the thermal
conductivity of the bricks alone.
Ans. (d) : Inside heat transfer hi = 35 W/m2K
Outside heat transfer coefficient = ho = 25 W/m2K
Thermal conductivity of bricks = (15 cm thick)
= 0.15 W/mK
Overall heat transfer Coefficient U
1 1 1 t
= + +
U hin ho k
Resolving component 1 1 15 × 10−2
= + +
a = R cos 60º 35 25 0.15
b = R cos 30º
1 1 0.15
Taking moment at corner of wooden block = + +
35 25 0.15
∑M = 0
1 1 1
W×b=F×a = +1+
b U 35 25
F =W U = 0.9358 W/m2K
a
Heat transfer coefficient based on thermal conductivity
W cos 30º
= of the bricks
cos 60º
1 t
F =W 3 =
U K
26. For one-dimensional isentropic flow in a
1 0.15
diverging passage, if the initial static pressure = = 1m 2 K / h
is P1, and the initial Mach number is M1 (M1 < U 0.15
1), then for the downstream flow Hence, the overall heat transfer coefficient will be
(a) M2 < M1 ; P2 < p1 (b) M2 > M1 ; P2 > p1 closer to the heat transfer coefficient based on the
(c) M2 < M1 ; P2 > p1 (d) M2 > M1 ; P2 < p1 thermal conductivity of the bricks alone.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 279 YCT

28. Two systems have the same wet bulb (a) 55ºC (b) 40ºC
temperature at 20ºC. System 'A' has Dry bulb (c) 45ºC (d) 50ºC
temperature of 25ºC since it has a relative Ans. (b) : Mass of vehicle (m) = 1000 kg
humidity of 65%. System 'B' has a relative Speed v = 80 m/s
humidity of 30%. What will be its dry bulb
Mass of liquid contained
temperature
(a) 33ºC (b) 25ºC m = 20 kg
(c) 27ºC (d) 22ºC c = 4.0 kJ/kgºC
∆T = ?
Ans. (a) : Two system A and B
For system 'A' WBT = 20ºC 1 2
mv = mc∆T
DBT = 25ºC 2
Relative humidity 1
× 1000 × 802 = 20 × 4 × (∆T )
φΑ = 65% 2
For system 'B' ∆T = 40ºC
WBT = 20ºC 31. In the Vander Waal's gas equation
DBT = ?
 a 
Relative humidity  p + 2  (v − b) = RT the constant 'a' is
φB = 30%  V 
introduced to compensate for
(a) Reduction in specific volume
(b) Inter-molecular forces
(c) Reduction in specific heat
(d) All of the above
Ans. (b) : Vander Waal's gas equation
 a 
 P + 2  (v − b) = RT
So here we need to take a guess between (a) & (c), as  V 
we are going from 65% RH to 30% RH the DBT for Where a = Account for intermolecular force
system B should be higher i.e. not 27ºC, as it is very b = Volume occupied by the gas
close. Hence the correct option is (a). 32. The centrifugal tension in belts
29. Four rods with different radii r and length l are (a) Increase power transmission upto certain
connected to two reservoirs at different speed and then decreases
temperature. Which one of them will conduct (b) Increase power transmission
most heat? (c) Does not affect power transmission
(a) r = 2 cm & l = 2 m (d) Reduces power transmission
(b) r = 1 cm & l = 1 m Ans. (c) : As the belt passes over the pulley with high
1 velocity centrifugal force is produced on the belt which
(c) r = 2 cm & l = m tends to act on the belt. This force tries to move the belt
2
away from the pulley. There is no effect of centrifugal
1 1
(d) r = cm & l = m tension on power transmitted.
2 2 33. In nodular iron, graphite is in the form of
Ans. (c) : According Fourier's Law (a) Spheroids (b) Nodular carbide
dT (c) Flakes (d) Cementite
Q = − KA
dx Ans. (a) : In nodular iron, graphite is in the form of
dT spheroids.
Q∝ A
dx 34. Corrosion resistance of steel increases by
r2 addition of
Q∝ (a) Vanadium, aluminium
l (b) Sulphur, phosphorus, lead
length will be minimum and cross section area will be
(c) Chromium and nickel
maximum for maximum heat transfer
(d) Tungsten, molybdenum, vanadium,
30. A 1000 kg vehicle travelling at 80 m/s impacts a chromium
plunger attached to a piston-cylinder
arrangement. If all of the energy of the vehicle Ans. (c) : Chromium added to carbon steel in
is absorbed by the 20 kg of liquid contained in percentages usually greater than 11% creates stainless
the cylinder, what is the maximum steel. At this percentage and greater the corrosion
temperature rise of the liquid? (The specific resistance of a steel vastly increases.
heat of the liquid is 4.0 kJ/kg.ºC) Nickel is added to steel to increase hardenbility.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 280 YCT
35. Phenomenon of progressive extension of L
material with time at constant load is called (c) BHN =
(a) Plasticity (b) Creep π d (D − D2 − d 2 )
(c) Yield (d) Breaking 2L
(d) BHN =
Ans. (b) : Creep: Creep is defined as the phenomenon π d (D − D2 − d 2 )
of progressive extension of material with time at
constant load is called creep. Ans. (b) : Brinell Hardness Number
2L
36. Rivets are made of BHN =
(a) Soft material (b) Ductile material π D( D − D 2 − d 2 )
(c) Hard material (d) Brittle material Where, L = Load (kg)
Ans. (b) : Rivets Diameter = D (mm)
Rivets are made by ductile material, i.e. means, Diameter of indentation = d = (mm)
(1) Aluminium 40. Circumferential and longitudinal strains in the
(2) Aluminium with added magnesium cylindrical boiler under internal steam
(3) High carbon steel pressure are ε1 and ε2 respectively. Change in
(4) Stainless steel the volume of the boiler cylinder per unit
Stainless steel rivets are strong hard and can withstand volume will be
wear. (a) ε 12ε 2 (b) ε1ε 22
Stainless steel rivets are used for aircraft, automotive, (c) 2ε1 + ε 2 (d) ε1 + 2ε 2
locomotive and power generation industries.
They are used for their strength and ability to resist Ans. (c) : Circumferential strain = ε1
corrosion. Longitudinal strain = ε2
(5) Copper Change in the volume of the boiler cylinder per unit
(6) Copper Nickel volume
(7) Brass Volume of cylinder-
37. Addition of copper to aluminium results in π
V= D2 × l
(a) Precipitation hardening system 4
(b) Corrosion resistance dV dD dl
(c) Grain refinement =2 +
V D l
(d) High machinability
ev = 2ε1 + ε 2
Ans. (a) : The aluminum copper alloys typically contain
between 2 to 10% copper with smaller additions of 41. An overhang beam ABC of length 4m is
other elements. The copper provides substantial supported at A and B 3m apart. It is loaded
increases in strength and facilitates precipitation with UDL of 5kN/m along its entire length.
hardening.. Find the value of load 'P' at C such that the
38. A Hooke's joint is used to connect two reactions A and B are equal and opposite.
(a) Coplanar and Nonparallel shafts
(b) Non coplanar and Nonparallel shafts
(c) Coplanar and Parallel shafts
(d) All the above option
Ans. (a) : Hooke's Joint- Its also called universal joint
that is used to connect two coplanar and nonparallel (a) P = 10 kN (b) P = 30 kN
shafts. It is also known as (Universal coupling, U-joint, (c) P = 20 kN (d) P = 25 kN
carbon joint, spicer as hardy spicer joint as Hook's joint) Ans. (c) : Overhang Beam ABC
is a joint as coupling connected rigid rods whose axes Length L = 4m
are inclined to each other, and is commonly used in
shaft that transmit rotary motion.
39. In a hardness test, L is load in kg, D is diameter
of wall in mm and d is diameter of indentation
in mm. Brinell Harness Number is expressed by
the equation As mentioned reactions at A and B are equal and
opposite. So, upward force P will be equal to total
L
(a) BHN = uniformly distributed load.
π D( D − D 2 − d 2 ) RA + RB + P = 5 × 4 = 20
2L But RA = − RB
(b) BHN =
π D( D − D − d )
2 2
P = 20 kN

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 281 YCT

42. If two gears have moment of inertias as I1 and g
I2 respectively and mesh with a speed ratio Ans. (b) : a = (downward given)
3
ω2/ ω1 = n, then equivalent moment of inertia of
both gears referred to first one is
(a) n 2 I1 + I 2 (b) I1 + nI 2
(c) nI1 + I 2 (d) I1 + n 2 I 2
Ans. (d) : Power between two gears is given as
T1ω1 = T2 ω2
T1 = nT2
If some external torque is applied on gear 1 to
accelerate the system then the acceleration ratio is given Vertical force on the floor
by = mg - ma
α2 = m (g - a)
=n
α1  g  2mg
= m g −  =
The torque on 1 to accelerate only 1 is T1 = I1α1  3 3
The torque on 2 to accelerate only 2 is T2 = I2α2 = I2nα1 45. A body of mass 10 kg moving with a velocity of
The torque on 1 to accelerate only 1 is given by 1 m/s is acted upon by a force of 50 N for two
seconds. The final velocity of the body is
T1' ω1 = T2 ω2 (a) 22 m/sec (b) 1 m/sec
T1' = ( I 2 nα1 )(n) = I 2 n 2 α1 (c) 21 m/sec (d) 11 m/sec
So total torque on 1 to acceleration 1 and 2 is Ans. (d) : m = 10kg, u = 1 m/s, F = 50 N, t = 2s
I eq α1 = T1 + T1' F = ma
50
⇒ I eq α1 = I1α1 + n 2 I 2 α1 a= = 5m / s 2
10
⇒ I eq α1 = ( I1 + n 2 I 2 )α1 v = u + at
= 1 + 5×2
⇒ I eq = ( I1 + n 2 I 2 )
= 11 m/s
43. A uniform circular ring of mass M and radius r 46. Proof resilience may be defined as
is rotating with an angular speed ω about an (a) Work done in straining the material
axis passing through its center and (b) Max. strain energy that can be stored in a
perpendicular to the plane of the ring. Two material per unit volume
identical beads, each of mass m, some how get (c) Max. strain energy that can be stored in a
attached at two diametrically opposite points. material under elastic condition
The rotational speed of the ring will become (d) Max. load which can be applied to a member
ωM ωM Ans. (c) : Proof Resilience
(a) (b) Maximum strain energy that can be stored in a material
M + 2m M +m
under elastic limit.
2ω M
(c) (d) ω 47. A plane intersects the co-ordinate axes at x =
M + 2m 2/3, y = 1/3, z = 1/2. What is the Miller index of
Ans. (a) : Initial angular momentum = final angular this plane?
momentum (a) (9 3 2) (b) (4 3 2)
MR2 ω = (M+2m)R2 ω' (c) (3 6 4) (d) (4 2 3)
Ans. (c) : Plane Intersect the co-ordinates axes
MR 2 ω = 2mR 2 ω '+ MR 2ω '
2 1 1
ωM x = ,y = ,z =
ω' = 3 3 2
M + 2m
Miller indices are inverse of the intersection of plane
44. An electric lift is moving downward with an
and co-ordinate axis, therefore
acceleration of g/3, the vertical force between a
passenger in the lift and its floor is equal to 3 3 2
: : ...(i)
(a) 3/4 of the passenger's weight 2 1 1
(b) 2/3 of the passenger's weight Multiply eq. (i) by 2
(c) Passenger's weight 3:6:4
(d) 4/3 of the passenger's weight So, the Miller index is (3 6 4).
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 282 YCT
48. Relationship between modulus of elasticity E, Ans. (d) : Equal axial stresses σ1 and σ2 i.e. σ1 = σ2 = σ
modulus of rigidity G and Poisson's ratio µ is mutually perpendicular planes free of shear stress.
(a) G = E / 2(1 + µ ) (b) G = E (2 − µ )
(c) E = G (1 + µ ) (d) G = E /1 + µ
E
Ans. (a) : G =
2(1 + µ )
49. A bar of length L, area A and Young's modulus
E is subjected to a pulling force P. The strain
energy stored in the bar is
PL2 PL2
(a) (b)
AE 2 EI
P2 L P2 L
(c) (d)
2 AE AE
Ans. (c) : A bar,
Length = L
Area = A
Young modulus = E
Applied force = P
1
Strain energy = × P × δ
2
1 PL  PL 
= × P× ∵δ =
2 AE  AE 
δ = Extension
P2 L
=
2 AE
50. What is the expression for crippling load for a
column of length L, with one end fixed and
other end free?
(a) P = π 2 EI / 4 L2
(b) P = π 2 EI / L2 52. Power screws are used to convert
(c) P = 2π 2 EI / L (a) Linear motion to rotary motion
(d) 4π 2 EI / L2 (b) Rotary motion into translatory motion
Ans. (a) : Crippling load = Pe (c) Both (a) & (b)
Column length = L (d) None of these
one end fixed and other end free. Ans. (b) : Power screws are used to convert rotary
π 2 EI motion into translatory motion.
P= 2
( Le) 53. Following gases are used in tungsten inert gas
Le = 2L (one end fixed and other end free) welding
(a) CO2 and H2
π EI π EI
2 2
P= = (b) Argon and neon
(2 L)2 4 L2
(c) Argon and helium
51. A Mohr's circle reduces to a point when the (d) Helium and neon
body is subjected to
Ans. (c) : Gases are used in tungsten inert gas welding.
(a) Pure shear
Argon and helium 'Ar and He'
(b) Uniaxial stress only
(c) Equal & opposite axial stresses on two 54. The force required to punch a 25 mm hole in a
mutually perpendicular planes, the planes mild steel plate 10 mm thick, when ultimate
being free of shear. shear stress of the plate is 500 N/mm2 will be
(d) Equal axis stresses are on two mutually nearly
perpendicular planes, the planes being free of (a) 78 kN (b) 393 kN
shear. (c) 98 kN (d) 158 kN
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 283 YCT
Ans. (b) : Hole size = 25 mm Ans. (b) :
Thick = 10 mm
Ultimate shear stress = 500 N/mm2
F = (πdt) ×τ
= 3.14 × 25 × 10 × 500 F
Stress τ =
= 392, 500 N A
= 392. 5 kN F
τ=
55. One-half length of 50 mm diameter steel road is w × t sin 45º
solid while the remaining half is hollow having F
a bore of 5 mm. The rod is subjected to equal τ=
wt sin 45º
and opposite torque at its ends. If the
maximum shear stress in solid portion is τ, the 57. Ring rolling is used
maximum shear stress in the hollow portion is : (a) To decrease the thickness and increase
diameter
15
(a) τ (b) τ (b) To increase the thickness of a ring
16 (c) For producing a seamless tube
4 16 (d) For producing large cylinder
(c) τ (d) τ
3 15 Ans. (a) : Ring rolling is a forming process for the
production of rings. Commonly a headed and pierced
Ans. (b) : Given,
ring is used as raw part to be expanded and possibility
d = 5, profiled with a ring rolling machine. Two or more
D = 50 = 5×10 rotating dies (rollers) are used for this purpose by
D = d10 reducing the thickness and the diameter of the ring
d = D/10 increases while maintaining a constant volume
58. A bar of 20 mm dia is tested in tension. It is
observed that when a load of 38 kN is applied
the extension measured over a gauge length of
200 mm is 0.12 mm and contraction in
diameter is 0.0036 mm. Find the Poisson's ratio
(a) 0.2 (b) 0.3
16T (c) 0.25 (d) 0.33
τ solid =
π D3 Ans. (b) : ∆l = 0.12 mm
Tr l = 200 mm
τ hollow = ∆d = 0.0036, d = 20 mm
J
Poisson's ratio
D
T×  ∆d   ∆l  0.0036 / 20
= 2 = /  =
π 4  d   l  0.12 / 200
[ D − (.1× D) ] 4

32 = 0.3
16TD 59. A perfect frame has N joints. The number of
= members should not be less than
π D (1 − .1 )
4 4
(a) 2N-1 (b) 2N-2
16T 1 (c) 2N-3 (d) 2N-5
τ hollow = ×
π D 3 0.9999 Ans. (c) : Given, Joint = N
τ The number of perfect frame
τ hollow = solid n = (2j–3)
0.9999
⇒ τhollow ≈ τsolid Where J = Number of joints
n = number of members
56. Two metals plates of thickness Now,
't' and width 'w' are joined by a fillet weld of n=(2N–3)
45º as shown in fig. When subjected to a pulling 60. A cantilever beam of rectangular cross section
force 'F' the stress induced in the weld will be is subjected to load at free end. If the depth of
F F the beam is double and load is halved,
(a) (b) deflection of the free end as compared to
wt wt sin 45
original will be
F .sin 45 2F (a) 1/2 (b) 1/8
(c) (d)
wt wt (c) 2 (d) 1/16
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 284 YCT
 WL3 63. In the metal forming process, the stresses
Ans. (d) : For cantilever beam deflection y = encountered are
3EI
(a) Greater than yield strength but less than
bd 3 ultimate strength
I=
12 (b) Less than yield strength of the material
b(2d )3 (c) Greater than the ultimate strength of the
I1 = material
12
(d) Less than the elastic limit
8bd 3
= Ans. (a) : In the metal forming process, the stresses
12 encountered are greater than yield strength but less than
I1 = 8 I ultimate strength.
W 3
L 64. A grinding wheel is specified as 49 A 36 M 7 V
y1 = 2 24. The number 36 stands for
3EI × 8 (a) Structure (b) Grade
WL3 (c) Grit size (d) Bond
=
6 EI × 8 Ans. (c) :
WL3 WL3 1
= = ×
48 EI 3EI 16
y
y1 =
16
61. The kinematic planar chain shown in the given
figure is a Here, first and last number (i.e. 49 and 24) is
manufacturer's identification number.
65. In a fluid machinery, the relationship between
saturation temperature and pressure decides
(a) Structure the process of
(b) Mechanism with 2 degree of freedom (a) Flow separation (b) Cavitation
(c) Mechanism with 1 degree of freedom (c) Turbulent mixing (d) Water hammer
(d) Mechanism with more than 2 degree of
freedom Ans. (b) : In a fluid machinery, the relationship
between saturation temperature and pressure decides the
Ans. (c) : process of cavitation.
66. Anodising is
(a) A process of coating of zinc by hot dipping
(b) A zinc diffusion process
(c) A process used for making thin phosphate
coatings on steel to act as a base or primer for
enamels and paints
(d) An oxidizing process used for aluminium and
No. of Link = 10 magnesium articles
No. of joint = 13
Ans. (d) : Anodising is an oxidizing process used for
Degree of freedom aluminium and magnesium articles.
F = 3(l–1) – 2j – h
67. The process layout is best suited where
= 3 (10 – 1) – 2 × 13
(a) Automation is employed
= 3 × 9 – 26
(b) Mass production is envisaged
= 27 – 26
(c) A few number of non-standardized units are
So F=1
to be produced
62. The machining process in which the work piece (d) Machines are arranged according to sequence
is dissolved into an electrolyte solution is called
of operation
(a) Electro-chemical machining
(b) Ultrasonic machining Ans. (c) : The process layout is best suited where a few
(c) Electro-discharge machining number of non-standardized units are to be produced.
(d) Laser machining 68. The blank size of the gear of 3 mm module and
Ans. (a) : The machining process in which the work 40 number of teeth is
piece is dissolved into an electrolyte solution is called (a) 120 mm (b) 123 mm
electro-chemical machining. (c) 126 mm (d) 129 mm
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 285 YCT
Ans. (c) : We know that pitch circle diameter is given 72. The value of the determinant given below is
by 1 1 1 1
D=m×T
1 1+ a 1 1
D = 3 × 40 = 120
Blank size from which the gear is cut given by 1 1 1− b 1
DB = D + 2 × m 1 1 1 1+ c
= 120 + 2 ×3 = 126 mm
(a) -abc (b) abc
69. A bag contains 7 white, 6 red and 9 black balls.
Two balls are drawn at random. The (c) 1 (d) 0
probability that both the balls will be black is Ans. (a) :
1 12 1 1 1 1
(a) (b)
11 77 1 1+ a 1 1
5 9 1 1 1 − b 1
(c) (d)
77 77 1 1 1 1+ c
9
C2
Ans. (b) : Probability = 22
1 1 1 1
C2
0 a 0 0
12
= 0 0 −b 0
77
0 0 0 c
70. Match List I (Machining Process) with List II
(Associated medium) and select the correct = -abc
answer using the codes given below the lists 73. The locus of the point Z satisfying the
List I (Machining Process) List II (Associated
Medium) Z −1 π
condition arg = is
A. Ultrasonic machining 1. Kerosene Z +1 3
B. EDM 2. Abrasive slurry (a) x 2 − y 2 − 2 3 y = 0
C. ECM 3. Vaccum
D. EBM 4. Salt solution (b) x 2 + y 2 = 1
A B C D
(a) 2 1 4 3 (c) x 2 − y 2 − 2 3 y − 1 = 0
(b) 2 3 4 1 (d) x 2 + y 2 − 2 3 y − 1 = 0
(c) 4 1 2 3
(d) 4 3 2 1 z −1 π
Ans. (d) : arg =
Ans. (a) : z +1 3
71. The rake angle of a cutting tool is 15º, shear Put z = x + iy
angle 45º and cutting velocity 35 m/min. What
is the velocity of chip along the tool face? x + iy − 1
(a) 25.3 m/min (b) 27.3 m/min x + iy + 1
(c) 28.5 m/min (d) 23.5 m/min [( x − 1) + iy ] × [( x + 1) − iy ]
Ans. (c) : =
[( x + 1) + iy ][( x + 1) − iy ]
x 2 + y 2 − 1 + 2 yi
=
( x + 1)2 + y 2
x2 + y2 −1 2y
= + i
( x + 1) + y
2 2
( x + 1)2 + y 2
Shear angle φ = 45º
2y
Rake Angle α = 15º tan θ =
V = Cutting velocity = 35 m/min x + y2 −1
2

V V π
= c = tan
sin(90 − φ + α ) sin φ 3
35 2y 1
Vc = =
 53  x2 + y2 −1 3
2 
 2 x2 + y 2 − 2 3 y − 1 = 0
= 28.5 m/min
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 286 YCT
74. In a simple micrometer with screw pitch 0.5 Ans. (d) : Given a + b + c = 0
mm and division on thimble 50, the reading
corresponding to 5 divisions on barrel and 12 | a |= 3,| b |= 5,| c |= 7
divisions on thimble is
then the angle between a and b is
(a) 2.620 mm (b) 2.512 mm
(c) 5.120 mm (d) 5.012 mm c = − (a + b )
Ans. (a) : The reading corresponding to 5 division on | c |2 = | a |2 + | b |2 +2 | a || b | cos α
barrel and 12 divisions on thimble is
| c |2 − | a |2 − | b |2
0.5 × 5 +
0.5
× 12 = 2.62 mm cos α =
50 2 | a |b |
75. It is required to cut screw threads of 2 mm 7 −3 −5
2 2 2

pitch on a lathe. The lead screw has a pitch of 6 =

2 × 3× 5
mm. If the spindle speed is 60 rpm, then the
speed of the lead screw will be α = 60º
(a) 10 rpm (b) 20 rpm 79. The image of the point P(1,3,4) in the plane
(c) 120 rpm (d) 180 rpm 2 x − y + z = −3 is
Ans. (b) : In one revolution of spindle, carriage must (a) (-3,5,-2) (b) (-3,-5,2)
travel the pitch of the screw thread to be cut, therefore, (c) (3,-5,-2) (d) (-3,5,2)
N S PS = N l Pl ⇒ 60 × 2 = N l × 6 Ans. (d) : Perpendicular distance of point P (1, 3, 4)
60 × 2 2 ×1 − 1× 3 + 4 × 1 + 3 6
Nl = = 20 = = = 6
6 2 +1 +1
2 2 2
6
76. If u = log(tanx + tany), Perpendicular distance of point (-3, 5, 2)
∂u ∂u −3 × 2 − 1× 5 + 2 × 1 + 3
then sin2x + sin2y is
∂x ∂y 6
(a) 1 (b) -2 −6
(c) 2 (d) -1 = =− 6
6
Ans. (c) : u = log (tan x + tan y) Hence, image of point (1,3,4) in the given plane is
∂u sec 2 x (–3,5,2).
= ...(i)
∂x tan x + tan y 80. Find a particular integral of the differential
D
-
4
D
+
3
y
=
s
i
n
3
x
c
o
s
2
x
2

(
equation )
∂u sec 2 y
= ...(ii)
∂y tan x + tan y (a)
1
(10 cos 5 x − 11sin 5 x) +
1
(sin x − 2 cos x)
∂u ∂u 20 884
sin 2 x + sin 2 y 1 1
∂x ∂y (b) (10 cos 5 x − 11sin 5 x) + (sin x + 2 cos x)
884 20
 ∂u ∂u 
=2  put and from (i ) and (ii )  1 1
 ∂x ∂y  (c) (10 cos 5 x − 11sin 5 x) + (sin x + 2 cos x)
20 884
77. The value of λ for which the equations
2λ x − 3 y + λ − 3 = 0, 3 x − 2 y + 1 = 0 and 1 1
(d) (10 cos 5 x + 11sin 5 x) + (sin x + 2 cos x)
4 x − λ y + 2 = 0 are consistent is 884 20
(a) 3 or 6 (b) 1 or 3 Ans. (b) : ( D 2 − 4 D − 3) y = sin 3x cos 2 x
(c) 2 or 6 (d) 2 or 3
1  sin 5 x + sin x 
Ans. (a) : For consistent y=
2  D 2 − 4 D + 3 
 2λ −3 λ − 3
 1  sin 5 x sin x 
 3 −2 1  = 0 = +
2  −25 − 4 D + 3 −1 − 4 D + 3 

 4 −λ 2 
1  sin 5 x(2 D − 11) sin x(2 D + 1) 
λ = −9λ + 18 = 0
2
= −
4  (2 D + 11)(2 D − 11) (2 D − 1)(2 D + 1) 

λ = 3, λ = 6
1 10 cos 5 x − 11sin 5 x 2 cos x + sin x 
If a + b + c = 0 and | a |= 3, | b |= 5,| c |= 7, then = −
4  4 D 2 − 1 
78.
4 D 2 − 121
the angle between a and b is 1  1 
(a) 45º (b) 30º =  (10cos5 x − 11sin 5 x) + (sin x + 2cos x) 
884  20 
(c) 90º (d) 60º
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2009 287 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. The ultimate tensile strength and yield strength Ans. (d) : Heavy water is used in atomic power plants
of most of the metals, when temperature falls as moderator.
from 0 to -150ºC will 5. Which one is not the purpose of heat treatment
(a) Increase of steels?
(b) Decrease (a) Changing the composition of steel on the
(c) Remain same surface
(d) First increase and then decrease (b) Changing the percentage of carbon and Si in
Ans. (a) : Ultimate tensile stress—It is the maximum the bulk.
nominal stress attained by a test specimen during a (c) Increasing or decreasing the grain size
simple tensile test the ultimate strength of the materials (d) Removing undesirable residual stresses
increase with decrease in temperature.
Ans. (b) : Changing the percentage of carbon and
Stainless steel has high strength and mostly preferred at
silicon in the bulk is not the purpose of heat treatment
Cryogenic applications.
of steels.
Yield stress—It is the stress at which the strain of a
material shows a rapid increase in stress, when 6. A cold chisel is made of
subjected to a simple tensile test. (a) Mild steel (b) Cast iron
Tensile and yield strength generally increase (c) H.S.S. (d) High carbon
slightly at temperature are reduced and decrease at Ans. (d) : Cold chisel are a simple, high impact too that
temperature increase from question, temperature can be used for quick and efficient removal of materials.
falls from 0 to –1500C. So, ultimate tensile strength A good cold chisel typically uses a combination of
and yield strength will increase. carbon and steel to forge its sharp edge. Cold chisel
2. "Troosite" is obtained when are made of high carbon steel and designed to be
(a) Quenching steel during transformation irresistible to force, making them perfect for use with
(b) A fully hardened steel is finally drawn at hard material.
about 677ºC 7. A body which is permanently deformed is said
(c) Steel is rapidly quenched in oil to have undergone
(d) When alloy steels are rapidly quenched in (a) Elastic deformation
water (b) Limit of elastic deformation
Ans. (a) : "Troosite" is obtained when quenching steel (c) Plastic deformation
during transformation. (d) Uniform deformation
3. Induction hardening is the process of Ans. (c) : Plastic deformation is the process in which
(a) Hardening the core the object changes its size or shape that is not reversible
(b) Uniform hardening because of the applied force. So, a body which is
(c) Selective hardening permanently deformed is said to have undergone plastic
(d) Hardening surface for wear resistance deformation.
Ans. (d) : Induction hardening is a heat treatment A temporary shape change that is self reversing after
process. It is used to increase the harness or wear the force is removed, so that the object returns to its
resistance of a material. original shape is called elastic deformation.
In this method metal parts are heated by Elastic limit is the maximum stress that a material
electromagnetic induction and then quenched. This can withstand before the permanent deformation.
rapid cooling forms a material microstructure that is 8. The defect responsible for the phenomenon of
hard and strong. slip, by which most metals deform plastically, is
4. Heavy water is used in atomic power plants as known as
(a) Fuel (b) Source of energy (a) Fracture (b) Twinning
(c) Lubricant (d) Moderator (c) Dislocation (d) Strain hardening
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 288 YCT
Ans. (c) : The defect responsible for the phenomenon of Ans. (b) : Maximum shear stress theory or (Guest
slip, by which most metals deform plastically, is known tresca's theory)- the maximum shear stress theory states
as dislocation. that the failure or yielding of a ductile material will
9. With a punch for which the maximum crushing occur when the maximum shear stress of a material
stress is 4 times the maximum shearing stress equal or exceeds the shear value at yield point in the
of the plate, the biggest hole that can be uniaxial tensile test.
punched in the plate would be of diameter σ yield
τ max ≤
equal to 2
1 13. The function of a washer is
(a) × Thickness of plate
4 (a) To fill the axial gap
1 (b) To provide cushioning effect
(b) × Thickness of plate
2 (c) To absorb shocks and vibrations
(c) Plate thickness (d) To provide bearing area
(d) 2 × plate thickness Ans. (d) : Mainly washers have two functions:
Ans. (c) : Crushing stress =4 × shearing stress 1. To ensure that the nut is pressed against a surface
σ = 4τ (bearing area), reducing the chance that it will
F F contact with an uneven surface.
= 4× 2. To distribute the pressure of the nut evenly over the
π π Dt
D2 surface is not damaged.
4
14. Surface endurance limit of gear material
4 4
⇒ = depends on its
D t
(a) Surface hardness
or D=t
(b) Modulus of elasticity
10. For traction applications, the type of motor (c) Elastic strength
best suited is
(d) All of the above
(a) Induction motor
Ans. (a) : Surface endurance limit of gear material
(b) Synchronous motor
depends upon its "surface hardness".
(c) DC shunt motor
15. A double strap butt joint is always in
(d) DC series motor
(a) Single shear
Ans. (d) : DC series motor have high initial torque so
(b) Double shear
best suited for traction applications.
(c) Either single or double shear
11. On loading a ductile material in excess of a
(d) None of the above
certain value, gradual increase in elongation
Ans. (b) : Double strap butt joint: In this butt joint,
occurs with time. Such phenomenon is known
the edge of the main plates butt against each other and
as
two cover plates are placed on both sides of the main
(a) Creep
plate and then riveted together.
(b) Fatigue
Therefore double strap butt joint always in double shear
(c) Stress concentration
(d) None of the above
Ans. (a) : On loading a ductile material in excess of a
certain value gradual increase in elongation occurs with
time such phenomenon is known as creep.
12. The failure occurs at a point in a member, 17. Rivets are made of
when the maximum shear stress in a bi-axial
(a) Soft material
stress system reaches the shear stress at elastic
(b) Hard material
limit in simple tension test, this is according to
(a) Rankine's theory (c) Ductile material
(b) Guest's theory (d) Brittle material
(c) Lame's theory Ans. (c) : Rivets are made of ductile material like
(d) None of the above Aluminium, Copper, etc.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 289 YCT
18. The purpose of providing multiple collars on a Ans. (d) : A gyroscope is a device for measuring or
flat collar pivot bearing is to maintaining orientation based on the principles of
(a) Increase frictional resistance angular momentum.
(b) To establish self-sustaining bearing conditions Gyroscopic effect is ability of the rotating body to
(c) Distribute the frictional load because of maintain a steady direction of its axis of rotation.
limiting friction To achieve the effective gyroscopic effect, the planes
(d) Distribute the axial load because of limiting of spin, gyroscopic couple and axis of precession are
bearing pressure on a collar mutually perpendicular to each other.
Ans. (d) : The purpose of providing multiple collars on 23. Which of the following is a lower pair?
a flat collar pivot bearing is to distribute the axial load (a) Piston and cylinder
because of limiting bearing pressure on a collar. (b) Cam and follower
19. Angle of dwell of cam is defined as the angle (c) Belt drive
(a) during which the follower returns to its initial (d) Gear
position
Ans. (a) : Lower pair- When two elements of a pair are
(b) of rotation of the cam for definite joined together with the surface contact between them
displacement of the follower
the joint is called lower pair.
(c) through which the cam rotates during the
Prismatic pair (piston and cylinder), spherical pair
period in which the follower remains in the
(Ball and socket), screw pair etc. are examples of lower
highest position
pair.
(d) moved by the cam from the instant the
follower begins to rise, till it reaches its 24. Match List I (measuring Devices) with List II
highest position (Measuring parameter) and select the correct
answer using the codes given below the lists
Ans. (c) : Angle of dwell of cam is defined as the angle
through which the cam rotates during the period in List I (Device) List II (Parameter)
which the follower remains in the highest position. A. Pitot tube 1. Flow static pressure
B. Micro-manometer 2. Rate of flow (indirect)
20. The supply of working fluid to the engine to
suit the load condition is controlled by C. Pipe bend meter 3. Differential pressure
(a) Meyer's expansion valve D. Wall pressure tap 4. Flow stagnation pressure
(b) D-slide valve A B C D
(c) Governor (a) 1 3 2 4
(d) Throttle valve. (b) 4 3 2 1
Ans. (c) : The supply of working fluid to the engine to (c) 1 2 3 4
suit the load condition is controlled by governor. (d) 4 2 3 1
21. A pantograph is a device that reproduces a Ans. (b) :
displacement A. Pitot tube 4. Flow stagnation pressure
(a) On the same scale B. Micro-manometer 3. Differential pressure
(b) On any scale C. Pipe bend meter 2. Rate of flow (indirect)
(c) On reduced scale
D. Wall pressure tap 1. Flow static pressure
(d) On enlarged scale
Ans. (b) : Pantograph—A Pantograph is a mechanical
25. The following data pertain to a worker: base
linkage connected in a manner based on parallelograms
rate = Rs. 20 per hour
so that the movement of one pin, in tracing an images
produces identical movements in a second pin. If a line Time taken for completing the job = 2 hours
drawing is traced by the first point, an identical, Standard time = 3 hours
enlarged or miniaturized copy will be drawn by a pen Under Halsey plan the total earning of the
fixed to the other. worker is
22. In the case of gyroscopic effect, the planes of (a) Rs. 36.67 (b) Rs. 40.67
spin, gyroscopic couple and precession are (c) Rs. 46.67 (d) Rs. 56.57
(a) In same plane Ans. (c) : Given,
(b) In different planes Base rate (R) = 20 Rs.
(c) Any two in perpendicular planes and third in Time taken for completing the job (Ta) = 2 hours.
different plane Standard time (Ts) = 3 hours
(d) Mutually perpendicular Time save = Ts–Ta = 3 – 2 = 1hr
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 290 YCT
Under Halsey plan Ans. (c) :
Time saved length of smallest main scale
E = RTa + × R(Ts − Ta ) Least Count =
Standard time Number of divisions on the vernier scale
1 0.5
E = RTa + ( R )( Ts − Ta ) = = 0.02mm
3 25
20 29. Standards to be used for reference purposes in
∴ E = 20 × 2 + × (3 − 2)
3 laboratories and workshops are termed as
= 46.67 Rs. (a) Primary standards
26. What is the correct sequence of the following (b) Secondary standards
parameters in order of their maximum to (c) Tertiary standards
minimum influence on tool life? (d) Working standards
1. Feed rate Ans. (c) : Tertiary standards- These are the reference
2. Depth of cut standards employed by NPL (National physical
3. Cutting speed Laboratory) and are the first standards to be used for
Select the correct answer using the code given reference in laboratories and workshops.
below Primary standards- For defining the unit precisely,
(a) 1, 2, 3 (b) 3, 2, 1 there shall be only one material standard. These are
(c) 2, 3, 1 (d) 3, 1, 2 preserved carefully and maintained under standard
atmospheric condition so that they do not change their
Ans. (d) : Cutting speed > Feed rate > Depth of cut
values. These are used only for comparing with
27. Given that cutting speed = 9m/min, the return
secondary standards.
time to cutting time ratio is = 1:2 the feed rate
Secondary standards- These are derived from primary
= 0.3 mm/stroke, the clearance at each of cut =
standards and resemble them very closely with respect
25 mm and that the plate is fixed 700 mm side
to design material and length. Any error existing in
along the direction of tool travel, the time
these bar is recorded by comparison with primary
required for finishing one flat surface of a plate
standards after long interval. These safe guard against
of size 700 × 30 mm in a shaper, will be
the loss or destruction of primary standards.
(a) 10 min (b) 12.5 min
Working standards- These are used more frequently in
(c) 15 min (d) 20 min
workshop and laboratories. It compared to the other
L(1 + R ) B three standards (Primary, secondary and tertiary), the
Ans. (b) : Tm = minute
1000Vf material used to make these standards are of lower
L = [tool travel distance + total clearance (i.e. both grade and costs. These are derived from fundamental
side)] standards.
L = 700 + 25 + 25 30. For achieving a specific surface finish in single
L = 750 mm point turning the most important factor to be
Width = B = 300 mm controlled is
(a) Depth of cut (b) Cutting speed
1
R= [Ratio of return time to cutting time] (c) Feed (d) Tool rake angle
2
f = 0.3 mm/stroke Ans. (c) : Specific of surface finish
750(1 + 0.5)300 f2
Tm = H=
1000 × 9 × 3 8R
Tm = 125 min. Where f = feed rate
28. The least count of a metric Vernier caliper R = Nose radius of cutting tool
having 25 divisions on Vernier scale, matching 31. Interchangeability can be achieved by
with 24 divisions of main scale (1 main scale (a) Standardization
divisions = 0.5mm) is (b) Better process planning
(a) 0.005 mm (b) 0.01 mm (c) Simplification
(c) 0.02mm (d) 0.005 mm (d) Better product planning
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 291 YCT
Ans. (a) : Interchangeability—Manufacture of Ans. (a) : (1) Generalized continuity equation
machine tools, automobiles, IC engines, aircraft ∂ρ ∂ ( ρ u ) ∂ ( ρ v) ∂ ( ρ w)
+ + + =0
standard parts of machines, etc. requires thousand of ∂t ∂x ∂y ∂z
components which are identical. In such large scale (2) Steady flow continuity equation (compressible/
production each male component should fit with incompressible)
corresponding female component without interchanging
∂ρ
the parts presents in a lot of identical items. If this =0
∂t
condition exists it is called Interchangeability in
manufacturing. Therefore interchangeability can be ∂ ( ρ u ) ∂ ( ρ v) ∂ ( ρ w)
+ + =0
achieved by standardization. ∂x ∂y ∂z
33. Enlarging an existing circular hole with 37. The density of air at 10ºC and 1MPa abs, in SI
rotating single point tool is called units is
(a) Boring (b) Drilling (a) 1.231 (b) 12.31
(c) Reaming (d) Internal turning (c) 118.4 (d) 65.0
Ans. (a) : Enlarging an existing circular hole with Ans. (b) : density of air ρ = ?
rotating single point tool is called boring. T = 10ºC
34. Plug gauges are used to = 273 + 10
(a) Measure the diameter of the workpieces T = 283 K
(b) Measure the diameter of the holes in the P = 1MPa
workpieces PV = mRT
(c) Check the diameter of the holes in the m
P = RT
workpieces V
(d) Check the length of the holes in the P = ρRT
workpieces P
ρ=
Ans. (c) : Plug gauges are used to check the diameter of RT
the holes in the workpieces. 1× 106
=
35. Basic shaft and basic hole are those whose 287 × 283
upper deviations and lower deviations =12.31 kg/m3
respectively are 38. In centrifugal pumps, maximum efficiency is
(a) +ve, -ve obtained when the blades are
(b) -ve, +ve (a) Straight (b) Bent forward
(c) Zero, Zero (c) Bent backward (d) radial
(d) None of the above Ans. (c) : In centrifugal pumps, maximum efficiency is
Ans. (c) : Basic shaft and basic hole are those whose obtained when the blades are bent backward.
upper deviations and lower deviations respectively are 39. If the characteristics of a pump are as shown in
zero, zero. fig. What is represented by abscissa
36. The general equation of continuity for three-
dimensional flow of a compressible fluid for
steady flow is (where u, v, w are components of
velocity in x, y and z directions respectively)
∂u ∂v ∂w
(a) + + =0 (a) Head (b) RPM
∂x ∂y ∂z
(c) Discharge (d) Power
∂u ∂v ∂w
(b) = = =0 Ans. (c) : Characteristic curves of pump are graphical
∂x ∂y ∂z representations of a pump’s performance over a range
∂u ∂v ∂w of flow rates and head values. It gives information about
(c) + + =1 the operating range and efficiency of a pump. It can be
∂x ∂y ∂z
used to select the appropriate pump for a given
∂u ∂v ∂w application and optimizing the performance of an
(d) + + = u.v.w.
∂x ∂y ∂z existing system.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 292 YCT
40. A rocket exists exhaust gases with ρ = 0.5 kg/m3 Pipe Velocity Area
out a 50 cm diameter nozzle at a velocity of (cm per second) (sq cm)
1200 m/s. The thrust, is 1. 50 20
(a) 420 kN (b) 280 kN 2. V2 10
(c) 140 kN (d) 90 kN 3. 30 15
Ans. (c) : ρ = 0.5 kg/m 3
4. 20 10
diameter d = 50 cm (a) 15 (b) 20
π (c) 30 (d) 35
Area of Nozzle A = × 0.52 = 0.196 m2
4 Ans. (d) :
velocity V = 1200 m/s
Thrust = ρ AV2
= 0.5 × 0.196 × (1200)2
= 141300 N
Q1 = Q2 + Q3 + Q4
= 141.3 kN
ρA1V1 = ρ(A2V2 + A3V3 + A4V4)
42. The flow of a fluid in a pipe takes place from 50 × 20 = V2 × 10 + 30 × 15 + 20 × 10
(a) Higher level to lower level V2 = 35 cm/sec
(b) Small end to large end 45. The pressure difference measured by a
(c) Higher pressure to lower pressure mercury oil differential manometer on the two
(d) Higher energy to lower energy sides of the orifice meter gives a reading of 50
Ans. (d) : Fluid flows from region of higher energy to cm of mercury. Determine the differential
pressure head in orifice. Take the specific
lower energy and not from higher pressure to lower
gravity of oil as 0.9.
pressure. (a) 7.05m of oil (b) 5.05m of oil
Flow from a low pressure region to a high pressure (c) 4.75m of oil (d) 3.35m of oil
region is possible if the sum of potential, pressure and
Ans. (a) : Sm = 13.6, x = 50cm
kinetic energy at the low pressure region is greater than
Soil = 0.9
the high pressure region.
S 
43. An aero plane is flying at an height of 14km h =  m − 1 x
where temperature is -45ºC. The speed of the  Soil 
plane is corresponding to M=2. Find the speed  13.6 
= − 1 50
of the plane if R=287J/kg K and γ = 1.4.  0.9 
(a) 2179 km/h (b) 3010 km/h h = 7.05 m of oil
(c) 3250 km/h (d) 3379 km/h 46. The transition Reynolds number for flow over
Ans. (a) : v = γ RT × M a flat plate is 5 × 105. What is the distance from
the leading edge at which transition will occur
v = 2 γ RT [∵ M = 2] for flow of water with a uniform velocity of
1m/s? (For water, the kinematic viscosity, υ =
 V 
C = , M = Mach number ( M ) = 2  0.858 ×10-6 m2/s)
 M 
(a) 1m (b) 0.43m
= 2 1.4 × 287 × (273 − 45) (c) 43m (d) 103m
= 605.344 m/s Ans. (b) : For flate plate
= 605. 344 × 3.6 km/hr Reynold's Number = 5 × 105
ρVD
= 2179.24 ≃ 2179 km/hr. Re =
µ
44. Pipe 1, branches to three pipes as shown in the
given figure. The areas and corresponding VD
velocities are as given in the following table. Re =
ν
The value of V2 in cm per second will be
µ
Where, ν = kinematic viscosity = = 0.858×10–6 m2/s
ρ
1× D
= 5 × 105
0.858 × 10−6
D = 0.43 m
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 293 YCT
47. Pipes of lengths l1, l2 etc and diameters d1, d2, 49. If thermal conductivity of a material varies as
etc are connected in series. A single pipe of K0(1+αT), temperature at the center of a 10 cm
length l1 +l2 +l3 +.... having same pressure loss thick wall of material will be
as all pipes in series will have diameter equal to (a) Average of the temperature at two ends of the
1/ 4 wall
 l + l + l + ... 
(a)  1 4 2 3 4  (b) More than the average of the temperature at
 l1 / d1 + l2 / d 2 + ...  two ends of the wall
1/ 5 (c) Less than the average of the temperature at
 l + l + l + ... 
(b)  1 5 2 3 5  two ends of the wall
 l1 / d1 + l2 / d 2 + ...  (d) Depends on the range of temperature
 l + l + l + ... 
1/ 3 Ans. (b) : Thermal conductivity is the property of a
(c)  1 3 2 3 3  material that describes its ability heat transfer.
 l1 / d1 + l2 / d 2 + ...  Given,
 l + l + l + ... 
1/ 2
K ( T ) = K 0 (1 + αT )
(d)  1 2 2 3 2 
 l1 / d1 + l2 / d 2 + ...  Where α is temperature coefficient of thermal
conductivity. When α is +Ve it is clear from figure that
Ans. (b) : When pipe is connected in series the temperature at the centre is more than that in the
l l l l case of constant thermal conductivity.
5
= 15 + 25 + 35 + ......
d d1 d 2 d3
1
 5
 
l1 + l2 + l3 + ..... 
d =
 l l l 
  15 + 25 + 35 + ..... 
  d1 d 2 d3  
48. Let x have the density function
3 2
 (1- x) if - 1 ≤ x ≤ 1
f(x) =  4 . Then the
 0 otherwise
50. What is the net radiant interchange per square
 -1 1 meter for two very large plates at temperatures
probability p  ≤ x ≤  is
2 2 800 K and 500 K respectively? (The emissivity
(a) 68.75% (b) 31.36% of the hot and cold plates are 0.8 and 0.6
(c) 95% (d) 60.7% respectively. Stefan Boltzmann constant is 5.67
× 10-8 W/m2 K4).
Ans. (a) : Probability density function
kW kW
3 2 (a) 10.26 2 (b) 1.026 2
 (1- x) if - 1 ≤ x ≤ 1 m m
f(x) =  4
 0 otherwise kW kW
(c) 102.6 (d) 1026
-
12

12

m2 m2
p

≤
x
≤

 
  Ans. (a) : Given, σ = 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2K4
 
T1 = 800 K, T2 = 500 K
Probability density function
1 ε1 = 0.8, ε2 = 0.6
= ∫−
2
1 f ( x) dx Net Radiant heat exchange per unit area
 Qnet  σ (T1 − T2 )
2 4 4
1 =
 A   1 1 [∵ where Qnet for two
3 
4∫
= (1 − x 2 )dx
2
−
1
 + − 1
2
 ε1 ε 2 
1
parallel plate]
3 x3  2
= x −  5.67 × 10−8 (8004 − 5004 )
4 3 −1 =
2  1 1 
 + − 1
11  0.8 0.6 
= = 68.75%
16 = 10.26 kW/m2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 294 YCT
51. A 10 kg solid at 100ºC with a specific heat of Ans. (c) : We know that
0.8kJ/kgºC is immersed in 40 kg of 20ºC liquid PV = mRT
with a specific heat of 4.0 kJ/kgºC. Estimate the Pv = RT
temperature after a long time if the container is  RT   ∂P  RT
P= ;   =− 2
insulated?  v   ∂v T v
(a) 30ºC (b) 28ºC  RT   ∂v  R
(c) 26ºC (d) 24ºC v= ;   =
 P   ∂T P P
Ans. (d) : Let Intermediate temperauture is 'T'. Pv  ∂T  v
ms = 10 kg, Ts = 100ºC T= ;   =
R  ∂P  v R
Cs = 0.8 kJ/kgºC
 ∂P   ∂v   ∂T  RT R v
mL = 40 kg, TL = 20ºC   ×  ×  =− 2 × ×
 ∂v T  ∂T P  ∂P  v v P R
CL = 4.0 kJ/kgºC
RT
ms cs (Ts - T) = mL cL (T - TC) =− ∵ Pv = RT
Pv
10 × 0.8 (373 - T) =-1
= 40 × 4 (T - 293) 54. A well insulated vessel containing air is heated
T = 297 - 273 to double the pressure and temperature 150%
T = 24ºC. in excess of initial. The amount of air that
leaked is
52. A spherical shaped vessel of 1.4m outer
(a) 20% (b) 22.5%
diameter is 90 mm thick. Find the rate of heat
(c) 25% (d) 0%
leakage, if the temperature difference between
Ans. (c) : For ideal gas
the inner and outer surfaces is 200ºC. Thermal
PV PV
conductivity of the material of the sphere is 1 1
= 2 2 (air is an Ideal gas)
T1 T2
0.083 W/mK.
(a) 0.2 kW (b) 0.5 kW PV 2 PV
1 1
= 1 2
(c) 1.088 kW (d) 1.6 kW T 1 1.5T1
Ans. (c) : r2 = 0.7 m 4
V1 = V2
r1 = (0.7 - 0.09)m 3
= 0.61 m The amount of air leaked
dT = 220ºC V1 − V2
%
k = 0.083 W/mk V1
Rate of heat leakage 3
V1 − V1
dT 4 %
Q= V1
R
For spherical, = 25%
55. An unconstraint thin circular disc has a
r2 − r1
Rth = concentric hole in it. On heating the diameter
4π kr1r2 of the hole will
(0.7) − (0.61) (a) increase
= (b) decrease
(4π× 0.083 × 0.7 × 0.61)
(c) Remain constant
R th = 0.2020 (d) first increase then decrease
220 Ans. (b) : After heating the metal tends to elongate, it
Q=
0.2020 will also elongate towards the center of the concentric
hole to fill some part of hole and make its diameter
= 1.088 kW
small.
∂ p   ∂ v  ∂ T 
53.       is equal to
 ∂ V T  ∂ T  P  ∂ p v
(a) zero (b) 1
(c) -1 (d) Infinity
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 295 YCT
56. The specific heat of diatomic gas at constant 58. Kinetic energy of the molecules in terms of
pressure is given by (R = universal gas constant absolute temperature (T) is proportional to
and M = molecular weight of gas) (a) T (b) T-4
5 R 5 (c) T2 (d) T
(a) (b) MR
2M 2 Ans. (a) : Kinetic energy of molecules given by
7 R 7 3
(c) (d) MR E = kT
2M 2 2
Ans. (c) : We know that, where k = Boltzman constant
γR g T = Absolute temperature
cP = So, E ∝T
( γ − 1)
59. Which type of heat exchanger an automobile
For di-atomic
radiator is?
7
γ = = 1.4 (a) Parallel flow type
5 (b) Counter flow type
R (c) Regenerator type
Rg =
M (d) Cross flow type
γR g 1.4 × R g Ans. (d) : The cross flow type of heat exchanger use in
cP = =
( γ − 1) (1.4 − 1) automobile as a radiator.
1.4 × R g 1.4 × R 60. Given that Nu = Nusselt number, Re =
= = (∵R g = R / M) Reynolds number, Pr = Prandtl number, Sh =
0.4 0.4M
Sherwood number, Sc = Schmidt number and
7R
cP = Gr = Grashoff number. The function
2M relationship for free convective heat transfer is
R = Universal Gas Constant given as,
Rg = Characteristic Gas Constant (a) Nu = f(Gr, Pr) (b) Sh = f(Sc, Gr)
M = Molecular Weight (c) Nu = f(Re, Pr) (d) Sh = f(Re, Sc)
For, mono atomic γ = 5/3 = 1.66 Ans. (a) :
The general formula for γ of any gas is given as For Free convection heat transfer Nu = f (Gr, Pr)
2 For Forced convection heat transfer Nu = f (Re, Pr)
γ = 1+
f 61. The quantity of heat required to change the
Where, f = Degree of freedom temperature of 1 gm of ice cream -6ºC to -5ºC
for mono atomic f = 3 and for diatomic f = 5. is known as
(a) Latent heat of freezing
57. The variation of temperature inside a wall is
(b) Freezing heat
shown by three different curves. In which case
thermal conductivity least varies with (c) Heat of vaporization
temperature (d) Specific heat
Ans. (d) : Specific heat is a chemical property. It is
defined as the amount of thermal energy needed to raise
the temperature of L gram of a substance by 1 degree
Celsius. Therefore we can say that, specific heat is
required to change the temperature of 1 gram of ice
cream -60c to -50c.
62. The spectral energy distribution for a body at
(a) A temperature T is shown in figure. Now if the
temperature of the body is increased
(b) B
(c) C
(d) Cannot be ascertained on the basis of
information provided
Ans. (b) : For B, the thermal conductivity is not the
function of temperature.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 296 YCT

 (a) λm Will shift towards right 65. A thin copper wire at 300º is suddenly
(b) λm Will shift towards left immersed in water at 30ºC. It cools down to
150ºC in 70 seconds. It is then reheated to the
(c) The total energy emitted by the body will
initial temperature of 300ºC and suddenly
decrease
exposed to air at 30ºC where it cools down to
(d) λm will remain the same but Em will increase 150ºC in 200 seconds. This difference in cooling
Ans. (b) : As the temperature of body is increased then time is due to
λ m will be shifted towards the left. According to (a) Larger specific heat of water
(b) Larger heat transfer coefficient in water
Wien’s law states that the black body radiation has
(c) Smaller heat transfer coefficient in water
various temperature peaks at wavelength that are
(d) None of the above
inversely proportional to temperature.
Ans. (b) : Heat transfer coefficient is the proportionality
λmT = b
constant between the heal flux and temperature
Where, λ m is maximum wavelength difference. It is a quantitative characteristic of
–3
b is Wien’s displacement constant = 2.8977×10 mK convective heat transfer between a fluid and the surface
(solid)
63. When K is the thermal conductivity, t is the
Water has a higher thermal conductivity than air
density and Cp is the specific heat of a which means that it can transfer heat more efficiently.
substance, then thermal diffusivity is given by Hence, the difference in cooling time is due to larger
K K .C p heat transfer coefficient in water.
(a) (b)
τ .C p τ 66. A heavy block of mass m is slowly placed on a
conveyer belt moving with speed v. If
τ .C p K .τ
(c) (d) coefficient of friction between block and the
K Cp belt is µ, the block will slide on the belt through
Ans. (a) : Thermal diffusivity α distance

k v v2
α= (Here density, ρ = τ) (a) (b)
ρC p µg µg
2
k  v  v2
α= (c)   (d)
τ Cp  µg  2µ g
Ans. (d) : Mass of block = m
7 0 0 0 
9 3 0 0 Speed = m
64. The determinant of the matrix   Coefficient of friction = µ
 4 -6 -2 0 
  Retardation due to friction = -µg
0 0 0 1  v 2 − u 2 = 2as
is
v 2 − 0 = 2 µ gs
(a) 0 (b) 1
v 2 = 2 µ gs
(c) -42 (d) -68
v2
7 0 0 0 s=
9 3 0 0 2µ g
  67. A car moving with speed u can be stopped in
Ans. (c) : 
4 -6 -2 0 
  minimum distance x when brakes are applied.
0 0 0 1 If the speed becomes n times, the minimum
If the matrix is upper triangular matrix or lower distance over which the car can be stopped
triangular matrix then determinant of the given matrix is would take the value
product of the principal diagonal elements. x
(a) (b) nx
Above matrix is lower triangular matrix so, determinant n
value = (product of diagonal element in matrix) x
(c) (d) n2x
= 7 × 3 × -2 × 1 = -42 n2
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 297 YCT
Ans. (d) : A car moving speed = u Ans. (d) : Acceleration of system is given by
distance = x F
a=
speed becomes n times m+ M
u2 From FBD of blocks equating the force of block m, we
So, x= [∵ v 2 − u 2 = 2as ]
2a have
(nu ) 2 Fbtw = ma
s= m.F
2a Fbtw =
(m + M )
n2u 2  u2 
s= ∵ x = 
2a  2a 
s = n2x
68. Speed of particle executing simple harmonic
motion with amplitude 'a' is half of the
maximum speed. At that instant, displacement
of the particle is 70. A stone of mass m at the end of a string of
length 1 is whirled in a vertical circle at a
a 3
(a) (b) a constant speed. The tension in the string will be
2 2
maximum when the stone is
2a (a) At the top of the circle
(c) (d) 3 2a
3 (b) Half-way down from the top
Ans. (b) : x = a sin ωt (c) Quarter-way down from the top
dx (d) At the bottom of the circle
= v = aω cos ωt
dt Ans. (d) : At bottom the tension in string is more
aω  aω  because weight of body and centrifugal force both have
= aω cos ω t ∵v =  downward direction.
2  2 
1
= cos ωt
2
π
cos = cos ωt
3
π
ωt =
3
π
At ωt = displacement is,
3
π
3
x = a sin= a
3 2
Where a is maximum displacement.
69. Two blocks with masses M and m are in contact
with each other and are resting on a horizontal
71. Ratio of the radii of the planets P1 and P2 is k
frictionless floor. When horizontal force is
applied to the heavier, the blocks accelerate to and ratio of the acceleration due to gravity on
the right. The force between the two blocks are them is s. Ratio of escape velocities from them
will be
(a) ks (b) ks
k s
( M + m) F MF (c) (d)
(a) (b) s k
m m
Ans. (b) : The escape velocity is maximum velocity
mF mF required to leave planet. It must overcome the pull of
(c) (d)
M ( M + m) gravity. The formula of escape velocity contain a
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 298 YCT
constant G which is called the "Universal gravitational −W M y
constant". The unit of escape velocity is m/sec (m/s). + =0
A I
2GM GM −W WeD / 2
Vesc = where g = 2 + =0
R R π
A
64
( D4 − d 4 )
2 gR 2 M
So we get Vesc = = 2 gR W WeD / 2
MR =
π 2
Ratio of escape velocity is given as
4
( D − d 2 ) 64π ( D 4 − d 4 )
R g
[Given, 1 = k, 1 = s ] D2 + d 2
R2 g2 e=
8D
V1 g1 R1
= = sk 74. A beam AB is hinge-supported at its ends and
V2 g 2 R2 is loaded by couple PC. as shown in the figure.
72. Couple M is applied at C on a simply supported The magnitude of shearing force at a section x
of the beam is
beam AB. The maximum shear on AC will be

(a) Zero (b) M (a) 0 (b) P

2M M (c) P/2L (d) P.C/2L
(c) (d) Ans. (d) : Shear force at section
3 3
RA + RB = 0
Ans. (d) :
∑ MB = 0
RA × 2L = PC
PC
RA =
RA + RB = 0 2L
∑MA = 0
RB × 3 = -M
M
RB = −
3 75. There are two bars of equal length and equal
M volume and same material, one having stepped
RA =
3 diameters and others having uniform diameter.
If maximum stress produced in both bars is
73. A short column of external diameter D and
same, then stored energy will be
internal diameter d, is subjected to a load W,
(a) More in stepped diameter shaft
with an eccentricity e, causing zero stress at an
(b) More in uniform diameter shaft
extreme fiber. Then the value of 'e' must be (c) Equal in both
D2 + d 2 D2 + d 2 (d) Depend on other factors
(a) (b)
8π D 8D Ans. (c) : We know that
D2 − d 2 D3 − d 3 1
(c) (d) 2
E = × Stress ×strain
8D 8D 2
Ans. (b) : Let the beam is subjected to a compressive = ×Stress ×  Stress 
1
 
load W acting with an eccentricity. So there will be two 2  Y 
types of stresses (direct and bending stress). 1  ( Stress ) 
2

From question, zero stress at an extreme fiber. = ×  

2  Y 

Direct compressive stress+ bending stress = 0
For same material, Young’s modulus is same and stress
σa + σ b = 0
are also same
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 299 YCT
 1 ( Stress ) 4π 2 EI 2π 2 EI
2

So, E stepped = × …(i) (a) (b)

2 Y L2 L2

1 ( Stress )
2
π 2 EI π 2 EI
E uniform = × …(ii) (c) (d)
2 Y L2 4 L2
From equation (i) and (ii) Ans. (d) : We know that Euler buckling load for a
Estepped = Euniform column is given by,

The given figure shows the shear force diagram P = π EI

2
76.
E
for the beam ABCD. L2e
Bending moment in the portion BC of the beam From question, one end fixed and other end free, then
value of Le = 2L
π2 EI π2 EI
PE = =
( 2L )
2
4L2
(a) Is a non-zero constant
(b) Is zero 79. When a beam is subjected to a transverse
(c) Varies linearly from B to C shearing force, the shear stress in the upper
fibers will be
(d) Varies parabolically from B to C
(a) Maximum
Ans. (a) : Bending moment in the portion BC of the
(b) Minimum
beam is a non-zero constant.
(c) Zero
dM
= SF = 0 [max.] (d) Depends on other data
dx
M = constant. Ans. (c) :

77. σx, σy and τxy are the rectangular stress

components of a point. The radius of Mohr's
circle is
(a) σ x2 − σ y2 + τ xy2 80. Angle made by 2i - 3j + 4k with the z-axis is
 4 
 σx −σ y 
2
(a) cos −1  
(b)   + τ xy
2
 29 
 2 
4
(b)
(c) σ −σ +τ
2
y
2
x
2
xy 29
 4 
(σ −σx ) (c) sin −1 
2
y 
(d) +τ 2
xy
 29 
2
 4 
Ans. (b) : Radius of Mohr's Circle (d) tan −1  
 29 
2
 σ −σ y  ∧ ∧ ∧
R=  x  + τ xy
2
Ans. (a) : a = 2 i − 3 j + 4 k
 2 
∧
(σ x − σ y ) 2 + 4τ xy2 b=k (z-axis)
=
4 a.b
cos θ =
1 | a || b |
R= (σ x − σ y ) 2 + 4τ xy2
2 4
=
78. For the case of a slender column of length L 29
and flexural rigidity EI built in at its base and
 4 
free at the top, the Eulers critical buckling load θ = cos −1  
 29 
is
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2008 300 YCT
 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. Only rocket engines can be propelled to space Ans. (c) : Vander Waal's equation
because
 a 
(a) They can generate very high thrust  p + 2  (v − b) = RT
 V 
(b) They have high propulsion efficiency
a
(c) These engines can work on several fuels where 2 = Account for intermolecular force (force of
V
(d) They are not air-breathing engines
cohesion), a = account for existence of mutual attraction
Ans. (d) : On earth, air tends to inhibit the exhaust
between the molecules, b = Account of co-volume
gases from the engine (rocket), it reduce the thrust.
(volume of molecules), R = Gas characteristic constant
However in space there is no atmosphere, the exhaust
gases can exit much easier and faster, thus increasing 4. The radioactive heat transfer rate per unit area
the thrust. (W/m2) between two plane parallel grey
Thrust depends upon the speed of the exhaust gases surfaces (emissivity = 0.9) maintained at 400 K
and the mass of gas being expelled each second. and 300 K is (Stefan Boltzmann constant σ =
Therefore the rocket engine actually works better in 5.67 × 10-8 W/m2 K4)
space than here on earth. (a) 992 (b) 812
2. The universal gas constant of a gas is the (c) 464 (d) 567
product of molecular weight of the gas and Ans. (b) : Given,
(a) Gas constant ε = 0.9, T1 = 400K, T2 = 300 K
(b) Specific heat at constant pressure
σ = 5.67×10-8 W/m2K4
(c) Specific heat at constant volume
Heat transfer per unit area between parallel
(d) None of the above
grey surface is given by
Ans. (a) : PV = mRT
σ (T14 − T24 )
We know that, Q= (ε1 = ε 2 = ε )
1 1 
m  + − 1
No. of mole (n) =  ε1 ε 2 
M
so, m = nM
Q=
{
5.67 × 10−8 ( 400 ) − ( 300 )
4
}4

and PV = mRT
 1 1 
PV = nMRT  + − 1
 0.9 0.9 
where R = gas characteristic constant, n = No. of mole, 2
m = molecular mass, M = molecular weight, R = = 811.84 W/m2 ≃ 812 W / m
universal gas constant, T = Temperature
5. The efficiency η of any heat engine and
PV = nMRT
efficiency ηR of a reversible heat engine
MR = R
operating between common heat source and
3. Vander Waal's equation of state of a gas is
heat sink are related as
(a) PV = nRT
 a 
(b)  p + 2  (v + b) = RT
 V 
 a 
(c)  p + 2  (v − b) = RT
 V 
 a  (a) η > ηR (b) η < ηR
(d)  p − 2  (v − b) = RT
 V  (c) η ≥ η R (d) η ≤ η R

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 301 YCT

Ans. (d) : η = efficiency of any heat engine 3 4
v = xy 2 − y
ηR = Reversible heat engine 4
So, η ≤ ηR ∂u
= λ y 3 − 2 xy
∂x
Any heat engine must also include reversible heat
∂v
engine or Carnot engine = 2 xy − 3 y 3
∂y
6. A spherical shaped vessel of 1.4 m outer
diameter is 90 mm thick. Find the rate of heat From equation (i)
leakage, if the temperature difference between λ y 3 − 2 xy + 2 xy − 3 y 3 = 0
the inner and outer surfaces is 220°C. Thermal y 3 (λ − 3) = 0
conductivity of the material of the sphere is
λ = 3, (∵ y ≠ 0)
0.083 W/m K.
(a) 0.2 kW (b) 0.5 kW 8. The temperature field in a body varies
according to the equation T (x,y) = x3 + 4xy.
(c) 1.088 kW (d) 1.6 kW
The direction of fastest variation in
Ans. (c) : Given, temperature at the point (1,0) is given by
Outer diameter (d2) = 1.4 m, r2 = 0.7m ∧ ∧

r1 = (0.7 – 0.09) m = 0.61 m (a) 3 i + 8 j

∧
dT = 220°C, k = 0.083 W/mK (b) i
Rate of heat leakage ∧ ∧
(c) 0.6 i + 0.8 j
dT
Q= ∧ ∧
Rth (d) 0.5 i + 0.866 j
For spherical shell, the value of Rth is-
Ans. (c) : For fastest variation:-
r −r ∂φ ∂φ
Rth = 2 1 i+ j=0
4π kr1r2 ∂x ∂y
0.09 where φ = ∂ ( x, y )
=
4 × 3.14 × 0.083 × 0.7 × 0.61
= x3 + 4xy
R = 0.20218 ∂φ
= 3x 2 + 4 y
220 ∂x
Q=
0.20218
∂φ
= 1.088 kW = 4x
∂y
7. The velocity components in the x and y
 ∂φ 
directions are given by   =3
 ∂x (1,0)
3 4
u = λ xy 3 − x 2 y ; v = xy 2 − y . The value of λ for  ∂φ 
4 =4
 
a possible flow field involving an  ∂y (1,0)
incompressible fluid is ∧ ∧
= 3 i+ 4 j
3
(a) − (b) 3 For directional unit vector
4
∧ 3i + 4 j ∧ ∧
(c)
4
(d) −
4 n= = 0.6 i + 0.8 j
3 3 32 + 42
Ans. (b) : For a possible flow 9. The temperature distribution at a certain input
of time in concrete slab during occurring is
∂u ∂v
+ =0 ......( i) given by T = 3x2 + 3x + 16 where x is in cm and
∂x ∂y
T is in K. The rate of change of temperature
u = λ xy 3 − x 2 y with time is given (α = 0.0003 cm2/sec)
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 302 YCT
 (a) 0.009 K/sec (b) 0.0048 K/sec When, Q2 = 150, Q1 = 300
(c) -0.0012 K/sec (d) -0.0018 K/sec Q1 Q 2 300 150
− =+ − =0 reversible
Ans. (d) : T = 3x2 + 3x + 16 T1 T2 563 281.5
α = 0.0003 cm2/sec When, Q2 = 75, Q1 = 300
dT Q1 Q 2 300 75
=? − = − = 0.27 > 0 impossible
dt T1 T2 563 281.5

d 2T 1 dT 11. If the governing equation for a flow field is

From, = ...(1)
dx 2 α dt given by ∇ 2φ = 0 and the velocity is given by
T = 3x2 + 3x + 16 ρ
V = ∇φ , then
dT ρ
= 6x + 3
dx (a) ∇ × V = 0 (b) ∇ × V = 1
ρ
d 2T ρ  ρ  ρ ∂V
=6 (c) ∇ × V = 1
2
(d)  V .∇  V =
dx 2 ∂t
 
From equation (1)
Ans. (a) : Curl of gradient is zero.
1 dT
6= Div (curl F ) = 0
0.0003 dt
i.e. ∇.(∇ × F ) = 0
dT
= 0.0018 K / s
dt 12. With rise in temperature thermal conductivity
of air
10. 300 kJ/sec of heat is applied at a constant fixed
(a) Increases
temperature of 290°C to a heat engine. The
(b) Decreases
heat rejection takes place at 8.5°C. Then match
(c) Remains constant
the following :
(d) May increase or decrease depending on
Results obtained Cycle
temperature
(A) 215kJ/sec are rejected (1) reversible
Ans. (a) : Thermal conductivity is the ability of a given,
(B) 150kJ/sec are rejected (2) irreversible
material to conduct or transfer heat. It is denoted by ‘K’
(C) 75kJ/sec are rejected (3) impossible
Qd
A B C K=
A∆T
(a) 1 2 3
(b) 2 1 3 Thermal conductivity of any material is dependent on-
1. Motion of free electron
(c) 3 2 1
2. Lattice vibration.
(d) 1 3 2
Thermal conductivity of air and gases increases with
Ans. (b) : Given, Q1 = 300 kJ/sec
rise in temperature. This is due to air molecules move
T1 = 290 + 273 = 563 K faster which allows them to transfer heat more
T2 = 8.5 + 273 = 281.5 K efficiency.
We know that, Thermal conductivity of solid and liquid increases
dQ with decreases in temperature.
∫ T
=0 For reversible
13. In a reversible adiabatic process, the ratio of
dQ T1/T2 is equal to
∫ T <0 For irreversible
γ −1 γ −1
dQ p γ p γ
(a)  1  (b)  2 
∫ T
>0 Impossible
 p2   p1 
If Q2 = 215, Q1 = 300 kJ/sec γ −1 γ −1
v  γ v  γ
Q1 Q 2 300 215 (c)  1  (d)  2 
− =+ − = −0.23 irreversible
T1 T2 563 281.5  v2   v1 

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 303 YCT

Ans. (a) : A reversible adiabatic process is known as 16. A liquid compressed in cylinder has a volume
isentropic process. In an adiabatic process, the change of 0.04m3 at 50 kg/cm2 and a volume of 0.039
in heat energy is zero (Q = 0). So the entropy change is m3 at 150 kg/cm2. The bulk modulus of liquid is
also to be zero. Such a process where entropy is fixed is (a) 400 kg/cm2
said to be an isentropic process.
(b) 4000 kg/cm2
dQ
=0 (c) 40 × 105 kg/cm2
dT
(d) 40 × 106 kg/cm2
ds =0
Ans. (b) : Given, P1 = 50 kg/cm2
For reversible adiabatic process
γ −1 P2 = 150 kg/cm2
T1  p1  γ V1 = 0.04 m3
= 
T2  p2  V2 = 0.039m3
Cp Vdp
Where γ = K =−
Cv dV
0.04 ( 50 − 150 )
14. Chances of occurrence of cavitation are high if =− = 4000 kg / cm 2
( 0.04 − 0.039 )
the
(a) Local pressure becomes very high 17. The buoyancy depends on
(b) Local pressure falls below the vapour (a) Mass of liquid displaced
pressure (b) Viscosity of the liquid
(c) Thoma cavitation parameter exceeds a certain (c) Pressure of the liquid displaced
limit
(d) Depth of immersion
(d) Local temperature becomes low
Ans. (a) : Buoyancy is the ability of an object to float
Ans. (b) : Cavitation means a process in which the
liquid’s static pressure falls below its vapour pressure. when submerged in a fluid. An object completely or
That creates a small vapour filled cavities in liquid. partially submerged in a fluid will experience an
These cavities known as ‘bubbles’ or ‘voids’. upward buoyancy force that is equal to the weight of the
15. The general equation of continuity for three- fluid that is displaced.
dimensional flow of a incompressible fluid for 18. A fluid jet discharging from a 100 mm
steady flow is diameter orifice has a diameter of 80 mm at its
∂u ∂v ∂w vena contracta. The coefficient of contraction is
(a) + + =0
∂x ∂y ∂z (a) 0.8 (b) 1.25
∂u ∂v ∂w (c) 0.2 (d) 0.64
(b) = = =0
∂x ∂y ∂z Ans. (d) : Given, dorifice = 100 mm
∂u ∂v ∂w dvena contracta = 80 mm
(c) + + =1
∂x ∂y ∂z = Coefficient of contracted area
∂u ∂v ∂w Cc =
Area of vena contracta
(d) + + = u.v.w.
∂x ∂y ∂z Area of orifice

Ans. (a) : Continuity equation is based on the principle π (80) 2 / 4

=
of conservation of mass. When a fluid flowing through π (100) 2 / 4
the pipe at any section, the quantity of fluid per second
= 0.64
remain constant.
ρ1A1V1 = ρ2 A 2 V2 19. If a jet of water of area 'A' strikes with velocity
'V' a series of flat plates mounted on a wheel of
General equation of continuity for 3-D flow of a
incompressible fluid for steady flow is- mean diameter D rotating at N rpm, then force
exerted will be equal to
∂u ∂v ∂w
+ + =0
∂x ∂y ∂z
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 304 YCT
 ρ AV 2 where ρf, ρw are density of any fluid and density of
(a)
g standard fluid water

ρ AV  π DN 
(b) V − 
g  60 
ρ A π DN
(c) ×
g 60
ρA π DN 
(d) V − 
g  60 
Ans. (b) : Force Exerted
ρ AV (V − u ) 21. A centrifugal pump with peripheral speed 'V'
= [Force per unit weight] was selected for a total lift of 100 m. Actually
g
pump was to be operated for a total lift of
π DN
where u= 400m. The peripheral speed should actually be
60
(other conditions remaining same)
ρ AV  π DN 
= V − 60 
(a) 2V (b) 4V
g   (c) 8V (d) 1V
20. The maximum height of a siphon for a fluid of Ans. (a) : V1 = V, H1 = 100m, V2 = ?, H2 = 400m
specific gravity ρ under atmospheric conditions H1 H 2
is =
N2 N2 1 2
(a) ρ /10 meters
N∝ V
10(1 + ρ )
(b) meters 100 400
ρ = 2
V2 V2
(c) 10/(1- ρ) meters
(d) 10/ ρ meters V22 = 4V 2

Ans. (d) : We are assuming initially the tank has water V2 = 2V

in it 22. The specific speed of pump and turbine
V1 = 0, Z1 = 0 respectively are given as
P0 02 P V2 N P N Q
+ + 0 = 2 + 2 + Z2 (a) ,
ρg 2g ρg 2g H 5/ 4 H 3/ 4
For maximum height, the point 2 is so high that the N Q N P
pressure at the highest point is zero and the velocity is (b) ,
H 3/ 4 H 5/ 4
assumed to be zero as well. So
N P N Q
P0 (c) ,
= Z2 = y P0 = Patm H 3/ 4 H 5/ 4
ρg
N Q N P
100000 (d) ,
y= = 10 m of water H 5/ 4 H 3/ 4
1000 ×10
Now, it is said that another fluid Ans. (b) :
ρf gh = ρw × g × y N Q
Specific speed for pump = 3
10
h= H4
( ρf / ρ w )
N P
10 Specific speed for turbine =
h= m where ρ is specific density 5

ρ H4

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 305 YCT

23. Match List I with List II and select the correct A B C D
answer (a) 1 3 2 4
List I List II (b) 3 1 4 2
(Forces) (Dimensionless groups) (c) 2 4 1 3
A. Viscous Force 1. Reynolds number (d) 2 3 4 1
B. Elastic force 2. Froude number Ans. (c) :
C. Surface tension 3. Weber number A. G is above M 2. Unstable equilibrium
D. Gravity 4. Mach number B. G and M coincide 4. Neutral equilibrium
A B C D C. G is below M 1. Stable equilibrium
(a) 1 4 2 3 D. FB ≥ W 3. Floating body
(b) 1 2 4 3 26. A pipeline connecting two reservoirs has its
(c) 1 4 3 2 diameter reduced by 20% due to deposition of
(d) 3 4 1 2 chemicals. For a given head difference in the
reservoirs with unaltered friction factor, this
Ans. (c) : The correct matches are-
would cause a reduction in discharge of
A. Viscous Force 1. Reynolds number
(a) 42.8% (b) 20%
B. Elastic force 4. Mach number
(c) 17.8% (d) 10.6%
C. Surface tension 3. Weber number
Ans. (a) : Head of loss, n pipes connected in series.
D. Gravity 2. Froude number
h = h1 = h2 = ......hn
24. Given that
2
α1 = nozzle angle 8fLQ
h= 2 5
π gD
n = number of rows of moving blades, in a
velocity compounded impulse turbine, the For same head difference-
optimum blade speed ratio is Q12 Q22
=
(a) 2 cosα1.n D15 D25
n cos α1 5
(b) Q2  D2  2
2 = 
Q1  D1 
cos α1
(c) 5
2(n + 1) Q2
= (0.8) 2
Q1
cos α1
(d) Q2 = 57.2% of Q1
2n
Reduction in discharge = Q2 – Q1 = 42.8%
Ans. (d) : α1 = Nozzle Angle
27. An open rectangular box of base 2m × 2m
n = No. of moving blades
contains a liquid of specific gravity 0.80 up to a
In velocity compounding impulse turbine optimum
height of 2.5 m. If the box is imparted vertically
Cos α1 upward acceleration of 4.9m/s2, what will be
blade speed ratio =
2n the pressure on the base of the tank?
25. The following terms relate to floating bodies : (a) 9.81 kPa (b) 19.62 kPa
Centre of gravity - G, Metacentre - M (c) 36.80 kPa (d) 29.40 kPa
Weight of floating body-W, Buoyant Force - FB Ans. (d) : Given, h = 2.5m, a = 4.9 m/s2
Match List I and List II and select the correct Pressure exerted on the base of the tank is-
answer  a
List I (Condition) List II (Result) = ρ gh 1 + 
 g
A. G is above M 1. Stable equilibrium
 4.9 
B. G and M coincide 2. Unstable equilibrium = 1000 × 0.8 × 9.8 × 2.5 1 + 
C. G is below M 3. Floating body  9.8 
D. FB ≥ W 4. Neutral equilibrium = 29.4 kPa
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 306 YCT
28. The tank shown in the figure below is closed at 30. A rigid body is rotating with constant angular
top and contains air at a pressure of PA. The velocity ω about a fixed axis, if V is the velocity
value of PA for the manometer readings shown of a point of the body, then curl V =
will be (a) ω (b) ω2
(c) 2ω (d) 2ω2
Ans. (c) : ω = Angular velocity
V = velocity of a point
1
ω= ∇ ×V
2
2ω = ∇ × V

[∵ Curl V = ∇ × V]
so, curl V = 2ω
(a) -3.573 kPa
31. Laplace transform of sin3 2t is
(b) -4.573 kPa
24
(c) -6.573 kPa (a)
( s 2 + 4)( s 2 + 36)
(d) -7.573 kPa
Ans. (a) : Using jumping of fluid technique 1
(b)
PA+ (0.75 × 1000 × 9.8 × 1.5) + (1000 ×9.8 × 0.60) – ( s + 4)( s 2 + 64)
2

(13.6 × 1000 × 9.8 × 0.10) = 0 48

(c)
PA = –3.577 kPa ( s 2 + 4)( s 2 + 36)
→ → →
29. P = 2i - 3j,Q = -3i + 4j - 2k, and R are in 64
(d)
→
( s + 4)( s 2 + 36)
2

equilibrium, if R is
Ans. (c) : we know that,
(a) - i - j + 2k
sin 3x = 3sin x − 4sin 3 x
(b) i - j + 2k
(c) i + j + 2k 3sin x − sin 3x
sin 3 x =
(d) i - j - 2k 4
3sin 2t − sin 6t
Ans. (b) : So, sin 3 2t =
∧ ∧ 4
p = 2 i−3 j Laplace transform for above is
∧ ∧ ∧ 1
q = −3 i + 4 j − 2 k = [3sin 2t − sin 6t ]
4
R=?
1  3.2 6 
∧ ∧ ∧ =  2 − 2 
Let R = x i + y j + z k 4  s + 4 s + 36 

For equilibrium three vector 48

=
( s 2 + 4)( s 2 + 36)
P+Q+ R = 0
∧ ∧ ∧ 32. The value of the determinant
(2 − 3 + x) i + (−3 + 4 + y ) j + (0 − 2 + z ) k = 0
cos θ 0 sin θ
∧ ∧ ∧
( x − 1) i + ( y + 1) j + ( z − 2) k = 0 0 1 0 is
− sin θ 0 cos θ
x = 1, y = -1, z = 2
∧ ∧ ∧ (a) 0 (b) -1
R = i − j+ 2 k (c) 1 (d) 2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 307 YCT

Ans. (c) : 2[−6 − (−3k )] − 1[(−8) − (−9)] − 1(4k − 9) = 0
cos θ 0 sin θ 2(−6 + 3k ) − 1×1 − 4k + 9 = 0
A= 0 1 0
−12 + 6k − 1 − 4k + 9 = 0
− sin θ 0 cos θ
2k − 13 + 9 = 0
det A = cos θ [cos θ − 0] − 0[0 − 0] + sin θ [0 − (− sin θ )] 2k − 4 = 0
= cos θ + sin θ =1
2 2
k=2
33. Solution of (D2 + 4)y = sin2 x, is 35. A box contains 5 black and 5 red balls. Two
1 x balls are randomly picked one after another
(a) y = A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x − − sin 2 x from the box, without replacement. The
8 8
probability for both balls being red is
1 x
(b) y = A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x + + sin 2 x 1
8 8 (a)
90
1 x
(c) y = A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x − + sin 2 x 1
8 8 (b)
5
1 x
(d) y = A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x + − sin 2 x 19
8 8 (c)
90
Ans. (d) : (D2 + 4)y = sin2x
2
D2 + 4 = 0 (d)
9
(D2 + 22) = 0
[(D)2 - (2i)2] = 0 Ans. (d) : Probability of Ist ball being red
(D + 2i) (D - 2i) = 0 5C1 1
=
So CF solution is A cos 2x + B sin 2x 10C1 2

sin 2 x Probability of IInd ball being red

For P.I . =
D2 + 4 4C1 4
=
1 − cos 2 x 9C1 9
=
2( D 2 + 4) Probability of both balls being red
1 x 1 4 2
− sin 2 x . =
2(4) 4(2) 2 9 9

1 x 36. x3 + x sinx is a .................. function

= − sin 2 x (a) Constant function
8 8
Solution for given equation is (b) Odd function
CF + PI (c) Even function
(d) Periodic function
1 x sin 2 x
= A cos 2 x + B sin 2 x + − Ans. (*) : (a) A constant function is a function whose
8 8
output value is the same for every input value. So x3 + x
34. The value of k for which the lines 2x + y - 1 = 0,
sin x is not a constant function
4x + 3y - 3 = 0 and 3x + ky - 2 = 0, are
(b) For odd function, F (–x) = – F(x), therefore
concurrent is
(–x)3 + (–x) sin (–x) = –x3 + x sin x
(a) -2 (b) 3
so, x3 + x sin x is not an odd function.
(c) 2 (d) -3
(c) For even function F (–x) = F (x) so, x3 + x sin x is
Ans. (c) : For concurrent lines
not even function
2 1 −1 (d) A periodic function is a function that repeats its
4 3 −3 = 0 values in regular intervals and the given function is not
3 k −2 periodic because of x3 part.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 308 YCT

 dx  −5 2 
37. ∫x x −a
is Ans. (a) : A =  
 2 −2 
2 2

1 x For eigen values-

(a) cos ec −1  
a a A − λI = 0
1 −1  x  −5 2 1 0
(b) sin   −λ
a a 2 −2 0 1
1 x −5 − λ 2
(c) cos −1   =
a a 2 −2 − λ
1  x (−5 − λ )(−2 − λ ) − 4 = 0
(d) sec −1  
a a 10 + 2λ + 5λ + λ 2 − 4 = 0
Ans. (d) : λ 2 + 7λ + 6 = 0
I =∫
dx λ = −6, λ = −1
x x2 − a2 39. Hardness of martensite is about
Let x −a =t
2 2 (a) RC 65 (b) RC 48
(c) RC 57 (d) RC 80
t − x 2 = −a 2
2

2 2
Ans. (a) : Martensite is a very hard metastable structure
 t   x with a body centered tetragonal (BCT) crystal structure.
  =   −1
a a It is formed in carbon steels by the rapid cooling also
2 known as quenching of the austenite at a high rate
t  x
∵ =   −1 such that carbon atoms do not have time to diffuse out
a a of the crystal structure to form cementite (Fe3C).
dx dt Martensitic steels used predominantly higher levels of
=
x −a2 2 x C and Mn along with heat treatment to increase
strength.
dt dt
∴I = ∫
x2 ∫ t 2 + a 2
= The highest hardness of a pearlitic steel is 400 Brinell
whereas martensite can achieve 700 Brinell. In terms
1 t of Rockwell hardness it is about RC65.
= tan −1  
a a 40. Which is false statement about annealing.
 t 2  Annealing is done to
∵ =   − 1 
x
(a) Relieve stresses
 a a 
  (b) Harden steel slightly
(c) Improve machining characteristic
1   x 2 
I= tan −1    − 1  (d) Soften material
a  a 
  Ans. (b) : It is a heat treatment process used mostly to
Let x = a sec θ increases the ductility and reduce the hardness of a
material.
1
= tan −1[tan θ ] It involves heating the work piece beyond its
a
recrystallization temperature. Doing so encourages
1 1  x new grain formation and allows the existing grains to
θ = sec −1  
a a a reorient.
It kept at that temperature (recrystallization
 −5 2 
38. Eigen values of   are temperature) for some time for homogenization of
 2 −2  temperature followed by very low cooling to develop
(a) -6, -1 (b) 6, -1 equilibrium structure in the metal or alloy.
(c) -6, 1 (d) 6, 1 In annealing the cooling is done in the furnace itself.

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 309 YCT

41. Materials exhibiting time bound behavior are Ans. (c) : Metal spinning is a metal working process by
known as which a disc or tube of metal is rotated at high speed
(a) Visco elastic (b) Anelastic and formed into an axially symmetric part.
(c) Isentropic (d) Resilient • Any heavy duty lathe with adequate speed range can
Ans. (a) : Visco elastic materials can behave be used for spinning process. Spinning machines have
predominantly as viscous or predominantly as elastic or also been designed fitted with a ball bearing centre, a
equal depending on the magnitude and the time scale of tool rest with movable steel spins and a rotating chuck
the applied shear stress. made of hard wood.
• The materials having visco elastic effects are synthetic 45. Acceptance sampling is widely used in
polymer like Neoprene, Polystyrene, Polyvinyl chloride (a) Batch production
(PVC) etc. (b) Job production
42. Shrinkage allowance is made by (c) Mass production
(a) Adding to external and internal dimensions (d) All of the above
(b) Subtracting from external and internal Ans. (c) : Acceptance sampling is widely used in Mass
dimensions production.
(c) Subtracting from external dimension and Acceptance sampling– It is the process of evaluating
adding to internal dimensions the quality of a large number of items in a batch or a lot
(d) Adding to external dimensions and based upon the quality of small sample of items.
subtracting from internal dimensions Batch Production– It refers to the production of goods,
Ans. (d) : Shrinkage allowance can be defined as the quantity of which is known in advance. The
allowance given to the pattern to compensate for the Manufacture of a product in small or large batches or
contraction or shrinkage in the casting during the lots at intervals by a series of operations, each operation
solidification process. being carried out on the whole batch before any
• The difference between actual pattern size and subsequent operation is performed.
required casting size is known as shrinkage allowance. Job Production– It is characterized by manufacturing
• Shrinkage allowance is made by adding to external one or few quantity of products designed and produced
dimensions and subtracting from internal dimensions. as per the specification of customers with prefixed time
43. Machinability depends on and cost.
(a) Microstructure, physical and mechanical Mass Production– Manufacture of discrete parts or
properties and composition of assemblies using a continuous process are called mass
(b) Cutting forces production. This production system is used for large
(c) Type of chip volume of production.
(d) Tool life 46. Gratings are used in connection with
Ans. (a) : Machinability is defined as the easy with (a) Flatness measurement
which a material can be machined. (b) Roundness measurement
• The machinability depends on the following factors: (c) Surface texture measurement
(i) Microstructure (d) Linear displacement measurements
(ii) Heat treatment of material Ans. (d) : Gratings are used in connection with Linear
(iii) Chemical composition of work piece displacement measurements.
(iv) Hardness, tensile strength and ductility of work 47. Which of the following errors are inevitable in
piece the measuring system and it would be vainful
(v) Rigidity of tool, fixture and work holding devices exercise to avoid them
(vi) Cutting parameters such as, speed, cutting force etc. (a) Systematic errors
44. Spinning operation is carried out on (b) Random errors
(a) Hydraulic press (b) Mechanical press (c) Calibration errors
(c) Lathe (d) Milling machine (d) Environmental errors
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 310 YCT
Ans. (b) : Random Errors– Its are caused by chance of Ans. (c) :
variation in the measurement process that lead to 1 k1
deviation from the true value. f1 =
2π m
• These error can occur due to environmental
conditions, Simple human error or variation in the 1 k2
f2 =
testing procedure etc. 2π m
• Therefore, random errors are inevitable in the when spring are in parallel
measuring system and it would be vainful exercise keq = k1 + k2
to avoid them. 1 k1 + k2
f eq =
Systematic Error– Systematic errors primarily 2π m
influence a measurement's accuracy. These error can
occur due to observational error, imperfect instrument f eq = f12 + f 22
calibration and environmental interference. 50. The block has a kinetic energy of 3J and the
48. A block whose mass is 650 gm is fastened to a spring connecting the block has an elastic
spring of spring constant K equals 65 N/m energy of 2J (shown in figure).
whose other end is fixed. The block is pulled a When the block is at x = +2.0 cm. What is the
distance x = 11cm from its equilibrium position kinetic energy when the block is at x = 0.
at x = 0 on a smooth surface, and released from
rest at t = 0. The maximum speed 'S' of the
oscillating block is
(a) 3J (b) 2J
(a) 11 cm/sec (b) 11 m/sec
(c) 1J (d) 5J
(c) 11 mm/sec (d) 1.1 m/sec
Ans. (d) : From energy conservation
Ans. (d) : Given that, mass (m) = 650g = 0.65 kg
[total energy at (x = 2 cm) = total energy at (x = 0)]
k = 65 N/m
1 2 1 2 1 2
x = 0.11m kx + mv1 = mv
3 2 2
Maximum speed of spring will be at x = 0 when total
spring energy will be converted into kinetic energy of 2 +3=E
mass E = 5J
1 2 1 51. For a body subjected to direct stresses σx, σy
kx = mV 2
2 2 and σz the direct strain εx in x direction is
1 1 (where E and γ are Young's Modulus and
× 65× (0.11)2 = × (0.650)V 2 Poisson's ratio respectively)
2 2
V = 1.1 m/sec. 1
(a) ε x = {σ x + γ (σ y − σ z )}
49. A block of mass 'm' is connected to two springs E
of stiffness K1 and K2 as shown in the figure f1 1
(b) ε x = {σ x − γ (σ y + σ z )}
and f2 are the frequencies of the block when E
connected to K1 and K2 independently. Then 1
(c) ε x = {σ x − γ (σ y − σ z )}
the frequency of 'm' when connected to K1 and E
K2 as in the figure is 1
(d) ε x = {σ x + γ (σ y + σ z )}
E
Ans. (b) :
(a) f = f1 + f 2
(b) f = f12 + f 22

(c) f = f12 + f 22

(d) f = f12 − f 22

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 311 YCT

 E and γ are young's modulus and Poisson ratio. Ans. (b) : Given data
So, strain in 3-direction in a body. l = 4m = 4000 mm
1 A = 2000 mm2
εx = [σ x − γ (σ y + σ z )]
E P = 20 kN
1 E = 2 ×105 N/mm2 = 2×102 kN/mm2
εy = [σ y − γ (σ x + σ z )]
E PL
∆L =
1 AE
ε z = [σ z − γ (σ x + σ y )]
E 20 × 4000
=
52. A circular shaft subjected to torsion undergoes 2000 × 2 ×102
a twist of 1° in a length of 120 cm. If the = 0.2 mm
maximum shear stress induced is limited to
55. In I-section shear load is resisted mainly by
1000kg/cm2 and if modulus of rigidity G = 0.8 ×
(a) Flanges only
106 kg/cm2, then the radius of the shaft should
(b) Web only
be
(c) Both by flanges and web
(a) π/18 cm
(d) None
(b) π/27 cm
(c) 18/π cm Ans. (b) :

(d) 27/π cm
Ans. (d) : l = 120 cm, τ = 1000 kg/cm2, G = 0.8 × 106
kg/cm2
π
θ = 1× rad , r=?
180
T Gθ τ
= =
J l r
56. Shear force is
Torsion Equation
(a) Rate of change of loading
Gθ τ
= (b) Sum of bending moments
l r
(c) Rate of change of bending moment
0.8 ×106 × π 1000 (d) None of the above
=
180 × 120 r
Ans. (c) : Shear force
27
r= F=
dM
π dx
53. A hollow shaft of same cross-section area as
dF
solid shaft transmits Weight W =
dx
(a) Same torque
d 2M
(b) Less torque W=
dx 2
(c) More torque
(d) Unpredictable dM
F=
Ans. (c) : A hollow shaft of same cross-section area as dx
solid shaft transmits more torque. 57. Maximum shear stress in Mohr's circle is equal
54. The extension of a mild steel bar 4m long, 2000 to
mm2 cross section under the action of an axial (a) Radius of circle
load of 20kN, if E = 2×105 N/mm2, is (b) Diameter of circle
(a) 2mm (b) 0.2mm (c) Centre of circle from y-axis
(c) 0.5mm (d) 0.05mm (d) Chord of circle
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 312 YCT
Ans. (a) : Maximum shear stress in Mohr's circle = Pd
σh = = 200
Radius of circle 2t
Radius of Mohr's circle 10 × 1000
= 200
σ1 − σ 2 2×t
( R) =
2 t = 25 mm
1 61. Circumferential and longitudinal strains in the
R= (σ x − σ y ) 2 + 4τ xy 2
2 cylindrical boiler under internal steam
58. If a material expands freely due to heating it pressure are ε1 and ε2 respectively. Change in
the volume of the boiler cylinder per unit
will develop
volume will be
(a) Thermal stresses
(a) ε1 + 2ε 2 (b) ε1ε 22
(b) Tensile stress
(c) No stress (c) 2ε1 + ε 2 (d) ε 12ε 2
(d) Bending Ans. (c) : V = πr2L
Ans. (c) : If a material expands freely due to heating it logev = 2 loger + loge L
will develop no stress i.e. zero stress. dv 2dr dL
= +
• If a material is restricted for any deformation due to v r L
heating or cooling it will develop thermal stress.
ev = 2ε1 + ε 2
59. When a column is fixed at both ends,
where ε1 = circumferential strain and ε2 = longitudinal
corresponding Euler's critical load is
strain
(a) π2 EI/L2 (b) 2π2 EI/L2
62. If water in closed pipe freezes, the pipe will
(c) 3π2 EI/L2 (d) 4π2 EI/L2
(a) Rupture along a plane perpendicular to the
Ans. (d) : When a column is fixed at both ends, axis of pipe
corresponding Euler's Critical Load (b) Rupture of zig-zag along the length
π 2 EI (c) Rupture along weakest circumferential
Pe =
( Le )
2
section
(d) Rupture along a line running longitudinally
L
L e = (fixed at both ends) along the pipe
2
Ans. (d) : The failure will take place along the
π 2 EI longitudinal joint because of the circumferential/hoop
Pe = 2
L stress.
 
2 63. The notch angle of Izod impact test specimen is
4π 2 EI (a) 10° (b) 20°
Pe =
(L)
2
(c) 22½° (d) 45°
Ans. (d) The IZOD impact test is used to determine the
60. A metal pipe of 1 m diameter contains a fluid
impact resistance (toughness) of material. The test is
having a pressure of 10 kgf/cm2. If the
often used in polymer industry to determine the
permissible tensile stress in the metal is 200
toughness of plastics.
kgf/cm2, then the thickness of the metal
• The notch angle of IZOD impact test specimen is 450.
required for making the pipe would be
64. Which of the following statements regarding
(a) 5 mm (b) 10 mm
governing the friction between dry surfaces are
(c) 25 mm (d) 20 mm
correct?
Ans. (c) : Given, 1. The friction force is dependent on the
d=1m velocity sliding.
P = 10 kgf/cm2 2. The friction force is directly proportional
Circumferential stress or hoop stress, to the normal force.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 313 YCT
 3. The friction forced is dependent on the decrement
materials of the contact surfaces. x x
δ = ln 2 = ln 3
4. The friction force is independent of the x1 x2
area of contact.
x 22 = x1.x 3
Select the correct answer using the codes given
below: Hence, amplitude of successive vibration are in
geometric progression.
(a) 2, 3 and 4 (b) 1 and 3
(c) 2 and 4 (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4 67. Periodic time of simple pendulum is given by

Ans. (a) : Following are the laws of static friction l g

(a) 2π (b) 2π
1. The force of friction is directly proportional to the g l
normal load between the surfaces. 1 g 1 l
2. The force of friction is independent of area of the (c) (d)
2π l 2π g
contact surface for a given normal load.
Ans. (a) : A simple pendulum is a mechanical device
3. The force of friction depends upon the material of
with a periodic motion of a little circular ball hanging
which the contact surfaces are made.
from any fixed end by a thin string of length l.
4. The force of friction is independent of the velocity
• Time period (T) of the simple pendulum is–
of sliding of one body relative to the other body.
2π
65. A simple spring-mass vibrating system has a T=
ω
natural frequency of N. If the spring stiffness is
l
halved and the mass is doubled, then the = 2π
natural frequency will become g
(a) N/2 (b) 2N Where, g is acceleration due to gravity.
(c) 4N (d) 8N 68. In a single reduction, a large velocity ratio is
required. The best transmission is
1 k
Ans. (a) : f = N = (a) Spur gear drive
2π m
(b) Helical gear drive
Mass is doubled and stiffness is halved then,
(c) Worm gear drive
k
(d) Bevel gear drive
1 2
N2 = Ans. (c) : Worm gears and worm wheel have very large
2π 2m
velocity ratio as compared to others. So worm gear
1 k drive is best in all condition where large velocity ratio is
=
2π 4m required.
1 1 k 69. Idler pulley is used
= .
2 2π m (a) For changing the direction of motion of the
belt
1 1 k
N2 = ×N [∵ N = ] (b) For applying tension
2 2π m
(c) For increasing velocity ratio
66. Under logarithmic decrement, the amplitude of
(d) All of the above
successive vibrations are
Ans. (b) : Idler pulley is used only for applying tension
(a) Constant
in belt.
(b) In arithmetic progression
(c) In geometric progression
(d) In logarithmic progression
Ans. (c) : The ratio of two successive oscillation
amplitude is constant in an under damped system.
Natural logarithm of the ratio is called logarithmic
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 314 YCT
70. If two bodies one light and other heavy have 1 2
equal kinetic energies, which one has a greater Ans. (d) : s = ut + 2 at
momentum at t = 5 sec, s = 450 m,
(a) Heavy body
1
(b) Light body 450 = u (5) + a(25) ...(1)
2
(c) Both have equal momentum
at t = 10 sec
(d) It depends on the actual velocities
s = 450+700
1 1
Ans. (a) : Kinetic energy are same ml vl = mh vh
2 2 s = 1150
2 2
1
ml  Vh 
2 So, 1150 = u (10) + a (100) ...(2)
=  2
mh  Vl  From equation (1) & (2), we multiply by 2 in equation
the ratio of momentum (1) then separated by equation (2)–
mhVh  mh  Vh  So,
=
mlVl  ml 
 V 
l  900 = 10u + 25a
2 1150 = 10 + 50a
V  V V mh
= l  × h = l = >1 – – –
 Vh  Vl Vh ml
–250 = –25a
So heavy body have greater momentum
a = 10 m/s2
71. A heavy block of mass m is slowly placed on a
73. A particle starts with a velocity 2m/sec and
conveyer belt moving with speed v. If
moves on a straight-line track with retardation
coefficient of friction between block and the
0.1 m/sec2. The time at which the particle is
belts is µ, the block will slide on the belt
15m from the starting point would be
through distance
(a) 10 sec
v
(a) (b) 20 sec
µg
(c) 50 sec
v2
(b) (d) 40 sec
µg
Ans. (a) : Given that,
2
 v  u = 2m/s, a = 0.1 m/s2
(c)  
 µg  1
s = ut + at 2
v2 2
(d)
2µ g 1
15 = 2t + (–0.1)t 2 [Retardation a = – 0.1 m/sec2]
2
Ans. (d) : Retardation due to friction force = –µg
0.1 2
v 2 – u 2 = 2as 2t – t = 15
2
v2 – 0 = 2as
1 2
v2 = 2× µgs 2t – t = 15
20
v2 40t − t 2 = 300
s=
2µg
t 2 – 40t + 300 = 0
72. A car moving with uniform acceleration covers
t2 – 10t – 30t + 300 = 0
450 m in a 5 second interval, and covers 700 m
t(t – 10)–30 (t – 10) = 0
in the next 5 second interval. The acceleration
of the car is (t – 10)(t – 30) = 0
(a) 7 m/s2 (b) 50 m/s2 t = 10, t = 30
2 2
(c) 25 m/s (d) 10 m/s t = 10 sec
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 315 YCT
74. Two particles with masses in the ratio 1:4 are 76. Oscillation of a particle is prescribed by the
moving with equal kinetic energies. The equation x = 3 cos 0.25 πt. Where t is the time
magnitude of their linear momentums will
in seconds.
conform to the ratio
(a) 1:8 Then time taken by the particle to move from
(b) 1:2 position of equilibrium to maximum

(c) 2 :1 displacement is
(a) 0.5 sec (b) 1.0 sec
(d) 2
(c) 2.0 sec (d) 3.0 sec
1 1
Ans. (b) : m1v12 = m2 v22 Ans. (c) :
2 2
2 x = 3 cos 0.25 πt
m1  v2 
= 
m2  v1  dx
= 3 × 0.25π sin 0.25π t
dt
v2 1 1
= = dx
v1 4 2 for maximum displacement =0
dt
(momentum)1 P1 m1v1
= = 3 × 0.25π sin 0.25π t = 0
(momentum)2 P2 m2 v2
t=0
1 2
= × At equilibrium position, x = 0
4 1
P1 1 0 = 3cos 0.25πt
=
P2 2 π
cos = cos 0.25πt
75. A stone is projected horizontally from a cliff at 2
10 m/sec and lands on the ground below at 20 1
0.25t =
m from the base of the cliff. Find the height of 2
the cliff. Use g=10 m/sec2 t = 2 sec.
(a) 18 m
Alternative Method,
(b) 20 m
(c) 22 m In SHM, x = A cos ωt
(d) 24 m From question, x = 3 cos 0.25 πt
Ans. (b) : From comparison, ω = 0.25π
2π
T=
ω
2π
= = 8sec.
0.25π

Distance = velocity × time T 8

So, time = = = 2sec.
or 20 = 10 × t 4 4
t = 2 sec 77. Which of the following is not a scalar quantity
Initial velocity in vertical direction, u = 0 (a) Time
1 (b) Mass
h = ut + at 2
2
(c) Volume
1
h = at 2 (d) acceleration
2
Ans. (d) : Acceleration has magnitude as well as
1
× 10 × 4 = 20 m direction, so it is a vector quantity.
2

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 316 YCT

78. Which of the following stresses are associated (a) Larger specific heat of water
with the tightening of a nut on a stud? (b) Larger heat transfer coefficient in water
1. Tensile stresses due to stretching of stud. (c) Smaller heat transfer coefficient in water
2. Bending stresses of stud. (d) None of the above
3. Transverse shear stresses across threads. Ans. (b) : Heat transfer coefficient is the proportionality
4. Torsional shear stress in threads due to constant between the heat flux and the temperature
frictional resistance. difference ∆T. So larger the heat transfer coefficient
Select the correct answer using the codes given lesser the time for body to cover the temperature
below: difference.

Codes: 80. The heat flow rate through parallel walls of

(a) 1, 2 and 3 thickness L1, L2 and L3, having surface areas

(b) 1, 3 and 4 A1, A2 and A3, thermal conductivities k1, k2 and

k3, respectively, with the first and last walls
(c) 2, 3 and 4
maintained at temperatures t1 and t2 will be
(d) 1, 2 and 4
t1 − t2
Ans. (b) : (a)
L1 L L
+ 2 + 3
The tightening of a nut on a stud the following stress A1k1 A2 k2 A3 k3
are associated –
t1 − t2
(b)
1. Tensile stresses due to stretching of stud. k1 k k
+ 2 + 3
2. Transverse shear stresses across threads A1 L1 A2 L2 A3 L3

3. Torsional shear stresses in threads due to frictional t1 − t2

(c)
resistance. k1 A1 k2 A2 k3 A3
+ +
L1 L2 L3

t1 − t2
(d)
L1 A1 L2 L3
+ +
k1 k 2 k3

Ans. (a) :

79. A thin copper wire at 300°C is suddenly dT

Q=
R
immersed in water at 30°C. It cools down to
150°C in 70 seconds. It is then reheated to the L1 L L
Rm = + 2 + 3
k1 A1 k 2 A2 k3 A3
initial temperature of 300°C and suddenly
exposed to air at 30°C where it cools down to t1 − t2
Q=
L1 L L
150°C in 200 seconds. This difference in cooling + 2 + 3
K1 A1 K 2 A2 K 3 A3
time is due to

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2007 317 YCT

 ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006
MECHANICAL
Solved Paper
1. In nodular iron, graphite is in the form of- Ans. (a) : Arc welding is a type of welding process
(a) Cementite using an electric arc to create heat to melt and joint
(b) Free carbon metals.
(c) Flakes Very high welding current in arc welding would
result in excessive spatter, under cutting along edges,
(d) Spheroids
irregular deposits, wasted electrodes.
Ans. (d) : Nodular (or Ductile) Cast Iron– Nodular
4. Which of the following processes would
cast iron has also known as spheroidal or ductile cast
produce strongest components?
iron.
(a) Hot rolling (b) Extrusion
Alloying additions are of prime importance in
(c) Cold rolling (d) Forging
producing these materials. Small additions of Mg/Ce to
Ans. (c) : Hot Rolling– Hot rolling is a mill process
the gray cast iron melt before casting can result in
which involves rolling the steel at high temperature
graphite to form nodule or spheroids like particles.
which is above the steel's recrystallization.
Matrix surrounding these particles can be either ferrite
Cold Rolling– Cold rolling is a metal working process
or pearlite depending on the heat treatment. These are in which metal is deformed by passing it through
stronger and ductile than gray cast iron. rollers at a temperature below its recrystallization
2. Hardness of steel depends on temperature.
(a) Amount of carbon it contains Cold Rolling increases the yield strength and
(b) The shape and distribution of the carbides in hardness of metal by introducing defects into the
iron metal's crystal structure. These defects prevent further
slip and can reduce the grain size of the metal,
(c) Method of fabrication
resulting in Hall-Petch hardening.
(d) Contents of alloying elements
Since strength and hardness of a cold working
Ans. (a) : The term hardened steel is often used for a component is always more than that of hot working
medium or high carbon steel that has been given heat due to strain hardening. Therefore cold working would
treatment and then quenching followed by tempering. be a better option as cold is specifically mentioned
Hardness of steel depends on the amount of carbon whereas in forging it could be hot or cold.
present in metal. Only steel that is high in carbon can 5. If a quantity Q is dependent on three other
be hardened and tempered. If a metal does not contain quantities q1, q2 and q3 related such that
the necessary quantity of carbon, then its crystalline K × ( q1 ) 1 × ( q 2 ) 2 × ( q 3 ) 3 then overall
n n n
Q =
structure cannot be broken.
δQ
3. Too high welding current in arc welding would error =
Q
result in
(a) Excessive spatter, under cutting along edges,  δq   δq   δq 
(a) n1  1  + n 2  2  + n 3  3 
irregular deposits, wasted electrodes  q1   q2   q3 
(b) Excessive piling up of weld metal, poor 1 δq1 1 δq 2 1 δq 3
(b) + +
penetration, wasted electrodes n1 q1 n 2 q 2 n 3 q 3
(c) Too small bead, weak weld and wasted δq1 δq 2 δq 3
electrodes (c) + +
q1 q2 q3
(d) Excessive piling up of weld metal, n1 n2 n3
overlapping without penetration of edges,  δq   δq   δq 
(d)  1  +  2  +  3 
wasted electrodes  q1   q2   q3 
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 318 YCT
 8. The mathematical technique for finding the
Ans. (a) : Q = K × ( q1 ) 1 × ( q 2 ) 2 × ( q 3 )
n n n3

best uses of limited resources in an optimum

Taking log both side,
manner is known as-
ln Q = ln k + n1 ln q1 + n2 ln q2 + n3 ln q3
(a) Operation research
[Differentiate both side]
(b) Linear programming
δQ  δq   δq   δq  (c) Network analysis
= n1  1  + n 2  2  + n 3  3 
Q q
 1  q
 2   q3  (d) Queuing theory
ln k = 0 , because 'k' is constant Ans. (b) : Linear Programming (L.P.)– L.P. is used
6. Which of the following has maximum for optimization of our limited resources when there
hardness- are number of alternate solution possible for the
(a) Austenite (b) Pearlite problem.
(c) Troostite (d) Martensite It's the mathematical technique and the term linear is
Ans. (d) : The highest hardness of martensite is 700 used for the variable and it simply means that the
(BHN) brinell whereas hardness of a pearlite steel is relationship between the different variable can be
400 (BHN) brinell. represented in the form of straight line.
9. Which of the following errors are generally
distributed in accordance with the Gaussian
distribution-
(a) Controllable errors (b) Calibration errors
(c) Avoidable errors (d) Random errors
Ans. (d) : Random errors are those which are
accidental and whose magnitude and sign cannot be
predicted from knowledge of measuring system and
conditions. Random errors have positive and negative
values and their magnitudes are generally distributed
7. The main advantage of line organization is its- in accordance with Gaussian distribution of
(a) Effective command and control measurement.
(b) Defined responsibilities at all levels Systematic error/controllable error- These error
(c) Rigid discipline in the organization include calibration errors, error due to variation in the
(d) All of the above atmospheric condition, variation in contact pressure
Ans. (d) : Line organization is the most oldest and etc. if properly analysed, these error can be determined
simplest method of administrative organization. In this and reduced hence also called controllable error.
type of organization, the authority flows from top to These errors results from irregular procedure that
bottom in concern. are consistent in action.
It means the line of command is carried out from top to PL3
10. is the deflection under the load P of a
bottom. 3EI
Merits of line organization– cantilever beam (length L, modulus of elasticity
Simplicity E, moment of inertia I). The strain energy due
Clear-cut division of authority and responsibility to bending is
Strong discipline P 2 L3 P 2 L3
Unified control (a) (b)
3EI 6 EI
Prompt decisions
P 2 L3 P 2 L3
Flexibility (c) (d)
4 EI 48EI
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 319 YCT
 Ans. (b) : Given– (a) (D+d)/8
PL3 (b) (D2+d2)/8
Deflection (δ) =
3EI (c) (D2+d2)/8D
Where, P = Load (d) (D2+d2)/8d
L = Length, E =Modulus of elasticity, I = Moment of Ans. (c) : External diameter = D
inertia Internal diameter = d
External load = W, ecentricity (e) = ?
Stress due to bending moment (σb)
= Stress due to axial load (σa)
1
Strain energy = ×P×δ σb = σa
2
1 M 4W
= × load × Deflection =
2 Z π ( D2 − d 2 )
1 PL3 P 2 L3 64 × W × e × D 4W
= ×P× = =
2 3EI 6EI 2π ( D 4 − d 4 ) π ( D2 − d 2 )
11. A mass m attached to a light spring oscillates
D2 + d 2
with a period of 2 sec. If the mass is increased e=
8D
by 2 kg, the period increases by 1 sec. The
value of m is- 13. If the radius of wire stretched by a load
(a) 1 kg (b) 1.6 kg doubled, then its Young's modulus will-
(c) 2 kg (d) 2.4 kg (a) Be doubled
Ans. (b) : Given– Mass = m (b) Be halved
Time period T1 = 2 sec. (c) Become for times
Mass is increased by 2 kg (d) None of the above
=m+2 Ans. (d) : Young’s modulus is also known as modulus
Time period increases of elasticity. It is the mechanical property of a material
T2 = 2 + 1 = 3 sec that allows it to withstand pressure and expand with
Time period, respect to its length.
m It is defined as the ratio of tensile stress (s) to tensile
T1 = 2π =2 …(i)
k strain (e). It is denoted by E or Y.
Mass increases by 2 kg σ
Time period, Y=
ε
m+2 F× L
T2 = 2π =3 …(ii) =
k A × ∆L
From equation (I) and (ii)– Where, F = Force
m 4 L = Original length
=
m+2 9
∆L = Change in length
9m = 4m + 8 A= Cross –sectional area

m = 1.6 kg 14. Longitudinal stress in a thin cylinder subjected

to internal pressure is-
12. A short column of external diameter D and
(a) Half of the hoop stress
internal diameter d carries an external load W.
(b) Twice the hoop stress
The greatest ecentricity which the load can
have without producing tension on the cross (c) Become four times
section of the column is- (d) None of the above
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 320 YCT
 Ans. (a) : For Thin Cylinder– Ans. (a) : Given–
Hoop/Circumferential stress Poisson's ratio (µ) = 0.5
Pd E = 2G (1 + µ)
σh =
2t µ = 0.5
Pd
Longitudinal stress σl = E = 2G (1 + 0.5)
4t
E
1 = G(1.5)
σl = σ h 2
2 E = 3G
15. Maximum deflection in cantilever due to pure 17. A cantilever beam of negligible weight is
bending moment M at its ends is- carrying a mass M at its free end, and is also
ML2 ML2 resting on an elastic support of stiffness k1 as
(a) (b)
2 EI 3EI shown in the figure below. If k2 represents the
ML2 ML2 bending stiffness of the beam, the natural
(c) (d)
4 EI 6 EI frequency (rad/s) of the system is-
Ans. (a) : Using double integration method, at any
distance x from A, we have
d2y
EI = −M x
dx 2

( k1 k 2 ) 2 ( k1 + k 2 )
(a) (b)
M ( k1 + k 2 ) M

( k1 + k 2 ) ( k1 − k 2 )
(c) (d)
M M
dy
EI = − Mx + C1 …(i) Ans. (c) :
dx
x2
EI ( y ) = M + C1 x + C2 …(ii)
2
If
dy
At x = 0 , = 0 ; C1 = 0
dx
At x = 0 , y = 0 ; C2 = 0
then putting the values of C1 & C2 in
From equivalent system,
eqn. (ii)
k1 & k2 are in
Mx 2
EI ( y ) = Parallel then
2
keq = k1 + k2
then deflection at free end will be max . (x = L)
Natural frequency is given by
ML2
y= keq (k1 + k2 )
2 EI ωn = =
M M
16. If poisson's ratio for a material is 0.5, then the
18. The figure shows 3 small spheres that rotate
elastic modulus for the material is-
about a vertical axis. The perpendicular
(a) 3 times its shear modulus
(b) 4 times its shear modulus distance between the axis and the center of
(c) Equal to its shear modulus each sphere is given. Mass of highest rotational
(d) Indeterminate inertia about that axis, is-

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 321 YCT

 10 5
(a) (b)
π π
1 20
(c) (d)
2π π
Ans. (a) :

(a) 36 (b) 4
(c) 9 (d) All same
Ans. (d) :

Both the springs are in parallel–

keff = k1 + k2
keff = 20 + 20 = 40 kN/m
Natural frequency of vibration of the system in cycles /
second
Mass of rotational inertia,
I = mass × (radius)2 1 k eff
fn =
2π m
I1 = m1r12 = 36 × (1)2
1 40 ×103
= 36 kg-m2 =
2π 100
I2 = m 2 r22 = 9 × (2)2 = 36 kg-m2
1 20
= 400 =
I3 = m3(r3)2 = 4 × (3)2 = 36 kg-m2 2π 2π
Since, I1 = I 2 = I3 10
fn =
π
∴ Since, all ball has same mass of rotational inertia.
21. The bending equation is written as-
19. Which of the following relationships between
the force F on a particle and the particles I f E
(a) = =
position x implies simple harmonic oscillation M y R
(a) F= -7x (b) F=-200x2 M f 2 E2
(b) = = 2
(c) F=10x (d) F= 5x2 I y R
Ans. (a) : Force F on a particle and the particles M f E
position x implies simple harmonic oscillation– (c) = =
I y R
Force (F) = – kx
M2 f 2 E2
Where, k = Spring constant (d) = = 2
I y R
20. A mass of 100 kg is held between two springs as
shown in figure. The natural frequency of Ans. (c) : Bending equation–
vibration of the system of cycle/second is- M E f
= =
I R y
M = Bending moment
I = Moment of inertia about its Neutral axis
(N.A.)
f = Bending stress
y = Distance from N.A.
E = Young's modulus
R = Radius of curvature

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 322 YCT

22. Hydraulic testing of boilers is done at 25. If the rotating mass of a rim type flywheel is
pressures- distributed on another rim type flywheel whose
(a) Below and above atmosphere mean radius is half the mean radius of the
former, then energy stored in the later at the
(b) Slightly above atmospheric pressure
same speed will be.
(c) At half the working pressures of boiler
(a) Four times the first one
(d) At 1.5 to 2 times the working pressure (b) Same as the first one
Ans. (d) : Hydraulic test shall be carried as– (c) One fourth of the first one
The test pressure shall be raised gradually. (d) One and a half times the first one
It shall not exceed by more than 6% of the required 1
Ans. (c) : Energy E = Iω2
pressure. 2
The test pressure shall be maintained for 30 For rim type flywheel,
minutes. I = mR2
The pressure shall be reduced to maximum 1
Now, E1 = mR12 ω2
allowable working pressure and maintained for 2
close visual inspection of the pressure parts. When radius is half the mean radius-
2
Hydraulic testing before assembly into the boiler if 1 R 
So, E2 = m  1  ω2 [For same speed]
the boiler is tested hydraulically to 1.5 times the 2  2
maximum permissible working pressure at site. 1
∴ E2 = mR12 ω2
23. 100 m of water column is equal to 4× 2
(a) 1000 kN/m2 (b) 100kN/m2 1
2 2
Hence, E 2 = E1
(c) 10kN/m (d) 1kN/m 4
Ans. (a) : h = 100 m 26. A thin circular disc is rolling with a uniform
Pressure (P) = ρgh = 1000 × 10 × 100 linear speed, along a straight path on a plane
surface. Consider the following statements in
P = 1000 kN/m 2 this regard-
24. Gantry girders are invariably designed to 1. All points of the disc have the same
resist- velocity
(a) Transverse loads only 2. The center of the disc has zero
(b) Lateral loads only acceleration.
3. The center of the disc has centrifugal
(c) Transverse and lateral loads
acceleration.
(d) Transverse, lateral and axial load
4. The point on the disc making contact with
Ans. (c) : Gantry girders are used to provide support the plane surface has zero acceleration
for overhead travelling cranes in environments such as Of these statements
wear houses and construction workshops. Gantry (a) 1 and 4 are correct
girders are used to provide support for cranes because (b) 3 and 4 are correct
of the various directions loads are exerted on the (c) 3 alone is correct
cranes during the moving process for loads. Movement (d) 2 alone is correct
of heavy loads via girder cranes exerts vertical and Ans. (d) :
horizontal load on the gantry girder, with the vertical Linear velocity is same for all points but angular
load applied to the girder by the crane itself. velocity is different at every point hence resultant
Horizontal movements is exerted on the gantry girder velocity is different for all points.
by the surge, or acceleration and braking of the crane The center of the disc moves with the average
operation and the swinging of loads throughout the velocity of the points of the top and the bottom.
Centre point is stationary and does not change with
movement of loads.
direction. So, there is no acceleration.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 323 YCT
 As centre point has no acceleration then it has no (a) 4 (b) 3
centrifugal acceleration. 2
(c) 3 (d) 5
The point on the disc making contact with the 4
ground has zero velocity for pure rolling.
Ans. (d) :
Therefore, it has zero acceleration.
27. If a number of forces act on a rigid body, each
force may be replaced by an equal and parallel
force acting through a fixed point, together
with a couple. For the rigid body to be in
equilibrium. Tpinion = 50
(a) Both resultant force and couple must zero Tgear = 200
(b) The resultant couple on the body must be zero Step No. Arm Pinion Gear
(c) The resultant force at the fixed point must be Fixed arm 0 +1 −TP / TG
zero x rotate 0 +x − x TP / TG
(d) None of the above y y x + y y − x TP / TG

Ans. (a) : If a number of forces act on a rigid body, NG = 0 (Given)

each force may be replaced by an equal and parallel 50
y–x =0
force acting through a fixed point, together with a 200
couple. 1
y−x = 0
For the rigid body to be in equilibrium both 4
resultant force and couple must zero x
y=
∑FR = 0 4
∑C = 0 y = 1, x = 4
NP = 4 + 1 = 5 rev.
28. Whirling speed of a shaft coincides with the
natural frequency of its- 30. With symbols having the usual meanings, the
(a) Longitudinal vibration single degree of freedom system,
(b) Transverse vibration mxɺɺ + cxɺ + kx = F sin ωt represents
(c) Torsional vibration (a) Free vibrations with damping
(d) Coupled bending torsional vibration (b) Free vibrations without damping
(c) Forced vibrations with damping
Ans. (b) : The whirling speed or critical speed of a
shaft is the speed at which a spinning shaft will tend to (d) Forced vibrations without damping
vibrate strongly in the transverse direction if rotated Ans. (c) : mxɺɺ + cxɺ + kx = F sin ωt represents the forced
horizontally. In other words, the speed at which vibrations with system.
resonance occurs are known as the critical speed.
At critical speeds, the amplitude of vibration of rotors
is excessively large and a large amount of force is
transmitted to the bearing. The system may even fail
because of violent nature of vibrations in the transverse
direction. Therefore, it is important to find the natural
frequency of the shaft to avoid the occurrence of
31. In the two-rotor system shown in the figure, (I1
critical speeds.
< I2), a node of vibration situated.
29. A fixed gear having 200 teeth is in mesh with
another gear having 50 teeth. The two gears
are connected by arm. The number of turns
made by the smaller gear for one revolution of
arm about the center of the bigger gear is-

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 324 YCT

 (a) Between I1 and I2 but nearer to I1 Multi-Plate Friction Clutches–These clutches are
(b) Between I1 and I2 but nearer to I2 small in size and cooling oil is used for heat removal.
(c) Exactly in the middle of the shaft So they are used in scooter, bike etc.
(d) Nearer to I1 but outside (2) Centrifugal Clutches–In centrifugal clutches
applications there is no need of gear box and it used in
Ans. (b) :
mopeds, textile machinery etc.
(3) Cone Clutch–Cone clutches are friction clutches.
They are simple in construction and are easy to
disengage. However, the driving and driven shaft must
be perfectly co-axial for efficient functioning of the
clutch. A cone clutches consists of two working
surface i.e. inner and outer cone.
L1 + L2 = L .....(1) Jaw Clutches–It is positive drive clutch i.e. no
slipping and used in low speed machinery e.g. rolling
ST1 ST2
= .....(2) milling.
I1 I2
33. Polar moment in inertia (Ip) of a circular disc is
(ST = Torsional stiffness of shaft) to be determined by suspending it by a wire
ST1 ST2 and noting the frequency of oscillations (f).
=
I1 I2 1
(a) I P ∝ (b) I P ∝ f 2
GJ GJ L I f2
= ⇒ 1= 2
I1L1 I2 L 2 L 2 I1 1
(c) I P ∝ f (d) I P ∝
L1 I1 = L2 I2 f
From (1) and (2) we get, Ans. (a) : Radius of gyration,
given, 1
k∝
∵ I2 > I1 fn

so, L2 < L1 [∵ I = mk2]

So, the node of vibration is situated nearer to I2
1
[because I2 > I1] ∴ I∝
f n2
32. Which one of the following is not a friction
clutch? 34. Pick up the wrong statement, A flywheel
(a) Disc or plate clutch (a) Is used to limit the invitable fluctuation of
(b) Cone clutch speed during each cycle
(c) Centrifugal clutch (b) Controls the mean speed of rotation
(d) Jaw clutch (c) Stores up energy and gives up whenever
required
Ans. (d) : Friction clutches are gradually engaging
clutches. Driving shaft may be rotating at full speed (d) Regulates the speed during one cycle of a
while the driven shaft either stationary or rotating at prime mover
much lower speed is brought into connection with the Ans. (b) : A Flywheel is a mechanical device
former friction clutches depends on the frictional force specifically designed to efficiently store rotational
between two bodies which are pressed together. energy (Kinetic Energy)
Friction clutches obtained following clutches. Flywheel resists change in rotational speed by their
(1) Disc or Plate Clutch– moment of inertia.
Single Plate Friction Clutches–Generally these Flywheel controls the speed variations caused by
clutches are bigger in size. The large size is required to the fluctuation of the engine turning moment during
dissipate heat generated. So these are used in trucks. each cycle of operation. A flywheel used in machines

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 325 YCT

 serves as a reservoir, which stores energy during the s
= 60 .....(ii)
period when the supply of energy is more than the v
requirement and releases it during the period when the By relative velocity approach
requirement of energy is more than the supply. Time taken by person to walk up moving
"A flywheel controls the speed variation caused by s
the engine whereas governor maintains a constant Escalator =
u+v
speed during load variation on the engine". From equation (i) and (ii)–
35. Purpose of using differential gear in u+v 1 1 5
automobile is to. = + =
s 90 60 180
(a) Help in turning
s
(b) Control speed = 36 sec
u+v
(c) Avoid jerks
38. A stone of mass m at the end of a string of
(d) Obtain rear movement
length I is whirled in a vertical circle at a
Ans. (a) : The purpose of differential gear on rear axle constant speed. The tension in the string will be
is to allow the back wheels on at different speed during maximum when the stone is-
turn and at same speed in straight motion. Because at (a) At the top of the circle
turn the outer wheel moves faster than inner to cover
(b) Half-way down from the top
more distance and inner wheel moves slow to cover
(c) Quarter-was down from the top
less distance.
(d) At the bottom of the circle
36. The acceleration of Simple Harmonic Motion
Ans. (d) : From the figure at bottom the tension in
of a pendulum is proportional to
string will be maximum because of both weight of
(a) Length of pendulum (b) Time period
stone and centrifugal force acting in downward
(c) Angular velocity (d) Displacement
direction
Ans. (d) : Equation for simple harmonic motion Tbottom = mg + mrω2 (maximum)
x = A sin ωt At the top of circle the tension in string will be
dx TTop = mrω2 – mg (minimum)
v= = Aω cos ωt
dt
dv
a= = –A ω2 sin ωt
dt
a = –ω2A sin ωt
a = −ω2 x (acceleration)

a∝x
37. A person walks up a stalled escalator in 90
seconds. When standing on the same escalator,
now moving, he is carried up in 60 seconds.
how much time would it take him to walk up
the moving escalator? 39. Speed of particle executing simple harmonic
(a) 30 sec. (b) 36 sec. motion with amplitude a is half of the
(c) 45 sec. (d) 54 sec. maximum speed. At the instant, displacement
Ans. (b) : Let speed of person = u of the particle is-
Speed of escalator = v a 3
(a) (b) a
Distance to be moved = s 2 2
s 2a
= 90 .....(i) (c) (d) 3 2a
u 3

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 326 YCT

 Ans. (b) : Equation for simple harmonic motion be 41. Nu= CRemPrn represents heat transfer under-
x = a sin ωt (a) Free convection
dx (b) Forced convection
v= = aω cos ωt
dt (c) Combined convection
For max. speed cos ωt = 1 (d) None of the above
then Vmax = aω
Ans. (b) : Forced convection- It refers to the transfer
When speed is half of maximum speed
of heat through a fluid (liquid or gas) when an external
V aω
V = max = = aω cos ωt force is applied to the fluid to increase the fluid’s flow
2 2
π rate.
ωt =
3 Nu = CR em ⋅ Prn represent the forced convection heat
π
At ωt = transfer.
3
Free convection-
π 3
Nu = C ( Gr Pr )
m
∵ Displacement will be x = a sin = a
3 2
Where, Gr is Grashof number
40. Two satellites, of masses m and 2m, are on the
same circular orbit around earth. If the Pr is prandtl number
velocity of the lighter satellite is v0, what is the Re is Reynolds number
velocity of the heavier satellite?
42. If the inner and outer surfaces of a hollow
1
(a) v0 (b) v 0 cylinder (having radii r1 and r2 and length L)
2
are at temperatures t1 and t2 then rate of radial
1
(c) 2v0 (d) v0 heat flow will be
4
Ans. (b) : Centrifugal force and Gravitational force k t1 − t2
(a)
both are acting on satellites while orbiting around the 2 πL r
log 2
earth. r2
For equilibrium condition,
Centrifugal force (Fc) = Gravitational force k t1 − t 2
(b)
V 2
G.Mm 2 πLk r
m 0 = log 2
r r2 r1

GM 2 πL t1 − t2
V0 = (c)
r k r
log 2
1 r2
V0 ∝ ....(i)
r t −t
(d) 2 πLk 1 2
where m is mass of satellite r
log 2
M is mass of earth r2
r is radius of orbit
G is universal gravitational constant Ans. (d) : Hollow cylinder–Inner and outer radii r1
So, Form eqn. (i) we can say that radius of orbit is and r2 and length L are at temperatures t1 and t2.
same for both satellites and there is no effect of change r
of mass of satellite on speed. So speed will be same for log 2
both satellites. r1
Thermal resistance Rth =
2πkL
∆T ( t1 − t 2 ) 2πkL
Heat transfer, Q = =
R th r
log 2
r1

43. For infinite parallel planes with emissivities ε1

and ε 2 , the interchange factor for radiation
from surface 1 to surface 2 is given by-
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 327 YCT
 ε1ε 2 Ans. (c) : According to Clausius inequality–
(a)
ε1 + ε 2 − ε1ε 2 dQ
1 1
∫
T
=0 Reversible cycle
(b) + dQ
ε1 ε 2
∫
T
<0 Irreversible cycle
(c) ε1 + ε 2 dQ
(d) ε1ε 2 ∫
T
>0 Impossible cycle

Ans. (a) : For infinite parallel planes with emissivities 46. The state of a real gas if changed from pressure
P1, temperature T1 to pressure P2 temperature
ε1 and ε2, the interchange factor for radiation from
T2. The change in enthalpy, h2-h1, is given by
surface 1 to surface 2. T1

(a) ∫ C dT
T2
P

T2 T
2
 ∂V 
(b) ∫T CP dT + T∫  ∂p  dp
1 1 T

T2 P2
  ∂V  
(c) ∫T vC dT + ∫P  V − T  ∂p   dp
1 1 1  p
f12 =
1 1   dV  
T2 P2
+ −1
ε1 ε2 (d) ∫C
T1
p dT + ∫  V − T 

P1 
  dp
 dT p 
1 1
= ⇒ Ans. (c) : From fundamental thermodynamic potential
ε 2 + ε1 ε 2 + ε1 − ε1ε 2
−1 equation,
ε1ε 2 ε1ε2
dH = Tds + Vdp …(i)
ε1ε 2
f12 = Where, dH is change in enthalpy = h2–h1
ε2 + ε1 − ε1ε 2 Expression of entropy as a function of P (Pressure) and
for black planes ε1 = ε2 = 1 T (Temperature),
 ∂s   ∂s 
F1− 2 = 1 Tds = T   dp + T   dT …(ii)
 ∂P T  ∂T P
44. For a closed system, difference between the From a Maxwell relation,
heat added to the system and work done by the  ∂s   ∂v 
gas, is equal to the change in-   = − 
∂
 T
P  ∂T  P
(a) Internal energy (b) Entropy
And pressure process,
(c) Enthalpy (d) Temperature Tds = dH
Ans. (a) : For a closed system, difference between the  ∂s   ∂H 
heat added to the system and work done by the gas, is So, T   =  = CP
 ∂T P  ∂T P
equal to the change in internal energy.
From equation (ii)
Internal energy ∆E = Q – W
 ∂v 
Tds = C P dT − T   dp
45. The condition for reversibility of a cycle is-  ∂T  P
dQ Put the value of Tds in equation (i)
(a) Cyclic ∫ <0
T  ∂v 
dH = C P dT − T   dp + vdp
(b) Cyclic ∫
dQ
>0  ∂T P
T so,
dQ 
(c) Cyclic ∫  ∂V  
T2 P2
=0
T h2 – h1 = ∫T vC dT + ∫P  V − T  ∂p   dp
1  p
(d) None of these 1

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 328 YCT

47. One hundredth of a kilogram of air is Slope: (Slope)2 > (Slope)1
compressed In a piston-cylinder device. At an Ideal gas equation-
instant of time when T= 400K, the rate at PV = mRT
which work is being done on the air is 8.165 V mR
kW, and heat is being removed at a rate of 1.0 =
T P
kW, the rate of temperature rise will be - R R
(a) 10 K/s (b) 100 K/s >
P2 P1
(c) 1000 K/s (d) 10000 K/s
∴ P1 > P2
1
Ans. (c) : Given, mair = kg 49. In the polytropic process PVn= Constant, if n=1
100
the process will be at-
δWɺ = – 8.165 kW
(a) Constant volume
δQɺ = – 1 kW (b) Constant pressure
According to first law of thermodynamics. (c) Constant temperature
δQɺ = dUɺ + δWɺ (d) Adiabatic
Ans. (c) : Polytropic process
mCV dT
−1= − 8.165 PVn = Constant
t
if n=1
mCV dT PV = Constant i.e. temperature constant or
= 7.165 For air CV = 0.718 kJ/kg K
t Isothermal process.
dT 7.165 50. In case of ideal triatomic gas, the ratio of
So, = ≃ 1000 K / s
t 0.01× 0.718 specific heat CP/CV would be-
48. The volume versus temperature T graph for a (a) 1 (b) 1.33
certain amount of a perfect gas at two pressure (c) 1.40 (d) 1.41
P1 and P2 are as shown in the figure. It can be Ans. (b) : Specific heat
concluded that- C
γ= P
CV
2
γ =1+
f
Where f is degree of freedom
f = 6, for triatomic gas
2
(a) The pressure P1 is greater than the pressure P2 γ = 1 + = 1.33
6
(b) The adiabatic index for P1 is higher than that
51. The formation of frost on cooling coils in a
for P2 refrigerator-
(c) P1 represents monoatomic gas and P2 (a) Increases power consumption
represents diatomic gas (b) Improves C.O.P. of the system
(d) None of the above (c) Increases heat transfer
V  (d) Reduces power consumption
Ans. (a) : Slope =  
T  Ans. (a) : Refrigeration is the removal of heat by a
cooling material. The cooling coils are just a means to
achieve the cooling effect.
The addition of the frost reduces the amount of cooling
available over time, so that the machinery runs longer
with the frost on it, than without frost. This additional
run time increases the power consumption overall, and
not the instantaneous power consumed while running.
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 329 YCT
52. An air-conditioned room has one of the walls, Ans. (d) : Given–
which is 5m × 3m of 3.75 cm thick brick. The Thickness t = 12 mm = 12×10–3m
conditioned space is maintained at 270C when ∆T = 100°C – 20°C = 80°C
the outside temperature is 470C. Variation of 1 t 1
thermal conductivity with temperature of the Thermal Resistance Rth = + +
h i A kA h o A
wall is given by k=1+2×10-4T, where T is in
1 t 1
degree Kelvin, and k is in W/m0K. The heat = + + (For unit area)
hi k ho
gained by the conditioned space through this
wall is 1 12 ×10−3 1
Rth = + +
(a) 849.6W (b) 84.96W 2850 50 10
(c) 800W (d) 0 Km 2
Rth = 0.10059
Ans. (*) : Given that, W
T1 = 270C = 273+27 = 300 K ∆T
Heat loss per unit area (q) =
T2 = 470C = 273+47 = 320 K Rt

According to Fourier's law– 80

= = 795.2 W/m2
Heat transfer, 0.10059
100 − T T − 20
Q = − kA
dT =
1 t 1
dx +
h1 k h2
Area of air conditioned room = 5m × 3m
100 − T T − 20
Aw = 15m2 =
1 0.012 1
Thickness t = 3.75 cm +
2850 50 10
Aw 15
= = 400m T = 99.52°C
t 3.75 × 10−2
k = 1 + 2 × 10–4 T 54. In order to burn 1 Kg of CH4 completely the
T2
minimum under of kilograms of Oxygen
Q= ∫ 400 (1 + 2 × 10−4 T ) dT needed is (take atomic weight of H,C,O as
T1
1,12,16 respectively)
320
Q= ∫
300
(400 + 0.08T)dT (a) 3
(c) 5
(b) 6
(d) 4
800 × 10−4 (3202 − 3002 ) Ans. (d) : Given– m = 1 kg
400(320 – 300) +
2
Burn 1 kg of CH4 completely the minimum number
Q = 8496 W (take atomic weight of H, C, O as 1, 12, 16)
Note : Not any suitable answer in given option.
CH4 + 2O2 
64kg
→ CO 2 + 2H 2 O
53. A mild steel tank of wall thickness 12 mm
16 + x = 44 + 36
contains water at 1000C. The atmospheric
X = 64
temperature is 200C. The thermal conductivity
of mild steel is 50 W/mK, and the heat transfer 1 kg of CH4 in reaction (12 + 4) ⇒ 16 unit = 1 kg
co-efficients for inside and outside the tank are 1 kg of CH4 is needed 64 unit of oxygen for reaction
2850 and 10 W/m2K, respectively. Calculate the so, 1 kg = 16 unit
rate of heat loss per m2 of tank surface and the 64
64 unit = kg = 4 kg
temperature of the outside surface of the tank. 16
→ ∧ ∧ ∧
(a) 300.5 W/m2, 45.50C 55. The vector field F = x i − y j (where i and
(b) 495.2 W/m2, 67.60C ∧
(c) 602.6W/m2, 80.60C j are unit vectors) is-
(d) 795.2 W/m2, 99.520C (a) Divergence free, but not irrotational

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 330 YCT

 (b) irrotational, but not divergence free 1× x
5 × 105 =
(c) Divergence free and irrotational 0.858 × 10−6
(d) Neither divergence free nor irrotational x = 0.43 m
Ans. (c) : Vector field
58. Between section 1 and 2 of a pipe a pump, a
F = xiˆ − yjˆ (Where î and ĵ are unit vector) heater, a very rough pipe and an orifice plate
are placed. The Bernoulli equation can be
Divergence ∫ div(F) = ∇ ⋅ F applied between 1 and 2 if-
∂ ∂ ∂ (a) Orifice plate and heater are removed
= (x) − (y) + (0)
∂x ∂y ∂z (b) Heater pump and heater are removed
=1–1=0 (c) Heater and pump are removed
 i (d) Heater, rough pipe and orifice plates are
j k
∂ ∂ ∂  removed
Curl ( ∇ × F) = 
 ∂x ∂y ∂z  Ans. (a) : Between section (1) and (2) of a pipe a
x −y 0  pump, a heater, a very rough pipe and an orifice plate

are placed. The Bernoulli equation can be applied
 ∂ (y)   ∂ (x)   ∂ (− y) ∂ (x) 
= i − − j − +k − between (1) and (2) if orifice plate and heater are
 ∂z   ∂z  
 ∂x ∂y 
removed.
=0
59. A one dimensional flow is one which-
So, vector field is divergence free and irrotational.
(a) Is uniform flow
56. For flow through a horizontal pipe, the (b) is steady uniform flow
dp (c) Takes place in straight lines
pressure gradient in the flow direction is-
dx (d) Involves zero transverse component of flow
(a) +ve (b) 1 Ans. (d) : One Dimensional Flow–It is that type of
(c) Zero (d) -ve flow in which the flow parameter such as velocity is a
Ans. (d) : According to Bernoulli's Equation– function of time and one space coordinate only.
p1 v12 p v2 Mathematically,
+ + z1 = 2 + 2 + z 2 + h f
ρg 2g ρg 2g u = f(x), v = 0 and w = 0
(v1 = v2, z1 = z2) Where u, v and w are velocity components in x, y and
z directions respectively. Hence, one dimensional flow
p1 − p 2
∴ = hf [∵ pressure decreases] is one which involves zero transverse component of
ρg
flow.
∴ Pressure gradient is negative.
57. The transition Reynolds number for flow over
a flat plate is 5×105.What is the distance from
the leading edge at which transition will occur
for flow of water with a uniform velocity for
1m/s? (For water, the kinematic viscosity,
υ = 0.858 × 10-6 m2/s) 60. A piece weighing 3 kg in air was found to weigh
(a) 1 m (b) 0.43 m 2.5 kg when submerged in water. Its specific
(c) 43 m (d) 103 m gravity is-
Ans. (b) : Reynold's number = 5 × 105 (a) 1 (b) 5
V = 1 m/s (c) 6 (d) 7
(Kinematic viscosity ν = 0.858 × 10–6 m2/sec.) Ans. (c) : Weight of piece in air
ρVx V.x ρP × V × g = 3 × g …(i)
Reynold's number Re = =
µ υ Loss in weight of piece in water

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 331 YCT

 = weight of water displaced. (c) Around 10 m
= ρW × V × g = (3 – 2.5) × g (d) Dependent on N2
ρW × V × g = 0.5 × g …(ii) Ans. (c) : The maximum depth from which is
Equation (i) divide by (ii) centrifugal pump can draw water in around 10 m.
ρP we know that
SG = =6 Patm = ρ × g × h
ρW
101.3 × 103 = h × 1000 × 10
61. The actual velocity at vena contracta for flow
h = 10.13m
through an orifice from a reservoir of height
H= This is the maximum height to which water can
(a) 2gH (b) CV 2gH be raised by suction pump.
64. Two pipe lines at a different pressures, pA and
(c) 2gH / C v (d) Cd 2gH
pB, each carrying the same liquid of specific
Ans. (b) : Actual velocity at vena contracta for flow gravity of S1 are connected to a U tube with a
through an orifice from a reservoir of height H, liquid of specific gravity of S2 resulting in the
level differences h1, h2 and h3 as shown in the
Vactual = C V 2gH
figure. The difference is pressure head between
CV = Coefficient of velocity points A and B in terms of head of water is.
62. The horizontal component of force on a curved
surface is equal to the-
(a) Product of pressure at its centroid and area
(b) Weight of liquid retained by the curved area
(c) Force on a vertical projection of the curved
surface
(d) Weight of liquid vertically above the curved
surface
Ans. (c) : The horizontal component of force on a (a) h1S2+h2S1+h3S1
curved surface is equal to the force on a vertical (b) h1S1+h2S2-h3S1
projection of the curved surface. (c) h1S1-h2S2-h3S1
Horizontal component PH = Total pressure force (d) h1S1+h2S2+h3S1
On the projected area of the curved surface on vertical Ans. (d) :
plane.

Vertical component PV = Weight of the liquid PA – S1h1 – S2h2 – S1h3 = PB

supported by the curved surface upto free surface of PA − PB = h1S1 + S2 h 2 + h 3S1
liquid.
65. List-I gives 4 dimensionless numbers and
63. The maximum depth from which a centrifugal
List-II gives the types of forces, which are one
pump can draw water is-
of the constituents describing the numbers.
(a) Dependent on the speed N of the pump
Match List I with List II and select the correct
(b) Dependent on the power of the pump answer using the codes given below the lists:
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 332 YCT
 List I List II 67. For laminar flow over a flat plate, the thickness
A. Euler number 1. Pressure force of the boundary layer at a distance from the
B. Froude number 2. Gravity force leading edge is found to be 5 mm. The
C. Reynolds number 3. Elastic tension thickness of the boundary layer at a
D. Weber number 4. Surface tension downstream section, which is at twice the
5. Viscous force distance of the previous section from the
Code: leading edge, will be-
A B C D (a) 10 mm (b) 5 2 mm
(a) 2 3 4 5 (c) 5/ 2 mm (d) 2.5 mm
(b) 3 2 4 5
Ans. (b) : Laminar flow over a flat plate–
(c) 1 2 5 4
Thickness of the boundary layer at distance from the
(d) 2 1 5 4
leading edge is found to be 5 mm.
Inertia Force
Ans. (c) : Reynolds number = δ∝ x [∵ δ1 = 5 mm]
Viscous Force

Inertia Force δ1 x1 x1
Froude number = = =
Gravity Force δ2 x2 2x1

Inertia Force δ1 1
Euler number = = ⇒ δ 2 = δ1 2
Pressure Force δ2 2

Inertia Force δ 2 = 5 2mm

Weber number =
Surface Tension 68. If U ∞ = free stream velocity, u= velocity at y,
Inertia Force and δ = boundary layer thickness, then in a
Mach number =
Elastic Tension boundary layer flow, the momentum thickness
From the above expression, θ is given by-
δ
A. Euler number 1. Pressure force u  u 
(a) θ = ∫ 1 -  dy
B. Froude number 2. Gravity force 0
U∞  U 
C. Reynolds number 5. Viscous force δ
u  u2 
D. Weber number 4. Surface tension (b) θ = ∫ 1 -  dy
0
U∞  U 2 
66. A single-stage impulse turbine with a diameter
δ
u2  u 
of 120 cm runs at 3000 rpm. If the blade speed (c) θ = ∫ 1 -  dy
ratio is 0.42, then, the inlet velocity of steam 0
U ∞2  U 
will be- δ
 u 
(a) 79 m/s (b) 188 m/s (d) θ = ∫ 1 -  dy
0 
U ∞ 
(c) 450 m/s (d) 900 m/s
Ans. (a) : Free stream velocity = U∞
Ans. (c) : In single stage impulse turbine
Velocity at y = u
Diameter D = 120 cm
N = 3000 rpm Boundary layer thickness = δ
δ u  u 
∫
Blade speed ratio = 0.42 Momentum thickness (θ) =
U∞ 1 − U  dy
πDN π ×120 ×10 × 3000−2 0
 ∞ 
U= =
60 60 δ
 u 
= 188.49 m/s Displacement Thickness δ* = ∫
0
1 -
 U∞ 
 dy
Blade speed ratio = 0.42
δ
u  u2 
Inlet velocity will be = 188.49 / 0.42 = 448.798 ≈ 450 Energy Thickness δ** = ∫0 U ∞ 1 - U 2  dy
m/sec

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 333 YCT

69. An automobile moving at a velocity of 40
km/hr is experiencing a wind resistance of 2kN.
If the automobile is moving at a velocity of 50
km/hr, the power required to overcome the
wind resistance is-
(a) 43.4kW (b) 3.125kW
(c) 2.5kW (d) 27.776kW
Ans. (a) : Given– x
F1 = 2 kN CV =
4 yH
V1 = 40 km/hr
V2 = 50 km/hr so, CV1 = CV2
F2 = ? x x
Force required to over come is =
4 × y1 × H1 4 × y2 × H 2
F = ρAV2
y1 × H1 = y2 × H 2
Where, ρ is density of air
A is frontal area of car 2 × ( H − 1.5) = 0.5 × H
V is velocity of automobile H = 2m
∵ ρA is constant then height of water level in tank above the point
F1 F of intersection of trajectories is
According to = 22
2
V1 V2 (H + y2) = 2 + 0.5 = 2.5 m
2 2 71. A unit vector perpendicular to the vectors
 V   50 
F2 = F1 ×  2  =   × 2 a = 2i - 3j + k and b = i + j - 2k , is
 V1   40 
1
=
25
×2
(a) ( -i + j + k )
16 3
25 1
= = 3.125 kN (b) (i + j + k )
8 3
Power = F2 × V2 1
3.125 × 50 ×1000
(c) ( -i + j + k )
= kW 3
3600
(d) (i + j + k )
= 43.4 kW
70. A constant-heat water tank has, on one of its Ans. (b) : Vector a = 2iˆ − 3jˆ + kˆ and b = i + j − 2kˆ
vertical sides two identical small orifices
Vector perpendicular to both a and b
issuing two horizontal jets in the same vertical
plane. The vertical distance between the c =a×b
centers of orifices is 1.5 m and the jet  ˆi ˆj kˆ 
trajectories intersect at a point 0.5 m below the  
= 2 −3 1
lower orifice. What is the approximate height 1 1 −2
of water level in the tank above the point of
intersection trajectories? = ˆi(6 − 1) − ˆj(−4 − 1) + k[2
ˆ − (−3)]
(a) 1.0 m (b) 2.5 m = 5iˆ + 5ˆj + 5kˆ
(c) 0.5 m (d) 2.0 m
Ans. (b) : Given, | C |= 52 + 52 + 52
y2 = 0.5 m = 75 = 5 3
y1 = 1.5 + 0.5 = 2 m
c 5(iˆ + ˆj + k)
ˆ (iˆ + ˆj + k)
ˆ
Orifice 1 and orifice 2 is same then co-efficient of Unit vector = = =
c 5 3 3
velocity
ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 334 YCT
72. The region of the z plane for which 1 a b+c
z−a Ans. (a) : The value of determinant = 1 b c + a
= 1( Re, a ≠ 0 ) is-
z+a 1 c a+b
(a) x-axis c2 → c2 + c3
(b) y-axis
1 a+b+c b+c
(c) The straight line z = a = 1 a+b+c c+a
(d) None of the above 1 a+b+c a+b

z−a 1 1 (b + c)
Ans. (b) : =1
z+a = (a + b + c) 1 1 (c + a)
|z – a| = |z + a | 1 1 (a + b)
|z – a|2 = |z + a|2 = c1 → c1 – c2
| x + iy − a |2 = | x + iy + a |2
0 1 b+c
( x − a) 2 + y 2 = ( x + a) 2 + y 2 = (a + b + c) 0 1 c + a
0 1 a+b
x 2 + a 2 − 2ax = x 2 + a 2 + 2ax
x=0 det |A| = 0
1 1
so, it represents y axis. dxdy
75. The value of ∫∫ is-
73. If α, β, γ are the roots of equations 0 0 (1 - x )(1 - y )
2 2

x3 + px2 + qx + p = 0 Then the value of tan–1 α +

tan–1 β + tan–1 γ is : π2 π
(a) (b)
2 4
(a) nπ/2 (b) nπ
nπ π2 π
(c) 2nπ (d) (c) (d)
4 4 2

Ans. (b) : α, β, γ are the roots of equations

1 1
dxdy
3 2
x + px + qx + p = 0
Ans. (c) : I = ∫∫ (1 − x ) (1 − y )
0 0
2 2

Root α, β, γ 1
dy
∫
1
α+β+γ=–p .....(i) I = sin −1 x 0
(1 − y2 )
1/ 2

αβ + βλ + λα = q .....(ii) 0

αβλ = – p .....(iii) π 1
I= sin −1 y 0
 α + β + λ − αβλ  2
tan–1α + tan–1β + tan–1λ = tan −1  
1 − (αβ + βλ + λα )  π π π2
I= × =
From equation (i), (ii) and (iii) 2 2 4
 −p − (−p)  76. Solution of (D2+16)y=cos4x, is-
= tan −1  –1
 = tan (0)
 1 − q  1
(a) y = Acos4x + Bsin4x + cos 4 x j
= tan −1
( tan nπ ) 8

= nπ 1
(b) y = Acos4x + Bsin4x + sin 4 x
8
1 a b+c
74. The value of the determinant 1 b c + a is x
(c) y = Acos4x + Bsin4x + cos 4 x
1 c a+b 8

(a) 0 (b) 1 x
(d) y = Acos4x + Bsin4x + sin 4 x
(c) (a+b+c) (d) 3 8

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 335 YCT

 Ans. (d) : Solution of (D2 + 16)y = cos4x 79. A bag contains eight white and six red marbles.
cos 4x The probability of drawing two marbles of
y=
D 2 + 16 same colour is-
Solution of C.F. = (D2 + 16) = 0 8
C 2 .6C 2
CF = Acos4x + Bsin4x (a)
14C 2
cos 4x x sin 4x
Solution of P.I. = 2 =
D + 16 8 8
C2 6
C
(b) 14
+ 14 2
Total equation = C.F. + P.I. C2 C2
x
y = A cos 4x + Bsin 4x + sin 4x 8
C2 .6 C2
8 (c) 14
C2 .14 C2
77. Laplace transform of t2+2t+3 is
8 6
−2 2 3 C2
+
C2
(a) − − (d) 14 12
s3 s 2 s C2 C2
2 2 3
(b) + − 8W
s3 s 2 s Ans. (b) :
6R
2 2 3
(c) + + Probability of drawing two marbles of same colour
s3 s 2 s
8 6
−2 2 3 C C
(d) + − = 14 2 + 14 2
s3 s 2 s C2 C2
Ans. (c) : Laplace transfer of t2 + 2t + 3 80. The Algebraic multiplicity of the matrix
L(t2 + 2t + 3)
0 1 0 
A = 0 0 1  is-
2 2 3
= 3+ 2+
s s s
1 −3 3
78. Equation of a straight line passing through the
point (-1, 2) and making equal intercepts on the (a) 1 (b) 2
axes is (c) 3 (d) 4
(a) x-y=1 (b) x-2y=1
Ans. (c) : Algebraic Multiplicity (AM)– If the eigen
(c) x+y=1 (d) x-y=2
value λ of the equation det |A - λI| = 0 is repeated n
Ans. (c) : Equation of straight line passing through
(–1, 2) ⇒ (x1, y1) times then n is called the algebraic multiplicity of 'λ'.

0 1 0  1 0 0 
A = 0 0 0  and I = 0 1 0
   
 1 −3 3  0 0 1 

 −λ 1 0 
A – λI =  0 −λ 1 
 
dy  1 −3 3 − λ 
y – y1 = ( x − x1 )
dx |A – λI| = 0
or y – y1 = m(x – x1)
λ3 – 3λ2 + 3λ – 1 = 0
Where line makes equal intercepts on x and y axis–
(λ2 – 2λ + 1) (λ – 1) = 0
dy
= −1 (λ – 1)3 = 0
dx
(y – 2) = –1(x + 1) Here, λ = 1 is an eigen value of algebraic multiplicity

y + x =1 AM = 3

ISRO Scientist/Engineer Exam-2006 336 YCT